Quantcast
Channel: From Stillwater
Viewing all 267 articles
Browse latest View live

The Demons of Burning Hill

$
0
0
The Demons of Burning Hill!
Part 9 of 12 of The Castaways
By Murray Roberts
From The Modern Boy magazine, 1 September 1934, No.343 Vol. 14.
Digitized by Doug Frizzle, November 2014.
Stillwoods.Blogspot.Com

Bottled up in an African death-trap, wanted by the savage Witch-Doctor as sacrifices to his gods, CAPTAIN JUSTICE & CO. fight for the road to Freedom. And their Wits are their only weapons!

The Wizard of Science!
“BUT, Justice! An aeroplane! My dear fellow, this—this is incredible! In these unexplored wilds of Africa!”
Professor Flaznagel hunched himself forward, tugging vigorously at his long, unkempt white beard. Excitement whipped a touch of unwonted colour into his thin, sallow cheeks. His lanky frame, garbed in the remnants of what had once been a gaudily striped suit of silk pyjamas, stiffened as though an electric current had tautened his muscles. The varying emotions that flitted across his cadaverous face ranged from utter amazement to sheer disbelief.
With bony fingers that trembled the celebrated inventor-scientist fiddled impatiently with his heavy horn-rimmed spectacles. Having adjusted them to his satisfaction, he then peered earnestly in turn at Captain Justice, the stout, bald-headed Dr. O'Mally, Len Connor, and young Midge, of the snub nose and flaming locks. They sat on the ground beside him in the shade of the mud-and-wattle hut which their strange hosts had handed over to them.
Then Professor Flaznagel blinked across the sunlit hollow to the rugged cliffs that formed the eastern wall of the village of Golden Giants, the huge but friendly natives who inhabited this region among the wild unknown African mountains. Captain Justice & Co. had been marooned there, in their pyjamas and without weapons, by their enemy, Xavier Kuponos, slaver and gun-runner.
From below these cliffs an oily brook flowed, its surface mottled with crude petroleum, washed out from the oil sands deep down under the rock. It disappeared into a cave at the foot of a lofty hill, the face of which was riddled with other caves and sulphur-fuming blow-holes.
Deep within this hill dwelt the savage witch-doctor of the Giants and his fanatical satellites—bitter enemies of Captain Justice & Co. But although the mass of smouldering rock stood out as the most noticeable feature of the landscape, and Professor Flaznagel had good reason to keep a wary eye open for the vicious, cunning fiends whose domain it was, the old wizard of science scarcely glanced in that direction.
Instead, he stared fixedly up at the ragged, crest of the eastern cliffs and shook his head, like one who has been told a yarn too steep to be swallowed.
“Incredible!” he repeated. “You assure me, Justice, that on the farther slope of those cliffs lies the wreckage of an Italian aeroplane?”
“Professor,” said the famous gentleman adventurer, “there is an Italian aeroplane up there—a total loss, unfortunately. We have also established the identity of the luckless flyer, whom the Giants have buried under a cairn on the cliff top. None of the natives—warriors or witch-doctor’s men—will go near the wreck now. In fact, I had the very deuce of a job to persuade Buktu to let us go up the cliffs at all.”
From the ground beside him Justice picked up a leather-covered notebook, a pair of cracked binoculars, a flare-pistol, and a bulky box stuffed with shot-gun cartridges and flares.
“We found these in the plane’s wreckage,” he said, “and they may come in mighty useful!” He fell silent, a thoughtful look on his face.
Their return to civilisation was Captain Justice’s one aim at present.
Pensively he looked across the village, and his comrades, guessing what was in his mind, remained silent. Justice’s eyes were shadowed by worry as he gazed first at the largest hut—the “palace” of the venerable chief of the Giants—and then at the witch-doctor’s sinister lair.
Full well he knew that he and his companions’ plight might have been far worse than it was. Had the warrior, Buktu, and his fellows turned out to be fierce savages instead of brave, semi-cultured, and hospitable men, their end would have come long ago.
But, despite the good will of Buktu and the fighting caste, Justice & Co. felt as if they were chained to a cask of gunpowder that might explode at any minute. The brawny and ferocious witch-doctor hated them, wanted to sacrifice them to his gods, and twice had attempted to capture them. For this reason alone the tribe trembled on the brink of civil war—of terrible faction fights between hostile sorcerers and friendly warriors.
Then again, mused Justice, there was the old chief himself. Where did he stand? What were his feelings towards them.
“Buktu is with us solidly,” the captain said suddenly. “He’s grateful to us for saving him from his tribal enemies, the cannibal blacks. Also, we’ve shown that beastly witch-doctor that we can take care of ourselves, and lie’s lying low—for the moment. At the same time, we still have small hopes of escaping, or of finding a way out of this wilderness. And the only possible weapons we have are Midge’s knife and this flare-pistol.
“Well, perhaps the wreckage of that plane may help us now; perhaps not. There is at least plenty of steel up there that we could fashion into weapons of a kind, and we may find use for the gadgets on the dashboard. The compass and chronometer, for instance, we might be able to repair them. So now that it’s getting cooler I suggest paying another visit to the wreck right away.”
“I am indeed anxious to view the debris,” said the professor, taking the dead airman’s log-book and hastily turning the mildewed pages. But when Captain Justice opened and handed over the cartridge-box, the old scientist suddenly pounced upon them as if they were diamonds.
Eagerly he jerked out a handful, inspected them keenly, and gave a little chuckle of glee.
“Splendid—splendid! A valuable find indeed!” he murmured, beaming at his perplexed companions. “But surely some hours have elapsed since you found this aeroplane? Why on earth did you not inform me of the discovery before?”
Captain Justice smiled; Len and Midge grinned. But it was Dr. O’Mally who replied with sudden vigour.
“Inform ye, is it?” said the fat Irishman. “Faith, I’m glad ye asked that! And how could we inform ye of anything when all this time ye've been hidin’ yourself in that hut, messin’ about with experiments, and making smells that would shock a self-respectin’ skunk? Don’t ye know ye’ve scared the Giants stiff? And what experiments have ye been making? Tell me that.”
Professor Flaznagel chuckled again. The peppery old scientist seemed to be in high good humour all at once.
“It will be a privilege to satisfy your curiosity now, doctor,” he replied calmly. "The fact is, Justice, I, too, have considered the question of our lack of defensive or offensive weapons very closely. In view of the difficult, not to say precarious, circumstances, I deemed it advisable to manufacture something that we may well employ with good effect should the need arise. And the result is—Well, you shall see!”
The professor rose stiffly; took a pace forward, then halted again.
“Moreover, Justice,” he added dryly, “I fancy this invention of mine will help you considerably in another way. For you are, I believe, carrying out a deliberate programme to astonish the natives, are you not?”
“I’m trying to impress them with the fact that we’re not men to be trifled with, if that’s what you mean!” snapped Justice.
The professor stroked his beard, his eyes twinkling with a light that made the others look at him hard.
“Ha! Then we will astonish and impress them!” he purred. And with that distinctly thrilling remark, the old Wizard of Science turned his back on the bewildered company and ambled away.
A little way off stood one of the strong guard-huts which the Giants had built along the western rampart of the village—facing the quarter from which they had most reason to fear attack from the terrible black cannibals. But Professor Flaznagel cared nothing for that.
Calmly he had appropriated this hut for his own purposes—stocking it with a weird medley of native pots, jars, and other cooking utensils. And all these he had obtained in the same high-handed manner, for where his scientific interests were concerned, Professor Flaznagel was quite unscrupulous! What he needed, he took. Nothing short of violence on the part of the original owner could restrain him.
There was little danger of that, however. The Giants, from tall Buktu, the chief warrior, down to the humblest villager, stood in far too much awe of Professor Flaznagel to oppose him. Ever since that hectic night six days ago, when he had beaten the tricky witch-doctor at his own game and produced some white mail's magic, the superstitious, tawny-skinned warriors had looked upon the bearded scientist as a superior being. They respected Captain Justice as a fighting-man and a leader born. But they feared Professor Flaznagel as they had never feared anyone in their lives!
And now, as he stalked through them, Buktu’s guards edged aside nervously. Even the sentries on the rampart relaxed their vigilance for a second and eyed the formidable white man askance. Yet it was doubtful if the professor so much as noticed the impression he made on those strapping spearmen. Full of his own projects, he entered the hut, reappearing soon afterwards with a small, covered, earthenware jar in his hands.
This vessel he placed carefully on the ground beside Captain Justice, with strict orders that no one should touch it. Then, having stroked his beard and gazed thoughtfully around for a moment, the professor stalked up to mighty Buktu.
“Pray allow me the use of your dirk, my dear fellow. I assure you I shall not harm it," murmured the courteous but absent-minded scientist. Nor did it seem to dawn upon him, until Buktu stared and shook his handsome head, and Midge howled with laughter, that actions, not words, were needed to make his request plain.
“All—hum, of course! Pardon me—my mistake!” he apologised, thereby increasing the great warrior’s mental fog and Midge’s hilarity. Then he coolly drew forth the heavy, broad-bladed weapon that hung in its sheath at Buktu’s hip, and jammed its tip into the nearest charcoal-brazier.
“My hat, you have got a neck!” observed Len, watching the expression on Buktu’s face. “I reckon you’d pinch the poor beggar’s teeth if you needed ’em, professor.”
“Nonsense. I simply require that tool for my work!” snapped Flaznagel, picking up two of the shotgun-cartridges. With Midge’s knife he carefully cut through the stout cardboard cases and shook out the black powder into the palm of his hand.
Then, requesting Justice to fetch the earthenware jar along, Professor Flaznagel stalked to the parapet, clambered over, and took a few paces down the gently-sloping hill below.

In the Hands of the Raiders!
BY this time, warriors as well as sentries were peering furtively over the rocky rampart, and the professor was a target for all eyes. Oblivious to his wonderstruck audience, however, he piled up the powder in a neat little mound on the ground, and returned to the parapet.
“Now, my friends—an interesting demonstration!” he chuckled; taking the jar from Captain Justice he sent Len back to get Buktu’s blade from the brazier. When the youngster returned, Flaznagel uncovered his precious pot and carefully decanted a stream of pungent, pale amber liquid down the slope.
Rapidly the stuff soaked into the thirsty ground, sending forth acrid fumes that made Len and Midge sniff and snort disgustedly. Justice frowned, darting a sudden look of inquiry at his eccentric friend. But all the professor did was to toss back his lank white hair and flourish Buktu’s sword with the air of a conjurer about to perform.
Then, stretching his arm full length over the parapet, he gave the moist earth a touch with the red-hot tip of the blade—and ducked!
So did Captain Justice & Co.
So did Buktu and the Golden Giants!
Whoo-oosh! Out of the barren ground there sprang blue flames that leapt high into the air, giving forth blasts of heat that drove the onlookers back in a body. As by magic, the conflagration increased, dazzling all eyes by its glare. The hissing flames rose higher still; raced down the slope, lapping up the liquid, burning furiously into the bare earth itself. And then, as they licked at the little mound of cartridge powder confusion grew worse!
Down went Buktu and his men, flinging themselves flat beneath the parapet as there came another, more vivid flash of fire, and a sharp, breathtaking bang that made the eardrums tingle. Fragments of stone whined through the air, a dense cloud of thick, evil-smelling smoke belched upwards, and drifted down the hill towards the turbulent river.
Professor Flaznagel’s experiment had proved an even greater success than he had reckoned on! But he received few compliments from his deafened and startled comrades!
As for his native hosts, not a man remained on his feet.
Guards, warriors, and villagers sprawled in heaps on the ground, fingers jammed in their ears, faces hidden between their quivering arms. The Giants were brave men, none braver; but here was “magic” that numbed their superstitious minds, and played havoc with their nerves. In a matter of seconds, Professor Flaznagel had petrified a whole fighting tribe. And not another sound arose, until:
“Ow! Moanin’ moggies! You—you batty old pelican!” hooted Midge, hopping round on one leg and nursing a foot which O’Mally had trodden on with all his weight. “Oh, you footlin’ fatheaded firebug! Who the pink alligators d'you think you are—Guy Fawkes?”
"By James, that was a dangerous trick, professor,” Justice murmured gravely, glancing back at the prostrate Giants. “Phew! You certainly astonished the natives that time—and me, too! Why on earth didn’t you warn us first? And what the deuce is that infernal liquid composed of?”
Quite unperturbed by all the commotion, Professor Flaznagel chuckled and rubbed his hands together complacently.
"Merely a little experiment,” he answered, peering over at the blue flames that still writhed and danced down the hillside, leaving a trail of smouldering, blackened earth. “Really, Justice, it was simply a highly inflammable mixture of sulphur and naphtha—not very refined, perhaps, but the best I could achieve with the very primitive apparatus at my command. As you may possibly know, the naphtha constituents of petroleum vaporise at quite a low temperature, and so—”
But what threatened to be one of Professor Flaznagel's usual long-winded lectures came to an abrupt finish.
Before he could proceed further, another “highly inflammable mixture” of explosive and caustic remarks from Midge, Len, and O’Mally drowned the scientist’s explanations, while Buktu and his men seized the chance to beat a headlong retreat. Offended, the professor drew himself up haughtily and glared.
“You are exceedingly ignorant, unappreciative, and ungrateful people,” he barked. “Here I have been at great pains to supply you with an incendiary weapon which, I guarantee, will thwart and terrify every native, hostile or otherwise, in these parts! The cartridge powder was a last-minute inspiration, more than redoubling the power of my invention! And now this—this is my reward!”—bitterly. “Justice, I am hurt! I am annoyed! In future, I assure you that I shall—”
“Forgive us, like the good fellow you are, professor!” Captain Justice, ever tactful, smiled soothingly and clapped his indignant scientific adviser on the shoulder.
"Flaznagel, it’s great stuff!” he went on. “We congratulate you heartily!” he cried, with a warning frown at the others. “But now that the show is over, I am terribly anxious for you to inspect the wreckage of that plane—and to give us your valuable opinion as to how we can best use some of the debris. So, as the evening is cool enough now for some hard climbing, I suggest we gather a party of guards and start at once.”
The captain hesitated a moment, glancing doubtfully at the now silent village.
“That is, if we can gather a party of guards!” he added ruefully. “By James, it looks to me as if you’ve scared the poor beggars so much this time, professor, that we’ll have to climb the cliffs alone!”
As Captain Justice, carrying the binoculars and flare-pistol, led his companions through the village a few minutes later, not a living soul was to be seen save a few lean goats, dogs, and ruffled hens.
Every hut door was closed; and through chinks in the walls dark eyes timidly watched the approach of Professor Flaznagel, the magician who set the earth alight with water! But none of the trembling villagers dared venture out even when his figure had passed on, while not so much as a whisper disturbed the heavy stillness. It was not until the cliff walls were looming above them that Justice & Co. heard a sound that made them turn.
Buktu, that loyal and magnificent stalwart, with his feathered headdress, and leopard skin slung across his swelling chest, was striding slowly towards them.
The tall warrior’s face was a study in conflicting emotions. Humbly he saluted Justice and Flaznagel, with upraised trident, then, pointing to the cliffs, shook his head as if imploring them not to scale the heights again. But when Justice smiled and patted his muscular arm encouragingly, the Giant sighed and shrugged. Another moment of hesitation, then his hand moved in a little gesture of submission.
“I am afraid. But where you go, I go. I am your man!” his look said plainly, and then the chief warrior shouted to his men.
But the summons passed unheeded!
For once, Buktu’s followers were rebelling against his orders, dreading the very presence of Professor Flaznagel. Swift anger blazed in the young Giant’s eyes, his swarthy cheeks darkened as still no men appeared. Twirling his spear ominously, he made a sudden dash for the nearest hut, smashing the door in with a single thrust of his mighty shoulder.
“Bilious baboons!” exclaimed Midge. “Great pip, that’s the way to get orders obeyed!”
Out of the hut darted, three of the reluctant guards, squirming and grunting as Buktu bellowed furiously and lashed out right and left with his spear-shaft. For them, the brief spurt of rebellion was over. Their leader’s whistling strokes effectually conquered their fear of the white men. Whimpering like beaten hounds, the tremendously powerful fellows scurried meekly up to Midge, Len, and Professor Flaznagel. They bowed, they hoisted them on their backs, and then began a sullen ascent of the cliffs.
Buktu, however, still unappeased, still growling and bristling like an enraged lion, harried them sternly. With voice and spear he urged the bearers on to greater activity. It was, without doubt, a triumph for Justice & Co.—positive proof of their domination over the huge natives! Yet Captain Justice, as he, too, prepared to climb with the grinning O’Mally, pursed his lips grimly instead of looking pleased.
“I don’t like this, doc!” he growled. “I’m afraid old Flaznagel’s gone a bit too far this time and frightened the heart out of these good fellows. Buktu’s all right—a real hero! But, by James, I wish we had the same strong escort as we had earlier on, instead of three scared and unwilling men. Just take a squint at that confounded witchdoctor’s hill, and you’ll see why!”
HASTILY O’Mally obeyed, scowling at what he saw. For the sorcerer’s men had gathered in full force to watch the castaways’ movements. Every black cave mouth held its cluster of feathered heads and peering, painted faces. Sentinels, alert and armed, had appeared on the higher slopes, rigid as statues against the evening sky.
But—as far as O'Mally could observe—there were no signs of actual mischief brewing among the scarecrow denizens of the burning hill. The men he could see seemed curious rather than hostile. He sniffed, settled his rush-hat more firmly on his bald head, and reached up to dig his fingers into the first hand-hold.
“Och, don’t worry about those heathens!” grunted the courageous doctor. “They’ll not harm us—they’ve had their lesson! Best save your breath, Justice, and climb before Midge and Len get too far ahead. Ten to one the young limbs will run on and get into some trouble without waitin’ for their elders and superiors.”
It was good advice; and Captain Justice, knowing that Midge’s capacity for getting into trouble amounted to genius, was quick to act on it. But when, hot and breathless despite the cool breeze, he and O’Mally gained the crest of the cliffs after a long spell of difficult climbing, only the impatient professor and four restless Giants were there to greet them. As the doctor had prophesied, Midge and Len had carried on!
Eager to have a last good poke around into the ruins of the wrecked plane before the light failed, the youthful pair of adventurers were now completely out of sight, hidden by the folds in the sloping ground at the northern end of the cliff.
“Insubordinate young blighters!” Justice muttered. “Why didn’t you make them wait here, professor?”
Two pink spots dyed the professor’s cheekbones. “I tried to!" he snapped gruffly. “But, really, Justice, that scamp Midge grows more impertinent every day! I ask you, I put it to you, do I look like a—a fussy old bandersnatch? Because that is what Midge called me when I ordered him to wait. But the young imp was born to be hanged, so no danger is likely to befall him up here. I wash my hands of him entirely. What a truly marvellous view this is, Justice! It is indeed well worth the arduous climb!”
Pushing his spectacles up on to his forehead, then taking the binoculars from Captain Justice, the professor gazed enthusiastically at the wildly beautiful scene that had so entranced his comrades earlier on. The gaunt palisades on the eastern brink of the cliffs, the lofty cairn that marked the last resting-place of the gallant pilot of the wrecked plane, were dappled with ruby tints, while the enormous valley that cut a wide swathe through the mountains stretched away serenely into the north. The great river, rippling through tree-fringed meadows, twisted like a shining emerald-green ribbon.
To the professor’s left, four or five hundred yards from where he stood, the witch-doctor’s hill loomed up, its greasy plume of sulphur smoke stained red by the sunbeams. Beyond rolled the high waste land of torn and twisted rock, black gullies, and blow-holes—the result of some tremendous earthquake far back in the mists of time. A lone eagle winged its way towards the mountains. In the east, a thin line of clouds lay across the sky, heralds of advancing night.
“Amazing! A glorious spectacle after the confinement of the village!” declared Flaznagel at last; and unconsciously he repeated Captain Justice’s earlier remark: “By Jove, but that valley makes an easy highway into the north!”
Neither Justice nor O’Mally replied. Both were too anxious to press on and see what Midge and Len were doing. It was all very well for the professor to wash his hands of the cheerful pair. But with foes like the witch-doctor’s fanatics lurking in the vicinity, this was no place for a couple of daring youngsters to wander about!
Justice felt a strange alarm tug at his heartstrings as he shot another glance at the “burning ” hill. Hastily he took the binoculars from Flaznagel and focused them on a little group of savages moving furtively out of one of the caves.
“I don’t like this one little bit!” he repeated uneasily. “There's something queer going on over there! Confound those youngsters. Come on, O’Mally, give them a hail!” And Captain Justice cupped his hands to his mouth. As he filled his lungs for a lusty shout, pandemonium, fierce, ugly, and horrifying, arose, crashing through the evening stillness.
Captain Justice felt as if his blood had turned suddenly to ice.
So abrupt, so unexpected, was the sinister outburst that he reeled under the shock.
The triumphant clamour swelled out—a babel of uncouth howls and shrieks, the clatter of weapons, a faint cry for help, instantly stifled. The uproar was somewhere down the slopes—the danger zone into which Midge and Len had ventured alone. For one terrible moment the party on the cliff-top, white men and Giants, stood, unable to stir a muscle. Then, with a hoarse cry, Captain Justice sprang forward and ran!
With O’Mally and Flaznagel blundering at his heels, the famous adventurer tore ahead, his tanned face livid, eyes aflame with fear and rage. Buktu and his warriors followed, nervousness forgotten now that a stark crisis was at hand. Swiftly, recklessly, the seven men flung themselves across rough, rock-ribbed ground, united in a common purpose. But though they strained every nerve to reach the top of the slope, they ran a losing race right from the start.
Justice suddenly uttered a strangled cry. The veins swelled on his forehead as he stared downwards with bulging eyes. O’Mally, sobbing for breath, lurched against him; Professor Flaznagel tripped on a rock and fell sprawling. They were too late! Midge and Len were in the hands of the witch-doctor’s raiders!
Where the yelling demons had sprung from, Justice wasted no time in trying to guess. There were over a score of them—huge, grotesque figures, paint-daubed and tattooed. Already in full retreat towards their own lairs, they were screeching exultantly as they pelted away from the wrecked aeroplane. And with them went the two luckless youngsters who had paid so stiff a price for over-impulsiveness!

No Quarter!
O’MALLY, trembling like an aspen-leaf, scrambled up, stretching out a quivering hand. He could see young Midge hanging over a brawny shoulder, with his red head bobbing limply, his legs and arms quite slack. Len, taller and sturdier, was being dragged along, still struggling desperately against his Herculean captors. And, as O’Mally pointed, a spear-handle flailed down from behind, knocking the gallant lad senseless.
“Come on! Come on, and tear those fiends apart!”
Captain Justice scarcely recognised that tortured voice as his own. But the blow that quietened Len seemed to snap the invisible bonds that had gripped him. Savagely he jerked the flare-pistol from the breast of his ragged pyjama jacket and bounded down the hill. Roaring their thunderous war-cry, Buktu and his Giants charged after him in a dash to the rescue.
Superstitious and panicky they might be in the face of Professor Flaznagel’s “magic,” but this was work they understood and delighted in. With lips drawn back, teeth bared, and tridents poised, they streaked down the slopes, four lithe and splendid warriors, indifferent to the odds against them.
But, alas! for Justice’s hopes. This was work that the witch-doctor’s henchmen also understood!
At the very first shout of alarm, the raiding party spurted up the opposite slope, while other fiends suddenly materialised from behind rocks and boulders. Bowmen they were, expert marksmen who had sneaked down through the gullies to cover the kidnappers’ retreat. With a yell of glee, they sprang from hiding. Their polished bow staves gleamed in the sun.
Ouly in the nick of time did Captain Justice spot the trap and swerve sharply in his stride.
“Down! Down for your lives!” he panted; and, swerving again, brought Flaznagel to earth with a flying tackle.
Something whistled past O’Mally’s ear; a second arrow grazed his cheek as he ducked and rolled over. There was a coughing grunt of pain from somewhere, then a dull thud. Helplessly the baffled rescuers lay close to the ground, while overhead the deadly barrage zipped ceaselessly through the air.
And higher up, half-way to the witch-doctor's caves, Midge and Len were carried on in triumph to their fate!
Captain Justice groaned aloud— not with fear or pain, but in sheer rage and dismay.
Midge and Len—lost! His youthful comrades, brave as they were cheerful, were fast in the merciless claws of a fiend!
For a sickening moment everything went black before him. But then, summoning up all his will power, the captain set himself to weigh up the ghastly situation as best he could.
By this time the cave-riddled hill was aswarm with prancing figures, pouring out of their holes like rats to greet the successful marauders. The air quivered to the raucous blare of horns, while never for an instant did the storm of arrows falter. One of Buktu’s Giants was down, lying limply across a rock, with a feathered shaft jutting out from between his ribs. Buktu himself was tearing back towards the village, twisting and dodging like a hunted hare, with arrows pattering all about him.
“We’re done!”
Justice dashed the cold sweat from his eyes and peered round the edge of a rock. No chance of aiming a shot at the archers, for the savages had cover in plenty.
“Heaven help those poor lads, for we can’t—yet!” he gritted. “It’s death to go forward! Keep your head down, professor! We’ll have to get back—if we can—before those hounds up there rush us!”
Flaznagel clawed at his hair in an agony of remorse.
“This is all my fault—all my fault, Justice!” he muttered brokenly. “I should have made those boys wait! I ought not to have let them go ahead!”
“You mean you oughtn’t to have scared the daylight out of Buktu’s men without warning them! Then we might have had a stronger escort!” Justice thought bitterly. But aloud he said:
“Come! Brace up, professor! No use you blaming yourself. That tricky fiend yonder saw his chance to strike, and seized it, that’s all! I’m the most to blame for this, and, by James, I’ll never forgive myself if we fail to get Midge and Connor back alive! The brute had oceans of time to post his men while we were sweating up the cliffs—he had the trap already laid for the boys to walk into! We shouldn’t have come! I should never have risked it without a strong guard! But, dash it, who ever dreamed that the brutes would venture so near the wrecked plane? Hang it, I thought they were as frightened of it as Buktu's lot!”
“Me, too!” O’Mally exclaimed huskily. “But where’s Buktu gone now?”
“For help, I hope! Yes—listen!”
Captain Justice stiffened suddenly, for, mingling with the riotous celebrations on the witch-doctor’s hill, came another fanfare of horns from the direction of the village. Faintly a roar of angry voices floated up to the captain’s ears. He guessed that Buktu, signalling from the cliffs, had set his fellow-warriors alight with the dread tidings.
Suddenly his voice rose to a warning shout—swamped instantly by the ferocious yells of the foe. The archers were advancing, bunching together and firing madly as they rushed. O’Mally grabbed a stone, preparing to sell his life dearly. The two remaining Giants gripped their tridents more tightly.
But Captain Justice suddenly smiled—a fierce and mirthless smile that showed all his strong white teeth, but left his grey eyes cold.
“Look out for the rush! Stick close to the ground!” he ordered, and then disobeyed his own commands! To the horror of his companions, the captain rose. He sprang up, cool as ever under fire, with the flare-pistol steady in his right hand, and right elbow jammed against his hip.
“Now, you screeching demons!” he snarled, and squeezed the trigger.
Plop! The pistol spoke—at short range. A burning streak of crimson fire flashed from the captain’s hip. Full into the thick of the storming attackers whizzed the flare, exploding with the devastating force and effect of a shell. Captain Justice had turned at bay!
Like a wave striking against a breakwater, the rush of the archers was shattered and flung back in confusion. Fire-shot smoke arose, with flames flickering below it, and through that smoke staggered frenzied figures, fighting each other to get clear of the Terror that sputtered in their midst. Panic- stricken, the surviving bowmen fled in all directions, flinging away their weapons as they scattered with arms upflung. And Captain Justice, turning a stony eye on the results of his shot, calmly reloaded.
“After ’em now! No quarter!” he snapped. And as he nipped round a boulder in pursuit of the fear-crazed archers he fired again, high above their heads. In a fiery arc the flare hissed through the air, struck a rock on the witch-doctor’s hill, and exploded. Another screen of smoke drifted up, sending the cowering defenders helter-skelter to cover. Suddenly, as a hoarse, deep-chested roar of exultation boomed out from behind, Justice and O’Mally halted.
They turned. Buktu and half of his fighting-men had arrived!
A GOLDEN-BROWN mass, the giant warriors poured down the slope from the cliffs, brandishing their weapons as they stormed the burning hill. Again the awe-inspiring war-cry thundered up to the heights. Instantly a hail of arrows shrilled down from the dark cave mouths about them, and a few men fell. But the rest carried on under Buktu’s fearless leadership, bowstrings twanging viciously as they advanced slowly, but doggedly, to the attack.
Yet that onslaught, as Justice could see with half an eye, was as futile as it was splendid. Faced by the withering fire from the caves, Buktu’s troops could make little headway, gallantly though they tried. Civil war had broken out among the Giants at last. The long-smouldering fires of rivalry had flared up! But the savage witch-doctor had already gained all the honours of that day.
He had hit first, and he had hit hard. His stronghold was almost invulnerable against besiegers armed only with spears and bows. Safe in his cave-riddled lair, he held the whip-hand over Justice & Co., Buktu, and all his valiant men. And what was worse—he still held Midge and Len Connor.
“Justice, we’re licked! And I thought we had the blackguards tamed!” Dr. O’Mally, watching the furious battle with lack-lustre eyes, sank heavily to the ground, hardly daring to think now of what would happen to the young captives. His chin sagged to his breast; his huge fists clenched and unclenched convulsively. Flaznagel’s hand descended suddenly on his shoulder. But the grief-stricken Irishman only shook his head miserably when the professor spoke.
“No, we are not beaten! I refuse to accept defeat like this!” There was a vibrant ring in the old scientist’s voice. “Confound it! Surely we can think of a way to turn the tables, between us? Are men like us to be outwitted by a pack of ignorant painted savages?”
“But young Midge—and Len—” O’Mally’s voice broke.
“Have no fear! I feel positive that both lads are still alive!” the professor encouraged him stoutly. “From what I have seen of that unspeakable ogre up there, he is not the man to give his captives a speedy death! Come, O'Mally! We must not despair! At all costs, we must rescue our young comrades!”
“Ay, we’ll rescue them! By James, we’ll get ’em both back, if we have to go in and pull that ghastly dump to bits with our bare hands!”
It was Captain Justice who spoke then, and his expression was not good to see. All the implacable fury—all the fierce recklessness in his nature—had risen to the surface. Captain Justice, in his present mood, was the deadliest enemy any man could have.
He looked back towards Burning Hill to where the battle had almost come to a standstill. Buktu and his giants had fought furiously and driven the painted demons back pell-mell into their holes. But beyond that, as Justice had foreseen, they could make no headway. Already they were falling back slowly into a position where, out of range of the defenders’ arrows, they were still near enough to stop any further attempts on the part of the witch-doctor’s men to leave their cave-ridden stronghold.
“They’ll never get the beggars out of there,” Justice murmured grimly. “The place is a natural fortress. I doubt if artillery could do it. It’s up to us to think of some other method. There must be some way of outwitting them.”
Neither O’Mally nor Flaznagel answered. O’Mally was still overcome with grief at the thought of the danger to which the gallant youngsters were exposed; and it was plain by his crestfallen demeanour that the old scientist could not easily forgive himself for letting them go on ahead. Justice's brow was furrowed in deep thought. With eyes that seemed to probe every rock, he scanned the landscape, photographing the scene before him on his mind. He realised now that he was up against a task as difficult as any he had ever set himself—a task in which every passing minute lessened the chances of success. Suddenly he straightened up.
“Sharp now—back to the village before darkness sets in! We want action now, not words! Midge and Len are coming out of that dump right away. And, professor, I need your help. I’ll have the swab who caught the boys, too—dead or alive!”
Without another word; Captain Justice turned his back on all the useless yelling and fighting, and strode away towards the cliff-top.
In silence, Flaznagel and O’Mally followed. Their leader, they saw, had a plan of campaign simmering in his shrewd brain. Though the Giants’ ambitious witch-doctor did not know it yet, he had twisted the tail of a sleeping tiger when he set out to make war on Captain Justice.
And that was a mistake he would have good cause to rue before long!

Captain Justice carries the war right into the enemy's camp in Next Saturday's thrilling story, and he hands the jolly old witch-doctor the Surprise of His Life!

Article 0

$
0
0
The Town That Was Born Lucky
By W. LaceyAmy(aka Luke Allan—author)
From The Wide World Magazine, Vol. xxv, No. 148. July 1910






Digitized by Doug Frizzle, Nov. 2014 for Stillwoods.Blogspot.Com

“The town that was born lucky” was the striking title applied by Rudyard Kipling to Medicine Hat, a little city in Western Canada that—to continue the great author’s forceful description—possesses “all Hades for a basement.” Medicine Hat, to be explicit, lies in the centre of a vast natural-gas area, with the result that every wheel that spins, every light and furnace, derives its energy from gas that is always ready at the turn of a tap, and which costs so little that the people leave their lights burning all day. Mr. Amy tells the romantic story of the first finding of gas, and describes the wonders of this fortunate city.
OUT on the prairie of Western Canada, with no town nearer than a hundred miles and only two within two hundred, and with not even a hamlet north or south for a hundred leagues, a small city of six thousand people lives its life, independent of the great world around it. Owning the whole of its public services, it possesses within itself the means of operation and a source of revenue that takes all the worry from municipal financing.
Medicine Hat is a name that sticks in one’s memory—as it did in Kipling’s when he made this city one of his five stops in his last visit to Canada. When that inventor of catchy phrases applied to Medicine Hat the title of “The town that was born lucky,” the citizens seized upon the phrase as the tribute of a famous man, and incorporated the term in all their publicity literature.
The Kiplingesque sub-title—“all Hades for a basement”—is an appropriate description of the reason why Medicine Hatwas “born lucky.” Underneath the whole city, and extending for miles in every direction so far as tests have been made, lies a vast sea of natural gas, only awaiting tapping with a tiny pipe to light, heat, and operate anything that man requires.
In that fortunate city of Medicine Hatevery machine-wheel that spins, every light, every stove and furnace and heater, derives its energy from a six-inch pipe that is always ready at the turn of a tap. It is the only supply of power and light and heat that is independent of workmen, of strikes, of weather, of laws, of trusts; that is as simple of operation to a child as to a man; that carries with it no danger from inattention or carelessness; and that is under perfect control every instant of the year.
The discovery of natural gas in Medicine Hatis an interesting story. As far back as 1883 the Canadian Pacific Railway, while boring for water at Carlstadt, a point about forty miles west of the city, came across the first gas, but no practical use was made of the small supply met with, other than to light and heat the section-house in the vicinity. Early in 1891 Sir William Van Horne, then president of the railway, lent to the city of Medicine Hata drilling outfit for the purpose of ascertaining whether there was coal within reach. When the drill had reached six hundred and sixty feet gas was struck, but the moisture in it necessitated more trouble in the matter of interception tanks than was profitable. In 1905, however, the city determined to dig deeper in the hope of securing a larger, drier flow.
A by-law was passed to raise the necessary money. Medicine Hat was then only a town of a couple of thousand people, and the expenditure was a terrible drain upon its finances. As the well sank deeper and deeper the fund grew smaller and smaller. The citizens and the members of the council gathered by the little pipe day by day and watched, with eagerness and foreboding, the drill drop—drop—drop within the pipe. But nothing came except a few little puffs of gas that promised nothing. Lower the drill sank; fewer grew the dollars. Finally the money was all gone, and the town was face to face with bankruptcy or a serious tax-rate. The councillors went home sadly, amid the mutterings of the people.
That night a special secret session of the city officials was convened. The treasurer held up an empty purse, and they knew well that not another cent could be drawn from the people. Into the earth had been sunk thousands of dollars that would return nothing, and the citizens threw the blame for the non-success of the venture on the officials. The well-driller begged for a few more feet. The mayor considered. Then, with the inspiration of a prophet, he turned his back on the legal technicalities and ordered the well-boring to proceed. Already it was down a thousand feet; it was a terrible risk to spend more money, and illegal to boot, but he took the risk.
Next morning the miracle happened. To this day they tell of it. At nine o’clock the citizens were electrified at the sight of the mayor, coatless and hatless, rushing from his harness-store up the centre of the road, vainly striving to overtake a workman in better training a hundred yards ahead. The citizens, scenting something unusual, joined in the chase. At the well everything was going up in the air. At just one thousand and ten feet a terrific flow of dry gas had been struck—a flow that registered when they got it under control a hundred pounds pressure in eighteen seconds, a hundred and fifty pounds in forty seconds, two hundred and fifty pounds in one minute and twelve seconds. Their eyes began to bulge as the register ran up three hundred, four hundred, five hundred, and finally stopped at six hundred pounds to the square inch. That mayor is living yet; but he smiles when you ask him what would have been his chances of escape from the infuriated citizens, with one train a day out of Medicine Hat, if the gas had not come. That is merely one of the chances they take in the Canadian West.
Now there are eighteen wells in all, of which ten are too shallow to escape the moisture and are simply held in reserve. Five are in the hands of private owners, while the city draws its supplies from three deep wells. Another is being sunk by the authorities with the intention of striking the terrific flow that is known to exist at about two thousand feet. Of the private wells, one is owned by the Canadian Pacific Railway, three by brick-yards on the outskirts of the city, and a shallow well belongs to a man who derives revenue by supplying all the houses in one block. The city will not allow him to cross the streets with his pipes, which would interfere with the civic monopoly.
Gas has been obtained every time a well has been sunk, proving that it does not lie in “pockets,” as is the case in the only other Canadian and all the United States areas. Four miles away the Canadian Pacific Railway in the search for oil, met a pressure which their machines could not stem. With improved machinery they drilled thirty miles to the southwest, and there, at a depth of nineteen hundred feet, tapped an area that is producing no fewer than eight million cubic feet a day, at eight hundred pounds pressure. Inspired by Medicine Hat’s good fortune, every village and town within two hundred miles has jumped to the conclusion that it is located within the gas-fields, but no results worth mentioning have been met with in boring. Lethbridge sank a lot of money and obtained nothing. Calgaryspent thousands of dollars and was rewarded with just enough gas to keep the men warm while they worked. Maple Creek is trying; but Medicine Hat stands by, warming its hands, working its machines, and chuckling at the vain efforts of its neighbours.
From the wells within the city there can be drawn nine million feet every twenty-four hours, the capacities of the different wells varying from two hundred thousand to three million cubic feet. In round figures this is equal to four hundred and fifty tons of anthracite coal per day. But nobody values coal there. Within a mile of the city it lies exposed along the river banks in seams ten feet wide, ready to be pulled out with pick and shovel. Mines that were started before the gas came closed down, and have reopened only lately, when the profits of shipping presented themselves. At the mines the rancher and farmer buy their coal for one dollar seventy-five cents a ton.
The gas is supplied to the ordinary consumer at thirteen and a half cents a thousand feet, and to manufacturers a by-law provides that it must be sold for five cents. As a matter of fact, a manufacturer can secure it free. One large sewer-pipe plant which is being erected is having a well sunk for it at the city’s expense—a gift of about seven thousand dollars in the sinking alone.
Low as is the price of the gas, the city is reaping an annual revenue of over forty-two thousand dollars, of which thirty-three thousand dollars is clear profit. Only three men are required to attend to the controllers and street lights and to read the meters, the remainder of the expense going to repairs. This revenue is placed to public account, with the result that the tax-rate is the lowest in Canada.
The cheapness of the gas leads to extravagances that make gas-users in less-favoured parts raise their hands in horror. In the streets the gas burns day and night, as the city authorities do not see the necessity of paying the wages of a man to turn off and on taps that consume what costs nothing. It is of little use to reason thus with men who live in districts across the border which have been depleted of gas by sheer waste. But there is more in it than that. The greatest expense of up-keep is the cost of mantles, which are necessary to bring the best light from the gas-flame. The expansion and contraction of mantles caused by the turning off of the street lights during the day would greatly increase the cost from breakages. So it is that they are kept burning continually; and when the tourist steps out on the railway platform in broad daylight and faces a row of lamps along the quarter-mile platform he wonders who forgot to turn them off.
This waste has been the cause of much consideration on the part of the city, the Provincial Government, and the owners of private wells. Influenced by the warnings of travellers, the Western Superintendent of the Canadian Pacific Railway got down from his special train one day and ordered the station lights to be extinguished every morning. The railway owns its own gas well, and the innovation was to be an example to the city. The City Fathers only grinned. Three days later the railway official, who had been in and out of the station several times during that period, boarded his train, leaving orders with the local superintendent to do as he pleased. There had been no noticeable improvement in the local train service because a score fewer lights were burning, and the local expense had increased.
Out at Dunmore, four miles east of the city, where the railway bored for oil and struck a flow of gas too strong to combat, the escaping millions were lighted to prevent accident. For months the country-side for miles around was never in darkness. The Board of Trade pretended to get excited over the waste of gas, and made several attempts to secure the interference of the Provincial authorities, who were not in session at the time. Before any coercion could be applied the railway cut off the fifty-foot flame by capping the well. They then drilled a well thirty miles away, came across an eight-million-foot flow, and allowed it to throw an eighty-foot flame for several weeks. In the light of it a snap-exposure photograph of a barn half a mile distant was quite successful. Thousands of feet of gas hiss every day from faulty joints in the gas mains, many of which, in the outlying districts, are laid along the surface of the ground. In the houses it is easier to throw up a window than to turn off the tap, and lights burn over the entire house, many continuing through the day under the belief that mantles cost more than gas.
The cost of heating and lighting an eight-roomed house, even with all this private waste, is less than fifty dollars a year. With ordinary care it could be reduced to almost half that amount. A large hotel burns less than one dollars’ worth of gas a day in the coldest weather, whereas the same hotel consumed six dollar’s worth of coal in the same time when something interfered with the gas flow. There is no handling of coal or ashes; a woman can manage the heating as well as a man. In many houses thermostats control the gas-tap so that from November to April nobody needs to approach the furnace. Families leave the city for a month’s vocation in mid-winter, with the gas blazing in the furnace, certain that nothing will have suffered when they return. The convenience of it all must be experienced to be appreciated.
Of the use of gas the Canadian Pacific Railway has made a close study. Every piece of work in the large car-shops is carried on by gas —heating, lighting, riveting, power, smelting, welding, and so on. The engine fires are prepared with gas in a quarter of the time required for oil-firing. For this purpose a large U-shaped pipe, with many perforations, is thrown into the fireplace and the gas turned on, the blaze making a live bed of coals in a few minutes, and starting the steam at the same time. Thousands of dollars have been spent in experimenting. Sand has been burned into glass in record time. The best-known engineers in the service have visited the AlbertaCity for the purpose of making the best use of the gas. With a view to experimenting for gas-run yard engines, an old engine was placed on a platform of revolving wheels, and for two weeks a prominent engineer tested the value of natural gas as a propelling power in the ordinary locomotive. The results were so satisfactory that it may not be long before the yard engines are fitted with gas-tanks.
The most important use to which the gas has been put outside of the shops is in the train which runs down the Crow’s Nest branch from Medicine Hat to Kootenay Landing, a distance of four hundred miles. The ordinary Pintsch gas-tanks are charged with natural gas at Medicine Hat, and for the return run—eight hundred miles, occupying a day and two nights—the supply is amply sufficient, and the light a great improvement on any other in use on the system. Were  there points of replenishment even a thousand miles apart the entire railway system would be lighted by natural gas, with saving to the company and greater comfort to the passengers. The railway saves in its shops, by the use of natural gas, more than sixty thousand dollars a year. Valves and machinery are used in the works to regulate the pressure from five hundred and fifty-seven pounds at the well, when everything is running, to eight ounces, as it is used in lighting and for various other purposes.
The city itself has taken advantage of its opportunities. As has been said, every engine, every stove and furnace, every light, is gas-operated. Power costs through a gas-engine the ridiculous sum (at the five-cent rate) of only two dollars and ten cents per horse-power per year, and in powerful engines the cost is less. The wells in the city have a capacity equal to almost forty thousand horse-power. The waterworks system is operated by two large English gas-engines, which require the employment of only two men for night and day service. A small engine is maintained in the office of the Publicity Commissioner, and power can be turned on in a moment. Around the top of the stand-pipe, one hundred and twenty-five feet above the lower town, a row of lights provides a beacon for forty miles around. Tourists are entertained by exhibitions of the use of gas. One of the illustrations shows a new gas-well lighted for the edification of a party of visitors—a blaze that shot up sixty feet into the air and consumed more than two thousand two hundred feet every minute it was permitted to burn. Experiments have been undertaken to test the value of natural gas in replacing gasolene for automobiles. With only an ordinary tap as controller on the tank in the front of a car a speed of twelve miles an hour was obtained, at the trifling cost of a twentieth of a cent a mile.
Several brick-yards around the city have their own wells, and irrigation schemes for market gardening on surrounding land are made possible by small gas-engines. When the Government undertook to push to completion in the winter time an eleven-hundred-foot steel bridge over the river, the city piped gas to the workmen, kept them warm, heated the rivets, and generally made work comfortable in terrible weather.

The growth of the city has been slow, in spite of the presence of the greatest convenience and money-saver any city could possess. The reason for this is that the rancher has, until the past two years, held the surrounding lands for the wide ranges necessary for his herds. His persistent “knocking” of the district as farming land has retained for him miles of free ranch land, which the terms of his lease from the Government throw open for the homesteader at a couple of years’ notice. But the rancher has seen his day pass. Gradually he has been driven out by the cultivated quarter sections, until he has discovered the money he is losing by missing his opportunities. He is now making the best of conditions by buying up section after section—not enough for ranging, but sufficient to sell to the settler at a profit that makes him a “booster” rather than a “knocker”; but Medicine Hat is now beginning to come into its own as the country settles. Villages are springing up in the surrounding districts, for the manufacturers are beginning to realize that in power alone they can save sufficient on a small plant to pay for a migration to this wonderful gas city —“the town that was born lucky.”

Prisoners of the Witch-Doctor

$
0
0
Prisoners of the Witch-Doctor!
Part 9 of 12 of Castaways; Captain Justice in Unexplored Africa!
By Murray Roberts
From The Modern Boy magazine, 8 September 1934, No.344, Vol. 14
Digitized by Doug Frizzle, November 2014 for Stillwoods.Blogspot.Com

 It needs but a single spark to set the fires of Civil War flaming in the Village of Giantsin which Captain Justice & Co. are detained in Unknown Africa. And the capture of Midge and Len provides the spark!


Giants at War!
“OH, bcgorralt! By St. Pathrick, ’tis the very worst day of my life! Justice, is there any way we can rescue young Midge and Len Connor from that blackguard of a witch-doctor?”
Too horrified to bottle-up his harrowing distress, Dr. O’Mally gasped out the question. But for the moment Captain Justice did not reply.
Breathing hard after a breakneck scramble down the eastern cliffs, the famous gentleman adventurer stumbled on through the turmoil and torchlit darkness that filled the village of giants. Justice and his four companions had wandered there since, weaponless, and clad only in their pyjamas, they had been dumped from an aeroplane into this part of unexplored Africaby a scoundrelly Greek named Kuponos.
Everywhere, golden-brown goliaths were rushing about, armed with bows or heavy tridents, while the night resounded to shouts and yells, and the hoarse blaring of horns. Arrows zipped ceaselessly through the air, threatening death every second.
It was a strange and terribly dangerous position in which the white castaways found themselves. All Justice wanted just then was to get under cover and there cudgel his wits as he had never done before. Collaring O’Mally and Professor Flaznagel by the shoulders, he hustled them neck and crop into the shelter of a deserted hut.
“Now take it easy!” he panted. “Get your wind back first. By James, we’re in too tight a corner to go at it like a bull at a gate!”
“But—but Midge! And Len!” wailed O’Mally, his fat face drawn with anxiety. “We can’t stay here! We must do something to save ’em! Faith, the poor lads may have been killed!”
Professor Flaznagel, in scarcely better plight than the stout Irishman, clawed nervously at his straggly white beard.
“I maintain,” he said, in a quavery voice, “that that human fiend is not the type to mete out a swift and merciful death to any victims who fall into his hands! Confound it, it is barely half an hour since Midge and Connor were captured! There may still be a chance of saving them if—”
“If we act promptly!” snapped Justice. ‘'Pull yourself together, O’Mally! I’ve told you we’re going to get the boys back. And, by James, we’ll get the hound who stole them, too!”
Cold wrath glinted in Justice’s steel-grey eyes as he spoke. His lean face, bedewed with sweat, was granite-hard.
"It’s civil war among the giants now—a straight scrap between our friend Buktu and his comrades of the warrior-caste, and that witch-doctor snake with his mob of painted demons!” he snapped. “What caused the feud in the first place, we don’t know or care. Probably the witch-doctor became a bit too keen on human sacrifices or some such brutality for Buktu’s liking. Anyway, it’s clear enough that the two factions have been at loggerheads for some time and our coming here has brought matters to a head. Twice that demon has tried to capture some of us. This time he’s succeeded.
“ But I don’t give two hoots for their tribal squabbles!” he snarled. "By James, no vile savage can monkey about with my friends and get away with it! So now dry up, O'Mally. I want to think!”
Motionless, absorbed in plans of vengeance, the captain stood beside the hut; studying every detail of the witch-doctor’s domain, weighing up all the possibilities of getting inside that grisly lair.
Gaunt and rugged, a gnarled mound of porous rock pitted with blow-holes through which the fumes of sulphur everlastingly streamed, the witch-doctor’s lair loomed black against the stars. An oil-laden stream that wound through the village flowed sluggishly into the heart of the ugly mass, entering it by way of a huge cave that yawned at its base. A boulder-strewn valley, some two hundred yards long, separated the hill from the village, and across this bands of furious warriors were trying to creep through the rocks and conic to grips with their foes.
JUSTICE scowled. His allies, brave as they were, could make little headway against the steady fire down from the dark heights. More warriors were striving to force their way in from the other side of the hill. But they, too, were expending life and energy in vain.
“Useless! They haven’t a chance of breaking through, armed only with spears and bows,” the captain gritted, and took stock of his own weapons.
Which did not take long. He had only one—the flare-pistol that had belonged to an Italian flyer who had crashed months ago, all alone, in this back o’ beyond. The discovery of the wrecked plane on the top of the cliffs had astonished Justice & Co. It had also led indirectly to the capture of Midge and Len by their terrible foes.
With the pistol, Justice still had seven flares left. Also a box of shotgun cartridges, but no shotgun. His teeth met with a sharp click. What chance had he of assaulting such an impregnable fortress with that slender store of ammunition?
“It’s strategy we need now, not brute force,” he muttered. And then, as a sudden inspiration came, he wheeled on the startled professor.
“That incendiary liquid you’ve invented, Flaznagel,” he jerked. “The stuff you set alight to-day, scaring the stuffing out of Buktu’s men—what is it, again?”
“A concoction of sulphur and naphtha, distilled from the crude petroleum skimmed from the stream,” explained Flaznagel. “I simply powdered the—”
“Gosh! Never mind the process!” Justice cut in sharply. “All I know is that the stuff is more inflammable than petrol, and that it terrified these big fellows. Tell me quickly—have you brewed much of it? You have? Good! Then I want it all, now! Hurry!”
Puzzled but obedient, Flaznagel rose, and swiftly, hugging cover all the way, the three adventurers hurried to the native guard-hut which the old inventor had appropriated. Within stood a collection of earthenware jars, pots, and other cooking utensils, all commandeered in the same high-handed manner. The Wizard of Science lifted the covers off two large jars, revealing a quantity of pale amber liquid that gave forth acrid, suffocating fumes.
Justice’s face wore a fierce smile as he stared at the dangerous stuff, and he astonished his comrades by shooing them out into the clamorous night once more.
“Fine! Well done, professor! There’s enough there to help scupper every demon in the hill yonder!” he exclaimed. “Now all we want is a canoe!”
Flaznagel and O’Mally gaped at him, thunderstruck.
“A—a what did ye say? Begorrah, have ye gone crazy, Justice?”
“Not at all! But that witch-doctor soon will be—crazy with fright!” Justice snapped grimly. “I tell you I want a canoe—and there are plenty tied up to the river-bank below us. Lively now! Come on, help me haul one up here, and I’ll explain the plan as we—”
But before Justice could outline the daring scheme that had occurred to him, his words were lost in a sudden increase of noise from the village.
Suddenly the yelling and shouting were swamped, blotted out by such a rousing, tremendous fanfare of horns that the castaways rocked back on their heels, dazed and deafened by the ear-splitting din.
What that nerve-shattering interruption meant, Justice & Co. could not guess. They shrank back against the hut, waiting and watching.
Again the discordant instruments brayed hoarsely, swelling out in harsh waves of sound from the torchlit compound in front of the chief’s hut. And—as by magic—all fighting ceased at once.
Both the warring factions obeyed that peremptory summons in a flash. A truce had been called—one that neither side cared to ignore. No more arrows whistled down from the witchdoctor’s lair. The demoniac shrieks and yells gave place to utter stillness.
And that silence, eerie as it was inexplicable to the white men, lasted until:
“By the powers!” breathed O’Mally suddenly. “Look—look, Justice! Bedad, if the old chief himself isn’t buttin’ in at last!” and he raised a shaking hand, pointing across the village.
It was true! Out of the great hut, pacing slowly towards the sulphur-crowned hill, came a small procession of heavily armed bodyguards and older men in long loose gowns. At their head, the oldest yet most impressive of them all, shuffled the Lord of the Giants.
So bowed and shrivelled was the venerable chief that he seemed scarce able to support the weight of his flowing leopard-skin robe. But in his sunken eyes a fiery sparkle of authority glittered, as Justice saw when the torchlight played on the old man’s haggard face. His mouth was compressed to a thin, tight gash beneath a hooked and masterful nose. The sharp tap, tap of his staff on hard ground was the only sound to break the hush.

Fight to the Finish!
REACHING the stream at last the chief halted, with his guards around him. His once-powerful frame stiffened, his back grew straighter. A strangely dominating figure he made, standing there in a pool of ruby light. Slowly he raised his left arm, beckoning imperiously to the defenders of the hill.
Then suddenly his voice rang out, deep and surprisingly strong for one of his years. At first his speech sounded crisp and cold; the speech of a ruler who issues orders and expects immediate obedience. But when no reply, either by word or act, issued from the silent hill, his tones changed swiftly to a menacing snarl.
It was a dramatic scene that Justice watched—an entirely unexpected break in the hostilities. But still the meaning of it all was obscure. Though the chieftain’s talk was Dutch to him, there was something in the patriarch’s forbidding manner and tone that sent an odd thrill through the captain’s heart. And gradually, very gradually, a faint hope stirred within him.
Could it be possible that the incensed chief was demanding the instant release of Midge and Len? The old ruler, if Justice knew anything about natives, looked upon himself as the one master of life and death in that tribe, and such a ruler would react pretty strenuously to any interference with his royal rights! A council of war had been held in the great hut, that was clear enough. Had the witch-doctor, by his turbulence, cruelty, and arrogance, roused his chieftain to action at last?
“By James, I believe the old buffer’s decided to back us up after all!”
Justice’s face was twitching with excitement. Unable to endure the suspense any longer, he nodded abruptly to his comrades and began to sidle forward. But any hopes he entertained of getting closer and trying to read the old chief’s intentions from his expression were speedily dashed. For as he moved, tall Buktu, the warrior-captain, seemed to spring from nowhere and gripped him by the shoulder.
And Buktu obviously was a man torn by strong emotions.
Bitter fury against the sorcerer who had outwitted him, and grief at the loss of the white boys, which he clearly regarded as a blot on his own honour, showed starkly in the Giant’s hotly glowing eyes. That he had been in the thick of the fighting was obvious, too. His muscular body glistened with oily water from the stream. Blood was welling from a ragged furrow across his breast.
And equally plain was it that the bronzed giant had some news for the white men—some message which he tried to convey to them with all his strength and intelligence.
Thus, while the chief continued to shout wrathfully at the still-silent hill, Buktu’s expressive eyes, hands, and shoulders were busy, striving to overcome the barrier of language. He pointed to his chief and to the hill; he whispered vehemently and stamped about, beating his wounded chest when the adventurers only stared and shook their heads uncomprehendingly. In the end, a last effort to drive his meaning home, he whipped out his heavy sword.
Then, with the point, he drew in the dust a crude but perfectly recognisable sketch of five white men in curious garb standing together, of whom one was very short and stocky, and another tall and straight. Justice Sc Co: tumbled to it at last.
“Och, St. Patrick be praised!”
O’Mally nearly broke down with relief and hope then, as he pumped away at Buktu’s hand.
“Sure, I’ve got it, Justice—all five of us are to be together again!” he crowed. “It must mean that Midge and Len are still alive! That darling old scarecrow yonder is orderin’ the scouts to send ’em back at once, bless his ugly old mug! Wirroo!”
“Wait! Haul your wind a moment, doc!”
Justice, delighted as he was to find that his optimism had not proved groundless, nevertheless held up a warning hand.
“We’d better wait till the boys are out of trouble before waving any banners!” he said quietly. “You’re right—the old chief seems to be doing his best to get them back. But, even so, he himself may slaughter the whole lot of us afterwards for being the cause of so much trouble! And in. any case those mutinous clogs on the hill don’t answer. Ha! Now what the dickens is going to happen?”
The captain broke off sharply. He went forward a stride or two, and some instinct made him reach quickly for the flare-pistol tucked into the waistcord of his ragged pyjamas. Still no reply came from the rebellious fanatics—nor were there any signs of Midge and Len. And the Lord of the Giants had suddenly lost all patience.
Goaded into a white-hot passion by the disobedience of the witch-doctor and his crew, the old chief shook his staff viciously at the hill. Then he wheeled, shouting an order. Instantly his guards doubled back, returning with rough-hewn planks which they laid across the stream. Out of the corner of his eye, Justice saw Buktu make a quick gesture of warning and protest.
“Great Scott! The old gamecock’s risking something now!” the captain muttered uneasily, and with that he broke into a run. Buktu sprinted beside him. Before either could interfere, however, the leopard-robed old chief brandished his staff, growling like some thwarted old bear.
Then, all alone, royally confident that no man there dare harm him, the lord of the tribe, he stalked threateningly towards the rebel domain, and simultaneously the witch-doctor’s answer whistled venomously through the air.
“Oh, great heavens! The cowardly scum!” Justice shouted, leaping forward. He and Buktu raced for the bridge together—in vain. They were too late! The damage was done!
From what part of the dark hill that fatal arrow was fired none could tell, but a gleaming shaft zipped into the blaze of torchlight, speeding straight to the mark. Helplessly the gallant old chief threw up his arms, reeling' back on the edge of the planks as the captain and Buktu dashed to his aid. Then, dropping his staff, lie buckled at waist and knees, and fell.
And the new-found hopes of Justice & Co. fell with him.
The witch-doctor had answered; the truce was over. For what seemed an age then a stunned silence reigned—an anguished pause, during which white men and brown stood rooted to the ground. Half incredulously they stared at the empty “bridge,” at ripples spreading sluggishly across the stream. And then:
"Come on! Give it to ’em, lads— hot and strong!” Justice yelled.
Swift as light the pistol in Justice’s hand jerked up. A hissing flare tore through the air, struck the hillside, and exploded in a crimson blaze. Shrieks of pain went up, and in the glare painted figures were revealed, writhing on the slopes or scampering pell-mell to cover. At the same time such a mighty roar of wrath arose as seemed to shake the skies.
For both sides, then, it was a fight to the finish. The cowardly assassination of the old chief did it. The witch-doctor’s men, their backs to the wall, rallied desperately. Buktu and his fighting-men went crazy.
Burning to get their hands on the foe, guards and warriors charged shoulder to shoulder across the stream, only to be met at once by a storm of arrows from their foes. Men stumbled, went down in heaps, or ducked involuntarily under a withering fire that lasted until Justice fired another flare into the hill. Again the crimson blaze burst, creating havoc and confusion among the fanatics. Then, and only then, were Buktu and the valiant O’Mally able to plunge into the water on a grim errand of mercy.
“Hurry! Get him behind the hut!” snapped Justice, and raised his gun again as Giant and Irishman scrambled out with their limp burden, the old chief. To cover the retreat he fired a third flare, while all along the bank of the stream bowstrings twanged and thrummed. Ten seconds later O’Mally and Buktu were safe under shelter. Gently they laid the old man down as Justice came sprinting back.
“O’Mally! Is he—”
The doctor, pulling aside the chief’s drenched robe, nodded soberly.
“Ay! The treacherous jackals got him through the heart!” he muttered. “The poor brave, crazy old fellah, bedad, he took on too big a contract that time! Justice, that witch-doctor is going all out to make himself master o’ the tribe this night, I’m thinking. And Midge and Len are still prisoners!”
“But not for long!” Justice’s voice was like a steel blade that pricked the others to action once more. O’Mally nodded, thrusting out his heavy jaw. Buktu, crouching silently beside his dead chief, suddenly grasped the captain’s hand in a grip of understanding loyalty, and faith.
Justice returned the grip with interest. Then he glanced at the wild scene ahead, where the warriors were still striving doggedly but fruitlessly to carry the hill by assault.
“We'll get ’em all right, Buktu! We'll get our boys back, then wipe out that gang of traitors for good!” he rasped. “But we’ll do it our way now, and without wasting any more precious time. Your chief is dead, your men can’t make headway, so it’s up to us to carry on with our plan of attack. Where’s Flaznagel?”
“Here, Justice!” The professor spoke from the darkness behind the hut, and Justice strode across to him immediately.
For several minutes he whispered in his friend’s ear, outlining a plan that made Flaznagel purse his lips and shake his head protestingly. But Justice, in his present mood, was like dynamite. He blew the old scientist’s objections away in a single speech.
“Professor, you’ll do as I say, please, and do your best! Hurry, man! There are lives at stake!” he snapped. And Flaznagel, after blinking his eyes rapidly, gave an apologetic grunt and scurried off down the line of huts.
“Now, O’Mally!” Justice wheeled on the hard-breathing Irishman and pointed towards the hill. “There’s only one way into that dump, and that’s along the stream and into that thundering great cave yonder. So I want a canoe, and this time I’ll get it. Come on!”
And, ducking his bald head, the stout Irishman ran, his eyes glued to Justice’s dim, wiry figure. Behind them Buktu hesitated, looked towards the firing-line, and raised his spear in a last salute to his old chieftain.
And then, because to him Captain Justice was the most inspiring leader he had ever known, the great warrior growled an order to two of the guards and dashed away, following the white men to the village parapet.
In the act of clambering over the natural rock-ribbed barrier that guarded the western flank of the village, Captain Justice smiled keenly as the three huge and tawny men loomed up behind him. There was little danger now. All the firing from the hill was concentrated on the stream and the boulders beyond. Together the five slipped over the parapet, running cautiously down the outer slope to the edge of the river below.

Battle Orders!
TEN minutes later they were back again, with Buktu’s men carrying a light and slender fishing canoe between them. The captain led them right through the village to a point where the oily stream flowed out from the foot of the eastern cliffs.
Dr. O’Mally started and raised his eyebrows as he saw the professor there already. And the old scientist, squatting alone in the semi-gloom, was mighty busy.
At his elbow stood the two jars that contained the highly inflammable liquid he had concocted. With Midge’s old knife he was methodically slicing open the shot-gun cartridges, and dribbling the black powder into another smaller jar.
“Bejabbers! An’ what game is this?” began O’Mally, only to be interrupted briskly by Justice.
“Good work, professor! Everything shipshape?”
“I am carrying out your instructions, Justice,” replied Flaznagel calmly. “If that is what you mean.”
“It is!” Justice chuckled shortly, and touched O’Mally’s arm. “All right, doc—just a little surprise for our friends yonder. A fireship! Now give me a hand here!”
They took the canoe from the native bearers and laid it on the water, O'Mally steadying it against the bank. Then, watched by three pairs of dark brown apprehensive eyes, the jars were placed carefully in the bows, and their weight balanced by stones and small chunks of rock in the stern. Then, whilst Justice and O’Mally held on to the gunwale, Professor Flaznagel stepped gingerly into the canoe, the smaller jar cuddled under one arm.
Along the bottom of the craft he then laid a thin trail of gunpowder, heaping up what was left in a small mound between the jars. His work finished, O'Mally helped him ashore. And Captain Justice, making a sudden dash towards the hut, returned speedily with a torch spluttering and smoking in his hand.
The famous gentleman adventurer was smiling now. It was a fighting grin, too—one that went straight to the hearts of the native warriors.
“We’re ready!” Justice spoke quietly. “So now listen, doc—orders for battle! As I said before, there’s only one quick road into the hill, and that’s along the stream and into the cave. But first we’ve got to panic the infernal defenders—scatter them, and give Buktu’s mob a chance to ram their charge home without being shot down before reaching the cave!
“And that’s what we’re going to do—or rather, I am. I’m a fireship, a battering-ram, and a bombshell—all rolled into one!” Justice laughed harshly. “And your job is to wait with the warriors and then charge! Burst your way in for the sake of Midge and Connor the instant you see the opening! Understand?”
“I—I—yes!” O’Mally nodded dubiously and licked his lips as if meditating some further remark. But Captain Justice waited for no more.
Deftly he wedged his torch upright between the stones in the stern of the canoe, then gave the craft a shove-off. It was built to carry two Giant fishermen, and so, making light of its present cargo, it glided away, bobbing slightly as the sluggish current took charge. Justice let it go. Then coolly he dropped into the water, pausing for a last word before setting forth on one of the most audacious ventures of his career.
“Now, don’t forget, O'Mally!” he cried. “The moment the balloon goes up—charge for the cave! And remember this! Those beggars can't escape once we’re in, because there’s another band of Giants besieging the other side of the hill. So smash your way into that dump somehow, then keep on smashing. Good luck!”
"But, Justice—” The Irishman found his tongue at last. “By the beard o’ St. Patrick, ye can’t take that canoe right up to the cave- mouth alone! Man, ye’ll be under fire the whole way! Those demons will shoot—”
“Good!—Then we’ll give ’em enough light to shoot by!”
That was all. O’Mally fell back, silenced by that typically calm reply. And Captain Justice, kicking off from the bank, turned in the water and struck out after the swaying “fireship.”
“Oh, bedad! Hasn’t that beggar any nerves at all? Faith, I’ve seen Justice do some desperate deeds, but this—”
Dr. O'Mally gulped. Dismay, anxiety, and admiration struggled for expression on his big face as he watched Justice catch up with the canoe and send it on faster with a lusty shove.
Then, because he was in charge of the “shore-gang” now, the doctor snapped his fingers and began running cautiously along the bank, with Flaznagel, Buktu, and the others at his heels.
Silently the canoe glided along the winding stream, propelled partly by the current, partly by Justice’s arms and shoulders. Its progress became a series of jerky spurts; once or twice it struck the bank on a bend, but each time the lone swimmer thrust it clear, and on it sailed, with the torch fluttering redly above the stern. The warriors among the boulders stopped shooting, uttering guttural grunts of amazement as the craft with its dangerous load lobbed past them.
But if Buktu’s men were astonished, that was nothing to the consternation and alarm that seized their foes as the canoe turned into the straight stretch at last, and headed directly for the cave-mouth. Captain Justice had to swim mighty close to the vessel then. From above him, and from both flanks, streaked whistling arrows, accompanied by yells of rage. Faced by this strange new menace, the defenders of the hill shot fast.
Whee-ee! Plunk! Feathered shafts hissed through the air, thudding into the thin sides of the canoe, skimming into or across the water. But Justice, swimming slowly against the protecting stern, smiled coldly and carried on. Nearer—nearer!
He could see right into the yawning cave-mouth now—and, better still, he could see frantic figures skipping down the rocks or swarming out of the dimly lit tunnel beyond, gathering at the entrance to greet him with point-blank volleys. That was all he wanted. As an arrow whipped past his partially exposed shoulders, he ducked a little, gave the canoe another shove, and grinned again.
“The reception committee!” he jeered, risking his life to take a good long look at the crowd of yelling fiends manning the cave-mouth.
“All right! Stay there, my hearties, and enjoy the fireworks! The more the merrier! Ha!”
Hastily Justice swerved behind the stern again, as a bunch of hideously painted figures suddenly darted from cover, making for the water’s edge with upraised spears. But he need not have worried. Buktu’s archers were right on their toes now! Suddenly, to the long-drawn whee-ee-ee! of arrows, the band of fanatics crumpled in their tracks, while a second storm of shafts drove their comrades back from the cave-mouth in disorder.
Fast and furious then grew the fire from the village, covering Justice’s advance, sending the defenders cowering into their holes. The canoe crept on; the alarm spread. And at long last the iron-nerved captain braced himself for the final effort—the critical move in his breathless attempt to save Midge and Len.
Coolly he reached up, braving death as he gripped the gunwale of the canoe. Coolly he drew in a long, deep breath, filling his lungs to bursting point. Then, swiftly, strongly, he heaved himself out of the water.
One lightning sweep of his free hand sent the blazing torch flying on to the gunpowder-strewn bottom of the canoe. But before it landed, Captain Justice was back in the water again, diving down to the bed of the stream for dear life!

Victims for Sacrifice!
LEN CONNOR sighed wearily and groaned. He could stifle the painful outburst no longer. For a brief moment pride and pluck forsook him, and the low groan of anguish forced itself from his parched lips. His head drooped.
As if ashamed of betraying such weakness, the stout-hearted youngster gritted his teeth next instant, and, spurred by desperation, strained at the rawhide bonds that cut into his wrists. But the. struggle was as futile as it was feeble, for Len was nearly all-in. His brain reeled under the excruciating stabs of pain that tortured every inch of him.
He hung limply between the sloping arms of a triangular wooden frame. His wrists were tied to the apex of the triangle, and in this plight his merciless captors had left him to dangle, with unbound feet barely touching the rocky ground. And that had been over an hour ago—though it seemed more like a hundred years!
Now, as he swayed slackly in his bonds, his arms felt as if they were being drawn from their sockets. Try as he would, he could not get sufficient purchase with his feet to ease the strain on his wrists. He groaned again, and turned bleary eyes on the dark stream flowing past him, not twenty feet away. But the sight and sound of the gurgling water only added to his torments, for his tongue was swollen, his throat drier than a lime-kiln.
“Cheese it, you ass! Don’t struggle!”
Faintly, as from a distance, the familiar voice came to him, hoarse and jerky. But the warning sank in. Len turned his head the other way, fighting to summon up a gallant grin. Close beside him, suspended from a smaller triangle, hung young Midge, sweat streaming down his white face.
"No use struggling!” repeated the diminutive, red-haired youngster, licking his lips. "Only hurts you and makes these painted sons o’ mud laugh. Cheer up, old boss—looks as if they’re waitin’ to—to make themselves bosses of the Giants first before polishin’ us off! Victims for sacrifice—that’s us! Only they’re all makin’ one big bloomer!”
Attacked by a spasm of nausea, Midge reeled, sagging towards one of the supports. But he shook off the dizziness somehow, and snorted, blowing back the damp forelock that flopped over his eyes.
Groggily Len lifted his heavy head again and gazed at the witch-doctor’s lair.
Of its exact or even approximate dimensions, neither Len nor Midge had the foggiest idea. It was too gloomy, too immense; so lofty and expansive as to dwarf the stalwart defenders and muffle their incessant yells. At some time in ages past an earthquake had scooped this mighty amphitheatre out of the solid heart of the rock.
Parts of it were uninhabitable. For there, between massive boulders, deep fissures criss-crossed the ground, and from these issued evil-smelling fumes of sulphur, curling slowly up out of the bed-rock. Darkness, velvety-black, shrouded the nethermost regions. The stream cut the cave roughly in two, before plunging, with a noise as of distant thunder, into a bottomless sink.
High up in the gnarled, sloping walls gaped the mouths of smaller caves, and in and out of these men crawled like bees in a monstrous hive.
It was a dungeon of haunting gloom and terror—citadel and templecombined, for to Nature’s handiwork generations of savage priests had added their own. There were gruesome idols and altars everywhere. The largest, most hideous of all, half man, half brute, loomed high above thc heads of the luckless youngsters, seeming to grin down upon them out of the dimness with its stony eyes.
Beneath it, on a grotesquely carved throne, set between the outstretched paws of the idol, tlic Giants’ witchdoctor sat in state.
Chin in hand, elbow propped on a stout, bare thigh, he sat motionless as the carven monster above him. The glow from a ring of torches and braziers cast a reddish sheen over his powerful shoulders and face, heightening the man’s terrifying aspect. One mighty hand was clenched tightly on the stock of the rhinoceros-hide whip that lay across his knees. Only his small, unwinking eyes moved, taking in all that happened as he squatted there, a menacing lord of the underworld.
Now and then, other men—lieutenants or councillors, apparently—came towards the leader, dropping on their knees before him. They spoke. Their chief answered them briefly in a deep, cold voice, and dismissed them with a gesture. But though the captives watched closely, neither word nor action gave them any clue as to what was going on outside.
At last one man, evidently the bearer of ill news, was rewarded with a sudden vicious stroke of the whip that sent him running, howling as he fled. Midge and Len perked up a little at that—the more so as the clamour at the cave-mouth increased at the same moment. Something was up! Then, with a snarl that showed all his betel-reddened teeth, the witch-doctor turned his head slowly, raking the lads with a look that made them shiver.
“Gummy, what’s this mean?”
Midge, never subdued for long, recovered his nerve quickly and returned the threatening glare with one of defiance.
“Sufferin' cats, Len—looks as if the Big Baboon heard something then that he didn’t like!” the exhausted youngster gasped. “Yes, by ginger, that last messenger gave him a shock. He’s got the wind up. He—”
“Listen, you ass!”
LEN, whose mind was growing hazy with pain, pulled himself together by sheer will-power and raised his head. Gosh, how tired he was! And how his arms and stomach muscles ached with the intolerable strain!
“Listen!” he repeated urgently. “Something is happening outside! Or am I imagining things? No, by thunder, I can hear it! The noise outside—it’s getting louder, Midge! And coming nearer! Oh, my hat, listen!”
Len’s words grew more coherent. Again his head jerked up more alertly. Two spots of colour, born of sudden excitement, burned on his pallid cheeks. His eyes held a wild gleam as he glanced at his quivering chum.
“It’s a raid!” he shouted. “Midge —Midge, old son, stand by! A charge —the big attack, and —Gosh, look at the brutes now—look at that hog on the throne!”
With hearts pounding against their ribs, the youthful prisoners strove to ease themselves in their bonds, craning their necks as, for some reason, the denizens of the cave were swept by a violent wave of panic and dismay. Painted figures were racing towards the cave mouth from all parts, horns began blowing, summoning reinforcements down from the heights.
Soon a whole mob of archers were jammed together on both banks of the stream, firing rapidly, and a few moments later they fell back with screams and groans under a storm of arrows that drove in suddenly from the outside. Their gigantic chief leant from his throne, and rushed forward to rally the shaken men with thunderous roars and strokes of his terrible whip. As for Midge and Len, they dangled in the triangles, almost suffocating with anxiety.
WHAT was happening? What was the meaning of this new and frantic uproar?
Faster and straighter the arrows of the giant warriors drove through the opening, hurling the stricken enemy back. The entrance, for a fatal moment, was left unguarded. Even the raging witch-doctor dived for shelter. And in that moment Len Connor uttered a gasp!
For something—some black and oddly sinister shape—came gliding into the cave-mouth.
A long, slender canoe it was, with a blazing torch fluttering in the stern. Len watched it, spellbound. On it came, steadily, silently, until suddenly the torch seemed to leap up of its own accord and fall to the bottom of the craft. And then—
The explosion!
Len shut his eyes tight. Midge wilted. The terrific concussion scattered his wits. Vivid flashes of light, of blue and crimson flame lit up the entrance, a smashing roar, heavy yet vibrant, seemed to shake the ground. Echoes like the thunder of guns filled the mammoth cave, and then left behind a stunned silence. Then a wounded man cried out in a thin, high wail, and Len, opening his eyes as the tension snapped, cheered hoarsely.
The canoe, Justice’s “fireship,” had vanished—blown to splinters by the explosion of its deadly cargo. And the ranks of the witch-doctor’s fanatics were shattered, too. Men, scalded by flying oil or struck by whizzing fragments of rock, lay on the banks or in the water; others were staggering about aimlessly, helplessly. A delirium of terror seized the survivors, who scattered like fear-crazed sheep.
And then, at the height of the hopeless panic, Captain Justice, O’Mally, Buktu, and his herculean warriors rushed the cave.
Into their enemies’ lair they charged, tridents glittering, broadswords rising and falling like flails. As in a dream, Len and Midge saw their captain’s dark, hawk-like face in the van; saw the burly, baldheaded O'Mally laying about him lustily with the shaft of a broken spear. From the cowed and demoralised defenders rose a long wail of terror—from the triumphant attackers a war-cry that swelled up to the heights. Then the work of vengeance began!
For a minute or so the towering witch-doctor fought like a gorilla to stem the tide, only to be hurled back with the rest. Captain Justice struck at him, and, missing, fell to his knees. The witch-doctor snarled, whirled about, and made a dash straight for Len and Midge, swinging his whip as he came.
That he meant to take instant revenge on his prisoners was plain! Not even Midge for all his hardihood, could face up to the howling madman then. Involuntarily the youngster quailed as the maniac whooped, heaving up his weapon for a slashing stroke. But that blow never fell.
It was checked—parried in midair. And:—"Buktu!” wheezed Len.
Buktu seemed to spring out of the very ground behind the witch-doctor. Laughing terribly, he yanked his bitter rival round by the hair, and for a tense moment the fighting giants glared deep into each other’s blazing eyes. Then Buktu laughed again, and his sword-arm shot out, straight from the shoulder.
That was the end!
Ten minutes later, in a half-fainting condition, Midge and Len were borne away triumphantly out of the dreadful cave, back to the joyful village. With them went Captain Justice and O’Mally, weary, dripping wet, but exultant!

With the downfall of the Witch-doctor, the Road to Freedom is opening up for Justice and his Comrades. But it's a hard road to travel, as they discover in Next Saturday's Thriller!

The Road to Freedom

$
0
0
The Road to Freedom!
By Murray Roberts
To Part 1.
Part 10 of 12 in The Castaways serial. Published in The Modern Boy magazine. This from 14 Sept. 1934, Vol. 14 No. 345.
Digitized by Doug Frizzle, for the blog Stillwoods.Blogspot.Com; Nov. 2014.
Castaways in Unexplored Africa, Captain Justice & Co, say farewell to their friends, the Golden Giants, and set off into the Unknown—grimly determined to struggle back to Civilisation and Safety!

 Time to Say Good-bye!

“OUR last day among the Giants—eh?” Captain Justice spoke softly, musingly. “The last day among some of the finest fellows I’ve ever met! And now the wilderness, and goodness knows what else, ahead of us once more!”
A smile that held more than a trace of wistfulness crossed the famous Gentleman Adventurer’s tanned face as he gazed pensively across the village of the Golden Giants.
“Well, we’ve had a great time!” he murmured, and meant it.
Slowly his eyes roved from the lines of thatched, high-peaked huts to the chief’s “palace.” Then to the oily stream that wound across the village, and thence to the lofty, cave-riddled hill that once had been the domain of the brutal witch-doctor of the Giants. From there his gaze scaled the eastern cliffs. On the top lay all that remained of the wrecked plane of an Italian airman who had crashed all alone in this unexplored quarter of Darkest Africa.
Every inch of this upland hollow among the wild mountains recalled some stirring adventure that had befallen the five white castaways during the two months they had dwelt among the Giants. Indeed, everything connected with those virile, golden-brown Goliaths was stamped indelibly on Justice’s memory.
Great fellows they had been—great in every sense of the word, and brave, kindly, hospitable. It was, as Justice frankly confessed, hard to leave such friends and hosts.
But the call of civilisation was more insistent still. After weeks of living in the wilds, Justice & Co. were seizing their chance at last to set forth on the long, perilous trail which, they hoped, would lead eventually to civilisation.
Buktu, who had become the new chief of the Giants after the old chief’s death in the fighting which had wiped out the witch-doctor and his followers, had been reluctant to let them go. But, at long last, he had given way, and the road to freedom was open to them.
Now all preparations for departure were made, and only awaiting the captain’s final inspection. Justice dragged his eyes from the village and the long lines of stalwart, motionless Giants, and turned to his comrades —stout Dr. O’Mally, Professor Flaznagel, Len Connor, and red-headed young Midge.
All four stood ready among the wicker food-baskets, the water-bags, and native blankets their generous friends had given them, looking fit and eager for the arduous journey ahead.
“Well, O’Mally,” said Justice, “food and stores all set?”
“All set, Justice!” returned the genial Irishman. “Faith, our friends have done us proud! We’ve salted meat and fish, with enough yams, ground nuts, and mealie grain to last us a month!”
“Good!” said Justice. “You seem to have a pretty hefty collection of pots and skin-bags there,” he added, turning to the professor. “What is in them, please?”
“Specimens of all the minerals I have found whilst prospecting beyond the cliffs yonder and along the river-bank,” replied the famous scientist and inventor, blinking proudly through his horn-rimmed spectacles. “Truly, Justice, as I prophesied in the first place, this region is a veritable Eldorado! By Jove, When I publish my account of this venture, as I shall do on our return to civilisation, it will cause a sensation! There are certain so-called scientists of my acquaintance who—”
“Sorry, professor!” Justice interrupted him. “But you’ll have to leave those specimens behind—and keep your reminiscences to yourself, too! This region is unexplored. It will remain so, as far as your rival scientists arc concerned!”
The captain drew in a deep breath. His voice was very earnest as he continued:
“We came here empty-handed, without food, weapons, or hope, and all thanks to that Greek ruffian, Xavier Kuponos, who dumped us in the wilderness in our pyjamas. Now, thanks to Buktu, we’re going out fully equipped, with guides and escort. Well, once you’ve published your account, how long will it be before the Giants’ territory is overrun by scientific and hunting expeditions—by get-rich-quick traders and adventurers? No, professor. This is a secret country, where the Giants have lived their own lives for goodness knows how many centuries! It would be a dirty trick on our part to give the secret away!”
"But—but, Justice,” Flaznagel expostulated, “in the interests of science—”
“Sorry, professor! Nothing doing!” repeated Justice, more firmly than over. “In the interests of the Giants, we’ll leave ’em in peace. That’s not an order, Flaznagel; it’s a personal request. I hope you’ll agree to it.”
 
PROFESSOR FLAZNAGEL swallowed hard. Ruefully he glanced from his precious collection to the captain’s inflexible face and shrugged. It was like parting with his eye-teeth to leave behind the specimens that had cost him so much labour, and to suppress the notes that would gain him fresh laurels in the realms of science. But when Captain Justice spoke in that tone, even a headstrong, ambitious man like Professor Flaznagel knuckled down.
“Very well, Justice!” he sighed. “I would be the last to show ingratitude to these natives, either by word or act. Since you make this request, I suppose I must grant it.”
Midge patted the old man encouragingly on the arm.
“Spoken like a gent, Whiskers!” cried the red-haired youngster. “Let’s not tell anyone about old Buck and his tribe, or—Hallo! Here comes his nibs in person!”
To a man the castaways turned, smiles of welcome breaking across their faces, as Buktu strode slowly towards them.
Buktu, intelligent as he was huge, had picked up a few words of English. Moreover, he had grasped the castaways’ names—or, at least, his own version of them!
To him, Midge was “Mish.” The doctor had become “Omalee,” and “Yen K’nor” was the title bestowed upon that youthful wireless operator. The name Justice, however, had twisted Buktu’s tongue hopelessly, so he called the leader of the castaways “Kapen.” And, prompted by the spritely Midge, he respectfully addressed Flaznagel as “W’ickers,” to the intense annoyance of that bearded and peppery person.
As he halted in front of the comrades the young chief’s handsome face was clouded with sorrow, which he made no attempt to hide. The morning breeze rustled the feathers of liis headdress, and the early sun made his tawny, magnificently muscled body shine like burnished copper. He leaned heavily' on his glittering trident, surveying the castaways steadily with sad, dark eyes. Then at last he spoke—and it was odd to hear broken “baby sentences” issuing from the lips of such a Titan.
“You—go!” he muttered. “You— go—’ome!”
Justice nodded soberly. Riglit up to the last, he saw, Buktu was hoping that his guests would change their minds.
“Yes, old chap, we go home. White man’s home—savvy?”
Buktu’s swelling chest rose and fell beneath the gorgeous leopard-skin he wore. Then, with grave dignity, he lifted Justice’s hand and placed it on his own bowed head, repeating the ceremony all down the line.
“Kapen, Mish, Yen K’nor, Omalee, W’ickers—good f’lems!” he said quietly, yet with a tinge of pride. “W’ite f’lems go ’ome. Buktu——” And he sighed again, laying a hand over his heart. It was a simple gesture, but one that expressed his deep sorrow more finely than any words.
Midge and Len gulped, eyeing each other awkwardly; and Dr. O’Mally, of the impulsive nature and tender heart, stared fixedly at the ground. But Captain Justice, no less moved, hastened to end the painful pause by slapping his stalwart ally on the shoulder.
“Come along—cheer up, old lad!” he cried. “It’s better this way, you know. White men and brown don’t mix—which is why we’re going to keep the location of your land a secret, and a thundering deep one. Now, my sons,” he added, with a significant frown at his comrades, “the sun’s getting higher. It’s time to say good-bye—and shift!”
So saying, the captain wheeled and mounted the rocky parapet of the hollow, while Buktu suddenly drew himself erect. At once a party of young men, nimble as cats, fell upon the castaways’ gear and hurried off down the outer slope to the river, where the canoes were moored. Another party of picked men, who were to escort Justice & Co. to the boundary of their mountainous land, followed.
“My friends—”
Thus Captain Justice began his simple speech of farewell. And the sound of his voice sent a sudden ripple of expectation through guards, warriors, and villagers, massing silently in the background.
“You can’t understand what I’m about to say,” continued the captain huskily. "But I’m going to say it, for all that! You are the finest people it has been our luck to meet—white, brown, black, or red. May you live in peace and kindness for ever. Good-bye—and thank you!” Reaching out, he caught Buktu’s hand in a clasp that made even that man of iron wince. Then, sweeping off his rush hat, he waved it on high.
“Come on, my lads—three cheers for our friends the Giants ! Hip—hip—hip—”
“ Hurrah-ah-ah!”
With right good will the castaways responded, the hollow echoing again to the sound of that stirring British cheer. Flashes of light gleamed and flickered as the Giants flourished their tridents in answer. And then, with deafening suddenness, their own deep-chested roar thundered forth, rising up and up to the heights.
Standing stiffly at attention, Justice & Co. saluted them, then turned away and descended the hill to where their own special canoe bobbed at its moorings beneath the trees.

Into the Unknown!
A STOUT but slender thirty-footer, Buktu himself had handed the canoe over to them as a parting gift. And forthwith Professor Flaznagel had taken it upon himself to improve it. With his genius for invention, plus material salvaged from the wrecked plane, the Wizard of Science had devised means and ways to save his comrades from much hard toil under the broiling sun.
Through holes bored amidships, just above the water-line, a long axle had been inserted athwart the canoe, with big, many-bladed paddle-wheels attached to either end.
In the dead centre of the axle was a greased hub, which Len Connor had patiently turned out of native hardwood, cutting deep grooves in it for the two driving-hands. These had been made out of the flying-wires, and they led forward to a larger gearwheel, mounted on a crankshaft beneath the “driver’s” seat. And this, in turn, was revolved by two wooden levers that jutted up on either side of the driver’s thighs.
The whole, in fact, was reminiscent of a railwayman’s hand-car, and both Flaznagel and Len had carried out exhaustive tests before passing it fit for service. Further, they had proved that the motive power obtained would, at the cost of far less energy, shoot the canoe through the water just as fast as one propelled by six hefty Giants.
Justice noted with approval that the native youths had already loaded and trimmed the canoe like the experts they were. Then he, turned, raising a hand to the escort of thirty picked warriors, who, under the leadership of a veteran hunter named N’Urru, were only awaiting the signal to embark.
With a yell, these stalwarts took to their canoes, while the castaways went aboard their own craft. Len settled himself between the driving levers, and Midge crawled for’ard among the food-bags. Justice began to unfurl the tapa-cloth awning that had been rigged on hooped canes the whole length of the boat.
“Steady, all! Cast off, O’Mally!” he ordered—and in ten seconds white water came churning over the paddle-wheels as Len pulled the levers slowly to and fro. Steadily the canoe glided out into the current. And it was then that a sudden fanfare of horns made everyone look up hastily—and gasp!
Every man, woman, and child among the Golden Giants had flocked to the village parapet to bid their white friends a last God-speed!
All along the crown of the hill they stood, like a frieze of graceful bronze statues, sculptured by some master-hand. Their right hands were raised high in salute. And as the castaways waved their hats again in reply, a song of farewell, sweet and haunting, broke from the lips of the women.
“Good-bye, me bonnie brave people! The saints preserve ye!” muttered O’Mally—a sentiment in which all his comrades joined fervently as the canoe gathered way and sped down the river. Five minutes later a high, tree-clad bluff loomed up on a bend of the river, and as it swam nearer a single deep hail from the village made the voyagers turn their heads once more.
Half-way down the slope a majestic figure stood all alone, gazing steadfastly after them.
For the last time, Buktu, the Giant chief, swung his trident aloft in a glittering arc. For the last time a rousing fanfare rang down from the heights. Then the canoe rounded the tiny headland—and the village of the Golden Giants vanished from sight for ever!
“And that, I’m sorry to say, is that!"
Captain Justice’s voice held a note of sincere regret as he stood up, looking back over his shoulder. For a few minutes no one else spoke. But then, with a little shake of his head, the captain took a pull on himself and settled down to the business in hand.
And a grim business it was—one that might well have dismayed hearts less stout than those of the five castaways.
How far they had to travel, what perils and adventures bestrewed their path, they had yet to learn. Nor had Justice much more than a bare inkling of where they were at present. All that lay ahead was vague: the country, the climate, and, most important of all, the other tribes in that unexplored region. It was indeed a voyage into the unknown, and heavy was the load of responsibility on Justice’s shoulders.
“However, that’s nothing particularly new!” the captain thought wryly—grateful, nevertheless, for the presence of those two boatloads of guards and hunters, gliding easily along on either hand. “We’ll come through all right, providing we dodge fever, crocs, and those infernal black cannibals! Thank goodness even Flaznagel is fit and well so far!
“Now, my lads, council of war!” he said aloud, picking up a small wicker-basket from between his feet. Out of this he took a pair of binoculars, a limp, leather-covered notebook (the flying log of the luckless Italian airman), and an aero-compass, whose triplex face, fortunately, had withstood the crash.
“As you know,” Justice continued, “I’ve been through the airman's notes, but—well, the information they give us is pretty slight, to put it mildly! He definitely went off his course during a storm, about an hour after sighting LakeTchadon the Nigerian border. And after that, instead of beating back, which he probably couldn’t do, he flew on for roughly four and a half hours, heading south and trying to reach British territory.
“But he seems to have been forced off his course again into the southeast—which means, he simply blundered deeper into a worse wilderness! His last note, jotted down about eight hours after leaving LakeTchad, says that he was hopelessly lost, and there were mountains ahead—these mountains!”
“The finish, poor lad!” sighed Dr. O’Mally.
But Professor Flaznagel reached for the log, peering shortsightedly at the Italian flyer’s notes, and justice’s translations below.
“You say this was written eight hours after that unfortunate and very gallant gentleman left LakeTchad, Justice? Then, since he did not turn off into the south-east until five and a half hours later, that leaves a balance of two and a half hours, during which he was flying towards the mountains. Well, surely that—”
"Doesn’t help us much!” Justice interrupted. “I know what you're trying to say, professor, that we’re somewhere south-east of the Nigerian border, which is a mighty large and lonesome stretch of land. Well, that may be. But how far off are we?
“The Italian’s air speed varied between 100 and 120, and two and a half hours of flying across an African wilderness may well mean two and a half months of travelling by canoe and shank’s pony!”
“Sufferin’ cats!” groaned Midge, having digested this last ominous remark. “Why, dash it, we're just as badly lost, then, as when Kuponos heaved us into the jungle?”
“Not quite, my lad!” retorted Justice. “I’ve just told you the professor’s right, or nearly right. Myself, I’m pretty sure we’re somewhere near the border of the French Cameroons, south-east of Nigeria—which is why we’re heading nor’-west now. And we’re going to keep on heading into the nor’-west, too! Because, if I’m right, all we’ve got behind us are the wastes of the Middle Congo, which anyone can have for my part. I certainly don’t propose finding a way back through that tangle!”
Briskly the captain replaced the log-book and compass, then gave his companions a steady look.
“Nor’-west it is, my lads! We’ll steer by compass, and check up by the sun and stars. It’s possible that old N’Urru, the hunter, and his crowd intend to take us to some French outpost, but I’m not going to rely on that. The Giants seem pretty coy about leaving their own land.
“So it’s up to us now—all of us. O’Mally, you and Ben and I will take turns at the paddles, and Midge is hereby elected cook! And sooner or later, if the cannibal blacks who hang out around here don’t get us, we stand some chance of bumping into a trading-post or river patrol!”
Thus commenced the voyage back to civilisation. For over five weeks it lasted; five of the most heart-breaking, gruelling weeks they had ever known. But it would be idle to pretend that even the experienced captain, even Len, of the retentive memory and methodical eye for detail, could afterwards recall half the furious adventures, the hairbreadth escapes and manifold perils the devoted band passed through during that time.
Each day before dawn saw the little fleet well under way. Sunset found them encamped near the river bank, guarded by blazing night-fires. To the dull slop-slop of the paddle wheels, they chugged out of the great valley to the north of the Giants’ village. They entered others that twisted, twined, and cut their way even deeper into the vast mountain solitudes.
Huge lakes, inland seas that were the haunt of inquisitive and dangerous herds of hippopotami, had to be negotiated. Sandbars and submerged snags did their best to wreck the frail craft. And once, for a whole nerve-racking hour, white men and brown sat rigidly on their thwarts, while the sluggish current bore them slowly through a stretch of yellow river that was aswarm with ravening crocodiles.
But slop, slop, slop! So it went on, crawling ever northwards. Day followed day, each bringing its full tale of troubles and fatigue, till the succession of events grew blurred, jumbled. So many miles covered, so many dangers avoided—that was all! It was like passing through a gigantic furnace—a fiercely hot world of eye-aching green, blue, and gold, always changing, yet always the same.
Gradually, too, the castaways lost their look of health and fitness. Their weary minds ceased to register impressions, hardening, instead, into a sort of stolid apathy. The pitiless sun grilled them in spite of the awning. The steamy night, bringing forth invisible marauders and winged pests, merely addetl to their torments.
Dr. O’Mally’s tattered clothes soon began to hang slack upon him; Justice became more gaunt and grim, more a figure of wire and whipcord every day. Len fell silent, working like a nigger, but rarely speaking from dawn to dusk. Midge, with no energy left for wrangling or chaff, slumped listlessly in the bows, buoying himself up by inventing marvellous “feeds” to be ordered when—and if—he ever reached a white man’s land.
Professor Flaznagel went down with fever during the second week out, and for six days lay on the bottom of the canoe babbling of world-shaking inventions.

The Cannibal Blacks.
THE chain of fertile but desolate valleys ended at last under an enormous hog-backed mountain. Then the jungles began, league after league of brilliant, close-meshed vegetation and creeper-hung trees, divided by reedy creeks, quagmires, and stretches of bare virgin rock. At times the great river broadened out into a glassy yellow flood, two miles wide or more. At others, it forked and narrowed, pouring its flow through dim canyons whose lofty walls blocked out the sun.
But still, slop, slop, slop! The paddles churned the water of that and other rivers, great and small; of narrow streams, converted into tunnels of soft green twilight by the dense foliage arching overhead. And sometimes, when spouting rapids barred the way, the lion-hearted party took to the “bush”—stumbling through moist heat and thorny undergrowth with their canoes and gear, until it was safe to return to the less-turbulent water lower down.
These portages were the hardest work of all—killing work for the diminutive Midge and Professor Flaznagel. Yet they stuck it to the bitter end, with Captain Justice always in the lead, ever cool, over patient and indomitable. While as for the grizzled N’Urru and his fellow Giants, never once did they falter or complain, either by word or act.
On three occasions, however, the keen old hunter spotted signs of his tribe’s ancient foes, the terrible man-eating blacks. And then quivers and bows were placed ready, as the three canoes shot far out into mid-river, with the sweating paddlers plying their blades at racing pace until the danger-zone was passed.
But always, after one of these alarms, Justice noticed that the veteran giant remained restless and alert for days on end. Also, that N’Urru’s uneasiness increased the farther north they travelled. Midge was another who perceived this somewhat alarming change. Unlike his leader, however, the snub-nosed youth eventually gave vent to his own qualms aloud.
“Old Hooroo’s got the breeze up, if you ask me,” the lad commented, while the party were making camp one evening, about a month and a week after quitting the village of Giants. “Getting wind of those black scuts again yesterday has properly given the old boy the willies! And the same applies to the rest. It looks to me as if they’re expecting some big trouble any old time now! What d'you think, skipper?”
For the moment, Captain Justice did not reply.
Camp had been pitched as usual, near the bank, at the head of a long, straight river-reach; and from where the captain stood, with binoculars glued to his eyes, he could make out glimpses of silver-blue water through breaks in the foliage about a mile away. It looked to him as if another lake lay ahead; a large one at that, for the shimmering patches spread out on either hand over a wide area. He observed also that the eternal mountains no longer ringed the voyagers round. The majestic peaks and slopes were falling away, opening out to form a colossal gateway to the north.
“H’m! I fancy you’re right, Midge!” Justice answered at length. “Either N’Urru’s men suspect real trouble brewing, or else that lake yonder is as far as they’re willing to go with us. Anyway, we’ll know more about it in the morning. But, somehow—”
The famous adventurer gnawed his underlip worriedly.
“Somehow,” he murmured, “I’ve quite a strong hunch that we’re just about coming to the critical point of this trip.”
And that “hunch” was correct!
Next morning, Captain Justice heard mysterious rifle shots!
If a heavy artillery shell had exploded on the river bank then, its effect could scarcely have been more shattering!
Through the stillness of dawn, the two reports came suddenly, crisp, yet hollow, like the popping of corks. So faint were the sounds that none of the other castaways heeded them as they clambered aboard. But Justice in the act of seating himself between the paddle-levers, stiffened as though a red-hot blade had jabbed him.
“My great James!” It was an exclamation that brought his comrades up all-standing.
“What on earth?” he gasped. “Listen! Listen, for the love of Mike!”
Astonished and alarmed by his outburst, the rest obeyed, straining their ears. While, over in their own canoes, the Giants began to murmur among themselves in their deep, resonant voices. Imperiously Justice waved them to silence. And, as he did so—pop!—another flat report from somewhere in the far distance smacked on their eardrums.
Midge nearly fell overboard!
“A—a rifle!” he stuttered, while Justice, without another word, drove the levers forward. “Sufferin' snakes in syrup! Someone’s firing a rifle out on the lake!”
“Och, stop your blatherin’!” snapped O’Mally scornfully. “Who’d be using a rifle in this blighted land o’ bows and arrows and spears? Sure, ’tis more like a beaver slapping his tail on the water, or something of that sort.”
“Beaver, my uncle’s left foot!” snorted Midge. “This isn’t Canada! I'll bet you what you like—”
“It’s a rifle—and there she goes again!” Justice barked. “Stop arguing, you two, and signal N’Urru’s men to keep pace! They’re scared—but don’t let ’em lag behind. By gad, this is where we make time!”
Wild with excitement now, the castaways crouched low, the nose of the canoe lifting higher as Justice warmed to his work.
Away down the straight stretch it sped under the full drive of the paddle-wheels, with the Giants cutting in close alongside. They hesitated a moment on approaching the mouth of a tortuous creek, but Justice & Co.spared it never a glance. Ahead, the river swirled over greasy mud-banks before flowing on into the deep blue lake. With unerring judgment, Justice picked out the one safe channel.
“Steady all! No shifting as we go through!” he rapped, and next instant muddy water kicked high into the air as the canoe shot the channel at reckless speed. There was a brief moment of tension as trailing weeds fouled the starboard wheel; another when something that looked like a log but wasn’t dodged beneath the bows in the nick of time, and the ivory-fanged jaws of a crocodile snapped at the canoe and missed.
Then, triumphantly the castaways and their escort glided out into the vast sheet of open water.
“Now who was right about the rifles, Fatty O’Mally!” howled Midge, leaping up suddenly and clawing at the awning, heaving it back higher on its supports. But. his words were drowned by the involuntary roar that burst then from all three canoes.
For the mystery of the rifle-shots was a mystery no longer! Out on the bosom of the lake, a full mile from the river mouth, a sturdy, white-painted launch was steaming southwards at half-speed!
“Justice! Is it a boat? My eyes—confound them—”
“It’s a steam launch, professor!” gasped Len. “River-patrol— Oh, my giddy aunt!”
“Och, I’m sorry, Justice! I apologise, Midge!”
“Take the paddles, doc—never mind the apologies! Quick, someone! The binoculars—here!”
It was one of those frenzied moments when everyone speaks at once! A launch—a white man’s launch—after all these weeks of wilderness! Midge nearly danced himself out of the canoe, O’Mally seized the paddle-levers, while Len and Flaznagel solemnly shook hands. But Justice, after stilling the Giants’ fears with a swift, genial gesture, stood erect, focusing his glasses on the distant vessel.
“A Frenchman!”
That was the first thing he saw—that the launch was flying the French tricolour. The next was that her canvas-covered foredeck was full of black askaris—native soldiers—armed with repeating-rifles. Two white officers in drill uniforms stood on the tiny bridge, studying the canoes through their own binoculars. And suddenly smoke belched thicker from the launch’s single stack, and naked steel glittered brightly as deft hands stripped the vicious quick-firer in her bows.
“Phew!” Captain Justice sobered down rapidly at that.
“Avast paddling, O’Mally!” he ordered. “Off with the awning, lads, then stand straight up and show yourselves! She’s coming right towards us, cleared for action! By James, we haven't come all this way just to get a French shell in the eye by mistake!”
All together the castaways tackled the awning. They rolled it right up, then stood erect, waving their arms as the French launch came steadily on.
A sudden bellow of warning from the Giants—a yell that deepened next instant with murderous rage and hatred—startled the comrades out of their wits. They twisted their heads round—and ducked in a flash!
“The blacks!”
Midge’s voice rattled in his throat as he tumbled down below the gunwale. Captain Justice felt icy fingers suddenly clutching at his heart. His eyes widened slowly for an instant, shock paralysed his nerve-centres. All he could do was to stand and stare at the river-mouth—at the horrifying spectacle unfolding itself before him!
The blacks—the cannibal fiends, whose malignant influence had brooded over the canoe-party for so long—were there in the flesh at last!
With their customary cunning, they had floated down-river behind the castaways, stealing out of the reedy creek, silent as prowling wolves, until their quarry was sighted. Now their canoes were winding through the mudbank channel— long war vessels, packed with squat, gorilla-like savages. And suddenly, as the Giants roared again and snatched up their bows, an awful yell screamed forth in reply.

Surrounded by Foes!
SOMETHING seemed to snap inside Justice’s head. The moment of helplessness passed away amid the uproar.
“Get to work, doc!” he yelled. “Paddle, man, for your life! By James, we’ll give the beggars a race before we go under!”
Quick as thought, he bundled the burly Irishman into the driving-seat. O’Mally’s huge hands gripped the levers. The canoe leapt convulsively, shooting ahead to meet the oncoming launch. Instantly another outburst of rabid yells burst from the rear, followed by a whistling hail of arrows.
Justice and Len, exposing themselves fearlessly, coolly dropped the awning again so that it protected the stern. Behind them, too, the Giants were gallantly covering the castaways’ retreat, returning the cannibals’ fire as fast as muscular arms could bend a bow. But still the black brutes came on, and others came hurrying to the attack with them. “Gallopin’ ghosts!”
Midge’s sudden sharp exclamation of dismay brought Justice crawling forward to where the boy crouched, his outstretched hand swinging from south to west.
“Gummy, skipper, look yonder!” he panted. “More canoes, dozens of ’em, creeping out from the banks! Palsied parrots, it’s an army! It’s a last blinkin’ round-up for us and the French launch, too!”
Justice stared, wincing as he made out the lines of black canoes converging from all quarters. Midge was right! It was a muster of the whole vile tribe—a net thrown out to catch castaways and river patrol. And well the French officers aboard the launch knew it now.
Crack! Pow-ooooh!
All at once the air quivered to a spiteful report. A shell droned overhead; a column of hissing water spurted up just short of the river-mouth. The blacks in pursuit of Justice & Co. had sprung their ambush a shade too late. Apparently, they knew nothing of the range and power of white men’s weapons.
Crack! Again the quickfirer barked—and this time one of the long, black war-canoes seemed to leap from the water of its own accord, shedding torn planks and limp men as it did so. The rest of the hunters sheered off in a panic, harried by crashing volleys from the askari riflemen. That was O’Mally’s opportunity for a last spurt.
He grasped it.
Summoning up all his great strength, the Irishman fairly lifted the canoe along on its paddle-wheels. The French vessel had heaved to by now, and her officers, leaning out over the bridge rail, were staring down in amazement at the five white scarecrows racing towards them. Justice stood up, saluting the tricolour. Then he turned, waving both hands on high.
“Good man, doc! Bound t’other side—quick! N’Urru! N’Urru!” he shouted, beckoning the loyal Giants to follow.
And they, trusting him as always, ceased fire and sped to safety under the cover of the rifles, what time O’Mally swung round under the sheltering lee of the launch.

THERE a bunch of grinning, ebony-faced askaris greeted the fugitives with throaty yells, only to be silenced instantly by a fierce order from the bridge. Then a rope was tossed overside. Five minutes later Captain Justice & Co.— ragged, dripping with perspiration, but safe—stood facing two of the most bewildered officers in the French Colonial Service.
“White men! White men! Out here!”
It seemed at first as if neither of the young Frenchmen could believe his own eyes.
“A million thunders! It is true! You are white! But how do you come here? Who are you?” spluttered one, a tall, angular lieutenant.
And he started back like a man who sees a ghost when Justice saluted again, and told him.
“Captain Justice! You are the famous Captain Justice, and these are your comrades?” he cried in English, shouting to make himself heard above the cracking of rifles, the screams and howls from the lake. “But you are dead, captain! You have been reported missing or dead these last two months or more! Half the governments of Africa have had their police and native trackers searching for you! And the men in your celebrated airship, the— the— what is it?—Flying Cloud, are still cruising over the whole of British East Africa, Egypt, and the Sudan seeking you everywhere! And now you—”
“Sorry, lieutenant!” Justice smiled grimly, though his lips twitched at mention of the great Flying Cloud. “I haven’t any passports or papers, but you can take it from me that I am Captain Justice, and I’m very much alive! I'm free to confess, though,” he added, glancing bitterly over his shoulder at the lake, whose surface was now crawling with cannibal canoes, “that the chances are we shall all be dead pretty soon if we don’t act smartly! Whom have I the honour of addressing?”
“I am Lieutenant Henri de Vissac. Allow me to introduce my second-in-command, Sous-Lieutenant Jacques la Salle!” returned the officer, adding proudly: “And we are the first river-patrol company to penetrate so deeply into this territory, captain!”
“Moanin’ moggies, you look like being the last, then, moosoo!” chirped the irrepressible Midge.
But Justice frowned him to silence. The captain’s eyes were fixed on the launch’s wireless aerial, and his eyes were gleaming.
“What is the name of this territory—LakeN’gako, South-East Cameroons, eh? Right!” Justice’s voice deepened suddenly. “Now, lieutenant, we haven’t time to tell you much, but there’s this much. I know these blacks, and, believe me, we’ve all got to fight like blazes if we’re to get out of this trap alive! What help can you summon? What is the range of your wireless?"
Lieutenant de Yissac shrugged.
“The wireless? It is not—what you say—so hot, my captain! I could perhaps summon aid from the seaplane station on the coast, but—”
“Useless! Tell me, is your wireless powerful enough to reach the British station in Lagos, Nigeria? I have an agent there!” snapped Justice, and slapped his thigh delightedly as De Vissac nodded.
“Then listen, lieutenant! For certain reasons, I don’t want it broadcast yet that we’re still alive. But I do want to send a code message—a vital message—to my agent in Lagos. My comrade here, Mr. Connor, is an expert wireless operator. If I promise to bring help that is worth a hundred seaplanes, will you grant him permission to use your set?”
Justice clenched his fists anxiously while he waited for the reply. His request, he knew, was contrary to all the rules of the French Service. But Lieutenant de Vissac hesitated a moment only. He was in the very toughest spot of his young and ambitious career, and, rules or no rules, was ready to seize any chance of getting clear.
“Captain Justice, I have heard much of you!” he answered, with a salute. “The wireless cabin is at your service!”
“Thank you, sir!” And Justice wheeled, gripping Len’s elbow. “Now, Len, you know what to do!” he whispered tensely. “You heard that the Flying Cloud is still cruising over East Africa. So go to it, lad! Get the latitude and longitude of this lake from the sous-lieutenant, then get in touch with the Flying Cloud via Lagos. Use Code B. Tell the boys we want ’em out here, if they burn up the skies! In fact, tell ’em to burn up the skies, or we’re sunk!” Len nodded. He was off in a flash, his fingers itching to get at. a transmitter-key once more. And as he tore aft De Vissac turned to Justice again.
“I have to return to the bridge, captain! Ha, we shall yet show these cannibals what fighting means!” he growled. “But first, my friends, is there anything else you require?”
“Yes!” Justice smiled at the warlike Frenchman. “A rifle apiece for all of us, please—and a cigar for me! And you might take care of those big, golden-brown fellows down below—they’re great scouts!"
“It shall be done!”

DE VISSAC laughed shortly, and rapped out an order, at the same time producing a cigar-case and lighter. Tenderly Justice drew out a long black cheroot, and carefully he snapped the flame to its blunt end. Then, with the cigar jutting from his mouth at the old jaunty angle, and fragrant smoke trickling luxuriously from his nostrils, he sighed long and contentedly, and gazed out over the lake.
The man-eating blacks had received a sharp lesson, but they were recovering. At a rough estimate, nearly a hundred canoes were circling out there on the sun-spangled waters, and arrows were zipping through the air in constant streams. True, most of them plopped harmlessly into the lake, but the range was gradually and steadily dwindling, in spite of rifle bullets and quick-firing gun. It was going to be a fight, mused Justice—a long and bitter fight until—An eager voice broke in on his thoughts.
"Is the Flying Cloud coming, captain? Gosh, isn’t it wonderful to think of her still being out here?” Midge, carrying a rifle nearly as long as himself, slipped in beside his leader, and Justice grinned down at the boy’s eager face.
“Yes, lad—or, at least, Connor is trying hard to reach her. But she’ll have something like sixteen hundred miles to cross—nearly six hours of flying from the time our SOS gets through. And, at all costs, we’ve got to hold on here until she does arrive!”
“She’ll do it! And we’ll hold on till then all right!” Midge declared confidently. “As for you, you black windbags—”
Crack! his rifle flashed at that moment, and out on the lake a screeching cannibal dropped his bow and sank down.
“You hold on to that till I get another one ready!” whooped the red-haired marksman. “Yah! Think you’ve got us, don’t you? But Captain Justice & Co. aren’t dead yet!”

Surrounded by cannibal foes, the Castaways fight as they’ve never fought before, in Next Saturday’s story! Don’t YOU Miss the Thrills! 
Next

Castaways Vengeance

$
0
0
Castaways' Vengeance!
CAPTAIN JUSTICE in Unexplored Africa!
By Murray Roberts
A serial; part 12 of 12 of The Castaways; from The Modern Boy magazine, Sept. 22, 1934, No. 346 Vol. 14.
Digitized by Doug Frizzle for Stillwoods.Blogspot.Com, November 2014.

 Fighting desperately against overwhelming odds, Captain Justice and his comrades spring a staggering surprise on the villain who marooned them in unknown Cannibal Country!


Besieged by Cannibals!
CRAA-AA-ACK!! Brr-rannngg! Across the sun-dappled waters of LakeN’Gako, the desolate inland sea on the wild border of the French South-East Cameroons, in Africa, rippled the crackle of rifle-fire. The sharp report of a quick-firing gun followed, and a shrill cheer went up.
Jets of flame flickered along both canvas-covered rails of the French river-patrol launch as the sturdy white vessel zigzagged across the centre of the lake, and her whistling bullets tore into the horde of black canoes that circled around her.
Before the echoes died, back from the squat gorilla-like savages in the canoes zipped answering volleys of arrows, and the circle closed in a little tighter. The launch, for all her defiant thunder, was trapped— hopelessly snared on the great lake!
Aboard her were Captain Justice, the Gentleman Adventurer, and his four comrades—Professor Flaznagel, Dr. O’Mally, Len Connor, and Midge.
Cast away in unexplored Africa by Xavier Kuponos, Justice’s bitter enemy, they had fallen in with a race of unknown Giants. Later, with an escort of those huge natives, they had set out on the road back to civilisation—to be attacked by black cannibals just as they had sighted the French launch and clambered aboard.
Already one of the boat’s two white officers and many of the crew were out of the fight, killed or wounded by the deadly shafts. And the black cannibals, fearless as they were fiendish, were gradually hemming the ship in.
“But they haven't got us yet! Screech away, you coal-black sons of mud, and share this amongst you!”
Crack! Midge, the red-haired, ever-chirpy junior member of Captain Justice’s band, uttered a piping cheer as he cuddled down to his rifle and let drive at the steersman of the nearest canoe. The brawny painted cannibal dropped his paddle and collapsed, clutching convulsively at his right arm. A howl of fury from his fellows drew yet another whoop from the snub-nosed marksman.
“Hark at the dicky-birds singing!” he scoffed, winking at the bunch of French askaris—native soldiers—who crouched against the rail beside him. Big, tough, ebony-hued fellows they were, clad in soiled white drill. And they grinned back at Midge wholeheartedly—not because there was anything to grin at, but because it was their nature to do so when a “white boss” winked and spoke to them.
“Birdie him sing fine, little baas!” chuckled one, in broken English, yanking back his rifle-bolt. Midge noticed that two of the askaris, after vainly exploring the loops of their bandoliers, retired from the rail to squat stolidly in the shelter of the deckhouse, with their empty rifles across their knees.
“H’m!” grunted Midge. “Not so good! Bullets running short.”
He squeezed trigger again, then started as the vicious smack of the quickfirer stung his eardrums once more. But that was the last shell! As Midge glanced for’ard, he saw the gun crew leaving the useless weapon, crawling aft in search of a rifle or revolver apiece.
“No, not nearly so blinkin’ good!” Midge wagged his fiery head pensively. “Now that pea-shooter’s packed up the bloomin’ party will get rough, and—Hallo! Sufferin' snakes, if it isn’t Patty O’Mally! What-cheer, sawbones! Polished off all the wounded below?"
The grin returned to his cheeky freckled face as out of the deckhouse lumbered stout, bald-headed Dr. O’Mally, Justice’s Irish second-in-command.
Ignoring Midge’s sarcastic reference to his medical skill, the doctor snorted, picked up a bucket, and emptied the contents all over himself, the water steaming as it ran down his bare shoulders and chest.
“Brr-rr! Faith, I needed that! ’Tis like an oven down in the sickbay!" he grunted, casting bloodshot eyes over the lake. Now that the dreaded quickfirer was silent, the black cannibals were closing in faster. Their canoes skimmed the water in dense flotillas, war-bows twanged, and arrows whined through the air like angry mosquitoes.
“Bedad, ’tis a plaguey tight spot we’re in, right enough!” O’Mally muttered. “How long’ve we been at it now, ye rusty-haired tintack?”
“Close on five hours, I reckon, Irish! Though it seems like five years!" Midge, screwing up his eyes against the glare, looked long and anxiously at the dazzling sky.
“Have you heard anything more from Len about the Flying Cloud?” he asked quietly. “I know he’s in touch with her by wireless—and, moanin’ moggies, what a slice of jam it was to hear that she was still searching for us in British East Africa! But, gummy, if the old airship doesn’t get here soon, we stand a lively chance of handing in our dinner-pails! The rifle ammunition’s running short, and the quickfirer’s declared her innings closed!”
“We haven’t fought our way out of all those jungles an’ mountains just to be eaten by a pack o’ cannibals!" retorted O’Mally. “Gimme that rifle!”
With the light of battle in his eyes, O’Mally snatched Midge’s weapon, wincing as the hot barrel burned his hand.
A high-prowed, thirty-foot canoe, packed with yelling archers, shot past within a hundred yards of the launch. But before the arrows could fly O’Mally fired. There was a screech as the steersman went overboard—then another as the canoe yawed, charging full-tilt into a second war vessel. Both turned over and sank, to the sound of hoarse cheering from the launch.
“Cigars or nuts, doc!” jeered Midge. “Who did you aim at?”
“The beggar I got, ye saucy shrimp!” O’Mally growled, slipping a fresh cartridge into the breech.
“Let me have another before I—Hallo, here’s Justice, safe and sound!”
Captain Justice was looking grim and war-worn. He had volunteered to take charge of the askari riflemen for’ard, after Lieutenant la Salle had been wounded, and since then his comrades had seen little of him.
Now he came hurrying towards them, threading his way calmly through the jabbering black soldiers. He wore a battered pith helmet canted jauntily over one ear, while from the corner of his lips jutted the stump of a cigar, the fifth he had borrowed from Lieutenant de Vissac, the commander of the launch. Quickly he ducked down into cover between Midge and O’Mally, and slapped the Irishman on the shoulder.
“Good shooting, doc! Keep your head down, Midge, you imp!” he jerked. “How’s Lieutenant la Salle, O’Mally?”
“Bad! He’ll fight no more for some months to come, poor lad!” the doctor grunted. “I’ve given him and the rest of the serious casualties a dose of morphine to keep ’em peaceful, but I'll be goin’ down again in a moment. ’Tis a real hot corner we’re in, Justice!”
“Ay! And, by James, it’ll get hotter yet!” was the ominous reply. “We’re down to the last of our ammunition for’ard.”
“Weepin’ willows! So are we, skipper!” exclaimed Midge.
Captain Justice shrugged, and shot a glance over the canvas at the serried lines of canoes, still circling round and creeping closer.
“The yelling scum! By Jove, it looks as though the whole infernal tribe has rallied from every part of the hinterland. We certainly sailed into a trap! Thank heavens the launch was here, or we’d have been scuppered hours ago! But if the Flying Cloud doesn’t arrive soon—”
He shrugged again, his teeth biting deeper into the cigar.
“She’ll come!” repeated O’Mally sturdily. “Where’s Flaznagel?”
“Down in the engine-room, rigging up steam-pipes in ease these swabs get close enough to board us. I suggested it, and De Vissac agreed!” said Justice. “Poor beggar! He’s a brave youngster, but he doesn’t know which way to turn now to save his ship. As the first French commander to penetrate into this howling wilderness, he’s done us a mighty good turn, but—Hallo, that’s him calling me now!”

A Fatal Mistake!
GIVING Midge a last warning to keep under cover, Justice rose in response to a hail from the bridge. As he stole away with head and shoulders bowed low, Len Connor dashed out of the tiny house that served as the wireless cabin, and caught him by the arm.
Len’s face, body, and limbs were streaming with perspiration. His lips and tongue were parched, his eyes glazed with weariness. For the interior of that cabin was reminiscent of the Black Hole of Calcutta, and Len had been stewing in there since the action started. Without ceremony he twisted his leader round, shouting to make himself heard above the mad din of battle.
“Captain! The Flying Cloud!” he cried; and Justice’s lips tightened as he listened to the rest of the young wireless operator’s message concerning the great airship. He nodded coolly, however, snapped an order that sent Len lurching back into the cabin, and carried on.
Up on the low bridge, beneath an arrow-riddled awning, Lieutenant de Vissac, the tall, angular commander, drooped limply over the wheel, glaring out across the shimmering waters at his frenzied attackers. As Justice sprang up the ladder and saluted him, the young Frenchman surveyed him for a moment with haggard eyes.
“It grows hot!” he muttered, licking his lips. “Captain, have you no news? You assured me that your famous airship was hastening to our aid, but——”
Justice eyed him narrowly. The young officer, he could see, was becoming distinctly rattled.
“When we first got in touch with the Flying Cloud, lieutenant,” he said quietly, “she was farther off than you gave us to understand. Seventeen hundred miles, in fact. And it took time to get hold of her.”
“Ye-es, captain. Our wireless, I know, is not good, and M’sieur Connor, he has done marvels! But—”
Then Captain Justice smiled—a smile that suddenly stiffened De Vissac’s backbone and sent renewed hope surging through his heart.
“Mr. Connor is still doing marvels,” Justice drawled. “Lieutenant, I have the honour to inform you that the Flying Cloud will be here in under the hour!”
But if Justice expected De Vissac to share in what was undoubtedly a triumph of wireless telegraphy and terrific flying-speed, he was disappointed.
“An hour, you say—an hour?” Lieutenant de Vissac’s shoulders sagged again. So far from encouraging him, the news seemed to come as the final blow to his hopes.
“An hour!” he repeated thickly. “But, captain, we cannot possibly last an hour! We have no shells, and but a few rounds of ammunition left! Regard these black cannibals! See how they creep in on us! Ignorant dogs that they are, they are beginning to realise that we are helpless now! An hour—bah! Why not a thousand hours? It will be all the same!”
“Rot!” Captain Justice dropped his formal politeness and descended to some good, plain Navy talk. “By, James, that’s no way for a sailor to talk!” he snapped aggressively. “Listen, De Vissac! My comrades and I have managed to survive all these months in the wilderness, and no cannibal rats are going to trample on us now! Besides, I didn’t say an hour. I said under the hour! And, by James, sir, we’ll hold these beggars off until then, and wring their black necks afterwards!
“Now, look, lieutenant,” he continued persuasively. “Don’t worry! Pull yourself together! I’m an older man than you, and I’ve been in tighter corners. Save your ammunition by ordering your men to cease volley firing. Tell ’em to snipe the cannibal steersmen instead. And, meanwhile, keep the launch zigzagging as she is!”
“What you say about saving bullets is right, captain—I will give the order!” snapped De Vissac, and he did so. “But for me—bah, I am sick of the zigzag, and I am sick of waiting! If we have few bullets, we still have one 'big' weapon—the launch itself! I will put on all speed and ram these vile canoes to—what you say?—to blazes!”
Justice snatched the cigar from his mouth.
"Do nothing of the kind, man!” he cried sharply. “Don’t you sec that by continually altering course and swerving you’re keeping these demons guessing—as well as giving them a shifting target to aim at?”
Justice made a vehement gesture. “In any case,” he went on rapidly, “your vessel isn’t powerful enough to ram through all the canoes out there. All you’ll do is to ram two or three, perhaps, and get your bows all cluttered up with wreckage. Then the rest of the swabs will board us while you’re trying to barge your way clear! You might as well shove the launch’s nose into the nearest bank and be done with it !”
All this twisting and dodging irked Lieutenant de Vissac sorely. It was as acid to his pride to be harried and hunted by a pack of cannibals, and he had stood it long enough. Drawing himself erect, the angry and worried officer looked Justice squarely in the eye.
"Captain Justice, I am a French officer—not a cur to be hounded by black cannibals!" he said shortly. "My tactics are my own responsibility. I would remind you that I am the commander of this vessel!”
“I see!” Justice forced himself to swallow the snub, realising De Vissac’s desperate state of mind. Nevertheless, he did not expose himself to another by continuing the fruitless argument.
“Quite true, lieutenant. I beg your pardon!” he said evenly, and saluted. “Very well, then! If you need me, I’ll be among the men for’ard.
“Brave young idiot!” he murmured to himself as, next instant, he went hot-foot down the ladder. “Pray Heaven the Flying Cloud gets here on time! We’re in for it now!” Amidships, lying flat on the deck, huddled old N’Urru and a score of his fellow Giants—all that remained of the escort that had guided Justice & Co. out of the vast, unexplored mountain-country. Dazed and deafened by hours of incessant firing, the tawny-skinned goliaths lay motionless, gripping their terrible, three-pronged spears and glaring savagely at the foe.
But their dark brown eyes softened as Justice clapped N’Urru on the shoulder and flicked the veteran's glittering trident.
"Cheer up, boys! You're going to get a chance to use these soon!" he said. And though the Giants did not understand his words, Justice’s expression was enough.

INSTANTLY their handsome faces lighted up with the joy of battle. And as their deep war-cry thundered across the waters the French launch gathered speed. Lieutenant de Vissac’s ramming operations had commenced!
“Gummy!” grunted Midge, as the launch trembled to the violent throb of the engine and swung round sharply on the nearest flotilla of canoes. “What’s this game?”
Risking arrows at every stride, the reckless youngster ran forward to where Captain Justice knelt among the askaris.
“Skipper,” he panted, “what’s the stunt now? Surely De Vissac isn’t going to try to ram these slippery beauties? Has he gone scats?” Justice turned his head.
“That’s no way to talk about your commander,” he said curtly. “As for you, my son, get below out of it! We’re in for some work—too warm for a hop-o’-my-thumb like you!”
“Oh!” Midge screwed up his freckled face. “Oh yeah?” he murmured. And, aware that Justice was watching him, he ducked down into the deckhouse—and out the other side!
"N'Urru, old cockalorum," he said severely, as he wriggled in cautiously among the wondering Giants, "we're going to ram some canoes—if we can catch ’em! And when we’ve rammed a few and can’t move for wreckage, we’re goin’ to have umpteen billion big black beggars piling over the rails to chop us into small bits. Ain’t life grand? Wow, hold your hat on! Here we go!”
Suddenly there sounded a raucous blare from the siren. The launch swerved again as De Vissac spun the wheel, and, with sparks flying from its single funnel, it bore down swiftly on the enemy. The foremost canoe swung aside in the nick of time, and a dozen spears came whizzing over among the askaris along the starboard rail. But the next three canoes were unlucky!
Crash! At headlong speed the French vessel smashed into the first—smashed into it and over it. Havoc and confusion followed.
Into the air whirled splinters and fragments of riven planking, while yells of rage and alarm rang out from the other blacks. But the launch quivered. From stem to stern it shuddered under the grinding impact, recovering just in time to catch the second canoe.
In vain the third strove to escape. The gunboat, lurching on, rammed its prow half-way through the doomed craft—and then stuck fast!
With the partially sundered canoe dragging under her bow, her screws and rudder fouled by drifting wreckage, the launch stopped dead. She began to roll and toss uneasily, like some snared creature struggling to win free but lacking the strength to do so.
Again the siren bawled; bells clanged, and water churned under the stern. But before the frantic De Vissac could back out of the mess, the cannibals rallied.
One bloodcurdling yell of glee shrieked across the lake. The blacks had sized up the situation in the blink of an eye. Their elusive prey was caught in a trap of her own making! Like sharks swarming to the kill, the canoes skimmed through the water, converging upon her from all quarters.
“And that’s that!”
Captain Justice, his heard bristling, cigar jammed in the corner of his mouth, cocked a cold eye up at the bridge.
"Stand to it now, my braves!” he roared in French to the askaris around him, and scarcely had he spoken when the leading canoes bumped alongside.
For a nightmare second Justice had a glimpse of rolling eyeballs and hideous painted faces upturned to his. Then the fight for the launch began!

Out of the Skies!
COVERED by a shower of arrows, over the rail poured the black cannibals, to be met and flung back by a bristling hedge of bayonets. Shots cracked viciously. Steel clashed against copper and iron, men grappled with each other and went down, fighting like furies.
But more and more canoes were racing to the attack. More and more frenzied warriors slashed and hacked their way aboard as fast as their friends were hurled off.
At the first onset, Midge had been brushed aside as N’Urru and the Giants sprang up and surged to the rail. Breathlessly the boy scrambled to his feet, but was promptly flattened again as Dr. O'Mally erupted into the open and went careering down the sloping deck, brandishing a ten-inch spanner.
By this time the launch was rocking and tilting over dangerously as the number of invaders increased. And suddenly the askaris in the stern broke under the pressure, reeling back before the invaders.
Back they were forced, fighting with the courage of despair. The yelling and shouting rose higher. For a few dread moments the fate of the launch trembled in the balance. Then high above the din rose O’Mally’s wild Irish whoop.
Simultaneously, he, with N’Urru and his herculean figliting-men, charged down into the stern, sweeping the triumphant raiders overside again in one glorious irresistible rush. At the same time, Captain Justice and his party launched a rousing counterattack that cleared the foredeck.
Thus, for a brief space, the hard-pressed defenders won a breather for themselves. And during that respite, Professor Flaznagel took a hand in the game.
Coolly, almost disdainfully, the lanky old scientist emerged from the engine-room, dragging a length of flexible steel tubing behind him. His hand went swiftly to the brass nozzle on the tubing, and the next instant:
“Hurrah! Attaboy, Flapwoggle! How d'ye like your eggs boiled, blackies!” shrilled Midge, as with a hissing roar, a jet of scalding white steam shot out from Flaznagel’s tubing, straight on the target. In a flash, a mob of determined raiders clambering over the port rail seemed to vanish into thin air before the deadly blast.
“Oh, good man, professor!”
Captain Justice, gripping a revolver by the barrel, came sliding down the slippery deck, ducking as a spear whizzed overhead.
“Keep the hose playing, Flaznagel!” he jerked, grabbing the disobedient Midge by the arm. “That’s our best weapon now as long as the steam lasts! De Vissac—Oh, great Scott!”
Justice, shooting a glance aloft, stiffened. Then, dragging Midge along helter-skelter, he tore up on to the bridge. Lieutenant de Vissac lay there slumped beside the wheel, with a javelin buried in his thigh.
“No, no! Leave it—do not trouble about me!” gasped the wounded commander, as Justice bent over him. “It is not serious—yet! I am paid out for being a fool!” A spasm of pain contorted his face. “You were correct, captain,” he whispered. “It is the finish, yes?”
“It will be—when the Flying Cloud gets here!” gritted Justice. “Try to take it easy, De Vissac! By James, we’ve still got a kick or two left! Shall I take charge?”
“I thank you!” The Frenchman grasped his hand feebly. Then, in response to a sharp question, he shook his head. “No, there is no chance of breaking clear now. We have no steam left! Your friend, he is using it all —very fast. I think it will not last—A-ah!”
His voice broke in a groan of dismay as Professor Flaznagel’s “weapon” suddenly gave vent to a gurgling splutter. The steam petered out in curling wisps.
Fiercely the cannibal warriors rallied, rushing the port rail again as Flaznagel beat a hasty retreat. De Vissac sighed and collapsed. Captain Justice, commander of a French river-patrol in action, drew a deep, rasping breath.
“Backs to the wall now!” he muttered; and whirled, with hands cupped to his mouth. “O’Mally! Get your fellows back to the deckhouse! Make a stand there! Midge, you stay here—do what you can for the lieutenant. If you poke your red head into danger again, my lad, I’ll smack it!” And Justice was down the bridge-ladder in one flying leap, running on to rally his own squad on the foredeck.
“Skipper!”
As the captain sped past, Len, wildly excited, suddenly darted out of the wireless cabin, a message trembling on his lips. But justice neither saw nor heard him. A spear plunked into the deck between the youngster’s legs, tripping him headlong. And before he could recover from the heavy toss, Justice was up for’ard, plunging into the thick of the scrimmage again.
And a terrible scrimmage it was—a roaring, raging melee, with no quarter asked or given.

SAFE now from burning lead or blistering steam, the blacks came swarming in from all sides, skipping across the banked canoes, hurling themselves at the rolling launch. They poured over the stem and over the bows. Others scrambled over both rails, agile as tigers and as ferocious.
It was the final onslaught, with the maddened attackers gaining ground every minute. Even Justice had to admit to himself that the end was now in sight!
Weary defenders, outnumbered and outweighted, could withstand the savage assaults no longer. And still there was no sign of the Flying Cloud. With bayonet and rifle-butt Justice fought like a demon on the foredeck, while O’Mally more than held his own among the fighting-men aft. But in spite of gallant leadership, askaris and Giants gradually began to falter. Slowly but surely both squads were being pressed backwards, and hemmed in, when—          
Br-ooo-ooom! In the moment of victory, defeat swept down upon the blacks in a terrifying, overwhelming wave of sound!
Out of a clear sky, something fell—something long, sleek, and slender, something that landed squarely among a huge raft of canoes, banked gunwale to gunwale. Then it burst, and seemed to rock the whole universe with its devastating thunder!
All fighting aboard the launch ceased, because hardly a man there, black, brown, or white, remained on his feet within the next few seconds of terror.
The terrific explosion, appalling as it was unexpected, smote them like a giant fist. Just for an instant, cannibals and native soldiers froze in attitudes of suspended animation, then men of both sides went down in heaps as the launch heaved and rolled in the wash of leaping billows.
Away to starboard, a mighty pillar of water and debris was rising high into the air, dissolving in seething foam and spray.
“The Flying Cloud!” Midge yelled—a yell that nearly cracked his throat—as he looked overhead.
Len, who had received his last signal from the dirigible some ten minutes back, grinned weakly, clutched at his aching head, and slumped to the deck again with a thud.
From the cannibals arose the low, gurgling wail of men rendered witless by ghastly fear. The battle was forgotten! With eyes bulging and limbs shaking as with palsy, the stupefied savages gazed aloft at the great shining monster that had materialised so uncannily out of nowhere, and dropped a bomb on their canoes.
Silvery-blue, the beautiful airship hung motionless against the gleaming sky, the strangest, most dreadful sight they ever had beheld. Then majestically it sank lower under spinning helicopters. A staccato rattle of machine-guns spraying the outlying canoes shattered the stillness.
“The Flying Cloud! She's here! Come on! One last drive!”
Tossing up his rifle, Justice let out a hoarse shout as he charged. And though his askaris were scarcely less bewildered than the foe, they followed him instinctively, venting their joy in delirious howls. But there was no need to drive the blacks away now. Their brute courage had snapped.
Faster than ever they had come aboard, the fear-crazed cannibals fled, hurtling over the rails, diving into the swirling waters, or fighting each other like rats in a mad scramble for the boats. The weapons of the defenders, aided by a few more machine-gun bursts from above, sped them on their frantic way. The launch was saved. The surface of LakeN’Gako became dotted with hard-driven canoes, black bobbing heads, and floating wreckage.

AND then, at the height of the confusion, the Flying Cloud came to rest two hundred feet above the launch, casting a protective shadow over the stricken boat. Meanwhile, Captain Justice & Co. had gathered on the bridge, worn out, dishevelled, dripping with perspiration.
Justice had sustained an ugly cut across one cheekbone and another down his forearm; O’Mally’s brawny left arm hung limp as the result of a knobkerry stroke; and Flaznagel was almost overcome by heat and excitement.
But no one cared. It was good to feast their eyes on their splendid airship again after all these months of separation, good to see the familiar observation-cage dropping steadily down from the open hatch. And suddenly, as Justice’s own standard, the big black flag with its white “J,” broke out from the after-deck railing, the five castaways lifted their husky voices in a cheer.
“Sufferin’ cats!” exclaimed the exultant Midge. "Is she a sight for sore eyes, or isn’t she? I’d sooner look at her than at a ten-course banquet—and goodness knows I could chew O’Mally’s right leg this minute.”
“Good boys—good boys! I knew they’d get here!” said Justice, deeply moved. Then, remembering that he was in command of the launch, the celebrated adventurer pulled himself together.
Beckoning to a grinning askari sergeant in tattered uniform, Justice ordered the man to collect a squad and bring the wounded aft.
“More work for you, I’m afraid, doc—more work for us all as soon as we get hold of some first-aid kit!” he growled, and turned to see how N’Urru and the Giants were getting on. A surprise awaited him.
For N’Urru and company had seen enough and heard enough of white men’s fighting methods. They were on their way back home!
Of the thirty giant natives who had started out into the wilderness only fourteen were left, and already these had collared one of the abandoned canoes. Fifty yards from the launch they stopped paddling in answer to Justice’s hail, and old N’Urru rose from the stern, lifting his arm high in a last salute. Then broad backs gleamed again as they swung to and fro in the sunshine. Without pause for rest, without any more delay whatever, fourteen Giant heroes were off on the long journey back to their secret land.
“And may the saints protect ’em all the way!” muttered O’Mally, in a tremulous voice. “ ’Tis some marvellous tales they’ll have to tell Chief Buktu and the rest of the boys when they get back home. What men they are, Justice. And, faith, what friends they’ve been to us!”
Justice nodded sombrely.
“The best ever!” he cried—and wheeled hastily as a well-known voice greeted him from above:
“Captain, aho-oy!”
With a slight jar, the Flying Cloud’s observation-cage, swaying at the end of a cable, landed on the afterdeck, the door slid open, and John Rigg, attended by Aircraftman Baker, sprang out. His eyes widened at sight of the five torn and gory scarecrows limping eagerly towards him, and then he, too, ran forward with both hands outstretched. Followed a tumultuous spell of cheers, laughter, numbing handclasps, and back-slappings; while Midge literally hurled himself upon Baker’s massive bosom.
“What, the old Tiny!” he carolled, pounding his staring friend in the ribs. “How are you, you poor weak invalid?”
Aircraftman Baker, burliest and toughest of all the Flying Cloud’s crew, did not answer. He could not. Humbly he reached out for Midge’s hand.
“You, you big ape!” squawked the diminutive youngster as the tremendous palm engulfed his and nearly pulped it. Then Aircraftman Baker found his tongue in a wholehearted roar that floated up to the Flying Cloud—a roar that told the anxious men there that Captain Justice & Co. were safe.

Squaring the Account!
TWO hours later the castaways were not only safe, but comfortably seated in the sunny dining-saloon of the Flying Cloud, their wounds dressed, and pangs of hunger appeased. Warm baths and cold showers, good food, and freshly laundered linen had worked wonders already. It was a grand reunion.
Once again Captain Justice was his old spruce self, immaculate in white drill, his beard trimmed to a dapper point, and one of his own special cigars perfuming the air. Only the deep hollows under his eyes and the strip of plaster across his cheek bore witness to recent harrowing experiences.
A smile of content crinkled his keen brown face as he surveyed the crowd of silent men who had forgathered in the saloon to listen to his brief but enthralling story.
“And that’s how it went, my lads,” Justice said, after a short pause. “It was a bad time for us all—and I wouldn’t go through it again for untold gold! But I want to say here and now that the professor, Dr. O’Mally, Connor, and that red-haired scallawag yonder with his mouth full of pineapple stuck it out like heroes. And, as you’ve seen, we’ve managed to pull through in the end, thanks to the Giants—”
“And you!” Dr. O’Mally interrupted suddenly. The portly Irishman rose and solemnly lifted his glass.
“Gentlemen, before we go further, ’tis meself has the honour to propose a toast!” he cried. “A toast to Captain Justice—the only man who could go empty-handed into a howlin’ wilderness and come out to lead his own bunch o’ wild fighting men to victory! Come on, ye spalpeens!”
“Captain Justice!” was the shout that rang joyously through the saloon when the doctor finished.
A deep flush of pleasure dyed the captain’s cheeks as he raised his own glass in acknowledgement.
“Thank you, men—and thank you for the way you rushed to our aid,” he said quietly. “But now to work! First, how are the wounded, O’Mally?”
“Och, fair to middling,” replied the doctor, preparing for another visit to the sick-bay. “La Salle’s still sleeping, and De Vissac’s suffering chiefly from loss of blood and exhaustion. But never fear! Begorrah, I’m looking after them all right!”
“Right, carry on, doctor,” said Justice. “Now, Mr. Rigg, I want you to send a squad below and put that Frenchman into trim once more. We’ll have to stand by, too, until she and her crew are safe. Connor has wirelessed the news to French headquarters, so I expect they’ll rush an air-squadron out to relieve us. In any case,” he added dryly, “I doubt if we’ll have any more trouble from those black villains now!”
“Very good, sir!” John Rigg stood up. As he did so, a subtle change came over his face, as though some icy wind had stiffened the muscles.
“Talking of villains, captain,” he burst out fiercely, “what about this Greek villain, Xavier Kuponos—the cur who dumped you five into the wilds without a weapon between you? What are we going to do about him? Isn’t the brute to pay for all this?”
“Most decidedly he will pay!” Professor Flaznagel declared emphatically, amid a chorus of growls and threats. “The miscreant not only kidnapped and exposed me to a great deal of inconvenience and danger, but, confound him, he has seriously interfered with my work! Justice, I insist that this rascal be punished without delay!”
Captain Justice inspected the glowing tip of his cigar. It was a full minute before he replied.
“We shall attend to the matter,” he drawled then, “just as soon as we have discovered the gentleman’s whereabouts. In due course, my friends, Monsieur Xavier Kuponos is going to wish with all his heart that he had never been born.”

ON a starlit night, three weeks after the battle of LakeN’Gako, Xavier Kuponos sat in camp near the headwaters of a little lost river in the depths of Abyssinia. He was smoking his after supper cigarette, musing on life, and finding it good.
Outlawed from all the “white” countries in Africa, the Greek slaver and gun-runner nevertheless felt that he was sitting pretty—very pretty indeed. He had with him at this moment three score of his heftiest Ethiopian raiders, and a large mule-train of smuggled arms and ammunition—American weapons that would fetch their weight in gold nuggets when delivered to a certain troublesome brigand-chief on the morrow.
Last, but not least, he had squared accounts with the only man who had ever laid him by the heels—Captain Justice!
Not once during the past three months had the wily Greek heard so much as a rumour concerning the fate of Captain Justice & Co. As far as Xavier Kuponos knew, the jungle had swallowed his enemies without trace. He was safe from Captain Justice—safe from suspicion, too.
“Which is very good, I think,” decided Xavier Kuponos, baring his teeth in a slow smile as he rolled another cigarette. He was still smiling when an airship’s observation-cage dropped out of the night and landed neatly in the circle of watch-fires.
Kuponos’ Ethiopian ruffians were bold men. But they were not nearly bold enough to stand up to the sudden warning rattle of machine-guns from the skies, or the soundless arrival of that weird object in their midst. One petrified stare they took at the cage, then took to their heels. By the time Xavier Kuponos recovered from his own stupor of surprise, he found himself all alone save for a trim, dapper man in white.
This intruder, as the paralysed Greek presently observed, wore a torpedo-shaped beard cocked at a truculent angle, and a most unpleasant smile. Kuponos scarcely noticed the revolver that was gripped firmly in a strong brown hand. His eyes, glassy with fear, were riveted to the intruder’s hawk-like face.
“Justice—Captain Justice!” he choked.
“Back from the jungle, Kuponos!” came the level voice in reply, and Xavier Kuponos saw red. Blindly he sprang to his feet and rushed at the man he feared and hated worse than anyone in Africa.
Captain Justice took one quick pace forward and hit him.
When next he regained his senses, the most notorious outlaw south of Suez was a prisoner on board the Flying Cloud. With bleary eyes half-open, Kuponos gazed around—to find four other “ghosts” regarding him impassively. He groaned, and Captain Justice himself stepped forward to offer him a glass of water.
“Oh, you—you hound!” Kuponos gasped, his olive-lined face convulsed. “Justice! All of you—alive! You fiends, you can’t be human! How—how—”
“How did we trace you?” Justice said coolly. “That wasn’t difficult, my friend. You left a pretty wide trail for men who can hunt, and I’ve had plenty of hunters at work. As to how we escaped the death you sent us to, that’s a different matter. It’s a long story, Kuponos, and I don’t propose to repeat it again.
“Well, Kuponos, your game is up! You sent my friends and me into a villainous hole, and now it’s your turn. Professor Flaznagel here has need of as much molybdenum for his work as he can obtain, and we own one of the loneliest quarries in South America. You’re going there—to stay—and to work. If you value your skin, you’ll not attempt to escape!”
Xavier Kuponos panted. There were flecks of foam on his lips as he screeched:
“Hang you, you can’t do it! Take me back to Khartoum—hand me over to the police! I demand a fair trial!”
“You’ve had it! Kuponos, you were tried and sentenced three months ago!” Justice cut in icily. "And thank your lucky stars we did not decide to pay you back in your own coin and maroon you, foodless and weaponless, in the jungle.
“As it is, you’ll be in no danger and sure of your food so long as you work. And my men will see to that!” he added grimly. He strode to the telephone as Xavier Kuponos broke down and wept.
“Main-deck, there! Quartermaster? Steady on your course. Full speed for JusticeIsland!” the captain ordered. Then he turned, took a last glance at the prisoner, and swept his satisfied comrades from the cabin.
The African venture was finished at last. With effortless power, the Flying Cloud increased her speed, soaring across the Dark Continent, homeward bound!
And in due course, in the sultry climate of South America, Monsieur Xavier Kuponos did wish, with all his heart, first that he had never tackled Captain Justice & Co., secondly that he had never been born! For Xavier Kuponos had to work—hard, very hard—in those lonely quarries!
The End!

A NEW SERIES of CAPTAIN JUSTICE stories starts in Next Saturday's GREAT FREE GIFT issue of MODERN BOY—uncanny and gloriously thrilling!!!

The Castaway Five

$
0
0
Fearlessly exposing himself to the arrows that zipped through the air from the pursuing canoes, Justice stepped over the wounded paddler and prepared to take his place.


The Castaway Five! -Part 6 of 12
by Murray Roberts
From The Modern Boy magazine, 11 August 1934, No. 340, Vol. 14. Digitized Nov. 2014 by Doug Frizzle
Hopelessly stranded in Unknown Africa, the fate of CAPTAIN JUSTICE and his Comrades is swaying in the balance between merciless Cannibals and their tribal enemies the Golden-Brown Giants!

Cannibal Pursuers!
WITH a prodigious snort, Dr. O’Mally awoke from uneasy slumber. The jovial, corpulent Irish comrade of the famous Gentleman Adventurer, Captain Justice, started convulsively, shivered, opened his eyes, and immediately closed them again.
How long he had been asleep he had no means of telling. Neither could he remember where he was yet, nor how he had come to doze off. But in the background of his mind hovered a dark cloud of horror. With it came the feeling that he ought to be up and doing — that danger threatened somewhere, demanding instant action on his part.
What this danger was, however, and exactly what he had to do about it, he could not figure out. And he was too utterly whacked to stir a muscle just then, anyway. But presently, as the rustle of water and a smooth rocking motion penetrated to his consciousness, his hazy wits cleared. Memory returned in a flash.
Then Dr. O’Mally’s smarting eyes popped open again, and he groaned. “Begob, ’twas all a dream, then!” he muttered disgustedly in his rich brogue. “’Tis meself that’s been dreaming we were all safely back at home, fishing, with that plaguey young imp, Midge, doing his best to tilt the boat over! And now here we still are—lost—cast away in the hottest spot of unknown Africa by that Greek blayguard, Xavier Kuponos, without weapons and in our pyjamas, being canoed down some benighted jungle river by a lot o’ gigantic heathens with golden-brown skins. Ochone!”
And the doctor was not sure whether the stalwart golden-brown natives, in whose canoe he lay, regarded him and his comrades as guests or prisoners!
“’Tis these same heathens,” he murmured, “who saved us from bein’ boiled alive and eaten by those cannibal blacks! So, I suppose, whether we’re friends or captives, we must give thanks for small mercies to these Golden Giants, as Midge calls ’em—and I hope the next meal those black cannibals eat chokes ’em!”
Overhead, enormous trees arched their branches across the river, softening the glare from the sky, so that the long, slender canoe glided onwards through pleasant green twilight. Through gaps in the foliage, tremendous mountain peaks were visible.
A score of brawny warriors plied their paddles in smooth, easy sweeps. And when O’Mally raised himself a little higher, he could just see the mighty chest and bandaged shoulder of the young Hercules whom he and Justice had rescued, wounded and sore beset, from the cannibal blacks on the first evening they had entered the mountains. Motionless as a figure of bronze, he sat with his strong right arm controlling the steering paddle, his handsome head tilted slightly backwards.
“And where are we now?” demanded O’Mally. But for some reason not even his comrades paid the least heed to his questions, or noticed that he was awake.
Close beside him, stretched out on a native mat, sprawled the lanky, dishevelled figure of Professor Flaznagel, the world-renowned scientist and inventor—now, alas, the weakest and most helpless of the castaway five. The old scientist lay perfectly still, with his mane of white, unkempt hair partially covering his cadaverous features. He looked completely worn out.
Captain Justice, alert and untiring as ever, sat rigidly upright, his lean, tanned face set in an impassive mask as he gazed steadily aft. Len Connor, chin in hand and heavy eyes half-closed, was also staring silently in the same direction. Farther up, O'Mally spotted the slim shoulders and fiery head of young Midge poking out over the gunwale. Levering himself up with a groan, the doctor yawned and gingerly massaged his aching limbs.
“Where are we?” he repeated, shooting an anxious glance at the professor, before turning to Justice and Len. “How much longer is this river trip going to last? Bedad, I was hoping to wake up and find me- self within reach of a bed and some grub by now! But what’s the matter wid ye all? Why are ye sitting there like a lot of stuffed dummies, ye spalpeens? Answer me!”
Still the giant paddlers swung to and fro like golden robots, and still Justice, Len, and Midge continued to stare downstream, entirely oblivious to the doctor’s presence. Filled with new alarm, O’Mally heaved himself up on to his knees— and a startled yell broke from him next instant as a long-drawn, vicious whistle shrilled in his ear and a sharp spurt of air fanned his cheek. There was a little plop! in the water behind him.
Justice's hand clawed at O’Mally’s shoulder, and the doctor ducked— hastily!
“That,” said Midge, to O’Mally’s increased alarm and fury, “was an arrow, old cock! And if you hadn’t been snoring like a water-buffalo for the last hour, you’d know where it came from! The blighted blacks are after you again, so keep your silly fat head down!”
DOWN-RIVER, speeding along in pursuit less than two hundred yards away, three more canoes were sliding across the glassy surface of the water, each with a lace of foam beneath its high, curved prow. And even in that dim light and at that distance, O’Mally could plainly discern the evil black faces of the paddlers.
The brute savages were straining every nerve—every shred of power in their powerful bodies—to come to grips with the fugitives.
O’Mally expelled his pent-up breath in a rattling sigh. More arrows, fired by black snipers kneeling in the bows of the canoes, came whistling through the air, followed by the vibrant twang of bowstrings. But the range was too great for accurate shooting, and the shafts skimmed harmlessly into the water.
“The beggars suddenly pounced on us about an hour back!” It was Captain Justice who answered the Irishman’s fierce look of inquiry. “Came sliding out of a creek and nearly had us. They must have heard how our friends here licked that cannibal crowd in that infernal gulch, so they had a shot at cutting us off. I don’t know what’s happened to the rest of the giants— either they’re still fighting in the gulch or making their way home across country. We’re still only about five miles away from the battlefield.”
Suddenly a fresh flight of arrows streaked from the cannibal canoes, and one of the giant paddlers uttered a hoarse grunt and slumped to the bottom of the canoe. He lay there writhing, striving to get at the shaft that had pierced him below the shoulder. For a second, the other paddlers lost their rhythmic swing, but picked it up again in response to the steersman’s short sharp command. The canoe skimmed on.
“Help this fellow, doc—bear a hand, you lads! Lively now!”
So saying, Captain Justice stepped over the wounded paddler, fearlessly exposing himself to the arrows that zipped and whined through the air in a steady stream. One skewered the rush-hat he wore, knocking it off, but he snatched it up again, waving it contemptuously. Then, as O’Mally and Len hauled the fallen warrior clear, Justice grabbed the man’s heavy paddle, driving it skilfully into the water.
“Wah!”
For the first time the natives around him broke silence in a deep grunt of approval. Hard brown eyes were turned upon the captain, as if to size up his prowess as a paddler, and then, satisfied, the giants concentrated on their own task once more. No one could teach Captain Justice anything about watermanship. He filled the gap in the crew like the sailor and handyman he was.
Unable to watch the pursuing craft now, he strained his eyes forward, half expecting to see signs of a village or reinforcements. He saw none. Roughly half a mile ahead, the river forked into two channels, one, the wider, branching to the right, the other, much narrower, taking a sharp curve to the left. In the V of the fork squatted a low-lying island, crowned by rushes and rippling reeds. But no trace of decent cover or of human aid could he spy.
Yet the giants in the canoe remained unperturbed. Not by a fraction did they increase their speed, though by now the deadly barbs from the cannibal craft were singing past them, faster and closer. Once the tall steersman altered course, zigzagging towards the mouth of the narrower fork. But that was the only attempt he made to avoid the hail of shafts as the island came nearer and the blacks crept closer up.
Very soon the terrible hunters had crept up to within a hundred yards. They were gaining hand over hand! Their canoes seemed to shoot across the river at terrific speed, like black sea-hawks swooping on their prey. Justice set his teeth hard.
Thud! An arrow plunked quivering into the gunwale beside him, others shrilled alongside. Only the steersman’s skill saved the giants from being riddled, and then, as the fugitives swept past the island, the narrowness of the channel put an end to swerving and dodging.
Suddenly the pursuing fiends flung back their heads, opening their ugly mouths wide, and, high-pitched, shrill, and bloodcurdling, the triumphant war-cry rang out; and at that the giant fugitives spurted. But they had left it late! All around them the air became full of hissing sounds, of sharp, venomous whistles.
Len Connor stiffened, staring blankly at the arrow that had drilled the loose sleeve of his pyjama jacket. Dazedly he looked back and saw that the cannibal canoes had bunched together, converging into the mouth of the channel. The race for life was nearly over now—another point-blank volley must mean disaster. The giants spurted once more; their enemies held them.
Then, with all the ferocity of wild beasts, the blacks yelled again, and the veil was answered!
 
Into the Lair of the Giants !
JUSTICE & CO., already shaken by the merciless pursuit, reeled under the crowning shock of that answering yell. Simultaneously, the low, reedy, apparently deserted island seemed to erupt out of the water!
Reeds and rushes thrashed and crackled as brawny, golden-brown warriors sprang headlong from cover with shouts of savage glee. Not for nothing had the fugitive paddlers dawdled on their retreat—deliberately luring their pursuers on! It was an ambush—and the blacks were trapped!
Frantically the cannibal steersmen strove to turn their craft aside, while the desperate paddlers reached for their weapons, only to crumple in heaps under the storm of arrows from the island. From their superior vantage-ground, the giant bowmen, burning with tribal enmity and eagerness to pay off old scores, could shoot straight down into the hostile canoes.
Captain Justice stopped paddling. He could not have moved a finger just then to save his life, though his fellow paddlers, their cool, courageous work accomplished, plugged onwards, laughing and whooping. Professor Flaznagel, aroused by the fearful din, scrambled up, blinking. Midge, O’Mally, and Len sat tight, fascinated by the mad melee raging behind.
Goaded to frenzy, fighting with the courage of cornered wolves, the blacks were attempting to hit back now—to force their way out of the trap. But the snare had been too well laid. Hoarse cries, cheers and screeches, the thrumming twang of bowstrings mingled in pandemonium as the golden-brown giants shot and shot again. Their cannibal foes paid the penalty of rashness.
Jammed in the channel, they could neither fight nor flee. One of their canoes struck a mudbank, the second, out of control, rammed the third.
Both sank in a few seconds; and a party of giants, poising their heavy tridents, sprang into the shallows to grapple with swimming survivors. The finish was in sight, but Justice & Co. did not see it!
For suddenly, as if the paddlers had decided that they had wasted enough time on the journey home, round another curve in the river they swept at a speed that took the comrades’ breath away. Then, like a curtain, the dense foliage of trees dropped down, blotting out the wild scrimmage below the island.
“Phew-w! What a dust-up!” Wiping the sweat from his brow with a trembling hand, Len carefully drew out the short thick arrow that had so nearly pierced his arm. Midge, his eyes bulging, grinned feebly at the paddlers. To his surprise, some of them grinned back amiably.
"Weepin’ willow's, these fellows are smart! Number one fighting-men, and no blinkin’ error!” muttered Midge admiringly. “Talk about leading the blackies up the garden and then flattening them out under the roller! Not one of us guessed their game! But how did those other heavyweights come to be on that island? How was the blessed ambush arranged, anyway? That’s what licks me!”
“And me!” grunted O’Mally, mopping his glistening pate, and listening to the fast-dying sounds of battle beyond the screen of trees. “Maybe we’re on the fringe of the giants’ country now, and that crowd on the island are an outpost. Or perhaps they have sentries watching the river from up yonder,” he added, jerking a thumb towards the mountain-slopes that rose above the trees. “Still, no matter how ’twas done, they made a job of it; and faith, I’ll bet those cannibals don’t plague us any more!”
“How’s it going, captain?” asked Len, bestirring his weary self with an effort. “Can I take over for a spell?” Captain Justice smiled grimly, but shook his head. Strong as he was, he had his work cut out now to keep time with the native paddlers, who were sending the canoe sheering through the water in mighty drives. It was clear now that they considered themselves safe from danger of further attack, for they sang as they paddled.
Soon the trees on the banks began to thin out, and stretches of bare brown rock made their appearance as the canoe glided deeper into the lonely heart of the mountains. From afar the booming echoes of a waterfall quivered on the still air, and once the hoarse blare of a horn floated down from the heights. The castaways grew more and more silent, watchful. The element of doubt tormented them constantly. Where were they going, and what fate awaited them? Were these huge, golden-brown men friends or captors?
True, the steersman, the leader of the canoe party, owed them his life, and his manner so far had betrayed nothing but gratitude and kindness. But how would the rulers of his tribe receive five helpless strangers—white strangers at that?
"Old Gold Flake up behind looks a mighty big fellah to me, but he may be just a small potato at home,” murmured Midge. “He seems all right, but what about his bosses? Supposing they don’t like the look of us, or want to make us the star turn in some sacrifice stunt? Br-rr!”
Any hopes the castaways might have entertained of memorising their route were doomed almost from the start. Even Captain Justice, still gallantly plying his paddle, couldn’t do it. For the stream twisted, turned, and doubled back more erratically than ever, and the fading light dimmed what few landmarks there were.
On both banks the rocks rose steeper as every mile went by. Trees gave way entirely to stunted thorns, and the horns of unseen sentries blared more frequently. They came, eventually, after a spell of paddling that seemed endless, to a stretch of brawling rapids. Gingerly the giants skirted foam-lashed reefs and snags before shooting their canoe into a dark and narrow gorge.
Blackness descended instantly, and the roar of the waterfall filled the gloom with muffled thunder. As he peered upwards into inky nothingness, Midge’s heart sank. He shuddered; shrank closer to his comrades, so overcome by the forbidding aspect of the gorge, the darkness, and the deafening echoes, that for once he addressed Dr. O'Mally with respect.
“Gosh, I don’t like this, doc!” He had to shout to make himself heard. “Sufferin’ snakes, I wish I knew what was going to happen! What a country! Wish we could see. Wish I had some grub—Ouch!”
Out of the darkness O’Mally’s hand pounced, closing tightly over the boy’s mouth.  "
“Och, cease your wishing! Look ahead!” bawled the Irishman; and as Midge twisted about the canoe sped from darkness into twilight once more.
It rounded a shadowy buttress, sailed on into a rock-bound pool, whose waves ran like molten fire in the last fleeting rays of the sun. The stunning crash of the falls burst upon the castaways in all its majestic fury. And then, with startling suddenness, the natives backed water and shipped their paddles.
Gracefully, noiselessly, the canoe swerved inshore. It floated to the edge of the pool, and there rocked gently against a half-submerged ledge. The river trip into the mountains was over!
Captain Justice let go his own paddle. He slumped forward, shoulders heaving painfully as he struggled for breath. Giddy with hunger, suffering from the aftereffects of the cannibals’ cruelty, the last few strenuous miles had tested his stamina severely. All he cared about at the moment was the blessed fact that he no longer had to swing a wooden blade.
The rest of the castaways sat spellbound, gazing in awed silence at the magnificent spectacle before them.
The pool, as near as they could tell in the tricky light, measured something like two hundred yards across, split by a snarling reef that jutted above the surface, acting as a breakwater against the boiling waves flung up by the falls. Flying spray drenched them, forming a shimmering rainbow mist, through which the solid cascade crashed in its sheer drop from the cliffs above.
Beyond the basin the river bubbled on into the neck of a shadowy valley, but that spouting cataract barred the way more effectually than a stone dam. No craft ever built could have entered the seething maelstrom and lived. Speech was impossible. The castaways could only stare and point. The incessant roar pounded their eardrums almost beyond endurance.
BUT their giant companions gave them little time for sightseeing.
Lithe as cats, half the men sprang overboard, splashing ankle-deep on the ledge. The canoe was drawn closer and made fast; then the wounded paddler stepped out unaided, stolidly indifferent to pain. Two of his comrades seized and hoisted him at once, however, and slowly the man began to climb.
Justice & Co. jerked up their heads in alarm. For the first time they spotted the ladder that dangled against the face of the cliff.
It was constructed simply of leather thongs, greased and tightly plaited— as frail and precarious a means of ascent as they had ever set eyes on. Yet, without a tremor, the native clambered up, and two more scrambled after him. Then suddenly the castaways became aware that the other giants were beckoning to them, motioning them to follow.
Professor Flaznagel blinked and swallowed hard.
“Preposterous!” he ejaculated stiffly. “My dear friends, I have no wish to delay you, but really I cannot possibly consent to trust myself to that—that—”
But his long-winded protests were lost, drowned by the waterfall. Nor did the giants waste precious seconds of daylight by arguing. Quick as thought two of them slung the old man ashore, where another caught him, and Professor Flaznagel went up that ladder slung like a sack of wheat across a pair of iron-hard shoulders.
And Midge followed. Then Len was tossed overboard, caught, and whirled aloft. Captain Justice, his pride aroused, brushed aside the hands extended towards him, and, groggy as he was, shinned up the ladder of his own accord. O’Mally, the last man, grinned mirthlessly.
“Nay, I’ll tackle it myself, too!” he grunted, heaving himself out on to the ledge. “Sure, ye’re bonny lads, but not even you could hoist my generous proportions up yon cliff ! Begorrah, since I’ve got to go, I’d rather break my own neck without your aid.”
The stout Irishman clutched at the slippery rungs, and began to climb laboriously, prodded upwards by impatient fists from below. Up and up into darkness the castaways went, while the spray from the falls lashed them like hail, and the ladder swayed and sagged till each thought that every second would prove his last.
Captain Justice’s sea-training, however, stood him in good stead, as did O’Mally's ponderous strength and bulldog courage. But Midge, clinging like a limpet to his bearer's shoulders, simply shut his eyes and hoped for the best.
Half-way up, Professor Flaznagel was seized by a fit of nerves that led him nearly to throttling the man who carried him. For long-drawn seconds the procession was held up—while two of its members, at least, trembled on the brink of eternity, until the native succeeded in wrenching the old scientist’s bony fingers from around his throat.
He shouted in the professor’s ear an angry warning that fortunately brought Flaznagel back to his senses once more. All safe, the soaked and breathless five reached the top at last —to find themselves confronted by another and still more dangerous climb!
One glance was enough for Midge, who groaned aloud. For the flattened crest of the enormous cliff above the pool was split in two by a thirty-foot ravine, through which the torrent rushed and foamed before hurtling out into space. And a natural bridge of rock, dim and rugged, curving high above the channel, formed the sole means of crossing to the farther bank.
“Moanin’ moggies, what do they take us for—acrobats or monkeys?" spluttered the exhausted youngster.
“We can’t tackle that—we—Ow, Jemima!”
Midge was given no option! Suddenly, flaring torches flamed through the darkness on the other side of the “bridge," and the wounded paddler and his escort skipped across lightly and fearlessly. The next, Midge found himself bobbing helplessly on his bearer’s back, staring down glassy-eyed at the roaring black water that sluiced between its banks at a speed that froze his blood.
Clouds of spume slashed across the slippery footway, which at its widest was scarcely three feet across. But the sinewy natives went over as confidently as though they walked on smooth, broad concrete.
Again willing hands were offered to Captain Justice, but again he shook his head and went forward unfalteringly. The steersman’s sombre face broke into a sudden smile of admiration. He reached out, laying a friendly arm across the indomitable adventurer’s shoulders.
Thus encouraged, Justice set foot on the bridge; then, sinking to his knees, he inched his way over doggedly, keeping his eyes glued to the torches ahead. O’Mally, puffing hard, resolutely copied his leader’s example; and Len, gritting his teeth, wriggled out of the great arms that held him, and went on alone.
But, alas!—though the spirit was willing, the flesh was weak. Len had suffered worse treatment than any at the hands of the cannibals, and that gruelling crossing proved the last straw.
Half-blinded by the spray, the battered youngster hesitated a moment out there on the very crown of the bridge. An involuntary glance downwards made his head spin. And suddenly, fingers, arms, and legs went slack. Too horrified even to cry out, he keeled over slowly, fighting in vain against the vertigo that gripped him.
In the nick of time, hands of steel darted down and caught him. And for Len Connor, the rest of that crossing became a nightmarish blur.
More dead than alive, he opened his eyes again when at last his rescuers dumped him on solid rock. Captain Justice and O’Mally came hobbling towards him, and behind them clustered a group of strapping warriors.
Their smooth, hard limbs shone in the glare of the torches that shed a ruby light over their aquiline features and the heads of the three-pronged spears they held. In silence these statuesque Goliaths stared down at the white strangers, until into the midst of the band strode the leader of the canoemen.
With his coming, Captain Justice breathed a sigh of relief. Certain dark misgivings that had been rankling within him fled at once. This friendly giant was no ordinary native. He was a personage in the tribe, as was made abundantly clear by the welcome he received.
“Wah! Buktu!”
To the sound of that stentorian hail, the warriors stiffened, tossing up their tridents. That done, they sprang into double column behind him, while someone helped Len to his feet. Once more Midge was swung up on to a broad shoulder. Flanked by marching men, Captain Justice & Co. were led down a short, steep track—into the lofty lair of the giants at last.

Bedlam Breaks Loose!
“GUMMY! Hail, hail, the gang’s all here! Welcome to our city!”
As the party emerged from the mouth of the track, Midge shot one quick glance around him, and his irrepressible nature overcame discretion. Exclamations of excitement burst from him before he could stifle them. And a murmur of deep voices, like the sound of a rising wind, rumbled through the gloom as the lad’s shrill voice rang out.
“Arrah, close your mouth, ye babblin’ baboon!” O’Mally hissed fiercely; and Midge, startled by the commotion he had caused, subsided. He kept a very firm check on his tongue after that.
Outside the radius of the torchlight, darkness covered the scene like a shroud of black velvet. The moon had not yet risen, the tropic stars hung cold and lustreless above the gaunt mountain-tops. Dimly Justice & Co. made out the long lines of tribesmen, who had gathered to stare at the white strangers: tall, rigid figures, standing motionless against the darker background of high-peaked huts. Massed shoulder to shoulder, they formed a wide lane, watching the castaways intently, but making no sound or stir.
At the end of the lane, a ring of glowing copper braziers warmly illuminated an expanse of bare, well-trodden earth; and within this enclosure a file of guards were drawn up in line. Men of tremendous girth and stature they were the biggest Justice & Co. had yet seen, and their height was increased by the chaplets of eagle feathers that crowned their heads.
Each man bore a six-foot trident, and short, broad-bladed swords gleamed at their hips. As the castaways and their escort entered the circle of light, the sentinels fell back with the same crashing salute for the handsome leader:
“Wah! Buktu!”
And a moment later, with a suddenness that made Justice & Co. recoil a step, the ear-splitting blare of horns bawled through the night.
Thrice the hoarse fanfare awoke the echoes; and a hush, all the deeper by contrast, followed. The giants—soldiers, paddlers, and villagers—stood mute with heads bowed, and for several minutes the solemn stillness reigned.
Then out of the great hut that loomed up blackly at the back of the lighted enclosure, emerged a bowed but impressive figure, superbly clad in a robe of leopard skins.
Slowly, but with all the dignity that seemed characteristic of these strange people, the newcomer advanced into the red glow; and Justice & Co., rightly guessing that they were in the presence of the giants' ruler, eyed him with interest—and anxiety.
He was an old man, his black hair, under its crown of feathers, was sprinkled with white, and the hand that grasped a tall staff trembled with age. His once-masterful face looked lined and haggard in the brazier-light, his lips sagged inwards over toothless gums.
But there was a glint of vigour in his sunken eyes, and the firmness of his chin and nostrils showed that here was a man accustomed to rule and to be obeyed.
To the castaways, at first, he paid no heed. His regard was all for the splendid warrior-steersman, Buktu, who had brought them there. He halted at length, with a little gesture of welcome, and as the young man strode forward and threw himself on his knees, the ancient chief raised him again, smiling faintly as he murmured something in a surprisingly strong voice.
"Told you old Buckie, or whatever they call him, is a heap big guy here!” whispered Midge. “Gosh, p'r’aps he’s the old 'un’s son or—”
"Quiet!” snapped Captain Justice, bracing his shoulders back. For now the old chief of the giants was coming straight towards him, peering steadily at the dishevelled five. There was scarcely a sound. The distant drumming of the waterfall seemed to intensify rather than disturb the hush.
At the chief’s shoulder stood Buktu, whispering eagerly in the veteran’s ear. From the way he touched his bandaged shoulder, then pointed to Justice and O’Mally, to whom he chiefly owed deliverance from the cannibal blacks, it was plain that he was recounting the whole grim story.
Several times the old man nodded, but not the least flicker of emotion showed on his pinched face as he studied the castaways closely.
The comrades’ nerves grew taut, but still the old man made no sign. Buktu’s whispers sounded more emphatic than ever, and twice he flung out his hands pleadingly—without result.
Justice & Co. knew for certain then that their fate depended solely on the whim of that leopard-robed ruler of savages!
“Snakes and ladders! What the blue Peter’s up now?” yelled Midge, as suddenly another riotous din burst forth, snapping the tension.
From somewhere in the darkness behind the chief’s hut the raucous horns blared out again.
Instantly the aged ruler raised his head and clasped his staff a little tighter, while the young warrior whirled, lips drawn back in a snarl. There sounded the scamper of bare feet, then a wild, caterwauling yowl.
Into the circle of braziers dashed a score of weirdly garbed scarecrows, led by as burly and ugly a native as Justice & Co. had seen since they escaped from the blacks.
The man was as tall as the bodyguards, but broader and thicker-set. Bars and whorls of red and yellow pigment, splashed across his sneering face and immense chest, added to his horrific appearance, and round his muscular waist swished a kilt of monkey-tails slung from a metal sword-belt.
Instead of the customary trident, he wielded a triple-thonged whip of rhinoceros hide, which he whirled above his head till it whistled. Necklaces of cowrie-shells and leopards’ teeth clicked and clashed about his bull neck. Broad bands and wristlets of polished copper adorned his tremendous arms.
"My hat!” gasped Len, as the hideous figure danced fantastically across the enclosure. With another roar, the newcomer brought his gibbering followers to a standstill, then, chest thrown out and whip swishing ominously, he strutted across to the chief. His feathered head bobbed forward in perfunctory salute, and, swinging away as the ancient waved his staff, he stared loweringly at the disdainful Buktu.
The latter, one hand resting on the hilt of his sword, returned the menacing glare with interest. Captain Justice flicked a swift, calculating glance round the circle—and whistled softly at what he saw.
Here was rivalry; enmity, raw and deadly!
The newcomer’s henchmen were crouching down, their hands spread across their knees, their painted eyes staring insolently at all and sundry. Facing them, Buktu’s paddlers and fellow-warriors had flexed           their muscles, quivering like hounds on the leash. Only the old chief remained aloof, watching both parties from under down-drawn brows.
“Witch-doctor! Tribal sorcerer, or something!” whispered Justice, sliding the words from the corner of his mouth as the man with the whip glowered at him with         cruel beady eyes. “On your toes, lads! This beggar’s out for trouble—and Buktu’s friends are itching to give him some! ”
Justice was right! Turning suddenly from his malevolent inspection of the castaways, the witch-doctor burst into a furious chatter, pointing to them constantly, then thumping his barrel-like chest. In reply, the old chief shrugged and motioned with his staff towards the rigid warriors, whereupon the witch-doctor and his satellites raved in a paroxysm of rage. Justice & Co. felt as though they were in a powder magazine, only waiting for a spark to cause an explosion. And, next instant, the roaring giant supplied that spark!
Haughtily thrusting his young rival aside, he stalked up to the castaways, his piercing eyes raking them from head to toe. Justice met the man’s stare coolly. O’Mally clenched his big fists, and Professor Flaznagel blinked up at him curiously. To none of them did he offer any violence, however, until he came to Midge. And then, after a grunt of astonishment at the boy’s small size, he gave a guffaw, twined his fingers in Midge’s red locks, and twisted the lad’s head back with a jerk.
The man was too vast, too heavily padded with muscle to be hurt by any punch Midge could deliver. But his shins offered a splendid target! Good and hard Midge hacked them, and pain gave him strength. With all his force, the plucky youngster let drive.
Crack! The witch-doctor howled under the agony that darted up his shinbone. He released Midge’s hair and staggered back, roaring like a wounded bull. And as he hopped around on one leg, the reckless and infuriated Midge lowered his fiery head, charged in, and rammed his aggressor solidly in the short ribs.
Then bedlam broke loose in the giants’ village.
Forty huge men had been waiting only for a bare chance to start a faction fight, and Midge’s action, the humiliation of the witch-doctor, detonated the charge. In the twinkling of an eye Justice & Co. were the storm-centre of a fierce melee as the rivals flung themselves at each other’s throats.
Plunging men knocked them aside, hurled them this way and that, while weapons clashed, shouts and thudding blows resounded, and dust arose in clouds. Yelling like maniacs, the sorcerer’s henchmen strove to capture the castaways, only to be rolled back by the rush of Buktu and his friends.
At the first sign of trouble the ranks of the guards had broken, and now they were behind Buktu, backing up the warriors and paddlers, their tridents flashing in the red light of the braziers as they drove into the fanatical followers of the witch-doctor.
Within a minute it was impossible to distinguish one side from the other. Only the huge form of the witch-doctor himself, holding his own against three of Buktu’s men, stood out from the melee.
“LOOK out—behind you, captain!” A sudden shout from O’Mally caused Justice to spin on his heel. Behind him, a savage grill on his painted face, towered one of the followers of the witch-doctor, who had slipped from the fight unnoticed and made a detour to come up behind the castaways.
With a shout the man leapt forward, reaching out to grasp Justice. But he never got there. Quick as thought, another figure leapt between Justice and his attacker. His raised trident crashed down, was raised and thrust again, and then he had hurled himself back into the battle, leaving his adversary to crawl painfully to safety.
And still the pack of hard-breathing men surged backwards and forwards before Justice & Co. as the tide of battle ebbed and flowed. So far, the fight had not actually involved the castaways, but now, suddenly, they found themselves in the middle of it, and in danger of being parted.
Justice drove a fist into one painted face, but in another moment vice-like hands collared and dragged him back. With his comrades he was hustled, shoved, and pulled through a seething mob of villagers, and all five were unceremoniously bundled into a dark hut, whilst the victorious paddlers and guards fought a savage rearguard action against the witchdoctor’s men.
Then suddenly the horns brayed forth again—and the riot ceased even quicker that it had broken out. Scarcely had the echoes died away when a tense stillness descended upon the strange and quarrelsome tribe.
Midge gulped, clawing the dust from his eyes, filling his lungs with warm, stale air.
“Sounds as though the old ’un’s called time!” he chuckled groggily, and promptly collapsed, face downwards, upon a soft pile of skins.
For what seemed an age, Justice & Co. sprawled in the hut, gasping for breath, wondering what was to happen next, and listening to the tramp of feet, the occasional clink of a spear, and wrathful growls as the rioters dispersed. The flashes of a torch shone through the rush curtain over the doorway at last, and Justice sat up alertly.
Warily he scrambled to his feet as the fighting leader of the paddlers and two of his stalwarts entered.
Their visit was obviously peaceful. To Justice’s amazement, broad smiles lighted up their clear-cut faces; they chuckled deeply, like men well pleased with themselves and the castaways. Moreover, their brawny captain petrified Midge by suddenly stepping across and patting the lad gently on the shoulder. And—they had brought food!
A large stew-pot that gave forth a fragrant aroma was planted on the floor beside earthenware bowls containing mealie-porridge, topped by the succulent shoots of bamboo. A bunch of bananas, horns of goat’s milk, some fruit that looked like large yellow plums, and a skin bag of water followed, and the giants invited their “guests" to fall to.
Buktu chuckled as the castaways eagerly obeyed; then, pausing only to lay a warning finger across their lips, the three vanished into the darkness without a sound.
“Grub!” sighed Midge. But Captain Justice, bidding hunger wait a while longer, rose and tiptoed to the door.
Outside, through chinks in the curtain, he saw a line of tall men leaning vigilantly on their spears. Sentries—guards! Yet somehow, the shrewd adventurer felt sure they had not been stationed there to prevent the white strangers from attempting to escape. Rather, their duty was to protect them from any further attack on the part of the dangerous witchdoctor and his fanatical crew.
Perplexed, his mind in a whirl, Justice turned and dropped down among his busy companions. He shook his head wearily as Len, pushing the stew-pot nearer, asked a question.
“What do I think of things, lad?” Justice repeated. “By James, I think we’re in a nasty fix! This tall fellow, Buktu, is on our side right enough—he’s as pleased as punch with you, Midge, for booting that painted swab and giving him the chance to start a rough house. But the witch-doctor —ugh!
“That brute wants to have his own way with us. And as far as I can see, the old chief hasn't made up his mind whether to let us live because we rescued Buktu, or hand us over to the witch-doctor for sacrifice! So, my lads, I’m afraid we’re between two fires—and the only thing to do is to watch your step! What do you say, Midge, you red-haired young hero?”
“More grub!” said Midge, and that closed the moody discussion. As soon as the meal was ended, full fed and whacked to the wide, Captain Justice & Co. sank one by one into oblivion. In the midst of the giants, with their fate still in the balance, they slept the sleep of utter exhaustion.

The old witch-doctor gives ’em another look-up when they awaken—and you're due for some more Startling THRILLS Next Week!
NEXT

The Calendar Stone

$
0
0
 THE CALENDAR STONE
A chapter from The Triskelion by Edward Butts, 1925. Digitized by Doug Frizzle, October 2014.

The great “calendar stone,” for such it is accepted, unquestionably, by the most learned writers of ancient America and, also, those of the present generation, is a mass of basaltic porphyry weighing, it is estimated, twenty-four tons; its carved circular surface is eleven feet eight inches in diameter, all, of which, are devoted, fundamentally, to utilities of an astronomical character.
This “relic of barbarism” Friar Alonso de Montufar caused to be buried some time between the years 1551 and 1559, and thus the “scandalizing thing,” practically, ceased to exist more than two hundred years. While excavating, during the year 1790, in the Plaza Mayor, the workmen unearthed this valuable historical specimen and placed it against the wall of the cathedral tower where it remained several years and, subsequently, it was placed where it is now conspicuously located, in the Mexican National Museum.
The calendar stone brings to us some valuable information relative to one particular branch of the Aztec government; otherwise, it would not come in such an elaborate form of such enormous weight, as its quarry must have been miles away.

Figure 3 is an Aztec calendar wheel after Veytia giving the names of the weeks and names of the days of the week in their sequence for all time.

In the calendar stone we have an authentic work executed by an ancient Aztec artisan, before any European set foot on the American continent, hence we must consider it as reliable as possible in what it represents.
Fig. 2 is a photographic copy of the illustration used by Doctor Valentini, in his lecture relative to the calendar stone, delivered before the Antiquarian Society of New York City in 1878.
Fig. 3. The Aztec calendar wheel, after Yeytia, giving the weeks and days of the week for each season of the year as was generally used, and in its simplest form, showing the names of the thirteen days of each week in the season, numbered with dots, according to their use, from one to thirteen, inclusive; also the names of the seven weeks in each of the four seasons of the year, numbered with dots from one to seven, inclusive, according to their use.
These twenty representations occupy the most prominent circle on the calendar stone. (Fig. 2).
The central picture, (Fig. 3), indicates to us a calendar, as a first consideration, pertaining to the sun, also, the same, as a second consideration, relating to the moon. The stars are a third consideration, giving us to understand that this form of a wheel is to be used once, complete, during each four of the annual seasons—in other words, go over the wheel four time for one year and repeat, similarly, for all succeeding years.
To use this wheel, start with the first day of the year in the compartment presenting the picture of a porcupine and one dot, in the daily sequence, this day is also the first day of the week represented by a tiger and one dot in the weekly sequence; retain this identified week till all the daily sequence is passed over from one to thirteen, inclusive; then pass to the second week which is identified by the eagle and two dots, in the weekly sequence and repeat the daily sequence of this week as used in the first instance. If something happened on the sixth day of the third week of the first season of the year, it happened on the day represented by the skeleton, in the daily sequence with six dots, in the weekly sequence, the week of the bird with three dots; this would be two whole weeks plus six days into the third week, making a total of thirty-two days from the first day or starting day, or from the first day of the year.
When all the weeks in the season are thus exhausted the count will be ninety-one days, the total number of days, by the wheel for each season of the year. This process described pertaining to the first season is repeated for the three remaining seasons of the year, and distinguished from each other by the following names:
Acatl, meaning reed
Tochtli, meaning rabbit
Calli, meaning house
Tecpatl, meaning flint knife

The reader, naturally, inquires why the two series of dots presented in figure three are not, likewise, presented on the calendar stone. These dots distinguishing the movement of time, by the earth’s rotation, being omitted on the calendar stone is responsible for many authors of Aztec history falling into the serious error that the Aztec year was composed of eighteen months, each containing twenty-days, from Humboldt down, with Gama and Prescott included. The reason for the calendar stone artist leaving dots off the stone was, the sequence of dots, as presented in figure two, is not the same as the dots in the wheels pertaining more particularly to the moon, and both these sets need separate wheels to include their utility, while the names of the seasons, weeks and days of the weeks are, it will be noted, the same in all cases.

FIGURE 4
As to a correct presentation of the days and weeks given in figures 4 and 5, after Duran, these may be verified by the calendar stone as follows.

Table No. 1. Giving the result of operating the wheel during one season, as explained relative to its simplest form, Fig. 3.
TABLE NO. 1


Assuming the reader’s right and left applies to the stone, the first day of the week given by figure 4 occupies the first compartment on the left of the center at the top; then proceeding from this compartment to the left, with the circle, to the thirteenth compartment we have the thirteen days of the week which are repeated seven times during each season of the year.
The remaining compartments in the circle represent the seven weeks of the season as the same is arranged in figure 5. The first week starts with the first compartment adjacent to the thirteenth compartment of the daily count as above considered, and proceeds with the circle, regularly to the seventh week located on the right of the center at the top, thus closing the whole circle containing a total of twenty compartments.

The part of the calendar stone we have utilized in this comparison measures one season of the year, the remaining three seasons of the year are treated like the first season above described and are distinguished from each other by name.

How to create a POD book in Canada


Promotion for 'The Black Opal'

$
0
0
The Black Opalby Luke Allan. Published originally in 1935.
   Luke Allan is the pen name of Amy Lacey (1877-1962), a Canadian who travelled the world but published most of his works from Englandand France.
The heroine of The Black Opal, Ona Hampton is from the social elite in Quebec. She is thirteen years old, drinks, smokes and drives. Her boyfriend is 27; she finished school at 11 and the story says she should be married at her age!
The author also wrote an essay on women, Degrading a Generation.
The book is available here:

This book was very rare so we took the time to digitize this work.

Article 2

$
0
0

Bannerman, Lieut.-Colonel W. B. (maybe William Bruce see below)
"W.B. Bannerman's published works include Smoky Range, Murder in the Legion (with Ian Cameron), Santos, Border Detective, and Down the Texas Trail" from http://www.abebooks.com/servlet/BookDetailsPL?bi=943482920&searchurl=an%3DW.+B.+Bannerman

Bibliography:
Report of the Plague Research Laboratory for the Official Year Ending 31st March 1905
Published by Government Central Press, India, Bombay, 1906

Scientific Memoirs by Officers of the Medical and Sanitary Departments of the Government of India. No 33. The Production of Alkali in liquid media by the Bacillus Pestis.
Published by Office of the Superintendent of Goverment Printing, India, Calcutta,, 1908

Concering Animals And Other Matters
London, J. Murray, ©1914.

The registers of marriages of St. Mary le Bone, Middlesex, 1668-1812 : and of Oxford chapel, Vere street, St. Mary le Bone, 1736-1754
[HARDCOVER] St. Marylebone (Parish : London, England),Bannerman, W. Bruce (William Bruce), 1862-1933,Bannerman, Ronald, b. 1888,St. Peter's Chapel, Vere Street (London, England). 1917.

Parish registers of Lullingstone, co. Kent [1578-1812]
Author: W. Bruce Bannerman; Lullingstone, England (Parish). Publisher: London [1918]

Parish registers of Horton Kirbie, Co. Kent [1678-1812]
Author: W. Bruce Bannerman; Horton Kirby, England (Parish). Publisher: London [1918]

Murder in the Legion
Cameron, Ian & W. B. Bannerman. Published by Sampson Low, Marston, GB

Down the Texas Trail
Publisher: London, [1936]

Bad End Valley
Publisher: London, [1937]

The Whispering Riders
Published by Sampson Low, Marston & Co. Ltd., 246 pages, 1937.

Dead March in the Desert; the story of Mervyn Pellew (ex-légionnaire 8901) as told to W.B. Bannerman. Also known asThe Lost Patrol
Author: Mervyn Pellew; W B Bannerman. Publisher: London, S. Low, Marston & Co. [1937]. This story refers to Niagra Falls and the Horseshoe Falls.

Accursed Of Allah : A Novel
Published by Sampson Low, Marston & Co, UK, First Edition Dated 1938.


Légionnaire Spy. A novel.

Publisher: London, [1939]


SANTOS. Border Detective
Published by Sydney: F.J. Thwaites (1940) First Australian edition., 1940


Smoky Range (Sombrero Western series)
Published by Frederick Muller 1952

Rising and Falling with the Sun

$
0
0
Rising and Falling with the Sun

For most of my adult life I have been an early riser. The sun is our internal clock so why would we not honour that even in these artificial days of television and other distractions. The province of Saskatchewan never alters the clock with daylight saving time—it's a unnecessary artefact that does little.
 (Website is https://ptaff.ca/soleil/?lang=en_CA) a great website!!!
I see from this graph that our maximum daylight occurs June 21 with 15:35 of daylight starting at 5:29 and setting at 21:03. That gives us 15.5 hours of daylight and 8.5 hours of night, of rest. That should be appropriate to us.
We were always also taught that an hour of sleep before midnight is worth two hours afterward. Yes it is an old fable but there is probably many grains of truth in the saying.
With the availability for most of us to record as much TV as we want, we should be able to follow this principle. Why not give it a try?

(I do like a good nap too!)

Where God’s great gift was sent to men

$
0
0
Where God’s great gift was sent to men.

'T was many, many years ago
A babe was born midst skies aglow
And from the heaven’s angelic throng
Proclaimed His birth with holy song
And in the fields the shepherds lay
Until they heard the angel say
"Fear not, great tidings, I bring this morn
For unto you a saviour's born."

And in the manger, the baby lay
Upon a humble bed of hay
And from the East the wise men came
To worship His most holy name.
For they had seen His star by night
And followed its abiding light
Until they came to Bethlehem
Where God’s great gift was sent to men.

For Christ was come that He might die
To save the world from sin and lies
He gave His life on Calvary
That some day we may be set free
So let us all with one accord
Fall down and worship our dear Lord
Whose precious love for you and me
Will warm our hearts eternally.

(An original song from about 1993 by Katie den Admirant.)
I just found this song in my papers and I thought I should share it. Katie has not been well for a number of years./drf

Article 0

$
0
0

The Mystery of the Locked Door                                                


Cecil Hayter  from   Penny Pictorial, May 4, 1918

I cribbed this from the Yahoo group 'fictionmags' chums. It's a cute short mystery./drf

  Lord Allerfield, as the bulletins in the leading morning papers told their readers, having been dangerously ill, and literally at death’s door for days, had suddenly taken a turn for the better.
For the last week, he had been allowed to sit up for a few hours each day, and even to receive short visits from is intimate friends A man of great vitality and recuperative powers—though well past his prime—his complete recovery was confidently expected.
Major Derwent Duff was an intimate friend of the Allerfields of many years standing so, after a late lunch on a sunny spring afternoon, he looked in at Melford House, in Kensington Gore, to pay a visit of  congratulations.
He was shown up to the rooms Lord Allerfield had been moved into for the sake of quietness during his illness.
They were at the end of a long corridor and consisted of a large outer room, half sitting room half library, which connected directly with the passage, with windows facing west and south , and to the left of this, and accessible only by a door in the dividing wall, an almost equally large bed-room, with two windows facing south, and overlooking the garden.
Lord Allerfield, tall and gaunt, was seated in a deep armchair in front of a log fire in this inner room in his dressing-gown and slippers, and the two windows were wide open, admitting a flood of sunshine.
His wife and two other visitors were there when Duff was show in, and his confidential secretary Viner, was busy with some papers at a big writing-table.
 Lord Allerfield, though drawn and wasted by his illness, was much stronger than Duff had expected to find him. At times there was quite a gleam of the old humour in the sunken eyes; though every now and again the light faded, and he seemed drowsy and lethargic, and his head would nod a little.
Duff had scarcely been in the room ten minutes when a pretty-faced nurse slipped quietly in from her own room, which was just across the corridor, and, after a quick glance at her patient, drove them all out.
‘It’s high time for his afternoon’s nap,’ she said in an undertone to Lady Allerfield, ‘so you must all run away, please. He is to have his beef-tea at five, and until them he mustn’t be disturbed.’
Lady Allerfield nodded, patted her husband’s sleeve, and led the way out.
Viner gathered up his papers, pausing for a moment to speak to the nurse in the corridor, and then they all trooped downstairs to the drawing-room, with the exception of the nurse, who returned to her own room, which was opposite those occupied by the invalid.
When they were downstairs, a couple more visitors came in to make inquiries, and close on their heels came tea.
Duff, happening to glance at the clock, realised with something of a start that it was already ten minutes past five, and was rising to go when he saw the nurse open the door at the far end of the room and beckon to Viner, who had just been handing round some cakes. Something in her face made Duff suddenly change his mind and stay. She was evidently both startled and scared, and after exchanging a few whispered sentences with Viner, the latter nodded and followed her out.
From where he sat, Duff had had a clear view of her face, and also of Viner’s, as they spoke together, and he felt a conviction that something had happened. No one else in the room, however, seemed to have noticed the incident.
He sat on, paying little heed to the flow of general conversation going on round about him—and he had not long to wait.
In less than ten minutes Viner, obviously terribly upset, and with a face nearly as white as his collar, burst into the room.
‘Lord Allerfield—’ he said shrilly. And then stopped.
All in the room sprang to their feet.
‘What?’ demanded someone sharply.
‘He’s dead!’ said Viner hoarsely. ‘The nurse came for me here a few minutes ago and beckoned me out. She was taking him his beef-tea at five, as ordered, and, to her amazement, found the sitting-room door locked. She knocked and knocked and, getting no answer, she became alarmed. The door had never been locked before during the whole time of his illness; so, feeling sure there was something amiss, she ran down here for me. We ran up together, and being unable to get in any other way, I broke a panel in the door, through which I was able to reach my arm. The key was there right enough on the inside, and the door was locked. I unlocked it, and went in. Feeling certain there must be something seriously wrong, I told the nurse—she’s only a girl after all—to wait on the threshold of the sitting-room whilst I went into the bed-room beyond. I was afraid that Lord Allerfield might have had a fit or a collapse of some sort. But—but it was worse than that. He was lying huddled up in the chair before the fire, and when I tried to rouse him I saw.
‘He had an old Indian knife which he used as a paper-cutter. He always kept it lying about somewhere handy—generally on the writing-table or the table by his bedside. It was buried to the hilt in his chest, and beside him, on the table, was a piece of paper with some scribbled words on it: “I can’t stand this any longer,” or “I can’t bear it.” I was too horrorstruck to read clearly. I gave the nurse the key as I came out and told her to stay on guard outside the door in case of the servants or anyone, and came—’ His voice broke suddenly and he stopped.
Lady Allerfield had mercifully fainted quietly away before he finished. Duff had seen her sway, and caught her in the nick of time. After laying her gently on a sofa in charge of two of  the other women, he nodded grimly to the two men in the room he knew well, and they filed quietly out after him in silence, together with Viner.
‘Good Heavens!’ said one of the men, in an awed whisper as the door closed behind them. ‘Allerfield of all people! The last man I should have expected it of! Fine sportsman and all that. But I believe he suffered terrible pain during the first few days of his illness. He must have felt—or fancied—that he had a relapse coming on or another attack.’
‘Someone must telephone to the doctor at once. Viner, you do it,’ said Duff. ‘Tell him it’s urgent. And then, if you take my advice, you’ll have a stiff drink, or something, before you come upstairs; but be as quick as you can.’
Viner nodded.
‘I’ll telephone to Sir James McAskie at once, and take your advice. I’m sorry I made such a fool of myself by blurting out the news like that in front of everyone, but it was all so sudden and so ghastly.’
The three others went upstairs in silence, and found the nurse waiting outside. She was very pale, but quite self-possessed, and handed Duff the key even before he asked for it. The four of them went in and through to the bed-room.
It was just as Viner had said. The fire was still burning in the grate, and the sunshine and the twittering of birds came through the open window. But the owner of the room, lying huddled up in his chair, would never be conscious of either again.
The knife had been driven in with a firm, upward thrust below the breastbone into the heart, and only the dulled brass hilt of it was visible protruding from the bright-coloured silk pyjama-jacket. The right hand, thin and sinewy, lay limply on the dead man’s lap, curved palm uppermost directly beneath the knife-hilt. The wound had bled a little—not much—but a few splashes of blood had trickled down and stained the curved palm.
Major Duff, after one quick, comprehensive glance at the body of his friend, turned to the pathetic note on the table near by. It was written in the dead man’s handwriting, a little shaky from illness:
‘I can bear this no longer. Good-bye. -- C.A.
Lord Allerfield’s fountain-pen lay near it, and the words had been carefully blotted. That was all.
With a pensive frown, Duff regarded the piece of paper, the pen, and the blotting-pad on the table. Then he turned to the nurse, who was leaning against the foot of the bed, and looking rather faint. He led her out into the sitting-room beyond.
‘I want you to tell me in your own way exactly what happened when you were up here alone?’ he said, having settled her in an armchair. ‘Don’t hurry yourself,’ he added kindly. ‘I just want you to try and remember, that’s all.’
‘You remember when I came into the room there and asked you all to leave earlier this afternoon?’ she said, a little wearily. ‘Well, I stood for a moment or two after that in the passage, talking to Mr. Viner about some business trifle—the payment of a chemist’s account, I think it was. Then he went away and joined the rest of you, and I went to my room, which is just opposite here, and sat down to read. There was nothing for me to do until five, when I was to take in the beef-tea, but I kept my sitting-room door open, as I always do, in case Lord Allerfield should need me. There is a bell always left on the table just beside him, or within reach, and if he presses that I can hear him at once with my door open.
‘At five one of the servants came up with the beef-tea on a salver, brought it into my room, and took away the tray that had been used at luncheon-time, and which I had brought in here. The servants were not allowed n the sick-room; they were apt to irritate the patient.
‘I took up the salver and went to the door over there with it. To my astonishment, it was locked. I have been nursing here ever since the illness started, and neither I, nor, as I feel sure, the night nurse either, has ever known that door locked. Certianly neither of us has ever locked it.
‘I was puzzled at first. Then I became alarmed, especially when, after knocking loudly and repeatedly, I got no answer.  Lord Allerfield might have had sufficient strength to move slowly across to the door and lock it; but why should he have done so, unless—. It was that thought which frightened me and sent me hurrying downstairs for Mr. Viner.
‘He came back with me and tried the door himself, and finally he put his shoulder against it, and managed to splinter a panel; but there was no sound from inside. I think we were both thoroughly scared by that time; at any rate, I know I was, for there were several bottles of dangerous drugs in the room—sleeping draughts and so forth, and veronal tabloids—made up in accordance with Sir James McKascie’s special prescriptions. By themselves, properly administered, of course, they were harmless enough, but a large overdose, taken accidentally or deliberately, might have easily produced coma, and then proved fatal.’
‘Quite so,’ said Duff thoughtfully. ‘And then?’
‘Mr. Viner managed to make a hole in the panel big enough to get his arm through, and unlocked the door from the inside. He opened it and told me to wait where I was, whilst he went into the bed-room. He saw I was very frightened, of course. In about a couple of minutes he came out again looking as white as a ghost and shaking. He locked the door of the sitting-room behind him, and gave me the key.
‘“Don’t go in,” he told me. “It’s worse even than we feared. Stay therefore a few moments. I must go and tell the others; and don’t let anyone in on nay excuse until we come back.” So I stayed there until you came,’ she added lamely.
Duff nodded gravely.
‘You behaved very well, nurse,’ he said. ‘Now, go and have a bit of rest in your own room. I’ll see to everything here.’
He helped her to her own door, and then, returning to that of the sitting-room, he stood on the threshold, staring vacantly about him.
He had been there a very short time when the sound of hurried footsteps mad him turn sharply. Two men were coming towards him—Viner and the doctor, Sir James McKaskie.
‘I missed Sir James on the telephone,’ explained Viner, ‘but learnt that he was already on his way here, so I waited to bring him up.’
Sir James, a small, wiry man with very shaggy eyebrows, nodded to Duff, whom he knew, and the three passed into the inner room.
Sir James, after a single exclamation of alarm and dismay, immediately set about his gruesome task. Viner, looking dazed, stared out of the window, while Derwent Duff fiddled about with things on the table, even examining the medicine-bottles, smelling the contents of some, and tasting others by moistening the tip of his finger with the liquid inside.
At last, as Sir James rose from making his preliminary examination, Duff said tentatively:
‘The police ought to be informed as soon as possible. There’s bound to be an inquiry, and if things could be kept as quiet as possible, for Lady Allerfield’s sake—.’
‘Sir James nodded briskly.
‘Of course!’ he said. 'The sooner it’s done the better. Viner, you are an intimate member of the household. You’d better go. Mention my name if you like, and try and persuade them to hush things up as much as possible.’
‘Very well,’ said Viner tonelessly, and he and Duff left the room.
In a few minutes Duff came back and faced Sir James.
‘McKaskie,’ he said, ‘I want a word or two with you. You see that medicine-bottle there? It contains a sleeping draught of some sort, presumably of your prescribing. The date on the label shows it was only made up and delivered by the chemist yesterday. Yet I notice that there are seven doses missing. Is that in accordance with your orders?’
Sir James glanced at the bottle and raised his eyebrows.
‘Certainly not! I prescribed one dose at bedtime, to be repeated in an hour if the patient seemed restless. It is a powerful narcotic and sedative, but it is quite harmless. Even if Allerfield had swallowed the whole lot by mistake, it would only have sent him into a deep sleep for a certain number of hours.’
‘Quite so,’ said Duff. ‘Supposing, then, that he had two doses—the maximum prescribed by you last night. This graduated bottle shows that there are five doses unaccounted for, which have evidently been given to him, or taken by him, today.’
‘He would never have taken them!’ said Sir James sharply. ‘He had an old-fashioned loathing of drugs, a sort of morbid horror. It was most difficult to induce him to take even his ordinary dose.’
Duff nodded.
‘It is colourless and practically tasteless, quite unnoticeable in, say, a cup of beef-tea.’
Sir James darted a sharp look at him from under his shaggy eyebrows, and his face grew hard about the jaw.’
‘That is so,’ he replied curtly.
‘Its effect would not be immediate?’ persisted Duff.
‘No. Under normal circumstances, and in complete quiet, sleep would be induced in about an hour. With any disturbing elements in the room—such as people moving about and talking—sleep,  even with such a dose, might be delayed for a couple of hours, possibly a little longer. But it would come in the end, and then it would be both deep and heavy.’
Major Duff drummed thoughtfully on the table with his fingers.
‘Allerfield had his last cup of beef-tea at two o’clock,’ he said quietly. I learnt that from his nurse. At a quarter past three his wife, myself, and a couple of other people were in the room talking to him. He was quite sensible, but then he grew drowsy and began to nod. The nurse came in and turned us out as it was time for his afternoon sleep. He was practically asleep as we left the room.
‘At five she returned, found the door locked on the inside, and was unable to make him hear or rouse him, so she went for help. He had had five doses of that sleeping draught, remember. At half past three he was virtually asleep under the influence of the draught. Yet apparently between that time and the time the door was forced—shortly after five—he roused himself sufficiently to write that note on the table there, replace that cap neatly on the pen, having previously locked the door in the outer room, mark you—blot his farewell message carefully, and then thrust that knife upwards into his heart, an action requiring a man’s utmost determination and considerable physical strength. Strange, isn’t it?’
Sir James sprang to his feet.
‘In Heaven’s name, what do you mean?’ he said hoarsely.
‘Wait a moment,’ said Duff, and, selecting a clean sheet of writing-paper, he laid it on the table.
‘Please take that fountain-pen there and write something—your signature—anything will do.’
The doctor took up the pen, pulled off the cap, and then put it down again with a gesture of disgust. The thing was leaking badly, the nib-point was corroded, and his  own fingers were smeared with ink.
‘I knew that would happen,’ said Duff. ‘I tried it myself a little while ago, with the same result. That pen hasn’t been used for days. It leaks when you try to use it, and the ink has clotted round the point. Yet there are no blots or smears on this note, nor is there any other pen of any description in the room.
‘Now look at the blotting pad. There are the impressions of a few addresses of envelopes in Viner’s handwriting. Any letters he takes down he takes in a notebook is in pencil shorthand and transcribes in his own room. The pad is otherwise clean.
‘This brief farewell note was never written with that pen. With a similar one—yes; but not with that. It was never blotted on this pad—the only one in the room—and there isn’t a trace of an ink-smear on Allerfield’s fingers, because I looked for one. That note was written and prepared elsewhere beforehand, and is a passable forgery, neither more nor less. You see it has been folded in two. What on earth for? There are plenty of envelopes in the rack there. Allerfield could have used one of those, or left the note lying open on the table. It was folded for one reason only—to go into a man’s pocket or pocket-book.’
Sir James’ grim face hardened even more.
‘You mean murder?’ he said harshly.
Duff nodded.
‘But the door was locked on the inside!’
‘Come with me,’ said Duff shortly. ‘Viner will be back soon with the police.’
He led the way out, locked the sitting-room door carefully behind him, and pocketed the key. They went down the long corridor, and stopped at the third door on the right, which appeared to be a small study.
Duff switched on the light, for it was getting dark, and closed the door.
‘You remember I was some little time on returning, after sending Viner off for the police? Well, I was here and this is what I found.’
He took from beneath a diary a sheet of blotting-paper which had once been crumpled up, but since then carefully smoothed out.
‘That was in the wastepaper-basket,’ he said. I flattened it out as best I could. Hold it up to the mirror there under the light, and tell me what you see.’
Sir James did so, and saw a criss-cross impression of neat, slanting handwriting—Viner’s; and then a few words in a crabbed handwriting stood out.
‘“Bear—bear this no longer,” repeated several times, and in another place  “I—I—I” followed by a succession of “C.A.’s”’
Duff, stretching out a finger over Sir James’ shoulder, pointed to one particular part of the reflection, showing an almost complete silence.
‘“… bear this no longer. Goodbye.—C.A.”’
‘There are many repetitions of that sort of thing,’ said Duff quietly. ‘The man had been practising, you see.  And that left-hand corner of the blotting-paper which is torn has an edge corresponding exactly to the edge of the portion left in the corner-piece of the blotters on the desk there. Also, it is evident that there has been no fire in the room for days, yet the grate has a dozen or more charred wisps of paper in it, crumpled up and burnt most carefully with matches—the results of the previous trials. The pen with which they were written is presumably in its owner’s pocket—similar to that one you picked up just now; and filled with the same kind of ink. So now you know where that farewell message was really written.’
‘But where are—’
‘We’re in Viner’s private work-room.’
Sir James started and Duff lit a cigarette
‘You can see what happened,’ he said. ‘Just about two o’clock the nurse brought Allerfield’s soup. Viner was busy at work in the room. She put the soup down on the tray and went out. A moment or so later Viner got up to go down to luncheon. He knew exactly what he wanted to do, and where that bottle of sleeping-mixture was. It would be the work of seconds to slip, say, four or five doses into the soup, and replace the bottle unobserved.
‘After luncheon he returned to his work. Possibly Lady Allerfield and the others went up with him. I was shown in later, and left at three-thirty with the rest. Allerfield, having drunk his soup and a large dose of the draught and hour and a half earlier, was already sleepy.
‘Viner made an excuse to speak to the nurse in the passage on some trivial matter, and whilst doing so he held the key behind him, with his back to the door, which he locked and then took away the key.  No one, humanly speaking, would attempt to go near that room again till five. Then the nurse would go, in the ordinary course of her duties, find the door fastened, and naturally come to him before anyone else, as he was Allerfield’s confidential secretary. Even if she hadn’t, there would have been no danger. There would have been a hunt for the key. It would have been found under the mat, placed there by Viner in helping to search, and the patient would have been found sleeping comfortably.
‘But she did come to him, as it was a hundred to one she would, and beckoned him out of the room. I remember now that I was sitting, close to him, and noticed a curious, fidgety, expectant look on his face before her arrival at the drawing-room door, but that the moment she began speaking to him he became as expressionless and impassive as a Red Indian. He went upstairs with her, and splintered a panel of the door. Having got his arm through, he found that it was locked on the inside. As the key was in his hand when it passed through that hole in the panel, it is not surprising. He opened the door and made her wait on the threshold. From there it is quite impossible to see into the inner room. He went swiftly in. Allerfield was in state of stupor.
‘Viner pulled that note out of his pocket—he shouldn’t have folded it—laid it on the table with the pen handy. The knife was in readiness. He had seen to that. One swift blow, and everything was done in a matter of seconds. He placed the dead man’s hand beneath the knife and rushed out. Even a stray blood-splash on his own cuff or hand could have been easily explained away.’
‘But the motive?’ said Sir James.
‘Allerfield was a very rich man,’ said Duff. ‘he had many secret enterprises in which he probably held shares in a name not his own. Viner’s, as his confidential man, seems a likely one. Also, I expect Viner had been speculating on his own account with money certainly not his own, especially during Allerfield’s illness. He was empowered to sign cheques, and it was a golden opportunity for him. Had Allerfield’s illness carried him off, a whole staff of accountant’s and family solicitors couldn’t have found out a thing.
‘But when you got him on the road to health again Viner saw his danger. Allerfield was an uncommonly shrewd man and he knew, as no one else did, how affairs should stand. With the recovery of his health, Viner’s discovery was inevitable, and Viner most effectually prevented that recovery.’
Duff paused and stood listening.

‘I think I hear him coming up the stairs with the police,’ he said quietly. They will be most useful. Shall we go and meet them, Sir James?’ 

Blue Pete and Canadian Nationalism

$
0
0
 This is perhaps the most authoritative review of the Blue Pete series. I apologize that some of the formatting of the original document has been lost./drf 
See also http://stillwoods.blogspot.ca/2014/06/lacy-amy.html

KEITH WALDEN
Journal of Canadian Studies 1989 24(2)

Popular novelist William Lacey Amy (Luke Allan) began writing his series of Blue Pete novels trying to say something serious about western development. His perceptions derived from a common English-Canadian expectation of Edenic transformation as well as firsthand knowledge of life in southern Alberta. Vision and experience did not mesh. Unwilling to question his nationalist assumptions. Amy abandoned any hope of commenting on real western society and moved Blue Pete much closer to the realm of myth.
For over three decades after the First World War, William Lacey Amy published a score of novels about the Mounted Police in the Canadian West, most of them centering on a half-breed named Blue Pete who worked with the scarlet riders. These ‘‘interminable” works, written under the pseudonym Luke Allan, are so bad in Professor Dick Harrison’s view that he refused to inflict on readers even a small sample in his recent anthology of Mountie stories.[1]Though Amy had some talent at building suspense, it would be absurd to claim he was a good novelist. His books, for the most part, were contrived, convoluted and conventional. Few readers took them seriously. Librarians did not make a point of collecting them. Critics have given them short shrift.
As Harrison astutely pointed out in his analysis of the evolution of prairie fiction, English-speaking settlers often drew on a culture that was ill-adapted to the life and landscape of the West. Imported expectations and applied values isolated and confined them, making it difficult to adjust to prairie realities.[2]This was certainly true of Amy, a classic illustration of the argument. Yet, it may be that just as inappropriate structures and assumptions were imposed on the land, inappropriate critical judgments have been imposed on literature, making its reality difficult to appreciate. What seems to bother Harrison most is his assessment that Amy simply imported the American frontier formula to Canada. Blue Pete, like the typical American western hero, worked outside the law using violence as a surgical tool to impose order. Canadian heroes, by contrast, supposedly resolved conflict by denying violence. Their authority came not from themselves but from an “ideal of civilized order” perceived to be much more important than any individual’s existence.3
Clearly, Amy was influenced by the American view of the West. The first Blue Pete novel contains not one, but two explicit allusions to the Virginian’s famous line, “When you call me that, smile."* It was hard not to be affected by materials which had tremendous international appeal and circulation. An insistence on sharp distinctions between popular Canadian and American frontier fiction is highly problematic. Amy was no different from thousands of other Canadians. He was, in fact, a typical central Canadian Protestant, and the values of that society, including nationalism, permeate his writing. It was not a slavish adherence to American forms that made his work boringly repetitive but a refusal to reconsider nationalist assumptions about the West that did not hold up under first-hand scrutiny.
When Amy began writing the Blue Pete stories, he wanted to say something serious about the development of the West. Like innumerable authors before and after who dealt with frontier areas, he was interested in the difficulty of reconciling an existing order with the imperatives of encroaching civilization. He brought to this question two sets of perceptions. The first, and most important, was the English-Canadian Protestant vision of western development. The second was his own experience of living in the West. The two were not quite compatible. After his simplistic expectations of Edenic transformation corroded, Amy backed away from romance toward myth, abandoning any possibility of commenting seriously on western society. That retreat is worth a closer look.
One reason why Amy’s work seems American at first glance is that unlike most Canadian prairie novelists, who wrote about the agricultural frontier, he wrote about the ranching frontier. This was logical: it was the West he had encountered, though for how long is hard to say. Despite his prolificness, not much is known about Amy’s life. Born to a Methodist minister and his wife in Sydenham, north of Kingston, probably in the mid-1870s, he emerged two decades later as a freshman at VictoriaUniversity in Toronto. According to class lists he spent three, possibly four years there studying arts, though he seems to have completed only the equivalent of about two academic sessions. Shortly after the turn of the century, he began publishing a newspaper in Medicine Hat, Alberta. About three years later, he left. The migratory habits of a Methodist background seemed to be deeply imbued for thereafter he travelled a great deal. Alumni records indicate he lived in England in the early 1920s, Florida in the early 1930s, Toronto in the early 1940s, and California in the 1950s.5 Wherever he called home, when he wrote about the West he drew from his own experience in one of the most important centres of the ranching business in southern Alberta.6 He knew about cows, not wheat.
The initial novel in the series, Blue Pete: Half-breed, published in 1921, may have been written much earlier since one segment appeared well before the war as a short story in Canadian Magazine.1 It is the most ambitious and most interesting of the works. The story has two intertwined threads. The first is a conventional romance. Constable, eventually Sergeant, Mahon, product of a respectable English middle-class family, must choose between prairie- bred Mira Stanton, physically beautiful but “a wild creature of untamed instincts and untrained mind,” and her equally attractive cousin, Helen Parsons, unaffected but possessed of a culture and intellect “incongruous with the untamed life in which they lived.”8 The decision is never really in doubt; Mahon selects the girl appropriate to his class, background and station.
The other thread, much more twisted, involves Blue Pete’s relationship with the police. Mahon discovers the half-breed just as Pete has crossed into Canadato break loose from his old associates in the rustling business. “I’m too gor-swizzled chicken-hearted fer Montany,” he tells Mahon, “an’ dead- sick o' th' everlastin’ game.”1’ Impressed by the young constable’s generosity and determination to prevent disorder, Pete goes along on a mission to recapture an escaped horse-thief, one of the gang he has just left behind. Dutch Henry, cornered in a shack, shoots Sergeant Denton who in true Mountie fashion had approached with gun holstered to make the arrest. Pete refuses to intervene at this point but swears that if the Sergeant dies he will come after Dutchy.
While Denton’s life hangs in the balance, Pete becomes an undercover police agent, drifting from job to job at surrounding ranches, disrupting the rustlers. It is work he enjoys, especially since he has become very attached to Mahon, whom he calls Boy. With this help police are able to stop much of the movement of stolen stock, though the culprits themselves remain at large. The situation is disrupted by four events. Pete’s connection with the force is discovered, making him persona non grata among both ranchers and rustlers. Sergeant Denton finally dies, obliging Pete to act on his promise to get Dutchy. Mira Stanton’s brothers, owners of the 3-bar-Y ranch, commit suicide when they are caught with pilfered cattle. Finally, Pete is discredited at a trial by an incompetent judge and the police are forced to relinquish his services. The effect of all this is to isolate the half-breed, and Mira as well, from the rest of society. Mira, who had been infatuated with Mahon, now realizes they are not suited. To free him emotionally, she allows herself to be caught with some stolen horses and is sent to prison for six months. As Pete waits for her release Dutchy’s gang returns. Mahon goes after them, and so does the half-breed who finally kills Henry to protect his friend and fulfill his oath. Badly wounded, he disappears into the bush. A police search turns up only a note from Mira, just liberated, who says they will never find his body.
For all its complications, Amy’s message was not hard to decipher. Mahon and Helen represented the future of the West. Boy, prevented from going to university by his father’s untimely death, had come to make his fortune in Canada. Opportunities proved scarce so he joined the Mounted Police, a force which, Amy made clear, was bringing more than law enforcement to the plains. “Men of birth, many of them, and all of them overflowing with the tastes that grow from education, their clean souled sense of duty and the ease with which they retained their wider interest in life and learning” were an inspiration to people like Helen Parsons. She in turn, educated in the East, was “no product of the prairie.” Her father, a prominent Calgarylawyer, came to Medicine Hatfor his health. When he died she stayed on with her aunt; the ranges offered “more of the relief of outside interest.” Once committed to the West she began to master its arts, like shooting and riding. If this muted the impression that alien values were being imposed, it was clear nonetheless that she and her husband-to-be embodied the culture, refinement, civilization, and order that would transform the empty flatlands into a prosperous garden. This was made explicit by wise Inspector Parker who congratulated Mahon for making the right decision about a mate. “The West isn’t going to be always the wild thing it is even today - and you’ll want to grow up with it.” Mira, a picture “you couldn’t hang in the parlour and wouldn’t insult by putting in the kitchen, 10 would have marginalized him in western society. It is interesting that Amy reversed the usual convention by requiring a male to choose between two female suitors. This reinforced the impression that on this frontier order and domesticity would be established mainly through the actions of the Mounted Police.
Helen and Mahon indicated the future. Blue Pete confirmed the rightness of this inevitability and pronounced the superiority of Canadian over American values. He was the outsider who substantiated the traditional view that our society is more peaceful, more ordered, more just than that to the south. To some extent Amy used Blue Pete the way Thomas Chandler Haliburton used Sam Slick, as an embodiment of the excesses of the neighbouring Republic. Some of the half-breed’s actions - when he plugged a hole through Mahon’s hat to avoid being taken into custody, for example" - illustrated typical American behaviour, at once impressive and objectionable. Slick is a more compelling character, of course, because Haliburton was a more talented writer. His creation remained ambivalent about Nova Scotian society; Sam’s bombast pilloried Yankees and Bluenoses simultaneously. For the most part, Pete accepted Canadian values so completely that he had little power to prod us with our shortcomings.
His judgment of the Dominion’s superiority was demonstrated in his decision to stay and work with the agents of order and in a willingness to curtail his violent habits. He continued to use a gun but did so sparingly and usually to protect the Mounties or affirm their purposes. When he killed Dutchy he acted primarily to save Mahon, not to exercise vengeance. In later novels, Amy stressed repeatedly how Pete tried to evaluate his conduct according to police codes of behaviour. Unlike the supposedly typical American frontier hero, he was very much controlled by the law. Though often he acted beyond its reach, society defined his goals, not himself.
Blue Pete was more than a vehicle for national self-congratulation. He was also a natural man, unencumbered by artificial social constraints, totally in tune with his environment. More than just at home with the land, he was almost a part of it, a fact underlined when he virtually disappeared into the prairie before Mahon’s very eyes.12 In many respects Pete was clearly superior to the police. His understanding of the cattle business, his ability with a gun, his mastery of horses, as well as his extraordinary knowledge of the land far exceeded their capabilities. He was not alone here; the other rustlers, especially Dutchy, shared these abilities though not to the same extent. Pete’s co-operation with the police symbolized the assent given by the more intelligent elements of the old order to the process of development. He could not block the goals of the force; it would triumph in the end. He got an inkling of this when he tried to free Mira on her way to prison: pursuit was organized so quickly after she escaped that he accepted the futility of trying to keep her at large. Still, he could have made things exceptionally difficult for the police had he opposed them. That he did not was an instinctive recognition of the value of true civilization.
As a natural man Pete was concerned with justice, not law. He was offended by the shooting of Sergeant Denton, not because a policeman was wounded but because the violence was unnecessary. Dutchy could have escaped without hurting anyone. When Pete went to work for the Mounties he made no effort to put the criminals behind bars; he simply tried to right the wrongs they committed. His willingness to be a police agent, therefore, demonstrated that in the Canadian West law and justice were essentially the same. If Amy sometimes emphasized in later novels that Pete’s methods were frowned on by the police, it was not because he sanctioned rootin’, tootin’ American cowboy behaviour. Rather, he wanted to remind readers that the half-breed was still a natural, instinctive man and that the equation between law and justice still held. This correspondence was confirmed by his readiness to teach the Mounties some of his tricks so they could do a better job. He trusted them to use the knowledge wisely. This was not a melding of values, though, only a transfer of skills. While it hinted that some valuable things from the old existence might be perpetuated, it mostly suggested that the new order would become stronger and more adept at getting its way.
As her ultimate match with Blue Pete indicated, Mira was another symbol of the wild, untamed spirit of the West. Her relationship with Mahon cast more light on the linkage between old and new forces. In disillusioning the Corporal by getting arrested, she indicated her acceptance of an inferior social role. “I ain’t in your class,” she acknowledged. There would be no fruitful union between them with offspring combining the strengths of both.13 Her success in the new environment would depend on how well she imbibed the lessons in literacy, dress and conduct which Mahon and Helen taught. Since Helen remarked on Mira’s facility in learning to read and write,14 there was some indication that the original spirits of place could adapt but they were likely to have a much diminished stature. Again, there was no blending of values here, just an exchange of skills which facilitated the grip of ordered society.
The turbulence of the old West would disappear; any regrettable loss would be compensated by the advantages of civilization. The prairie would become a prosperous, well regulated, attractive habitation. This was an optimistic projection Amy shared with thousands of other Canadians and many Britons too.15 He had likely grown up with this vision and brought it with him to the West. There was another dimension to his view of the area, however, one which came from his own experience. An undertone to the major key, it introduced nevertheless a curious chord of aesthetic and moral ambivalence which jarred with the imperialist dream of progress.
There are many indications in the novel that Amy was describing an environment he knew. For one thing, there are touches of modernity, like the telephone used to warn of Dutch Henry’s escape and the car used to transport wounded Sergeant Denton, which seem out of place in an ordinary cowboy novel but not in twentieth-century Medicine Hat. For another, there are characters which closely resemble well-known Alberta personalities of the time. Paddy Norton, the lawyer from Calgary who helped discredit Pete as a police agent is clearly based on Patty Nolan, the real Calgary frontier lawyer who actually was counsel for the Western Stock Growers’ Association in the period when the novel is set.16 Inspector Parker is almost certainly drawn from the real Inspector William Parker who commanded the “Hat’s” police detachment since explicit reference is made to one of his actual cases.17 Not surprisingly, by the second novel the name had been changed to Barker.
More impressively, Blue Pete: Half-breed contains brief flashes of almost sociological discernment which punctuate the adventure narrative. Consider, for example, the description of Medicine Hat“in the early throes of industrial ambition”:
Its natural gas was spreading its fame throughout Americaand England, and pioneers looking for factory sites were the town’s guests from the moment of their arrival. Its unearned reputation across the border as “the breeder of weather” was being fought by a systematic propaganda that was justifying its cost. The moving spirits of the city decided to go in for sports. Professional baseball was discussed, the result being the formation of the Western Canada Baseball League, more commonly known as “The Twilight League,” because in the long evenings of the prairie the games were started at seven-thirty. Medicine Hat was out for anything that promised publicity.18 There is a ring of authenticity here, as well as traces of insight that invite speculation about what Amy might have produced had he stayed in one place.
Perhaps it was not writing skill that he lacked but frontier fortitude, for embedded in these realistic touches are clues that Amy was less than enthralled with prairie existence. Formulaic praise for the beauty and freedom of the plains was contradicted by references to “shrubless waste” and “mile after mile of the dead grass of years” on the flat landscape. The Parson’s house in town was “rather gaudily painted as an offset to the drabness of the prairie.” Moreover, the land's “bare ugliness,” as he put it in a later novel, was matched by something monotonous and stifling in prairie society.19 Mahon, he emphasized, craved “a little of the variety of [the] outside world”:
Day after day of his duties threw him among men who thought in cattle and horses, whose conversation was round-up and brands and the prospect of encroaching homesteaders, whose sports were bronco-busting and wild riding and an occasional visit to town, whose sleep was mental vacuum and whose work entailed little more. He had never been able to satisfy himself with that....20
It was a feeling Amy probably shared. Whatever the future of the West, its present was less than completely satisfying, and the novel reflected an undercurrent of tension between booster expectations and constrictive realities.
Among the things Amy seemed to be genuinely knowledgeable about was the cattle business, including its shady aspects. Beneath the routine antics of the rustlers was a firm sense of how they operated—taking large herds into the hills, breaking them up into smaller groups, building semi-permanent corrals at regular intervals to speed up the drives. Blue Pete, in his courtroom testimony, listed a dozen-and-a-half ways to change the look of a horse. Such expertise might have come from other cowboy books, but it may be that newspaper work brought Amy face to face with these practices.
The most striking aspect of his depiction of rustling was the assertion that everyone involved in the cattle business, respectable and otherwise, participated. The point was frequently reaffirmed in the story. Blue Pete was abruptly tired from Grantham’s ranch after being exposed as a police agent. He explained in court how brands routinely were overlayed to confuse ownership. Mira’s locally esteemed brothers committed suicide when their involvement in the game was discovered. All this was something more than a plot device. Amy was insistent that rustling was part and parcel of raising cows, and he reiterated the point at length in some of his later novels. In a representative example from The Vengeance of Blue Pete, the Inspector lashed out at local worthies who complained about police inefficiency:
You come blatting to me, you the biggest ranchers in the country, about justice and the prevention of crime, and the duty of the Mounted Police, when you know that if we did our duty, if we considered nothing but justice and strict law enforcement, every one of you would be in Lethbridge jail right now... I don't say you rustle in person, but you know your cowboys do. And you accept what they help themselves to in the way of unidentified stock, and often in identifiable that can safely be taken.21
The ranchers were not the only characters in the novel with suspect morals. It also featured a railway contractor who knowingly bought stolen horses, and a newly appointed judge “whose previous record in criminal cases had frequently brought him into conflict with the police.”22 Together they highlighted the honesty of the Mounties, who were not corrupt, but, as with Amy’s view of prairie life and landscape, they introduced a note of ambivalence that conflicted with the expectation of Edenic transformation. The effect of the whole book, then, was a typically Canadian evocation of an emerging pastoral utopia,23 undercut by an ongoing contest between good and evil, likely to be permanent because ordinary people lacked moral consistency. The evolution to perfection of his romantic vision was challenged by a pessimistic interpretation of human nature. His dream of the future did not mesh with the real situation of prairie life.
Insights into western society in Blue Pete: Half-breed were scattered and brief, submerged in the adventure narrative. But if only to a limited extent, Amy was drawing on his experience of the area, trying to translate what he had known into imaginative literature. The fact is, especially if the novel was written before the First World War, this work contains some interesting seeds of prairie realism. The dichotomy between sentimental romances and realistic depictions of prairie life may not be quite as rigid as some critics have thought.24
At the end of the first novel it was not clear if Blue Pete was alive or dead, but all the important questions had been answered. Mahonand Helen, harbingers of the future, were about to be married. The spirits of place had been defeated or had aligned themselves with the forces of the new. Some disorder existed but it could be controlled by the police. There was perhaps a little regret at the passing of old ways, but no conflict over values. The choices of western society had been decided. This made for a satisfying conclusion but it did not leave much to explore.
Amy was not ready to give up trying to say something serious about the region’s fate. He had one powerful arrow left in his quiver — racism. In The Return of Blue Pete he addressed the “problem” of the alien worker. The book is chiefly remarkable for being one of the most vitriolic attacks on Canadian immigrants and radical labour ever to reach print. The plot revolved around efforts to prevent the sinister International Workers of the World from blowing up a newly built railway trestle out of spite for not being allowed to boss themselves. Its adventure was a thin coating for hate.
The navvies, “wild Continental scum” according to Amy, were “a filthy, low-down gang of [creatures] dressed up like men and walking on their hind legs.” They were violent, duplicitous, cowardly, and completely expendable. Torrance, the contractor, chided his assistant for failing to kill any in the course of construction. One aide, he noted approvingly, “did for five in his last season.”25 Blue Pete, as natural man, confirmed the judgment that foreigners were disgusting and radical labour a dangerous fount of anarchy.
Amy made a concerted effort to explain what made the “Dago Bohunk” so objectionable. Speaking through Ignace Koppowski, leader of the International Workers, he outlined the anguish that resulted from “over-sudden civilization.” “From the crude half-lights of my own country,” wailed Koppy, “I leaped at one bound into the brilliance of civilization’s beam.... And I couldn’t stand it — few of us can”:
... not finding the milk and honey flow out to lave our ships, we start depressed and resentful. We land in a strange country with only a word of its language. No one greets us, no one holds our fumbling hands. By dirty ways we slink to dirty tenement houses to hide ourselves—where disloyalty is the air we breathe, discomfort our bed, and robbery our experience—robbed by the friends who preceded us. Half-cowed, lonely, cursing in silence the drudgery that faces us, we learn to live for ourselves alone. Helpless, we drift into the hands of our own kind, who wax rich on the sale of us in herds to work no one else would undertake. Sullen, keen to the injustice of things, but ignorant of the simplicity of redress, we fall victims to our own morbid hatreds, to anything that promises to feed our fury....26
This kind of sympathy merely diverted venom to those who had successfully adjusted. Regardless of how they fared, Amy found reasons to damn the newcomers. He offered no solution other than complete exclusion.
This was the dark side of the Protestant vision—the fear that Anglo-Saxon superiority would be polluted by the off-scourings of Europe. The depth of Amy’s prejudice was unusual, but not its premise. Just as the ranchers’ moral lapses undermined assurances about the coming elysium, so too did the immigrants. While the trestle’s completion symbolized the West’s evolutionary advance, the continued presence of the workers at the end of the novel represented a source of evil that would not soon go away. Again, Amy’s optimistic expectations ran up against the sordid facts of western life.
Having unleashed this invective, he did not have much more to say about the evolving reality of the prairie. He was in a rather tight conceptual bind. Either he could admit that the simplistic Canadian dream of the future was wrong, and explore the ramifications of this, or he could go on repeating his old message and his established pattern of action with good defeating evil in the progressive establishment of Eden, knowing the chances of this happening were ever more remote. He chose the latter. However, when he returned to Blue Pete after writing several conventional police novels without the halfbreed, the essence of his creation had shifted.
According to Northrop Frye, the extremes of literary design are bounded by realism and myth, with romance in between. The characters of romance, though clearly superior to ordinary mortals, retain some resemblance to human reality. The world they inhabit, though missing many of the frustrations, ambiguities and embarrassments of everyday life, is still recognizable as the world of normal people. The more fabulous the depiction of romantic characters, the more dissociated they are from regular society, geographically and emotionally, the more they begin to show a mythic colouring.27 Even if not formally invested with divine qualities, they may become so distant and unbelievable that the connection with familiar existence becomes exceedingly tenuous. What Amy did when he returned to his creation was to move Blue Pete significantly closer to myth. There were still occasional flashes of insight into prairie sociology, still occasional warnings about vile immigrants, but now Pete worked alone, performing implausible feats at the fringes of society with little to say about what transpired within.
One indication of the change is the disappearance of any love interest in the plots. Mira, as Pete’s wife, continued to drift in and out of the action, especially to rescue her husband from danger, but she became part of the adventure machinery. Helen put in a brief appearance in The Return of Blue Pete, then vanished. With her went much of Amy’s opportunity to discuss domestic and community developments. To compensate for the elimination of romantic involvements, he increased the suspense in his plots. Once embarked on a case, Pete would lose his gun or his horse, get captured by Indians or become lost in a blizzard. Each of these circumstances complicated and delayed the completion of his mission. With this improbable mastering of trial after trial, Pete began to assume mythic proportions while the novels took on the episodic structure common to quest adventures.
As love and domesticity faded, so did the Mounted Police. By no means were they banished completely. Pete’s actions remained firmly tied to Mountie causes but almost always now he worked alone while members of the force became additional obstacles to overcome. Sometimes police had to be avoided because they suspected him of a crime; sometimes they had to be protected. Either way, they were used not so much to comment on what the West was or would become, but just to build tension.
When Pete left the police behind, action increasingly occurred in a world clearly divorced from the normal realm. Whether the Cypress Hills, the Rockies or Montana, normal rules of civilization did not apply. The danger in these places changed somewhat as well. Now the threat was more likely to be an Indian rather than a rustler or a foreigner. Amy was no more charitable toward native peoples than he was toward immigrants. His analysis of their situation was identical. Both groups were composed of backward misfits, resentful of those who should control them. He drew a few favourable portraits of individual Indians, but made clear these were exceptions.28 Whatever the reasons for the advent of these new villains — it may have had a lot to do with reader expectations—the effect was to direct attention to a group that was perceived to be at the margin of real society.
Changes in the setting were accompanied by changes in the treatment of Blue Pete. For one thing, a much greater emphasis was put on the specialness of his gun and horse. The pistol, unremarkable in the first novels, became almost an extension of the half-breed—so important that it alone enabled him to complete his tasks. If lost or stolen, before anything else it had to be found; no other weapon would do. Whiskers, his horse, a remarkable beast from the start, became even more unusual. She seldom required direction and appeared to know every thought in her rider’s mind. Though exceptionally small, she had greater strength and speed than any other mount. Inanimate objects that had special powers, strange and wonderful little animals capable of amazing feats—these belonged to a fairy-tale universe, not a real one.
In addition, Pete became ever more deformed and grotesque. When first introduced he was a bit cross-eyed, unkempt, had a bluish tinge to his skin, and wore outlandish clothing. As a character he was exaggerated but not unbelievable. To Mahon he resembled a Londonstage cowboy.29 By the late 1920s, after a succession of broken limbs and gunshot wounds, his appearance was distinctly peculiar: “His head hung forward, as if clearing the way, and one of his great rounded shoulders slouched perceptibly lower than the other. He covered the ground with amazing speed, with a noiselessness even more amazing. His crossed eyes darted from side to side, his blue-black face was still expressionless.” Later, his nose got badly smashed; later still, he was attacked by a cougar and told he would carry the scars in his head for the rest of his life.30 Despite the injuries, none of his skill or speed was diminished. From a colourful, unusual cowboy Pete became a shambling, misshapen, good-natured giant. Perhaps his progressive deformities were meant to parallel changes in the landscape as the work of civilization unfolded, but symbol or not he left the edge of reality and became a mythic archetype. The West itself, plagued by an unceasing supply of villains, remained stuck in the process of becoming a pastoral garden. The tension between the expectation of evolution and the permanent struggle between good and evil remained, though the triumph of progress seemed ever more remote.
Why did Amy move toward myth? Why did he give up trying to say anything substantial about the prairie situation? Dissatisfaction with western existence must have been a factor. After all, he left. Once gone, his perceptions, frozen in an era long since passed, became increasingly anachronistic. To compensate for the absence of authentic insight he drifted more completely into fantasy. Indeed, the later Blue Pete books should not be thought of as regional novels. The decision to leave, in turn, may have been conditioned by concurrent realizations of his limitations as a serious writer and of the ease of earning a living by grinding out pulp fiction. His British publishers and international audience were largely indifferent to the real character and future of the Canadian West. They did not care if situations were improbable as long as they got adventure.
Still, this does not fully explain why Amy abandoned a more realistic romance formula. Even with an unwillingness to probe the distance between inherited vision and actual experience, he could have maintained his original vision. Other authors managed to produce adventure without moving so fundamentally into make-believe.31 Like many of them, Amy could have centered on the Mounted Police, keeping more of an attachment to real society. Instead, his imagination gravitated to myth.
Why? Was there something in Amy’s outlook that made even romance unsatisfying? Since little about him is known, the question is impossible to answer, yet his contradictory view of the West — evolving towards pastoral harmony but infected at its very core with seemingly permanent imperfections is intriguing. Amy was writing at a time when cosmological thinking was profoundly unsettled. In the aftermath of Darwin, the paradigm of evolutionary advance was inordinately compelling, yet the anticipation of progress which it reinforced was undercut by deeply rooted conceptions of nature, including human nature, as a fixed commodity. Many people may have been troubled, for example, by an inability to mesh notions of inevitable progress with traditional understandings of evil as an inescapable presence in the world. Coming, presumably, from a rigorous Methodist background, this may have been Amy’s dilemma.
Since it is situated close to the world but not mixed in it completely, romance allowed him to bridge the difference between what he wanted life to be and what he knew it was. He could say something about the actual situation of the West without having to square completely dream and reality. It is possible that as Amy began to realize how difficult it would be to transform the prairie into the garden he expected, how difficult to produce order, justice and freedom in an unstable world, the assurances of romance seemed more fragile. To sustain his optimism he gravitated toward myth, looking for comfort in something well beyond ordinary humanity.32
When romance would not hold Amy retreated toward myth. It was an appealing destination, arrived at by many others travelling a variety of paths. The resurgence of myth has been a distinguishing characteristic of the present century. Ironically, by withdrawing into timeless, archetypic formulas, Amy demonstrated his fundamental modernity. It did not make him a good novelist, to be sure, but it may suggest he should not be dismissed out of hand as an uninspired hack who merely grafted American motifs onto a Canadian setting. Though Blue Pete ossified into a predictable adventure hero, he began as something more: a conscious affirmation of the inevitable, necessary and beneficial transformation of the West. Canadian nationalism was the force that conceived him and an unwillingness to disturb nationalist assumptions trapped him in an archetypal netherworld.

NOTES
[1] Dick Harrison, ed.. Best Mounted Police Stories (Edmonton: University of Alberta Press, 1978), 16.
2 Dick Harrison, Unnamed Country: The Struggle for a Canadian Prairie Fiction (Edmonton: University of Alberta Press, 1977), X and passim.
3. Harrison, Unnamed Country, 160, 161.
4. William Lacey Amy [Luke Allan], Blue Pete: Half-breed (New York: McCann, 1921), 91, 140.
5. University of Toronto Archives, Class and Prize Lists, P78-OI58-2, 1888-1899 and Department of Graduate Records, A73-026-007-32. See also Vernon B. Rhodenizer, Canadian Literature in English (Montreal: n.p.. 1965), 721.
6. Sec David H. Breen, The Canadian Prairie West and the Ranching Frontier, 1874-1924 (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1983).
7. William Lacey Amy, “Blue Pete: The Sentimental Half-breed,” Canadian Magazine, Jan. 1911, 269-74.
8. Amy, Blue Pete: Half-breed, 152, 50.
9. Ibid., 16.
10.              Ibid., 52, 51, 213, 210.
11.              Ibid., 68.
12.              Ibid., 21.
13.              Ibid. , 204. Though she remains a character in later novels as Pete's wife, there is no mention of children. The older spirits of place are ultimately sterile.
14.              Ibid., 127.
15.              See Doug Owram, Promise of Eden: The Canadian Expansionist Movement and the Idea of West, 1856-1900 (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1980).
16.              See Henry J. Morgan, The Canadian Men and Women of the Time (Toronto: Briggs, 1912), 854-55. Amy's portrait of Nolan may have come from a 1903 trial in Medicine Hat involving a round-up captain for the Stock Growers' Association who was charged with theft as part of a prolonged dispute between large and small ranchers. See D.H. Breen, “The Mounted Police and the Ranching Frontier,” in Hugh A. Dempsey, ed.. Men in Scarlet (Calgary: Historical Society of Alberta/McClelland and Stewart West, n.d.), 129.
17.              See Hugh A. Dempsey, ed., William Parker, Mounted Policeman (Calgary: Glenbow-Alberta Institute. 1973); and Amy, Blue Pete: Half-breed, 211.
18.              Amy, Blue Pete: Half-breed, 85-86.
19.              Ibid., 22, 11, 54; William Lacey Amy [Luke Allan], The Tenderfoot (London: Jenkins, 1939), 126.
20.              Amy, Blue Pete: Half-breed, 178.
21.              William Lacey Amy [Luke Allan), The Vengeance of Blue Pete (London: Jenkins. 1939), 65.
22.              Amy, Blue Pete: Half-breed, 178.
23.              See Northrop Frye, The BushGarden (Toronto: Anansi, 1971), 238-39.
24.              See, for example, Harrison, Unnamed Country, 100.
25.              William Lacey Amy [Luke Allan], The Return of Blue Pete (New York: Doran 1922) 108 64, 39-40.
26.              Amy, Return of Blue Pete, 360, 362.
27.              Northrop Frye, Anatomy of Criticism: Four Essays (Princeton: PrincetonUniversityPress
1973), 136-51.
28.              See, for example, William Lacey Amy [Luke Allan], Blue Pete’s Dilemma (London: Jenkins, 1945), 9; and Amy. Blue Pete: Indian Scout (London: Jenkins, 1950), 140.
29.              Amy, Blue Pete: Half-breed, 14.
30.              William Lacey Amy |Luke Allan], Blue Pete: Detective (London: Jenkins, 1928), 14: Amy, Blue Pete: Rebel (London: Jenkins, 1940), 68-69; Amy, Blue Pete’s Dilemma, 140.
31.              See Keith Walden, Visions of Order: The Canadian Moimties in Symbol and Myth (Toronto: Butterworths, 1982).
32.              William Lyon Mackenzie King also had difficulty reconciling a belief in the possibility of spiritual and material evolution with traditional religious conceptions of sin. He, too, had a highly romantic outlook, evident in such things as his idealization of women and predilection for chivalric heroes like Sir Galahad. When King's responsibilities increased, romantic optimism no longer seemed enough to sustain his confidence. He turned to spiritualism, asking the forces controlling destiny, or at least aware of its direction, to help make sound decisions in matters where lines between good or evil were not easily drawn. Like Amy, he sought comfort in something beyond ordinary humanity. This tension between evolutionary and dualistic cosmological conceptions as a key to understanding the progressive mentality may be worth more thought. On King, see Joy Esberey, Knight of the Holy Spirit (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1980), 43-58, 161-62; Ramsay Cook, The Regenerators: Social Criticism in Late Victorian English Canada (Toronto- University of Toronto Press, 1985), 198-200: Reginald Whitaker, “Liberal Corporalist Ideas of Mackenzie King,” Labourite Travail 2 (1977), 137-69; and Whitaker. “Political Thought and Action in Mackenzie King," Journal of Canadian Studies 13 (Winter 1978-79), 40-60.

Keith Walden is a member of the History Department at TrentUniversity.


Gods Who Were Men

$
0
0
Below is an introductory section from 'Gods Who Were Men' by Ruth Verrill, written and distributed by mimeograph in 1950. In this large work, which can be found in four sections and in entirety on our PDF site, 
Ruth Verrill examines a number of relics from the 'New World' which may link back to the 'Old World'. The editor acknowledges no knowledge of archaeology or Biblical studies, but cannot find anywhere any disproof of Ruth Verrill's critical researches.
This editor encourages useful comments and emails on Ruth Verrill's work. Note that it appears that only about two of these 'books' remained until our digital republishing. A copy of the book may be obtained here.
There are hundreds of images in the book. I will try and add a few in the future, The images do appear also in the PDF format of this work.
Gods Who Were Men
From copy 7 - Dr. Junius Bird, American Museum of Natural History
image 1
image 2
Being the Second Edition of  'When Gods Were Men'
By
Ruth Verrill
December 1950

Copies
                               I.      Instituto National de Antropologie e Historia, Mexico.
                            II.      Dr.Charles E. Elvers, Baltimore, Maryland.
                         III.      (my own copy)
                         IV.      Rabbi Clifton H. Levy, New York.
                            V.      Dr. Earnest Hooton, Dept. Anthropology, Harvard U.
                         VI.      Dr. Robert von Heine-Geldern, Vienna.
                      VII.      Dr. Junius Bird, American Museum of Natural History.
                   VIII.      Dr. Julius Tello, Peru.
                         IX.       

Introduction
The purpose of this book is primarily to identify the many deified personages of the ancient people of the Old World, to trace their genealogies, to give their various aliases, to describe their various attributes and their supposed powers and in as far as possible to explain their identifying symbols and the origins of these symbols.
The fact that the names and attributes of the man-gods were identical or very similar both in the Old World and in America centuries before the Christian era would indicate that the deities of the ancient pre-Incans, the Toltecs, Aztecs and Mayas and the deities of the ancient Old World people had a common origin and that there was direct and frequent contact between the inhabitants of the two hemispheres.
The question of whether or not the early American cultures were introduced by colonizers from Asia and the Near East is a most controversial matter. On the other hand we have a number of scientists who declare positively that all the pre-Columbian races in America were descendants of migrants who crossed from Asia via the Behring Straits and who insist that all ancient American cultures were wholly of American origin and that there was not and never had been any contact with the Old World prior to the Spanish Conquest.
Who are or were the "pure-blooded American Indians"? If there were no indigenous human beings in Americaprior to the migration from northeastern Asia, then the "pure-blooded American Indians" were really pure-blooded Asiatics. If this is the case, and they did come to Americain prehistoric times when they were in a lower cultural state, why could not those who yet remained in Asia have followed them as readily as had the earlier people and why could they not have done so with increased ease as their cultural knowledge advanced? Is it reasonable to believe that a migration of culturally undeveloped people could have negotiated the passage to Americaand this became impossible for better equipped and more developed descendants in later times?
Certain scientists maintain that only a few centuries had elapsed between the time of the beginnings of these cultures and the arrival of the Europeans. But they fail to explain how it was possible for nomadic primitive Asiatics to have spread and increased until they occupied the entire Western Hemisphere from the Arctic to Tierra del Fuego and from the Atlanticto the Pacific, and to have developed totally distinct languages, characteristics, arts and religions all in the space of time allotted to them. Neither do they explain how, in far less time than would be required today, these people evolved highly complex and advanced civilizations, erected thousands of magnificent temples and other structures—and all by most primitive methods and with stone tools only. But these scientists go even further in their all American ardor. When a Mayan date glyph is deciphered that puts the period of its carving back farther than the scientists consider permissible, they boldly announce that the ancient Mayan sculptor made a mistake of several centuries when varying the glyphs.
Can anyone with a modicum of common sense imagine anything of this sort? Even if the actual artisan made such an error it would at once have been noticed by the priests and would have been corrected. But no, our hard-headed "pure American" archaeologists set themselves up as knowing more about Mayan dates and glyphs than did the Mayas themselves, yet, as a matter of fact, no one can be absolutely certain of the correlation of Mayan dates with our own, and as far as I know, no two scientists agree on this matter.
As an example of the extreme lengths to which a certain school of our scientists have gone in order to hoodwink the public and maintain their claims, they have insisted that the pre-Columbian Americans did not know the wheel. But wheeled toys and carts had been found in Mexico (1887, 1940) and all of these scientists were well aware of the fact.
The Associate Curator of Anthropology, AmericanMuseum of Natural History, New YorkCity, in his splendid article "IS AMERICAN INDIAN CULTURE ASIATIC?" is as far as I know, the first to mention the wheeled toys in an official publication produced by a museum or other scientific foundation and we both hope this will dispel the wide spread fallacy that the pre-Columbian American aborigine had no knowledge of the wheel.
There is a strong and increasing reactionary group who now admit that all indications point to ancient contacts between the Old World and America many centuries before the Christian era, some even admitting that there are abundant proof that many of the arts, the beliefs, the mathematics, the religions and the deities were brought to America from Asia and were developed into the civilizations of Peru, Mexico and Yucatan, and scarcely a month goes by that some new discovery linking the American with the Old World cultures is not made.
The material presented in this book merely points out by means of incontrovertible proofs long established by history, inscriptions, and sculptures supported by traditions that many, if not most of the Old World god-men had their exact counterparts at the same period in America. So frequently does this occur that it cannot by any stretch of the imagination be relegated to the realm of coincidence.
A coincidence might occur once in a great while but coincidences do not and cannot occur over and over again not only in a name but in symbols, attributes, lineage and other details.
Finally quite apart from any light my work may shed upon the question of the Old World origin of early America’s higher civilizations, I feel that the material I have compiled is of both scientific and popular interest, especially as nothing of the sort has ever been previously attempted. The material holds a great deal of real human interest pointing out, as it does, how important a part symbolism has played in the deification of personages in the dim and obscure past and the origins of these symbols.

Ruth Verrill,
Route 1, Chiefland, FL

Chapter


When Gods Were Men
This manuscript is being written with the idea of preserving the findings I have made during my fifteen years’ research into dim and most obscure backgrounds of the higher cultures of the Early Americas. That any shred of knowledge is to be found at all is most amazing. It is a subject that cannot be found in any libraries’ reference rooms for there is no work covering the subject. Source material has to be culled from many, many sources; works written by many scientists and historians, etymologists and theologists, curators of museums and others.
Material selected for this work has been culled from the works of reputable persons and most of the data has appeared in various publications. This compilation is my own original effort. My only collaborator was my husband. He helped me with the South American material and made many helpful suggestions. The endeavor has been most tedious but thoroughly enjoyable.
Those who have seen the work we are doing, as well as that which has been completed say we have more than proved our contention that the higher cultures of the Americas were introduced by the Sumerians, Phoenicians, Goths, Aryans or Asiatics, depending on the name preferred. I use the coined name "Sumerian" throughout this compilation or monograph, though I am aware of the fact that it was originally a geographical term. It is merely a matter of convenience.
I do not contend that this race carried out vast projects of colonization or that they came from one area or even any particular era. They seem to have originally occupied Pachacamac, Peru in very remote times, though I doubt if they originated in that area.
The god-king Pachacamac and his wife left Peru, according to tradition but seem to have left a handful of their race to carry on the government, religion and commerce. The founder of the Phoenician dynasty, king Nuna or Haryashwa or his sons, probably came to one or both of the Americas and his descendant, Tizama, seems to have been the god-king and culture bringer Itzama, of the Early Mayan race. Sargon of Agade or King Sagara and his son, and grandson are most certainly on the list of arrivals and the remarkable prime minister and arch-priest, An-Nannatu, of the last dynasty of Ur, who held office under several kings of Ur, the last being King Ibil-Sin. There will be more about these personages later.
There are those who believe that this remarkable race had its origin on some lost continent or island that sank and left but a remnant of their race and culture intact. Some are positive that the race originated in the table-lands of Eastern Asia, but it would not surprise me if some one finds proof of their having originated in America.
After considerable cogitation I have decided to begin the first chapter with the most ancient cultures of the Central Andean regions, particularly those discovered in the Department of Ancash, Peru. Though these findings and comparisons have been lauded by curators of two institutions whose professions are archaeology and ethnology, several scientists and a few serious students of ancient history, one principal of a school, several teachers, one newspaper man and an editor of a University press among others, there are those who think my efforts quite a waste of time and energy and all I have achieved, according to the views of this group, is a rather unusual compilation of nothing more than mere coincidences. If you, as a reader of this work, feel as the latter group say they do, please, just to disprove our contentions, read this compilation of monographs through and prove we are in error. We are quite willing to have you try.

Chapter 1  Haihayas of Asia and the Huailas or Huaylas of Peru

Chapter 2  Sumerian in our South Western United States?

Chapter 3   Round Towers

Chapter 4  Sea Shells in Ceremony and Religions

Chapter 5  Who were the Toltecs?

Chapter 6  Gorget of Naram-Sin (Narmer) in New Mexico

Chapter 7  Naram-Sin's Portrait Carved in Stone Found in Lake Texcoco, Mexico

Chapter 8  Gods of Early Mexico

Chapter 9  Indar and Engur

Chapter 10  Amenti and Amencay

Chapter 11  Yahuah and Associated Deities of South America

Chapter 12  Summary of Personages Connected with Cultural Development of the Americas

Chapter 13  Trees of Life and Tonalamatls

Chapter 14  Wheels? What Wheels??

Chapter 15  Genesis and the Four Bacabs

Chapter 16  How were the Old Empire Mayas Related to the Mochicas of Peru?

Chapter 17  Maize as Depicted in Ancient Art

Appendix - Fusang 

Chapter 1  Haihayas of Asia and the Huailas or Huaylas of Peru

It is our belief, substantiated by history, tradition and other evidence, that the progenitors of the Huailas of Peru were the ancient Haihayes of the vicinity of the City of Umma, in an area then known as Southern Babylonia. In the following pages we offer some of the evidences that have led us to this belief.
First, however, in order to explain who the Haihayas were, a brief outline of their history is essential.
The priest-king Lugel-Aggisi or Zaggisi, a son of Ukush, (both Haihaya chieftains) was the ruler of the City of Umma at the time he began the conquest of his kinsman, Sargon of Agade or King Sagara, as he should be called. In one of the inscriptions King Aggisi had made is the following: "...(I have)...conquered the land from the Rising of the Sun to its Setting, and made straight the path from the LowerSea (Persian Gulf and Indian Ocean) over the Euphrates and Tigris into the UpperSea(Mediterranean)." After his successful war of conquest he had his capital at the city of Erech.
King Uruka Gina died shortly after losing his realm and one of his wives was about to throw herself upon his funeral pyre when the great and very noble prophet and priest Aurva begged her to not do so for she was to be the mother of a mighty emperor and to commit self immolation was unthinkable for she must preserve the life of her unborn prince.
Priest Aurva being of the same race as King Uruka Gina and a very learned man and an excellent teacher, took upon himself the task of teaching the young prince when of suitable age. The priest taught him religious and civil law, execution of ceremonials and literature and various sciences, including that of planned warfare.
When Prince Sagara or Guni came of age he waged a terrible crushing defeat over his Haihaya kinsmen, King Lugal Aggisi, and would have wiped him and his tribe off the face of the earth along with several other tribes who had acted in the revolt against his father, but for the plea made by the prince's family priest.
This would seem to be so, for many years later another king had trouble with the Haihayas whom it would seem, were predestined to attract trouble. About 2300 B.C., Haihaya princes, sons of King Arjuna Kartevirya, killed King Jama-Dagni in a personal feud. This king was succeeded by his son, Purash-Sin, or Bur-Sin 1, who was also known as Parashu-Ram, the traditional founder of the hereditary Brahman caste system, which is still the most outstanding feature of East Indian sociology.
King Parashu-Ram in his wrath over the murder of his father waged a war of extermination against the Haihaya princes and Sun-cultists and even had his mother put to death as she also served as a devotee of the Sun-cult. (She was a granddaughter of the priest-king of Lagash, pateai Cudea.)            See next page—
In the area we now know as Palestineare remains of two archaic town-sites, Aija and Haiyan that perhaps existed prior to the reign of King Sagara but I must explain this later.
image 3- The Gudea of the old World and the New—Compare these two.
A full figure statue carved in stone representing Gudea, the priest-king of the port city of Lagash is shown above at the left. He lived about 2373-2368 B.C.
The carved head at the right is tilted backward somewhat, causing the features to appear longer than they actually are. Notice the identical carving of the eyes, indication of the headdress being a wound or wrapped turban and traces of it once having been ornamental like that worn by Gudea, showing just above the space between the brows. This head was discovered by Dr. Matthew Stirling in Mexico in 1940. (From "National Geographic Magazine")
The likeness is most amazing and it is doubtful if it is just a coincidence.

A little earlier then the reign of King Sagara, King Shubad’s (King of Ur) son, Tizama was reigning in India, according to Pali records. The latter also bore the following names (among others), Somaka, Sambhuta, and Tez-car. Tizama’s worship seems to have been much like that followed by the Haihayas but just what his relationship to the Haihayas may have been is not stated but the following theory based on historical facts may offer a reasonable supposition:
If Tizama and his father, Shubad are synonymous with the two supreme deities of the Mayas, Hunab-ku and his son Itzama it is not at all improbable that the Haihayas, also called Huhunuri, were Itzama's or Tizama's people (compare Huhunuri with the name Junin). (J in this case has the sound of H.)
It is not impossible that King Lugal Aggisi sent to India for Tizama, at the time of his conquest of Sagara’s father and asked Tizama to return to Babylonor Lagash or Erech and prepare to take charge of the newly acquired West Lands. This supposition would account for the indications that people from the land we now know as Palestine, emigrated to South America and became established there, for King Tizama, if we continue with this supposition—would have undoubtedly gone to Phoenicia and employed a fleet of ships, crew, artisans, priests and at least a few troops. If this is the case, it would explain why Tizama, if we follow the belief that he was the same personage as Itzama, never seems to have returned to his native land . He was quite well along in age at this time and after Sagara's conquest of the Haihayas, and his land remained under the rule of his enemy, or his peoples' enemy, King Sagara, there would have been no opportunity for him to have returned before his demise.
However, there seems to have been a very close connection between the Hualias of Peru and the Haihayas of the Arabian peninsula.
Now to resume the subject pertaining to Aija and Haiyan in Palestine. Both of these archaeological sites are of an archaic type and are not very far apart. Aija, Ai or Aiath as it is variously called, is east of Bethel and near Bethaven and north of Mishmash. Biblical Joshua unsuccessfully attacked Aija but the city was later taken by strategy. Due to various vicissitudes the town never recovered its former prestige and very little remains of its earlier culture today.
. . .
In the Department of Ancash, Peru, in South America are very archaic remains. These are described by Dr. Julio Tello in his article "Andean Civilization: Some Problems of Peruvian Archaeology" , printed in the "XXIII International Congress of Americanists", held 1928.
The cultures are arranged in the following manner: Callejon de Huaylas, Chavin, Chongoyape and Paracas with cultural influence extending from the coast to the Central Andean region. Dr.Tello states that the archaic, megalithic cultural type seems to extend from San Augustine in Columbiato Tiahuanaco, Bolivia and there appears to have been a widespread influence in historically remote times.
In the Department of Ancash, Peru are several village sites bearing Old World names, one spelled exactly the same, two spelled almost the same and several others that are recognizably similar. The Peruvian town of Aija has its name in counterpart, the town in Palestine called Aija , previously mentioned and when interpreted meant almost the same thing, 'ruined' or 'destroyed'. The little town of Recuey in the Department of Ancash has its BibleLand counterpart in Recah, a place occupied by a tribe of Judah, which undoubtedly was in the vicinity of Aija in Palestine, Other towns in the Department of Ancash bearing a closely similar name to the archaic town-site of Haiyan of the Bible, are Huascan, Hualcan, Huaylas and Huarmay,
In the neighboring Department of Junin is a town called Caina; another town with a Biblical namesake, Cana or "Place of the Reeds". (see later) Also, in this same Department is the town of Tarmar, a name closely resembling Tamyras,.the name of a river between Sidon and Beirut, in Phoenicia, also between Hebron and Elath, is a town called Tamara.
A town in the Department of Ancash named Huari, has a Biblical counterpart in the name of a man, Huari, interpreted as "Linen weaver". This may be of sufficient importance to warrant several quotations from a Quechua Dictionary that the reader may see some of the words in that language pertaining to weaving. "A weaver" in the Cuzco, Peru Dialect (one of those forming the (Quechua language) is AHUAY-Camayok. In the Ayacucho Dialect it is AKUAC (See page 57,65) (compare with A-NAHUA-AC of the Aztecs) and in the Junin it is AHUA. In the Junin Dialect a 'weaver' of stockings is Medias (a Spanish word) HAHUA, in Ancash; "—shuag." In the Cuzco Dialect a weaver of ponchos is called AHUAK. "To weave—" in the Cuzco, Ayacucho, Junin and Ancash Dialects is AHUAY. Compare this word with Huari, mentioned above, and the town of Ancashwith the name of Huari.
The naming of places in a new land after those in the old is a well known trait and from the evidence given here it would seem that there was no exception to this trait among these people in Peru.
In and near the Department of Ancash are archaeological remains showing highly distinctive depictions of religious and ceremonial matters along with carvings of men and women of such an obviously superior type that they must have been carved to represent actual personages.
Various features of these ancient works of art furnish clues to the identity of these people and their origin and also serve in tracing their apparent migrations through several centuries and quite a few countries.
Another, and very important matter pertaining to this subject is that of the worship of Indar (a son or grandson of the East Indian Lawgiver, Manu) deified as Mishi, Ishi, Tas, Tashia etc. Some claim this deified personage was Indar himself, others claim him to have been a son of Indar). The Haihayas or Hunuhuris worshipped this deified personage, Indar, as he seems to have been one of their ancient progenitors. The pre-Incas, worshipped him as Enki (similar to Ea, the Semetic name for deified In-Dur (Indar) and as the “Cat-god" Mishi. Ishi of the Bible was but another name for Jehovah and superseded the synonymous name, Baali, "My Master". Ishi has at least two interpretations, "My Husband" and "Saving".
The various stone carvings representing the "Cat-god" Mishi, found in the Department of Ancash, Peru are still to be seen and I include several depictions of this deity with his felines from several parts of the Old World and for comparison, include several from Ancash.
(image 4) Huarmay, Department of Ancash, Peru.
(image 5) Phrygia's "Tasia" or "Mishi".
(image 6)
This scene is from a carved ivory handle of a stone knife ,found in Egypt, and of predynastic age, now in the Louvre. (See L.Benedite "MONS. ACADEME des INSCRIPTS" XII.l.) "Tasia" or "Mishi" etc., of very early era.
(image 7) From Marka-Kunka, Aija, Huaraz, Department of Ancash.
(image 8)
A pre-Christian depiction of Tasia, from a cross at Hamilton, Strath-Clyde, Scotland.
(image 9) Old World
(image 10 page)
I have other depictions of this "Cat-god" from the Old World and from the New, but this may suffice, and carry sufficient weight to indicate the probability of his having been transplanted from the Old World to the New. If this evidence is accepted, it will put this particular Asiatic immigration into South America in pre-historic times.
A seemingly irrelevant subject leads to additional substantiation of this subject. It is the horse-shoe-like symbol known as the "earth bowl". This object is found archaeologically in many forms and in a fairly large number of places, including areas inhabited by the Mayas, Aztecs and their kindred tribes. The origin of the "earth bowl" symbol must be explained in order that a clear idea of its relationship to the present subject may be understood. Several races, including the Chaldeans, Chino-Turks, Hindoos and Early Aryans had a tradition that their people came from an area known to us as the Tarim Basin, a locality north of Tibet.
This land is so formed geographically, that it roughly resembles a huge ’bowl’ or basin. The race with whom this symbol originated preserved the memory of its form and it is known to us in several forms. One is the so-called 'yoke’ found archaeologically in areas influenced by the early higher cultures of Mexicoand farther south. These 'bowls’ may be seen on stela, in codices and in other forms of art. The people who retained the symbol undoubtedly knew its meaning as well. For the benefit of the reader a few depictions of these 'bowls' are submitted. (See page 12)
The carved stone statue of a personage at Rurek, Aija and the other from Aija Huaraz, shows these earth-bowls in inverted position, perhaps to indicate that the race no longer inhabited the locality. The first mentioned carries a shield or plaque on which is depicted
1-            "Earth Bowl" from headdress of figure from Aija, Peru. (See photograph given below.)
2-            A so-called ’yoke' from Vera Cruz, Mexico. A highly conventionalized "Earth Bowl"
3-            An Aztecan "Earth Bowl".
4-            An Aztecan "Earth Bowl" as a water symbol.
5-            The Mayan symbol, EK-AHAU, an "Earth Bowl".
6-            Conventionalized "Earth Bowls" on a Toltec pillar from Tula
7-            Mexican "Earth Bowl".
8-            "Earth Bowl" from the figure's costume on a stela at Cerra De Mesa , Mexic. (very ancient.)
9-            An ancient representation of the “Earth Bowl" formed by the TarimBasin. (From Maspero, See photo below.)
image 11
image 12


Tribes of the Far Southwest

$
0
0
Tribes of the Far Southwest
KNOW YOUR INDIANS
Department of Special Features
By A. Hyatt Verrill
From Double Action Western magazine, 1954 July. Digitized by Doug Frizzle, Sept 2014.

LIVING in the mountains, the canyons and on mesas and deserts of our Southwest, in New Mexico, Arizona and western Texas, were a number of tribes of many racial and linguistic stocks. Some were sedentary and agricultural Indians, with permanent villages; others were nomadic. Some were peaceful and friendly, while others were warlike and hostile.
Prominent among these were the so-called “Apaches”. As a matter of fact the real, original and only true Apaches were the Navajos, who were called “Apachu” or “Savage Enemies”, by the Zunis. This was corrupted to “Apache” by the whites, and was applied indiscriminately to a large number of tribes—among them the Mimbrenos, Akonves, Mescaleros, Jicarillos, Faraones, Llaneros, Chiricahuas, Queraebos, Pinaleros, Pinals, Arivaipas, Coyoteros, Megollones, Tontos, Gilas, Kiowa-Apaches, Lipans, Yumas, Mohaves, and others.
Although nearly all of these were of Athabascan stock, yet they differed greatly in their temperaments, habits, character, and many other respects. Many were nomads; others dwelt in permanent villages; some subsisted by hunting, and others cultivated the soil—had well-designed irrigation systems, and depended for a living upon their crops. Some were exceedingly primitive, while others had attained a fairly high culture; and while some were warlike others were peaceful, docile, and wished only to be left in peace. Also, in many instances some bands of a tribe might be hostile, while other bands of the same tribe were peaceful and even served as scouts for our Army.
No other tribes had the unenviable reputation of being as savage, as relentless, as cruel and bloodthirsty as these so-called Apaches. Partly, the reputation was well-deserved, but much of it was exaggeration and anti-Indian propaganda on the part of the whites. However, the Apache wars cost us millions of dollars and many hundreds of lives, most of which might have been avoided.
Although these Indians have been pictured as fiends incarnate, yet we must remember that they were fighting for their lands, their homes and their freedom—principles that we fight for, and consider patriotic and praiseworthy. And in most cases, our trouble with these tribes was the direct result of uncalled-for hostile actions on the part of the whites, who often mistreated and murdered those Indians who were inclined to be friendly. This was the case with the Mimbrenos, who were peaceful until a number of the tribe (who had been invited to a feast by the miners of Santa Rita) were murdered for the sake of scalp-bounties offered by Mexican officials.
The long and bloody campaign with Cochise was the result of our officers having, under a flag of truce, arrested him with two other chiefs—on “suspicion” that the Indians had kidnapped a white child (who was later found safe and sound). In their efforts to obtain a “confession” from the suspects, the Indians were tortured by the officers. Although Cochise managed to escape, despite his wounds, his comrades were hanged; under the circumstances we scarcely can afford to blame Cochise when he and his band went on the warpath.
The chances are that we might not have had any trouble with Geronimo and his band, had our Government kept promises and good faith. The famous chief was a well-to-do farmer, who had caused no trouble until he became disgusted with the Government when the officials failed to fulfill promises of irrigating his lands. Then white ranchers cut his fences, drove off his cattle, and destroyed his crops; quite naturally, he became hostile.
It must, however, be admitted that some of these southwestern tribes were born bandits and gloried in raiding and killing (whether their victims were other Indians or white), and who were past-masters at devising most painful methods of putting captives to a lingering death, and who were as thoroughly hated and despised by the other tribes as by the whites. Oddly enough, these savage Indians usually treated women prisoners with consideration. Female captives were not abused or maltreated, although virtually slaves; rarely were they ravished, and sometimes they married their captors. Because some of these tribes were inveterate killers and robbers, the whites (who did not discriminate) regarded all in the same category; yet, frequently one of the so-called Apache tribes would be waging a relentless war with some other “Apaches”, The Jicarillos were bitter foes of the Utes, and the Taos Indians and were deadly enemies of the Mescalero Apaches, with whom they were constantly at war. Although they were also hostile to the whites, the Taoscaused comparatively little trouble. One of their chiefs declared, “We will leave the whites alone, as long as they continue to kill the Mescaleros.”
ALTHOUGH some of these tribes were raiders and killers by nature and inclination, there were far more who fought only in defense of their freedom and their homes; and even their worst enemies agreed that such Indians, once they became a man’s friends, remained steadfast regardless of whether or not they were at war. Also, like the majority of Indians, they never forgot a favor or some kindness. On more than once occasion, Cochise ordered his warriors to guard and protect the home and family of some white settler, who at one time had saved his life or had cared for him when wounded.
It may seem strange, but it is also true, that once these Apaches had made peace and abandoned warfare, they took to farming and ranching as a duck takes to water and became well-to-do farmers and ranchers—highly respected by, and on an equality with their white neighbors. In fact the whites not infrequently married Apache women, and several of the most highly respected and influential families of the Southwest are partially of Apache blood. Many of the Apaches took to railway construction work, and are considered among the best of all section hands, while others are expert structural steelworkers, and play an important part in erecting skyscrapers, bridges and other steel structures throughout the country and abroad.
As usual, there has been a vast amount of misinformation regarding the so-called Apaches and their more famous leaders. Cochise, as I have said, was driven to hostility and warfare by his ill-treatment by the whites, but he was noted for heroic courage, and was inherently honorable. He was as steadfast in his friendships as he was implacable in his hatreds; he never forgot a favor rendered, or forgave an injury. After peace was established he became an ardent and successful farmer, and died peacefully at his home in 1874.
Probably the most famous and notorious of the “Apache” chiefs was Geronimo, and probably no other famous Indian has ever won so much notoriety through his own propaganda and selfadvertising. Few of the noted chiefs of the past have had so little real claim to fame. Geronimo was a thorough believer in publicity; he became his own “press agent”, and spread tales of his savagery and his raids—fully realizing that the terror they inspired would accomplish as much as actual fighting. Also, he was a firm believer in the old adage that: “He who fights and runs away will live to fight another day.” Seldom did he engage in a stand-up battle, but usually managed to be one jump ahead of white troops, until ready to surrender and save his skin. Many of the disastrous raids attributed to him were carried out by his sub-chiefs; he took no active part in them.
When, after their surrender, he and his band (numbering 340 warriors), were deported to Fort Marion, Florida, thence to Alabama, and finally back to Fort Sill, Oklahoma, he and his fellows made a lucrative business of selling photographs, handiwork, and their autographs to tourists and white visitors. The wily old medicine-man-chief of the Chiricahuas was first, last and all the time a sharp trader and keen businessman, who proved that it was possible to fool all of the public all of the time. However, his military genius, and his personal courage were never questioned; again and again he outmaneuvered and outfought white troops under General Miles and General Crook and managed to slip through their most carefully-constructed traps. He surrendered only when he fully realized the futility of carrying on hostilities further.
ALTHOUGH most persons, probably the majority, have the impression that the “Apaches” devoted the greater part of their lives to fighting, stealing, raiding, and killing, this is far from being the case. A number of these tribes dwelt in well-built lodges, in good-sized villages, and possessed quite a high culture with numerous arts and crafts. Their basketry, textiles, bead-work and other handiwork are of a very high quality, and very artistic. Practically all of the so-called Apaches used huge storage-baskets for the corn they raised, and these were often of gigantic size, or graceful form, and woven with harmonious colors in designs of geometrical patterns—often in combination with animal and human figures. Most of the baskets were water-tight and some of them were among the finest of all the Indian baskets. From cotton, wool, and other fibers they wove blankets and other textiles that were often the equals of the famed products of the Navajos. On the other hand, they never learned to make good pottery for containing liquids, but used baskets coated with pitch or clay. They were experts at tanning skins and hides, and decorated buckskin garments with fine beadwork and painted designs usually consisting of fine lines in open intricate motifs—in which the star, Greek Key sun, and triangular figures predominate and more often than not using two shades of one color, or black and white rather than a combination of bright colors that were popular with most other tribes.
Although during ceremonies and dances their costumes were quite elaborate, when on hunts or at war, the braves stripped to breechcloth and moccasins, seldom wearing feathers in their shoulder-length hair but wrapping turban-like strips of cloth or buckskin about their heads. Their moccasins were very different from those of other Indians, being knee-high, or nearly so with upturned toes and stiff soles —often with an ornamental toe-tab.
The only exceptions to this type of footwear were the moccasins of the Jicarillos who used low-cut moccasins, but with the upturned toes, and who wore fringed leather-leggings and had long hair often in braids like those of other plains tribes.
When “dressed up”, these various so-called Apaches wore fringed and beaded buckskin shirts and leather caps, or hats, decorated with painted designs and varying from skull-caps to high hats similar in form to the “shakos” of oldtime soldiers. More often than not these had long “tails” of scalloped and decorated leather, and had plumes or tufts of feathers, scalp locks, etc., at the top of the cap. At times horns of antelope, deer, buffalo or cattle were attached to the sides of the headdress. The familiar feather bonnet of the other plains tribes was never used as a part of the Apache costume, except when it had been taken from a slain enemy, and was donned as a trophy on special occasions.
All of these tribes had innumerable dances and ceremonials, the “devil dances” being the most popular. During these, the Indians wore huge grotesque painted headdresses and masks. They had many medicine-cults and secret societies, and were greatly addicted to the use of charms, amulets, fetishes, etc. Among such, were shells supposed to prevent illness, and figures cut and carved from trees that had been struck by lightning—the latter were believed to be safeguards against lightning.
Although among the first of our western tribes to obtain and use firearms, they were also among the last to abandon bows and arrows. Their bows were rectangular in section, rather short and broad, and were very powerful being reinforced by sinews glued to the wood. The arrows were of two types: one with a long shaft of cane with false wooden fore-shaft tipped with a stone or metal point. The other form had a short heavy wooden shaft. Sometimes the arrows were feathered, but many had no feathers and were so crooked that it seems almost a miracle that they ever should have hit the mark. Accuracy, however, was not vitally important, for most of the fighting was done at close quarters—where penetration and killing-power were more essential than accuracy.
In addition to bows and arrows, they used lances and war-clubs of various designs. Some clubs were wooden, but the favorite type was a stone-headed skull-cracker, attached to the half by a short thong so that the stone head swung freely from the handle.
For killing small game, such as rabbits, these Indians—as well as many others of the Southwest—employed a form of boomerang. They were not so abruptly curved as the Australians’ weapons, and did not return to the thrower; but they could be thrown with great force, and with remarkable accuracy by the Indians. Although “horse Indians”, the majority of the “Apaches” were not such splendid riders as the Comanches, Sioux, Cheyennes and other plains tribes, and were notoriously cruel to their ponies—or perhaps regardless of their ponies’ welfare is a fairer way of putting it.
IN ADDITION to the Coyoteros, Chiricahuas, Tontos, and other tribes classed as “Apaches”, there were many totally different Indians in our Southwest. Among these were the Lipans, the Kiowa-Apaches, the Pimas and Yumas, the Papagos, the Mohaves, Cahitas, Mayos, Arivaipai, Havasupai, and others. All, or nearly all, of these were often called “Apaches” by the whites—for, to the average white settler, any Indian with a rag about his short hair, and wearing high moccasins with upturned toes, was an Apache and a hostile.
Many of the tribes I have named were perfectly peaceful and friendly, while others were warlike and enemies of the whites—as well as of other tribes. Among these were the Lipans, or Naizan as they called themselves, who caused a great deal of trouble on both sides of the border. Pure nomads, they originally inhabited New Mexicoand northern Mexico from the Rio Grande through Texas to the Gulf- coast. They were feared and dreaded for their depredations in Texas as well as in Mexico, and from 1845 until 1856 they were constantly at war with the Texans until finally driven off with heavy losses.
Taking refuge in Coahuila, Mexico, they joined the Kickapoos and raided, destroyed, and killed over a wide area. Eventually, having been reduced to a small remnant by their losses in warfare, and by smallpox, the nineteen known survivors returned to the United States in 1905, and were placed on the Mescalero reservation together with a few of the tribe who had remained in the States. They took readily to civilization and farming, but it is doubtful if a pure-blooded Lipan is alive today.
Another of these Southwestern tribes were the Yumas or Kwichans, who inhabited both sides of the Colorado River, They were a superior race physically, and when need arose they were most savage and valiant fighters; but they were not warlike, and dwelt in permanent villages and cultivated crops of fruits and vegetables. Although often included among the “Apaches”, the Yumas were never troublesome to the whites. Still other Southwestern tribes were the Pimas and Papagos, both of the same ancestral stock but differing greatly in many respects. Peaceful, agricultural people the Pimas gave no trouble, and are famed for their beautifully-woven baskets that are considered among the finest and best of all Indian baskets.
The Papagos or “Papah-Ootum” meaning “Bean People” originally inhabited Arizona in the vicinity of Tucson and southward into Sonora, Mexico. They subsisted by agriculture, their main crops being maize, beans, and cotton which they irrigated. But many wild plants were eaten, the most important being the mesquite beans and the fruits of cacti which were made into syrup and also into an alcoholic liquor. Nowadays they cultivate large fields of barley, and are also stock-raisers. Many of the men are employed as section-hands on railways or work on irrigation systems. They are a dark-skinned race, tall and hardy, industrious and honest and have always been friendly.
Very different were the Arivaipais, probably the most incongruously-named of all Indians, for their own name is “Ari-vapa” meaning “Girls”, although they were a very warlike and usually hostile tribe dwelling in the Arivaipa Canyon of Arizona, and usually included among the “Apaches”. The surviving members of the tribe are now on the San Carlos and FortApache reservations, and are peaceful ranchers and farmers.
Totally unlike the Arivaipais were the Havasupai or “People of the sky-blue Water” who were also of Yuma stock, and lived in the CataractCanyonof the Colorado in northwestern Arizona. Originally pueblo-builders with permanent adobe villages, they were so subject to enemy raids that they took to the almost-inaccessible mountains, where they dwelt in caves during the winter, and in wattled huts during the summer. They were, and are, a very quiet, peaceful, sedentary tribe of agricultural Indians. They make superior baskets, and are famous for the high quality of their tanned buckskin but have never made good pottery, obtaining what they need by trading with the Hopis and other Pueblo Indians.
LARGEST and most warlike of all the Yuman tribes were the Mohaves, who inhabited both sides of the Rio Grande. Physically they are a very superior race and were famed for the elaborate painting of their bodies. Tattooing was universal among them, but was restricted to small areas. Although primarily agricultural and dwelling in square houses with low walls and flat roofs of brush covered with sand, yet they were savage fighters in defense of their lands and homes, and were frequently at war with the whites—who included them among the so-called Apaches.
Still another of these “Apache” tribes was the Kiowa-Apache, or “Na-i-shan-dina" meaning "We (or our) People”. Known to the Pawnees as the “Kaskaia” or “Bad Hearts” and to the Kiowas as the “Senat” or “Thieves” they were confused with both the true Kiowas and the “Apaches” by the whites although they are distinct from either, with a different language and customs. They have no relationship with the true “Apache” tribes, and had never even heard of the latter until about 1800. Although they became friendly with the Mescaleros, they were their most bitter foes for many years, but allied themselves with the true Kiowas.
Like the latter, their original home was in the northwest plains area, and they are of Shoshonean stock. Although allied with the Kiowas for mutual protection, and on friendly terms with the Mescaleros, they caused little trouble as a tribe and have been friendly with the whites since 1874.
Although, in the minds of most persons, the “Apaches” were the last word when it came to fiercely-fighting Indians, and enemies of the whites, yet the Kiowas and the Comanches were more feared and caused more deaths and destruction than the Apaches proper.
In the beginning, the Kiowas were peacefully-inclined toward their white neighbors, but they soon realized that it was a question of being exterminated or of wiping out the whites; they did their level best to accomplish the latter. It is true that they failed to eliminate the whites, but the most authentic and reliable statistics prove that, in proportion to their numbers, the Kiowas killed more white persons than any one other tribe. Of a distinct linguistic stock, related to the Shoshones, the Kiowas’ original home was the area of the upper Missouri and YellowstoneRivers. For some reason, they migrated southward to the region of the Arkansasand CanadianRiversin Kansas and Colorado, and controlled large areas of Texas and eastern Arizona and raided as far south as Durango, Mexico.
Until 1840, they were allies of the Crows, and enemies of the Cheyennes, and the Arapahos, but later made peace and became allies of the latter tribes. Once having found by bitter experience that friendliness with the whites resulted only in their undoing, they carried on a relentless war throughout the entire area. Fearless and valiant fighters, and splendid riders, they became famed for their ferocity and were deemed the most bloodthirsty of all the western Indians by both whites and the other tribes.
Their first treaty with the whites was signed in 1837 and they were placed on a reservation with some Kiowa-Apaches and some other “Apache” bands. Old quarrels and enmities resulted in the breaking of promises, and ill-treatment by the Indian agents led to discontent and trouble. In 1874 they left the reservation and, joining the Comanches, went on the warpath. But despite their fighting abilities they  were doomed. Large numbers of their warriors were killed in battle, and over 300 died from an epidemic of measles. Having finally signed a lasting treaty of peace, the survivors settled on lands allotted to them and took to farming and ranching.
ALTHOUGH the Comanche war never attracted public attention to the extent of the Apache wars, yet in many ways it was a more disastrous war than our campaigns against the latter. As was the case with the “Apaches”, the whites applied the name “Comanche” to several tribes or bands forming a confederacy somewhat like that of the Dakotas.
Among the most important of these were the Yamarikasor “Root Eaters”, the Kutsptekas or “Buffalo Eaters”, the Kuahadies or “Antelope Eaters”, the Penetakas or “Honey Eaters”, and the Hokomies or “Wanderers”. All were, like the Kiowas, of Shoshonean stock and are considered offshoots of the true Shoshones of Wyoming, Both tribes speak the same dialect, and until quite recent times the two tribes were affiliated. Moreover, the traditions of the Comanches state that their original home was in the far Northwest.
During the early part of the Nineteenth Century they roamed over much of Kansas, Colorado, Texas, and Oklahoma. As a rule they were friendly and peaceful toward the Americans, but were bitter enemies of the Mexicans with whom they waged constant warfare for nearly two hundred years, raiding deeply into Mexico. When the Texans declared their independence and fought with the Mexicans, the Comanches took sides with the Americans; regardless of this the Texans took possession of the Comanches’ best lands, and drove off the Indians who then added the Texans to their enemy list. For nearly forty years they waged war with the whites. Although their first treaty was signed in 1835, it was not until 1874-75 that, with the Kiowas and Kiowa-Apaches, the Comanches settled on a reservation between the Red and WashitaRiversin Oklahoma.
Despite the fact that they actually were a rather small tribe, by comparison with the Dakotas, the Cheyennes, and others, the speed of their movements, and the long distances between their raids, gave the impression of having far more warriors than actually was the case.
Regarded as the finest of all Indian cavalry, and possessing a great knowledge of military strategy, they struck swiftly, suddenly, where least expected, and disappeared before the surprised settlers or soldiers could mount and give chase. Unlike the majority of the plains tribes, they did not have large fixed base-camps when at war, but moved—bag and baggage, from spot to spot. When too closely pressed, they would slip cross the border and play merry hell with the Mexicans for a change. When at last, with the signing of the treaty of 1874-75, the Comanche War came to an end, the tribe had become greatly reduced by smallpox, cholera, and losses of braves; it is very doubtful if over 1000 pure-blooded Comanches are now living.
Recklessly brave, proud, and famed as the finest horsemen of the plains, the Comanches were noted for their high sense of honor, their truthfulness, their steadfast friendships, and implacable hatreds. Their language, sonorous, rich, and less difficult to learn than most Indian dialects, has become the trade-talk or “lingua-franca” of the Southwest.
Unlike the Kiowas, who were inclined to be tall, lithe and splendidly-built, the Comanches as a rule, were of the rather short, stocky type with heavily-muscled chests and shoulders— and often with a stoop that gave the effect of a slight curvature of the spine. Both tribes were lighter in color than the average “Apaches” and, as might be expected from their racial affinities and origins, the habits, customs, crafts, and costumes of the two tribes more closely resembled those of the more northerly plains Indians than those of other southwestern tribes.
ALTHOUGH, like the majority of plains Indians, they discarded all garments other than breechcloth and moccasins when hunting or fighting, when at home they wore fringed and beautifully-beaded buckskin tunics and leggings, with moccasins of the conventional hard-soled, soft uppers type. Although at times—as at dances and ceremonials—they wore the usual plains Indians’ feather bonnet, they had numerous typical forms of headdresses of their own, and were partial to upstanding “roaches” of dyed hair and feathers. Caps of otter or other skin with the fur on, and with feather plumes and “tails”, were popular; frequently the entire headskin of an antelope, with horns intact and fringed and crowned with feathers, was worn.
When on the warpath, they usually contented themselves with a hair-plume of one or two eagle feathers at the back of the head. Before they possessed firearms, their weapons were lances—often fourteen to fifteen feet in length—war-clubs (stone-headed skull-crackers), and powerful, well-made double-curved bows and heavy, rather short arrows.
Both the Kiowas and Comanches were very fond of ceremonials and dances, their most attractive dance being the “Eagle dance”, in which the dancers carried wands edged with eagle feathers which they moved and swung about like wings, at the same time going through very graceful and intricate movements imitating an eagle about to take flight.
Although the Comanches are thoroughly civilized, they still keep up their old tribal dances—partly for their own pleasure and as ceremonies, and also as a drawing-card for tourists.

Kayo, Young Porcupine and Hope For Wildlife

$
0
0
Kayo, Young Porcupine and Hope For Wildlife
23 August 2014 - Kayo, our young dog encountered a porcupine about a week before these pictures. The result was but three quills in his lips. We had not seen the porcupine at that time or since until the dog was barking at something in the woodshed one Saturday. Gail investigated and yes, there was a porcupine there. She called 'Hope For Wildlife' an animal rescue facility—we planned and did visit them on their yearly open house the next day.
Within about two hours they had volunteers who removed this young rascal.

'Hope For Wildlife' has a Nationally televised TV show and is a recognized charity as well. Thank you so much for taking him away before Kayo met up with him again!


Five For One

$
0
0
This old novel should be available at the Lulu store in printed format soon/drf

Five for One
by Luke Allan
Published 1934

THE CHARACTERS
NATHAN HORNBAKER, broker.
JULIA HORNBAKER, his wife.
CLIFFORD CRINGAN, “artist,” Julia’s brother.
QUEENIE CRINGAN, his wife.
SHIRLEY CRINGAN, their daughter.
ROLAND LYSTER, alias Halton, alias Simpson, personal secretary to Hornbaker.
REDFERN, a private detective.
INSPECTOR STAYNER.
Gangsters:—
THE SKUNK, a Syrian perfume seller from Tunis.
BALDY.
TONI PENSA, alias Boitani.
DAGO GEORGE, alias Sydney.
FRENCHY, "Marius Rivaud ” at home in Banyuls-sur-Mer.
HUTTON, a faithful butler.
HANNAH, the Hornbaker cook.
Women of the Harem, a negro eunuch, etc.

Chapter I Prospects

PROSPECTS
The ornate façade of the opera house, record of an earlier taste in architecture, lifted itself with absurd arrogance above the ferment of the street. From a street-wall of heterogeneous ugliness it flashed a hundred pinnacles, a hundred bizarre projections and gaudy dimples that, before its recent restoration, had been chastened by the kindly hand of Time and a dirty city’s accretions.
During the past fortnight a score of workmen had swarmed over the capricious front, so that to-day pedestrians paused to slant a curious glance at it, and motor windows framed many an appraising face. The opera house had become once more the Opera House.
In the stream of pedestrians who stopped before the yawning entrance to exclaim were two men of unusual appearance. The taller, a broad-shouldered giant, straight as an arrow but developing a paunch, his large head smothered in a monstrous black hat, swung a ponderous hand theatrically toward a rising row of posters that blocked the doorway.
“After all,” he said, in the throaty voice of one whose voice is his living, “you have to hand it to Hornbaker. Whatever we think of the complete scheme, he has an idea now and then. Look at those bills. They do add a new touch. More harmonious, don't you think, Farruchi?”
His companion, a small man, almost drowned in a voluminous cape and slightly out of breath from keeping pace with his long-legged friend, sniffed.
“I don’t. Do you sing any the better for remembering that the old simple, straight lines of the posters of the day when music was appreciated, and the public knew where to get it, have been kicked aside for these sweeping curves and didoes by a gold-lined autocrat like Hornbaker? Do you, Solokoff?”
Solokoff chuckled. “It’s the gold lining that makes music profitable to you and me, Farruchi. Different age, different system.”
Something about it seemed to touch a raw spot in the little Italian. “Different age!” He snorted.
"I should say it is. A different public, dancing to the tune of a man like Hornbaker.”
Solokoff shook his head. “We just don’t understand energy as a part of art. We’re babies in the knack of reaching the public. And, after all, the public must be reached or we go hungry.”
Farruchi was not listening. “It’s'that damned puppy-dog of his, that Lyster fellow! I see red when he blathers that Oxfordaccent over me. Some day I'll blow up and—”
They passed along, Farruchi gesticulating violently his companion laughing.
A heavy truck, held up by the traffic, slid closer to the curb, and a shock of red hair appeared from beneath the ramshackle cab. The owner pointed.
“I say, Pat, I ain’t never noticed this place before.”
The man at the wheel tilted his head toward the gleaming pinnacles. “Ye show yer ign’rance, Bill. That’s the opery.” He lifted his shoulders. “Me and the missus is goin’ to-night. The missus she’s strong on music. Ye should hear her play the pianner. Something in music, ye know.”
Bill eyed him contemptuously. “Sure! Must be!” He pointed to the bills. “There’s fifteen bucks, I see. So that’s why you’ve cut out the nags—and things. Well, you are a sap!”
“No fifteen bucks for me, Bill. I ain’t seen a fiver in two years that wasn’t ear-marked by the missus. There’s a thousand seats in there at half a buck. Only the big guys pays the fifteen—so they can see the wigs and dresses on the stage, and smell the flowers, I guess. That’s one thing old Hornbaker did—he’s got a lot of cheap seats for guys like you and me. they do say he’ll lose a grand or two every night. I got to quit early to-night for a bath.”
Bill spat noisily. “All I see in it is wot you’d win with that buck on the nags at New Orleans or Tee Wanna. . . . But if I could get my fists on some of the di’muns and jools they’ll be wearin’ in them fifteen-buck seats!”
The traffic line started, the truck jerked forward. Three drifters idled along the pavement, their faces down-turned, but their uneasy eyes shifted from side to side. At the edge of the sidewalk before the opera house they grouped. The largest of the three leaned toward his companions, and the corner of his lips moved. Then, with a quick glance about, they moved along in their soundless way and were lost in the crowd.

Chapter II Stick 'Em Up

NATHAN HORNBAKER let his hands drop wearily from his white bow tie and stood for a moment staring at himself in the mirror. A smile crept slowly over his lips. It was not so very long, as memory went, since he purchased his first “swallow-tail,” and a hundred years would fail to dispel the wonder of his image in full dress, the mark, in those days back on the farm, of a gentleman of wealth and position.
Brought up at the verge of the northern woods, the isolation of the farm had left time to dream—dreams that were still real as ever, not one to be forgotten or even dimmed. Some of the dreams had come true, but their coming had served only to emphasize the tardiness of others. One other result—the order of their importance had altered. Materially he had outrun his wildest dreams, and now that he had it wealth was so immaterial.
Memory still ranging the years, he touched the white bow to greater symmetry and shrugged his shoulders to sense the comfortable cling of his coat. Wealth? Was it material to happiness? In his own mind all his happiness had come from other sources. A slight frown appeared for an instant on his forehead, and he shook his head irritably against the vagrant thoughts that had induced it. Why, for instance, didn’t someone invent an evening shirt that did not bulge at the sides? Why couldn’t his barber effect discipline in his unruly hair? He hated it short like that. So did Julia, but—
Dimly from somewhere in the rear downstairs came the tinkle of a bell, and unconsciously he started for the hall. This would be Clifford, Julia’s brother, and his family. Julia had asked them to a family dinner, from which they would go directly to the opera.
Hornbaker had reached the top of the stairs as Hutton, the butler, hurried through the lower hall. Unconsciously he waited, leaning his elbows on the railing. Julia appeared from the living-room—Julia in a new dress of hydrangea blue, a necklace of graduated diamonds sparkling against the white of her neck. Hornbaker forgot everything else. How beautiful she was! How exquisite in every line and movement! Except for those diamonds! In the surge of his first “killing” on the market he had grabbed them at an expensive jeweller’s and hurried them to her, striving to satisfy a craving—reward to a faithful, loving wife, as he rewarded everyone to whom he felt an obligation.
He shuddered, and one of his hands crept to a vest pocket to fondle a tissue-paper parcel. Only in a vague way did the scene in the hall below, apart from his wife, register in his mind.
Shirley Cringan, a beautiful girl of nineteen, entered first, the light reflected in soft waves from her freshly-dressed hair. In her hurry she almost collided with the staid Hutton, who grinned lovingly as she reached up to pat his cheek in passing. She threw her arms about Julia’s neck, all the time chattering excitedly.
Queenie, her mother, was next, even more twittery than Shirley, her pretty face awreath with excitement. Everyone called Queenie Cringan “pretty.” She failed to notice Hutton, who stood waiting for their wraps.
Clifford Cringan brought up the rear—Clifford ponderous, solemn, “arty.” He was more solemn than ever to-night or was it in contrast to wife and daughter?—more erect, more ponderous, looking his best in evening dress, though he insisted on a flowing black tie and huge black studs. “Art,” in Clifford Cringan’s creed, was indistinguishable from art.
The group remained for a time talking in the hall, Queenie and Shirley chattering at the same time, while Clifford stood apart in his superior way. Hornbaker was unconscious of anyone but Julia. How alike were aunt and niece, though outwardly Julia was all sweet dignity, Shirley reckless youth! But beneath the girl’s wild pursuit of excitement was, her uncle knew, a stratum of the same solid worth that made Julia what she was.
As the four in the lower hall turned toward the living-room, Julia glanced up the stairs. But her husband had already retired to the bedroom, the fingers of one hand still touching the package in his pocket. He would wait until they were settled.
He dropped into a chair and leaned his head on his hands. Through the woof of pleasant thoughts ran a warp of anxiety. To-night was opening night at the opera, the opera he was backing, backing with money, yes, but much more with hope. At the best the season would cost him a small fortune, but nothing mattered except that his faith in public taste should be justified. Did the public want real music, or had taste died with reading, and evenings at home, and modesty, and discipline, and respect for one’s elders, and business honesty? He did not think so—and he had had few important failures in his diagnoses of events.
His is mind wandered—it returned to the scene in the hall below. To his surprise, and somewhat to his consternation, he found he remembered every word they said. Shirley had spoken first:
"Oh, auntie, isn’t it wonderful?”
Julia had smiled and agreed that it appeared that way whatever it was.
"We’re going on a trip around the world!”
Julia’s smile had vanished, leaving her face still and cold. Slowly she had turned her searching eyes to Clifford, but her brother was intent on his flowing black tie before the hall mirror—oddly intent.
He must have felt her gaze, for he blustered an explanation:
"A stroke of luck—on the market.”
Julia had asked with telling calmness: “Short or long?" For Julia knew the market as her brother could never hope to know it; her husband had often marvelled at, as he was willing to profit from, her prescience.
"Urn—uh—now you’re asking,” Clifford replied, with clumsy mystery. “An amateur now and then strikes gold.”
"There are many ways of striking gold,” Julia retorted. And Hornbaker knew she was not deceived as to the source of the gold Clifford had struck. After all, helping Clifford was, in a way, something he could do for Julia.
Clifford, too, must have known his sister knew, for he continued to bluster: “My great opportunity. Stimulus—the urge of new schemes—colour—atmosphere—something at last to direct my brush—perhaps a new technique, who knows?”
“And the broadening influence of travel,” Julia added dryly.
Hornbaker rose and, taking another glance at himself in the mirror, started down the winding stairs. As he went he threw his shoulders back. Those gracefully curving stairs had fed another ambition, fulfilled another youthful dream. Once, as a lad, he had seen such a stairway pictured and had thrilled to its imposing immensity.
Rounding the last curve, he was able to look through the open door of the living-room, and his eyes alighted on the pair of black glass seals supporting glass balls on their uplifted noses that adorned either end of the carved stone mantel. Those seals, too, had ended a vague quest. The moment he had seen them in the window of a speciality shop he had ordered the chauffeur to stop and, paying a fantastic price, had tenderly brought them home. Only then did he realize that another dream was responsible. The seals recalled, in a dim way, the pair of celery glasses that had stood on the oak sideboard on the farm, each gaping mouth filled with a coloured glass ball.
With the passing years he found himself missing so much that had been neglected or scarcely noticed on the farm. It accounted for the purchase of the estate where he had built his house, twenty miles from his office. Twenty miles—tedious drive each morning, but at night the road to Paradise.
The fingers of his right hand still lingered in his vest pocket, and the smile so often misunderstood by his enemies and loved by his friends twisted his hard-bitten face. At his entrance the group in the living room looked up.
"I'm sorry,” he murmured. For a moment he thought of excusing himself by delay at the office, but it would not be the truth. “I hope, my dear,” to Julia, "the duck won’t be ruined. Hello, Queenie! Looking your best—as usual. I hope you’ll enjoy The Barber of Sevilleto-night, Clifford. Shirley, I don't see why you don’t wear more of that—apricot.”
A glow suffused him as he realized that, after a moment's panic, he had named the colour correctly.
"It’s for your sake, Uncle Nathan,” Shirley replied. “The Cringans have to live up to the patron of the opera to-night.” She kissed him, as she always did when they met. “The women in your box daren’t be outshone. We’ll place Aunt Julia in front to dazzle them. Just the same,” touching her aunt’s cheek lovingly, “it’s a shame to blind them to her other beauties by that blaze.”
Hornbaker winced. “Where’s Lyster?” he asked.
“Probably pressing the suit you just took off,” the girl said, making a wry face, “or—”
"If you had as important a job as Lyster, my girl,” her uncle broke in. He eyed her so intently that she turned away. “As a matter of fact, I suppose I am to blame—but in a quite different way.”
“I called to him as I came down,” Julia said. “He had just started to dress.”
Hornbaker heard the slight note of rebuke in his wife’s voice. “I didn’t intend he should finish that work to-night—”
The curtains parted and a young man entered the room. Hornbaker broke off what he was about to say and turned to the doorway. If only he could wear evening dress as did Lyster! The young man looked so much at home; his shirts never seemed to bulge, his collars to scratch, his hands to be in the way. Queenie Cringan rushed forward.
“Oh, Mr. Lyster, we must have a long talk, a long, long talk. We want to know all about Europe. We’re going on a trip, around the world most likely.”
Lyster smiled ever so little. “I’m afraid I’m not the traveller you think me. Apart from a few early years in India, I’ve seen only Italy, France, and Switzerland, with a flying trip to Berlin. I—”
“But you can tell us so much—so much we ought to know—to save time.”
“—and money,” Shirley put in. “There’s a fairy somewhere for the Cringans, but there must be a limit. Don’t you think we’d better wait, mumsie? You might call on Mr. Lyster at his office—with uncle’s consent. Or he might come along as courier—if the fairy’s good for that expense too. In fact, being courier to new-rich, like the Cringans, might be a profitable profession for a young man. Of course, it would be a real profession—and hard work.”
Lyster’s face flushed, and his lips parted as if to speak, but he said nothing.
Hornbaker said: “I find him too useful to lend him for any such purpose, Shirley,” and the subject dropped. But something of the atmosphere the girl’s words had created remained.
Roland Lyster showed it most, and that in itself made it the more apparent, for Lyster, until Shirley spoke, had looked the cool, composed, self-reliant young man Nathan Hornbaker—and everyone else but Shirley Cringan—knew him. With the long, lean, unemotional face of the travelled, educated Englishman, he conveyed an impression of restrained capacity, of unruffled poise in emergency, a man who had proved himself under trying conditions.
Born in India, his father an officer in the Indian Army, he had been carried off to Englandby his mother “to be educated.” But the boy soon discovered that his education, so far as it concerned his mother, ceased with his disposal in a Public School; it was one of the first things he learned. Thereafter his mother, far from being a guardian, became a care. The discovery had developed a cynicism difficult to conceal. In no slight degree it left its lines in his face.
Misfortune had pursued him. During his final year at Oxfordhis father had retired from the Service and, driven by his pleasure-loving wife, had pledged his pension to the limit and promptly lost it. Everything, including the market, had turned against him.
And so the son, emerging with a blank future but only the more determined, had struck out for himself. Within a week he was on his way to the United States with a small heritage left by a grandmother, and after a year’s business training in the new land, during which he discarded most of what he had acquired at Oxfordexcept diction, had presented himself at the office of the big broker, Nathan Hornbaker.
Nathan Hornbaker had received him, as he received everyone but pretenders, affably, curiously, analytically. Human nature was a study to him.
Perhaps it was the “accent” did it. Certainly the cultured, restrained intonation had touched a receptive chord in the hungry man, had woven subtly into the dreams that lingered from his youth back on the farm. In a few casual-sounding questions he had drawn aside the veil Lyster had dropped in the last year over his wide culture, his quick mind, his interest in art and music.
And the big broker, though he had a fairly suitable secretary, had found a place for the transplanted Englishman much more intimate than an office secretary, for in some way Lyster seemed to show the way to the fulfilment of dreams infinitely more important than those that had come to fruition through his own efforts. The new assistant was an authority on subjects Hornbaker had no time to master, and in his new employee he saw a windbreak against the cavillings and selfishness of adepts in the arts he revered but did not understand.
“You needn’t have worked late to-night, Lyster,” he said.
Lyster’s reply, his apology, was to Julia: “ I hope I’m not late. I’m afraid I lost track of time.” The blame was solely his own.
Julia smiled on him affectionately. “We’re short-staffed to-night, and I’m worrying for fear we’ll be late anyway. Since we were going to be out all the evening we let all but Hannah and Hutton go for the night.” She looked at a minute watch set in a ring. “If we get away by eight we’re all right.”
“The last minute grand entry,” Shirley laughed.
"With Aunt Julia’s diamonds and dad’s tie to lead the way we’ll—”
"Shirley!” her mother chided, while Clifford Cringan tried to look only contemptuous and superior.
Shirley grinned. “If only I weren’t too big to spank!”
"The man who invented evening dress, so-called—” her father began.
"Was thinking only of Mr. Lyster,” Shirley said. But she said it too low for that young man to hear; he had been button-holed by Queenie and led away to a chatter of questions about Europe.
Shirley and her father joined them, and Hornbaker, with an inviting glance at Julia, disappeared behind a bank of ferns in the window. There, in the curving window-seat, he drew her down beside him. The voices of the others reached them distantly.
"You think I work Lyster too hard?” he questioned, a little hurt.
She nestled back against his shoulder and reached up to pat his cheek. “Work is good for youth—and he likes it. My one worry is that Hannah may be tardy with dinner. And,” she laughed, “the Hornbakers are part of the show to-night.” Unconsciously her hand went up to the diamond necklace.
Nathan Hornbaker shifted uneasily. “Does it—hurt dear? Those sharp points—”
"Not a bit. Anyway, it’s a small price to pay for such magnificence.” She looked down at her ring-laden hands. “I never wore so much jewellery before. But then, there never was a night like this.”
Her husband was not deceived. He knew, had known it from the first, that Julia was not happy about that necklace. He had bought it in the days when his gropings were more clumsy than to-day, time had revalued the necklace in his mind.
“Let me, dear.” He unfastened the safety clasp and gathering the necklace in his hand, slid it into a vest pocket.
She turned to him, wondering. Something crackled in another vest pocket, and he firmly turned her face away, while his awkward hands fumbled at the back of her neck and something exquisitely cold dropped on her chest.
“There!”
She opened a dainty blue and white enamelled compact and stared into the little mirror.
“Oh, Nathan!”
A gleam of molten gold, of xanthic fire, nestled into the V of her evening gown. She gasped. Hornbaker stared at his finger-nails.
“For—me, Nathan?”
He chuckled. “I’m just trying it out for the other woman."
“But where—where did you get it?”
London. The same old place.”
“Then you've carried it all these months!” The eyes she turned on him were wet with tears. What a son he would have had, if Luck had been kind!
No, I’m no hoarder. I bought it from a photograph. It came only last week. That place has never let me down. I don’t think it did this time, do you?"
For answer she caught his face in her hands and kissed him on the lips, a demonstration that made him flush and tingle. Julia was always so quiet in her affections.
Hutton appeared in the doorway and announced dinner.
As the others stepped aside to make way for Julia, the fire of the new jewel seemed to fill the room with a lambent flame. Shirley darted forward.
“Oh—oh, Aunt Julia!” She turned the stone tenderly to the light. “A canary diamond!”
“They describe it as more than a century old,” Hornbaker said modestly, but his veins had not ceased to tingle. “Eh, Lyster?”
“It’s exquisite.” Lyster leaned nearer. “I should say the cutting is perfect, and shape and colour. The Roman chain, at least, is ancient. But the sparkle—no, the glow!” He swung his head about, as if observing an emanation. “Like a gossamer veil over molten gold—the stored fire of a million years of darkness, the treasured brilliance of a century of light. It—”
“Bought with a rich man’s thousands,” Cringan murmured coldly, fingering his flowing tie and not even looking at the jewel.
“As for me,” Queenie broke in quickly, “give me the other necklace. One could at least pawn it in bits. Only another Nathan Hornbaker could take a stone like this off my hands when I had to sell.” She giggled.
The awkward silence that followed was broken by Lyster:
“The things one wants must be paid for. My mother had an amethyst no larger than you see in the five-and-tens at fifty cents, yet it was—well, worth half a year at Oxford. That little word colour!”
“Your mother did that?” Hornbaker had managed to piece together a fair picture of Lyster’s mother. “She sold it to send you to college?”
"She sold it,” Lyster said, and stepped back.
They were in the dining-room. Soft light from half a dozen candles in Sheffield-plate candlesticks and several wooden sconces accentuated the gleam of silver and white napery. A great silver bowl, in which floated white water-lilies, centred the mahogany table. Shirley drew an audible breath of delight, and Hornbaker, hearing it, smiled lovingly on his’ wife, and his eye caught once more the glow of the canary diamond.
He had never felt so contented.
Hutton moved inconspicuously about the table. He was a short, thick-set man, with stooping but broad shoulders and surprisingly slender hands. He had been with the Hornbakers since the house was built, engaged by Nathan as a new conception of his obligations to his wife. Julia had not thought of a butler, for her tastes were simple, had not, indeed, wished one, and her husband’s inability to explain introduced for several months a strange and uncomfortable embarrassment concerning discussions of staff.
In that time Hutton had justified himself, a source of never-ending satisfaction to his employer.
As the butler passed behind Shirley’s chair she lifted her face to him and smiled, and Hutton’s round cheeks flushed with pleasure. He always felt that he had much to do with the girl’s upbringing, though it had consisted of little more than devotion and defence in her many escapades.
Cringan was discussing the coming season of opera:
“It’s a big risk, Nathan. It’s not even that: it’s certain loss—a tremendous hand-out before it’s over.” He shook his leonine head, so that a lock of hair fell over one eye. “The world has got away from opera. It’s got away from real art of any kind. All it thinks of is automatic control, liquor legislation, and the day’s markets, and that—”
“It’s the market got us this trip, Clifford,” Queenie reminded him.
Her husband coughed and started a new sentence:
“Any attempt to bring the world back to culture, to—to spirituality in these days should be tackled only after much consideration. It’s so easy to waste good money on misdirected effort.”
“Then you think opera—music—misdirected effort,” Hornbaker remarked idly. Clifford’s opinions counted little with his friends.
“The money might be spent more—judiciously.”
Hornbaker smiled. “As Lyster says, the things one wants must be paid for.”
“Mr. Lyster,” said Shirley, her eyes on her plate, “is a whole library of aphorisms and quotations.”
Hornbaker glanced at Lyster, expecting a retort, but none came. Somewhat irritated by the young man’s silence under Shirley’s goading, he said: “A good memory, if one has read, saves a lot of talk, Shirley.”
Lyster found his tongue. “Perhaps I should credit my quotations for Miss Cringan’s benefit—or put them in quotation marks.”
Shirley shot him an angry glance, but before she could reply her father was away again:
“Fifty thousand—that’s what it’s likely to cost you—fifty thousand that might be expended on more permanent results. To-night a lot of expensive artists open their throats—and to-morrow the public has forgotten. Don’t misunderstand me, Nathan—”
“We don’t, Clifford,” Julia broke in dryly. “Help yourself to the olives, or shall I call Hutton?”
She turned to Lyster and the two commenced to talk. Hornbaker dimly heard his brother-in-law elaborate his pet theme. Art was painting, always painting, and nothing else—pictures, as he said, that would always be in sight, impossible to forget like the best of singing. Hornbaker was thinking more of his wife and Lyster.
They had so much in common, those two. Nothing so justified his precipitancy in engaging the young man, nothing so endeared Lyster to him. Endlessly Julia and Lyster could talk, touching with light grace but deep intelligence subjects on which Hornbaker knew himself so ignorant. Endlessly he was content to listen, basking in cleverly turned phrases and glints of unexpected insight. He did not realize that his very appreciation ranked him higher than his own estimate of himself.
Clifford ranted on. Queenie and Shirley broke into spasms of discussion centring on the contemplated trip, but for the most part the girl was silent. Hutton entered with the dessert, a half melon rounded out with pistachio ice, and departed.
“Utilize the same money in encouraging art that lasts,” Clifford declaimed, “and watch the results.”
“I try it now and then,” Hornbaker replied, with the first note of sharpness. He had tried it so often with Clifford that he was losing hope, and that meant losing faith in himself.
Julia looked at her watch. “We must hurry. Shall we have the coffee here?” She pressed the electric button with her toe.
For several moments there was no response, then an inexplicable flurry of noise from the butler’s pantry, and the door flew open, banging against the rubber stop. They all looked up, Julia turning protestingly in her chair. Four strange men poured into the room. They were masked. They carried guns.
“Stick ’em up!” ordered one, “and make it snappy!”

Chapter III The Murder

For a moment or two the group about the table sat transfixed. Hornbaker moved first. With flashing eyes he rose, sweeping the chair back with his knees.
“What does this mean?”
The one who had spoken, smallest of the four, wearing a red mask, came round the table, gun levelled. “Whadyu think? You got brains. Use ’em. We mean business.”
Hornbaker’s fury was at fever heat, but, though he did not look at her, he felt Julia’s eyes pleading with him, and slowly he sat down.
“What do you want?”
“Put your hands on the table, all of you, and keep ’em there.”
Queenie Cringan only partly stifled a scream, and Lyster, seizing her hand, drew it up on the table with his own.
“That’s better. Th’ ain’t no use kickin’. We got the staff tied, and four more pals out there. Now empty yer pockets, and no monkey-work.”
Clifford Cringan set about obeying with such haste that he could scarcely find his pockets. His usually ruddy face was white and scared. His nervous fussiness drew the attention of the four robbers as he produced two handkerchiefs, a solitary dollar bill, a few pieces of small silver, a quill toothpick, half a dozen business cards of unrecognizable origin, and a small silver cigarette case. A dusky-skinned robber ran expert hands over Cringan’s body, and added to the pile a tiny lucky elephant in rose quartz. Cringan breathed heavily; he looked ready to cry.
“You don’t—want that,” he whined.
The robber examined it curiously through the holes in his mask.
“Bah! ” he snarled, and hurled it with all his might on the nearest plate, where it shattered itself and the plate.
Shirley’s eyes flashed. “You’re a brute, as well as a burglar!” she cried out.
“Oh, I am, am I?” The robber started round the table toward her, but one of his companions, a man with an odd fringe of grey hair protruding round his cap, blocked the way.
“Aw, get along with the job,” he growled.
The gang spread about the table. The one with the grey fringe passed behind Julia’s chair toward Lyster. As he rounded the corner he wheeled abruptly, and his head went forward. The flash of the canary diamond had caught his eye. With a whistling breath he bent over Julia, covering the gem with one large hand, while with the other he released the snap at the back of her neck. The diamond cupped in his hand, he stepped away, his back to the table, and beneath one of the sconces stared down on it. Then his hand disappeared in his pocket. But when he turned back to the table a new light was in his eyes.
His comrades paid little attention. The one in the red mask stood over Hornbaker, and another had passed on to Queenie. The fourth, a big, bull-necked man, who had thus far kept in the background, moved silently around Julia. He seemed to be taking little interest in the affair. But suddenly he sprang forward to clutch Lyster’s arms in his powerful hands.
“No, you don’t.” For one of Lyster’s hands had crept dangerously close to a heavy candlestick.
Lyster, taken by surprise, did not struggle. His arms were jerked behind him and tied, and his assailant lifted him to his feet, dragged him to the wall, and there bound him to a heavy chair.
Shirley looked on, at first with surprise, then with curling lip. “There are two glass seals in the other room,” she sneered. “Look out for them too.”
The nearest robber glared down on her.
“You dames, yer all the same,” he growled. “That guy’s the only dangerous thing in this house—and he’s damned lucky he wasn’t drilled.” He strode to where Lyster was bound helplessly and, jerking a handkerchief from the young man’s pocket, bound it over his eyes. “You seen them eyes, my gal. Well, we ain’t takin’ no chances—Smarty.”
The larger robber who had leaped on Lyster had withdrawn, but his eyes missed nothing. One of his mates unfastened from Queenie’s neck a string of pearls and tossed it on the table.
“Woolworth’s!” he snorted. “And they done you then.”
The red mask had returned to Hornbaker’s side. As he felt at the latter’s pockets Hornbaker made an angry move, only to be prodded to submission by the gun.
“A move from you and it’s all over. Put them hands on the table.”
Hornbaker obeyed slowly, his fists clenching and unclenching, his face almost purple with restrained fury. Julia pleaded with him:
“What does it matter, Nathan? Let them finish and go.”
Cringan whined: “Yes, yes. They’ll shoot us all. Let them have all they want.”
“Yer right. Some sense in that.”
The robber lifted his gun and fired, and a beautiful cloisonne vase dropped from the mantel to the floor. Queenie screamed and pressed her hands to her eyes.
Shirley glared her contempt. “So spectacular, so brave—but such a waste of powder.”
The robber took a furious step toward her, but as Hornbaker made a move to rise he turned back with pointing gun. In a moment his prying hands found the diamond necklace. A single glance, and he tried to hide it negligently in his pocket, but in four strides his larger companion, who held himself so retired but so intent, swept round the table, jerked the necklace from his hand, and held it aloft with a delighted chuckle.
“That isn’t of any value to you,” Hornbaker warned. “You can’t sell it. The larger stones are photographed and on record. No one would dare buy them. Besides, they’re insured, and they’ll be advertised immediately.”
“Zat so?” jeered the one in the red mask.
“But,” Hornbaker offered, “if you want them, with no danger to yourselves, give back the stone my wife was wearing.”
The jeer was repeated, more loudly than before, and the small robber in the red mask stepped to the wall and switched on the centre chandelier. For several moments the pair stood appraising the stones. An amethyst necklace was taken from Shirley’s neck and two rings from her mother, while the large robber went through Lyster’s pockets. Having cleaned them out, he turned and nodded peremptorily toward the hall. The one in the red mask tapped Hornbaker on the shoulder with his gun.
“Now, you, we’ll go upstairs.”
Hornbaker looked at the French clock on the mantel. "I'll make it worth your while to go now. I must be in the city in an hour or so.”
“Oh, yeah? Don’t we know it? By God, I wish we could lay our hands on the women that’ll be loaded with sparklers at that opera to-night. Now, trot,” as the silent leader made an impatient movement of his head.
A look from Julia started Hornbaker for the hall, the red mask ahead, the big leader bringing up the rear. One of the pair left on guard in the dining-room helped himself to a cigar from a silver box and seated himself at the end of the room. The one with the fringe of grey hair leaned dreamily against the wall, finger and thumb caught in the pocket where he had dropped the canary diamond.
In fifteen minutes the three who had gone upstairs returned. Lyster was released from the chair, his arms still bound, and the whole group started toward the kitchen.
"We’ve just begun,” the one in the red mask, who did most of the talking, announced. “We’re goin’ downstairs.”
Nathan and Julia exchanged a quick glance. The robber must have seen it, for he laughed.
“Sure thing. We know you rich guys. There’s a vault or somethin’ somewheres down there.”
Hornbaker pleaded that they take him and leave the others where they were, but a painful poke with the end of a gun closed his lips.
“You git talky,” threatened the red mask, “and it’ll just cost a bullet.”
Julia, head high, started for the kitchen. The lights were all on in pantry and kitchen, and in the latter room they found Hannah, the cook, and Hutton bound and guarded by another of the gang. At sight of them Hannah broke into wailing protest, but Hutton hung his head.
The man in the red mask led down the basement steps, turned to the right and passed through two or three thick brick arches. As he went he switched on the lights.
Hornbaker was thinking. With the first spasm of fury spent, he realized that an injudicious move might result in tragedy for them all. After all, what did a few thousands mean to him? There was, of course, the canary diamond, and his heart sank as he thought of it. But if they came through the adventure unscathed. There was the vault, too; but even that—          
He knew the vault would be found, and in a few seconds they stood before the great steel door at the darkest corner of the basement, the light gleaming from its chromium-plated lock. He was thrust forward.
“Open it, damn you!”
Hornbaker hesitated. Every instinct was for delay, but it could avail nothing.
“My small stock of wines can't be worth all this,” he protested. “You can't carry much of it away, and you’ve a thousand times its value already.”
The big leader caught his shoulder and flung him at the vault, and Hornbaker set to work. As the heavy door swung open the leader flashed a pocket light into the black hole and entered. The one in the red mask crowded close behind.
The leader wheeled on him. “Get out!” he snarled.
“Oh, yeah?” The other held his ground.
They glared at each other through their masks, then, with a laugh and a fling of his great hand, the leader went into the vault. He did not go alone.
The group outside heard them moving about—rattle of bottles and papers and boxes. Presently they emerged, each bearing a heavy sack.
“Some vault!” exulted the one in the red mask.
Shirley made a contemptuous sound with her lips. “Some job! Five of you—with a whole battery of guns—and you’re all so frightened you’d run if anyone said 'boo!’”
The red mask pushed into her face. “You say ‘boo,’ miss, just try it.” His gun covered her heart.
Shirley did not flinch, but she only smiled and lifted her hands with a scornful gesture.
In the movement the light caught the facet of a ring she had managed to conceal by clenching her fists. The robber grabbed it and, with a wrench, tore it off. Shirley uttered a cry and a trickle of blood ran down her fingers over her palm.
With a bellow of rage Hutton, bound as he was, flung himself headlong at the robber and sent him hurtling against the brick wall. The latter turned as he lay and fired, and Hutton, without a murmur, crumpled to the floor and lay still.
Hornbaker took a quick step forward, but the gun was turned on him. Julia stepped between.
But the robber with the fringe of grey hair intercepted her. “Cut that out, you fool!” he hurled at his threatening companion. He held his own gun ready. “You’re just a damned brute, like the girl said!” He bent over the dead butler. “You sure done it this time.”
The brute’s spirit had died, the bravado that had made him the most hateful and dangerous of the five. “You seen what he done,” he snarled.
“And you earned it.” The other turned his back.
“Hurt you much, miss?”
But Shirley was on her knees beside the dead butler. “Hutton, Hutton, you aren’t—” She read the tragedy in the white face and twisted body, and with a low sob she covered her face with her hands.
The burly leader stepped forward and lifted her to her feet.
“Get in there,” he ordered, “all of you,” pointing to the vault.
Hornbaker’s eyes widened. “You can’t—do that.”
The red-masked bully pushed up to him, eager to reinstate himself.
“We can’t, eh? Well, we’re doin’ just that.” He charged into Hornbaker, knocking him into the vault. The others were herded after him.
“But you can’t leave us in here,” Hornbaker protested. “We’ll smother!”
“Aw, shut up! We’ll telephone the police.”
The door clanged shut on an awful darkness, the bolts rattled into their sockets.

Chapter IV PANIC

It was dark in the vault, dark with the horrible dank earthiness of the grave. For several breaths they stood still, seven panic-stricken human beings pressed against one another. Suddenly someone stirred. Clifford Cringan screamed.
“I’m smothering! I’m smothering!” He fought toward the door, clawing at his throat.
“Clifford!” Julia’s stern voice rang through the darkness, and Clifford, always afraid of his sister, subsided.
Hannah’s voice broke out in a low, quavering mumble: “My God! Oh, my God! Oh, my God!” It was terrifying.
“Do you believe in Him?” Hornbaker asked. “Then don’t be a whiner.”
Shirley cleared her throat composedly. “Now we've got rid of them, let’s all be comfortable. Mr. Lyster can’t play the hero with his hands tied.”
Her uncle felt his way toward Lyster. “Sometimes I wish I was your father, Shirley.”
“My apologies,” she said, with a short laugh. “Perhaps he wasn’t a hero, after all.” Abruptly her manner changed. “Poor Hutton!”
“And he died for you,” Hornbaker reminded her. “You infuriated them with your—”
She cut him short with a cry of horror. “Oh—Uncle—Nathan!” A sob was stifled in her throat.
“I'm sorry, Shirley,” Hornbaker apologized. “We must keep our sense of proportion—now, particularly.”
Julia touched his arm. “Don't worry, Nathan. The police will know in time.”
Cringan wailed: “They won’t tell them—they won't tell them! They daren't! We’ll all be smothered to death in a few minutes!”
“We will, daddy, if you keep on breathing so hard,” Shirley said. “You're using more than your share. I can hear you—I can't hear much else. What did they take away in the sacks, uncle?”
“The family plate, I suppose. The gold plate we haven't had much chance to use. . . . And a bit of loot I kept there.”
Only Julia, besides himself, was aware that the “loot” was some fifty thousand dollars in gold and banknotes Hornbaker kept on hand to facilitate market deals that must be concealed temporarily from the public to prevent a stampede.
“Oh, my God! Oh, my God! ” Hannah breathed.
“It's easy enough for you small people,” Cringan moaned.
“Let's have two heroes in the caste,” Shirley suggested. “Try what it feels like, daddy. And couldn't we have less jostling?”
“I’m afraid,” Lyster apologized, “that I can’t get to the door without it.”
“Some of us are trying to be content where we are,” Shirley said scornfully.
A blubbering scream from her father sent a shudder through them all. “Where we are! Where we are! Where we’ll soon be dead! I can’t stand it! I can’t stand it! Why did you have a place like this, Nathan. We’ll all be dead in a few minutes. It’ll be murder, and on your head.”
Before anyone could speak Hannah uttered a piercing shriek. It was cut short to a choking gurgle.
“My God, what’s that?” Cringan quavered.
“Just a touch of what you’ll experience yourself, Clifford,” Hornbaker replied grimly, “if you aren’t still. Hannah, do you want to be choked to death right now, or would you rather live to get out with us? Because we’re going to get out. Stop that pushing!” he thundered. “The quieter we are the longer the air will last. Lyster, Lyster, where are you?”
Lyster replied from near the door: “I’m here. I’m examining the lock.” The calmness of his tone soothed them.
“But you can’t get at it. The inner door— But, no, they didn’t close that. It hasn’t been closed for a year; it’s warped. What have you found, Lyster?”
“Perhaps a mite of fresh air through the keyhole,” Shirley suggested scornfully.
“Stop it!” It was the first time anyone had ever spoken to her like that, and the girl was too surprised to make a retort.
Julia broke the space of silence that followed: “We make every allowance for nerves, Shirley, but if you and your father would learn a lesson from your mother we’d all be more comfortable.”
“I'm sorry, auntie,” Shirley breathed. “That wasn’t—exactly—what I had in mind.”
“Do you remember how this lock was covered from the inside, Mr. Hornbaker? ” Lyster asked.
“I’ve never even noticed it.”
A deep, breathless silence dropped over them, broken only by the sound of Lyster’s hand feeling over the steel door.
“I think I know now,” he murmured.
They heard the rattle of metal on metal, scraping, clicking, and for a time no one spoke.
Clifford Cringan could stand it no longer. “It’s no use, I tell you!” he screamed. “In another minute we’ll be dead! It’s stifling—I’m choking—I—Let me go! Stop it!”
“I stop,” Hornbaker replied grimly, “when you do—or when there’s one less exhausting the air in this place. If we’re to smother, you go first.”
The click of a small piece of metal striking the cement floor drove them to silence, and Hornbaker leaned dizzily against the shelves that lined the sides.
Another click.
“The second screw!” Lyster announced, in a matter-of-fact tone.
They listened breathlessly as the work proceeded. Lyster commenced to talk, a running comment, broken by the panting of his efforts:
“If only I could see! . . . No, don’t strike a match; we need all the oxygen. . . . The lock—it’s in good condition—that’s the chromium—it never rusts—or stainless steel—have to be something like that in a place like this.” Another tinkle of falling metal, and Lyster laughed. “Number three. . . . Three more, I should say, . . . Never found money so useful . . . especially small silver. This dime is worth a million. . . . Found it in a corner of a pocket.. . . Always thought it one of my bad habits to keep a piece in every pocket, . . . Even bad habits have their virtues. . . . And that, so far as I know, is an aphorism that isn’t a quotation.”
An audible breath came from Shirley Cringan, but she said nothing.
“This little dime makes a satisfactory screwdriver—for these special screws. . . . I suppose those fellows, when they went through me, thought a dime beneath their notice. . . . Strange how casual these impressive locks are on the inside—where they can’t be seen. . . . Mass production again. . . . I’m all in favour of it hereafter.”
They listened—listened to his rambling comment as much as for the fall of the screws as they were released. Only Hannah whimpered now and then, choking off the sound with her own hand. Once the wail got away from her.
“I’m all right, Mr. Hornbaker,” she whispered. “Don’t you worry about me. I’m just praying—like you said.”
Hornbaker patted her shoulder. “You’re a brick, Hannah.”
Another tinkle . . . another. . . . A louder grating of heavy metal, and then a crash. Lyster drew a sharp breath of pain.
“It got away from me,” he laughed, “and fell on my foot. Oh, well!”
A ray of light appeared—the door swung open.
Lyster flattened himself against the wall and let them precede. As Hornbaker passed, he touched his secretary on the arm.
"I'll frame that dime,” he said with a short laugh.
"If you don't mind, Mr. Hornbaker,” Lyster returned firmly, “I'll keep it as a memento of the one time I was ever called a hero.”

Chapter V Aplomb

Hutton lay where he had fallen. Death had been instantaneous. With bent heads, the whole night’s events still little more than an ugly dream, they stood about the body. Tears streamed down Shirley Cringan’s cheeks, but she made no sound. Nathan Hornbaker’s face was set.
Suddenly he lifted his clenched fists. “Before God, I’ll get them, to the last man!” His teeth closed with an audible click.
Julia crept to his side, a little frightened, and gently pressed his arm. “He died as he would wish to die, Nathan—for us.”
“And for him, Julia, I’ll spend my last cent to run down his murderers. I swear it. I’ll clear the world of brutes like that. At last my money will buy something I want.”
He wheeled and led through the basement to the stairs. In the kitchen above he pulled up abruptly and bent over the floor.
“What’s this?” A line of fresh bloodstains led to right and left. “Were any of you hurt up here?” he demanded of Hannah.
“No, sir. They done everything but that. Hutton, he put up a bit of a fight out on the step, but they roped him up. He didn’t bleed, though.”
Hornbaker pointed toward the front of the house.
“The women will go in there—to the living-room. Lyster and I will be busy here for a time.”
Lyster already was on the trail of blood, and Hornbaker kept close to him. To the left it led to the kitchen sink, which was splattered with watery stains. On the table lay shreds of torn towels.
“Something,” Lyster said, “has happened here on their way out.”
Hannah, noting the rags on the table, ran to the towel drawer. “They've stolen the towels,” she wailed. “The dirty thieves!”
In the other direction the trail led through to the front hall, where it ended near the front door. Lyster studied the stains.
“Whatever it was it happened here,” he decided, “for the drops splash a little toward the kitchen.”
He looked about and, with an exclamation, pounced on a small, fresh, splintered hole in the jamb of the living-room doorway.
“A bullet-hole. Someone was shot here and made for the kitchen to treat his wounds—or he was carried there.”
A cold smile appeared on Hornbaker's face. “The best clue we could hope for. It's a wound that won't heal quickly, by the quantity and the colour of that blood. I hope,” his teeth gritted together, “it wasn't too bad.”
He started into the living-room, and met Shirley in the doorway.
“Tell them to get ready. We must hurry or we’ll be late.”
Julia opened her eyes. “Surely you're not going to the opera?”
“If we hurry we can yet make it in time. We can do it in forty minutes.”
“But I’ve telephoned the police.”
Hornbaker frowned. “The police! My dear, this is much too serious for the police . . . though you did right, of course. They’ll send a gang of blue-coats out here—and that’ll about end it. Well, Hannah will be here to attend to them. She knows as much as we do—at least enough to bewilder them till we get back. We can’t miss the opera.”
“But Hutton was to drive us. Stapleton was let off for the night, you know.”
“I’ll drive myself.”
Lyster raised his head from the bullet-hole in the door-jamb. “How about letting me drive? I’ll be ready in a few minutes.”
He disappeared up the stairs three steps at a time. They were waiting for him when he returned, fretting a little at the delay. They stared, for Lyster was dressed in the immaculate uniform of their chauffeur.
“But—but, Lyster—”
“I think, sir,” Lyster interrupted, “formality is part of the affair on this the opening night. Stapleton’s clothes fit me none too badly, don’t you think?”
“I always thought you’d missed your calling,” Shirley said.
Without a word Lyster clicked his heels, bowed and wheeled toward the kitchen. When he was gone Hornbaker took Shirley by the arm.
“My girl, hadn’t you better leave your remarks about Lyster till you know him better?”
Shirley made a face at him. “Don’t you think he’s worth studying, uncle? I’m always open to correction . . . and I’m waiting.”                   
The Lincoln drew up before the opera house, almost the last of a line of cars that, twenty minutes earlier, had stretched around two blocks A tremendous crowd milled about the brilliantly-lighted entrance, held to a semblance of order only by a strong force of police. A thin passage to the door was with difficulty kept clear.
The glare of the new installation blinded Lyster so that he drove a few feet too far and was forced to back into place. Through the glass partition that separated the driver’s seat from the rear he heard Shirley laugh.
A gold-braided attendant opened the car door with an elaborate flourish that lifted Clifford Cringan’s shoulders another inch and delayed his ponderous exit. Indignantly he had refused to occupy the empty seat beside Lyster, so that the inside of the car was crowded.
Lyster sat stiffly erect, staring straight before him, the perfect chauffeur. But only sub-consciously was he thinking of that. In the glare of the lights he realized for the first time since the robbery how well they had come through it. It was almost incredible. The five ruffians, all armed and reckless—Hutton’s brutal murder before their eyes—the stain of blood on Shirley Cringan’s fingers—that crowding, terrible panicky darkness of the vault.
And here they were in the glare of the lights, surrounded by hundreds of interested onlookers, with a squad of police within touch, and obsequious servants bowing before them. And Shirley Cringan laughing at his back because of a little slip with the brakes. But Shirley had never ceased to laugh and scoff at the most critical moments of the ugly affair.
How, he wondered, had he come through it—really? There was Nathan Hornbaker’s pat on the shoulder—and the spot still tingled; but there was, too, Shirley’s scorn openly directed at him. Had he betrayed the craven terror that flooded him at moments during the robbery? Like Clifford Cringan, he could have screamed in that thick blackness of the vault, with a bolted steel door closing them in—three women who could do nothing for themselves, and a kindly employer who had come to lean on him in emergency. And must he fail them in the only real emergency that had come his way? Then a roving hand had encountered the dime. Suppose the burglars had taken that small coin! Suppose he had not thought of its possible use! He shuddered, and his eyes shifted. Suddenly he stiffened.
Shirley, standing within the car at his back until the others alighted, slid the glass partition back a few inches.
“Our hero has a thought,” she murmured.
“In the crowd,” he murmured back, without moving his head, “is a man you’d be interested in. He has a mole on the side of his chin, and, I believe, hairy ears.”
“What are you talking about?”
“Just one of the robbers. You didn’t notice—”
“I’ll tell Uncle Nathan,” she declared excitedly. “The police—”
“If you do, I was wrong. I saw no one. This is Hornbaker night; nothing must upset it. Please get out.”
For a moment Shirley hesitated, then, gathering up her skirts, stepped out on the running-board.
“Better wear armour,” she said, as she looked back in the car as if seeking something she had forgotten.
Their arrival had been heralded through the opera house, for they were forced to run the gauntlet of a double line of ushers standing stiffly to attention. A pair escorted them formally to their box through a heavy silence, and they had just entered the box when the entire caste, in costume, marched on the stage, and the orchestra struck into one of the choruses. The audience rose en masse.
Nathan Hornbaker gritted his teeth. “Damn Dustin! I'll get him for this.” He dropped into the nearest chair.
Julia, her small form erect, her face wreathed in smiles, beckoned him forward. “You must come, dear.”
Hornbaker stumbled to her side, blushing like a schoolgirl. A double line of bows greeted him from the stage, Farruchi's almost touching the floor.
“Oh, my! Oh, my!” Hornbaker groaned. “If only I could wipe my neck! I’ll be a rag before it's over. For heaven's sake, Julia,” as the applause continued, “throw them a bow. I'd topple over that railing if I tried it. I feel like a glass case, with those eyes on me.”
Julia smiled down on the crowd and bowed. The curtain fell, and Hornbaker, calling Queenie forward, took a chair beside Shirley.
“Where's Lyster?” he inquired.
“You mean our chauffeur? Doing his job, I suppose. You won’t need a new uniform when you let Stapleton go, uncle.”
Her uncle frowned on her. “Shirley, you ’re a cat. What did you expect of him to-night?”
“To wield that candlestick,” Shirley replied dramatically, “as Joshua—or who was it?—did with the jawbone of an ass—or whatever it was—to put the Egyptians to flight—if it was the Egyptians.”
He chuckled and pinched her arm. She pulled away petulantly.
“Uncle Nathan, you spoil that young man.”
“Who’s going to suffer for it?”
“His—his friends. He rides too high—and he’s in for a fall.”
“He has friends who’ll stick to him when he does, don’t forget that, my girl. And don’t think it’s your duty to bring him down. You can’t do it. Did you ever notice that he doesn’t seem to know you’re around? You’ve heard the story of the fly and the ox—or is it the ant and the elephant?”
The curtain rose, preventing further conversation. Hornbaker leaned forward.
“Lyster would have enjoyed this,” he whispered.
“He enjoys everything—in his placid way,” Shirley threw back, “even chauffeuring.”
Hornbaker was watching Julia. She sat with one arm on the velvet-covered railing, her eyes on the stage. But her husband knew her mind was far away. Through the succession of scenes her face was a mask, her applause perfunctory. As the curtain dropped at the end Hornbaker took her arm.
“You shouldn't have come, my dear,” he whispered. “It was too much for you after what happened.”
She flashed around at him, her eyes ablaze with excitement, and, clutching his hand, squeezed it spasmodically.
“Don't talk, dear,” she whispered. “I've so much to tell you later.”

Chapter VI A Squealer

The thrill of the opera over, the trying event of the early evening laid a depressing hand on the car. Throughout the return trip scarcely a word was spoken, except when Cringan, who had taken the seat beside Lyster, slid the glass partition back to exult on the homage of the crowd. Julia lay with her head snuggled into Nathan’s shoulder, sending tingles through him at intervals by squeezing his arm. Hornbaker had never seen her quite like that, and it alarmed him.
The house, when they reached it, was overrun with police, and Inspector of Detectives Stayner grumbled at the delay. But a look from Hornbaker silenced him. Julia retired almost immediately, and her husband, after telling all he knew, left Lyster to the police and followed to the room he shared with his wife.
He found her curled on the window-seat, still fully dressed, and he took her tenderly in his arms. The loss of the canary diamond affected him strangely, for it had given him his first feeling of satisfaction with the few adequate tributes he was able to pay her.
“You should be in bed, dear,” he whispered into her hair. “It’s been a terrible evening for you. I shouldn’t have let you go to the opera. Hasn’t Charlotte come in yet?”
“I sent her to bed. I wanted to talk to you, Nathan.” She raised herself abruptly and caught him by the lapels. “Nathan, I’ve been thinking.”
He smiled down on her, but he was aware of a tingle of the excitement so evident in her entering his own veins.
“I knew it, Julia. You didn’t hear a note of the opera, even when Solokoff was singing his best right at you. . . . At least, by the applause it must have been his best. To tell the truth, I was too busy watching you to listen.”
She shook him impatiently. “Never mind all that. I know who the robber in the red mask was!”
He blinked at her. “You know—who he was?”
“Yes. It was Toni—Toni Boitani!”
“Toni—Boitani! . . . Why—why, of course, you’re right!”
He could not have told how he knew, but, all in a flash, with Julia’s identification before him, he was as certain of it as if the man stood there admitting his guilt. Though he had never paid more than passing attention to the under-gardener who, engaged by the gardener as assistant and extra houseman, had vanished after two months of service, he recalled him now as a ratty little fellow with shifty eyes, whose presence about the place always irritated him.
“Of course you’re right,” he repeated. “I should have known.”
“It was Toni, Nathan. Didn’t you notice that he knew where every electric switch was. He knew the layout of the whole house, the vault, our room and the safe there. Only someone who had lived in the house could know all that, or any of it.”
Hornbaker got to his feet. “I'll tell the Inspector. He’s still downstairs, poking about for the usual finger-prints they’ll never find, because those fellows wore gloves. We’ll get after Toni right away."
But Julia caught his arm. “The police will want something more than a hunch, Nathan, and that's all we have. We musn’t warn Toni too soon.”
“That’s right.” Hornbaker re-seated himself.
“Let’s see. It’s only two weeks or so since Toni cleared out, isn’t it?”
“A week ago last Thursday.”
Hornbaker considered. “I know little about finger-prints, but there may be some of Toni’s about somewhere—in his old room, or on the garden tools."
“There’ll be no finger-prints downstairs, though.”
“No,” Hornbaker explained, “but the old fingerprints will show if he has a police record. If it was Toni, he’ll have a record. Those fellows were no amateurs. That’ll give the police excuse for getting after him. I’ll catch the Inspector before he leaves. This looks like the one occasion where the police can be of use—till I call them to make an arrest.”
Early next morning a couple of officials arrived. They combed the room Toni had occupied and that had been vacant since, and examined the garden tools. They questioned the gardener, who admitted that he knew nothing of Toni’s past. They obtained a composite description of the men. In reality, they needed no more than Lyster’s. In the few minutes before he was blindfolded Lyster seemed to have taken in everything about the robbers not covered by their masks
And two days later, as Hornbaker was leaving the office for the day, Inspector Stayner was shown in. He dropped his hat on the desk with a flourish.
"Well, Mr. Hornbaker, that was a great hunch of your wife's. Your Toni Boitani is no other than Toni Pensa a rogue with a long police record. Served three terms for robbery, one in this city. We lost track of him several months ago, and we thought he’d left the city. We really had no cause to keep him under surveillance."
"You have him?” Hornbaker asked.
“Not yet.”                     
"The only news I want, Inspector, is his capture. I know it was Toni—and I knew he’d have a police record.”
"We'll find him,” the Inspector promised confidently. “That is, if he’s in the city.”
"If he isn’t, I’ll find him,” Hornbaker promised, with equal confidence.
"Of course"—Inspector Stayner shook his head—"we've nothing really to charge him with, nothing definite, I mean. We can keep an eye on him, and if he gets into trouble again—”
Hornbaker leaned across the desk. “May I hope for such a favour as that the police will stay out of this altogether till I call on them? Stayner, I’ll handle this myself. I’m going to run these men down, if it takes every hour of my life and every dollar I own. I swore it over the body of a faithful servant they murdered before my eyes, and, as far as they are concerned, they murdered all the rest of us in that vault. I can afford to hire my own detectives, and I will. I'll have them followed to the ends of the earth. Stayner, I'll find them. See?”
The Inspector, who had flushed at first, let his resentment cool.
“I can’t say I blame you, Mr. Hornbaker, but you see our position. We can’t trail a criminal outside the city—that is, ourselves; there are others to do that. But in the city—well, leave it to us. We’ve a way of finding Toni. He has a girl here. He’s bound to keep in touch with her. Give us two weeks.”
The fortnight lacked two days when the telephone on Hornbaker’s desk rang. He was absorbed on a big deal, and he answered the ring crossly.
“This is Inspector Stayner. Can you be ready to come with me in twenty minutes, Mr. Hornbaker?”
“Is it in connection with the robbery?”
“Yes.”
“I’m ready now.”
Hornbaker turned to his two market representatives who, their hair awry and flushed by the twists of a worrying market, wriggled in their chairs.
“That’ll do. The deal’s off.”
“But, Mr. Hornbaker, you stand to lose a quarter of a million if you drop out now.”
“The deal’s off, I tell you. Now, I’m busy.”
He rose, and the pair slunk away, tip-toeing as if it were a chamber of death. Hornbaker pressed a button and Lyster appeared.
“Inspector Stayner is coming for me in twenty minutes. I’d like you to join us.”
The police-car bore them to the poorer part of the city, while Hornbaker lay back in his corner silent and grim. They drew up before a row of cheap shops. A policeman on the pavement outside, after a glance at the car licence, lounged away. They entered a narrow doorway and climbed a dark stairway to a darker hall, where a second policeman leaned against the wall, half asleep. He straightened at sight of the Inspector, and touched his helmet.
“Everything all right, Flintop?”
“Yes, sir. The girl’s in there.”
Inspector Stayner opened a door softly and ushered his companions into a gloomy, dirty bedroom. The only light entered through a single dirty window in one corner. It fell on a bulky policeman seated in a chair tilted against the wall. In the corner nearest the window, beneath the sloping roof, a bed stood, and at its side sat a girl with bleached hair and a face that had once been pretty. On the bed lay a man, only his flushed face, that seemed to be all eyes, visible above the grimy bedding, which the girl was trying to hold about him.
The girl greeted them with a scowl. The eyes of the sick man were fixed on them with the fire of fever. Inspector Stayner waved the girl away and drew two chairs beside the bed. Lyster took his stand at the footboard.
"This is Mr. Hornbaker, Toni,” the Inspector said, not unkindly, leaning over the bed. “You wished to see him.”
The sick man’s eyes burned more brightly. “You bet I do. He'll get 'em all right—like they got me. I thought the mask would work. I don’t see how—But it don’t matter now. I’m done for, and all I want is them that done for me to get theirs too. You’ll do it, Mr. Hornbaker. I seen it in your eyes that night. I was scared. That’s why—I fired so quick. And this guy, too”—he nodded toward Lyster—“he spotted me. He was takin’ us all in. That’s why we blindfolded him.”
The Inspector interrupted. “Tell your story, Toni.”
Hornbaker felt himself bracing against the pathos of the scene. It tugged at his heart—the vile little room, the filthy bed, the fevered face on the pillow, the girl with one soft streak, the shuddery presence of the police where Death was so near.
Toni moved his head restlessly.
“I came clean, Inspector,” he said, with something like a whimper in his voice.
“It’s the only way to get the man who shot you, Toni. Tell Mr. Hornbaker who did it. You wouldn’t tell me.”
“Yes, yes, I’ll tell him, ’cause I know he’ll get him. It was Baldy bumped me off.”
“Baldy? Baldy who? What’s his real name?”
Toni shook his head. “I don’t know. If I did it wouldn’t be no good. Boitani ain’t my name. Everybody knows Baldy—if you can get the gang to squeal. Baldy’s a sly one. He’ll lie doggo. He’s got that sparkler—the big yellow one. Least he had it when he plugged me, the dirty skunk!”
The girl stepped forward and leaned over the footboard at Lyster’s side.
“Don’t get worked up, Toni, please don’t. Just tell them. We’ll get Baldy. I’ll help.”
“They robbed me, cleaned me out, they did,” Toni hissed. “They got that fifty thousand. I ain’t got nothin’—nothin’.”
For a moment the girl leaned over the bed, her eyes burning into her lover’s. Then, with a blaze of chance, she thrust her hand into the bosom of her dress and produced a small cotton bag. Into the other hand she poured two rings.
"There’s these,” she said, dropping the rings on the bed. "It s all right, Toni. They ain’t no use to me without you. If it’ll help you any with the police, that's all I want.” She faced Hornbaker. “That’s all he has, ’fore God it is. You’ll remember I gave them back, Inspector, for Toni’s sake.”
Hornbaker regarded the rings vaguely.
“They’re Mrs. Cringan’s,” Lyster explained, and put them in his pocket.
“Who were the others, Toni?” Hornbaker asked.
Tom looked at the ceiling. “Aw, I ain’t got much agin them. I ain’t splittin’. It’s Baldy—he’s all I want. You get him, Mr. Hornbaker.”
"I'll get him,” Hornbaker promised, “but only if you tell me everything. I’ll see you have a doctor too, and the best of care.”
“Doctors!” Toni laughed harshly. “It’s too late now. I was too scared to see one when it might have been some use. They always tell the police—the good ones." He closed his eyes.
The girl touched his cheek gently with her fingers.
"Toni, tell them, tell them everything. We got to get Baldy. . . . If you don’t tell, I will.”
The dying man opened his burning eyes. “You goin back on me too, Jinny?”
“It’s not going back on you, Toni, it’s for your good." Her eyes filled with tears. “I want to make it easier for you; you know it’s that.”
For a full minute no one spoke or stirred. Toni lay with his gaze fixed on the ceiling, his forehead wrinkled. The girl leaned over him, sobbing.
"Yer a good girl, Jinny, If I’m goin’—someone must get Baldy for it. I’ll tell.” For a space only his breathing was audible. “No, you tell them. You know all I do—and you can tell it better.”
The girl turned to the two men seated beside the bed and talked for several minutes. Inspector Stayner made swift notes and asked a few questions. Toni listened uneasily.
“They’ll make for Europe,” he said. “They got enough to keep out of the way for a year or two.”
“But,” Hornbaker said, “that’s only four of you. There were five.”
Toni shook his head irritably. “The other one—I don’t know no name, just 'The Skunk.’ That’s all I ever heard him called.”
Inspector Stayner watched the wounded man’s face intently. “You’re sure that’s all? The Skunk? Why did you call him that—what did it mean?”
“I dunno. I never worked with him before, but I've heard lots about him. It was Frenchy got him with us. Friend of Frenchy’s, I guess. The Skunk was the big guy. He only does the big jobs.”
"You saw him only once?” the Inspector asked.
“Oh, I seen him oftener. He used to come to town three or four times a year, to pull off a big job. Then he'd clear out. He had the brains—always bossed the jobs, they told me.”
Inspector Stayner slid forward in his chair. “You say he came to town three or four times a year, and always for a big job. When was he here last—I mean, before the Hornbaker robbery?”
But Toni shook his head stubbornly. “That’s all. I never thought I'd be a squealer.” He regarded the girl reproachfully. “You done this, Jinny. It’s dirty.”
The girl flung her head defiantly. “It was dirtier trying to bump you off. I’ll do anything to pay them back.”
“It’s only Baldy I want,” Toni repeated. “You won’t never catch up with The Skunk. He’s too slippery.”
Lyster stepped round the bed where he could see Toni s face. It was Baldy shot you. He shot you in the front hall, and they took you back to the kitchen to tie your wound up. Wasn’t that it? They tore up the towels—”
“They?” Toni swore viciously. “They—nothin’. They all skipped out and left me to look after myself. They took everythin’ but them two rings, and they ain’t real stones. The dirty rats!”
The girl turned pleading eyes on them. “Why don’t you go now? You’ve got all we know. Can’t you see it’s bad for him? Give him a chance.”
“Did he give Hutton a chance?” Hornbaker asked bitterly. “Did he give any of us a chance?” But he got to his feet and made for the door.
As they left the room, the Inspector caught the girl’s eye and beckoned her toward the hall. In a few moments she joined them there.
“Do you know who The Skunk is?” the Inspector asked.
“I’ve seen him once. That’s all.”
“What does he look like?”
“He’s a big, burly fellow, with an awful thick neck, and a sort of nasty smile mostly. Foreigner—dark-skinned, but not Italian. Mostly he wears nice clothes, but sometimes, when he’s on a job, they say, he looks like a tough. When he’s dressed up he smells—sweet-like, scenty.”
A gleam shot into the official’s eyes. “I know him! Now, my girl, you can help a lot, and it won’t hurt your friend in there. I’ll be here to-morrow at this hour. Think up all you can about The Skunk, and get what you can from Toni.”
As they rolled back in the police-car the Inspector made no effort to conceal his excitement.
“By Jove, this looks good. We’ve been after that fellow for two years—if it’s the one I mean. He’s a perfume seller—or he makes out to be that—Syrian or something. Every few months he flies to town with his bag of perfumes. Nothing fast or swell enough for him but a plane. We’ve had our eye on him, because there seemed something fishy about him, but we could never connect him with anything. Happened to be at the airport once when he landed. ‘The Skunk,’ eh? I see where he got his nickname. He’s the man we want most. The others are small fish. . . . Of course, there’s Baldy. In a day or so he’ll be a murderer. That puzzles me. Why did Baldy, whoever he is, shoot Toni Pensa?”
“ I wonder if I don’t know the answer,” Hornbaker mused.

Chapter VII A Lecture

ROLAND LYSTER drew the Chrysler runabout against the curb before the Cringans’ apartment, and, reaching across Shirley Cringan, opened the door. But she made no move to alight. Instead, she braced her feet comfortably before her and leaned back.
“That,” she remarked, stooping to examine the speedometer, “was a long way around to get home.”
Lyster stared straight before him. “Oh?”
“Of course, I’m in no hurry—we’re in no hurry,” she said sarcastically. “This fortnight of helping us get ready must have taught you that.” She laughed. “Of course, mumsie would be in a hurry if we weren’t to start for a year.”
“If it had been your mother—” he began, and ended with a shrug.
“I see. Because you’d know she was in a hurry.” When he made no reply she continued: “One can’t blame her. The Cringans have never been vagabonds—we never had the money for it. Really, you know, I’m as excited about it as mumsie. I should be in a hurry.”
Lyster said nothing, and the girl turned irritably to face him.
“Why don’t you say something? Why are you so—so dumb with me?” By her tone she could have slapped him.
“Self-preservation,” he replied. “One proof that silence is golden.”
“Don’t exert yourself to prove it to me. Seeing that we’ll be gone in two days, further proof is unnecessary. . . . You forget that you may provide another reason for our eagerness to get away.”
“I don’t flatter myself—though you’ve made it evident enough.”
“It would have been less evident,” she retorted, “if you hadn’t acted all the time like a martyr. You can’t be goaded to retaliate, can you?”
“Not with you—not with a woman.”
“So that,” her mood changing quickly, in the way she had, “all my efforts have been wasted! Let’s hope some day you’ll find your tongue.”
“I’ve found it better that you should not find it, Miss Cringan. It’s more comfortable for us all. . . . So now you’ll be without a purpose in life. Things will be dull for you.”
She tossed her head. “It’s a broad world we’re going to, a well-peopled world—variety and all that. Don’t over-estimate your place in it.”
“I try not to. You’ll enjoy the change—the broadness, I mean, and the well-peopled places. I always found change good.”
“Oh?” She said nothing for a time, one hand toying with the red patent leather bag on her knee.
“Evidently you’ve revised your opinion of it.”
He faced her, surprised. “What do you mean?”
“You’re content with things as they are, a fatalist.”
“Content so far as things go,” he agreed.
“Content,” she insisted. . . . “ Yet I understand you’ve had a varied career—before you came to Uncle Nathan.”
He shook his head doubtfully. “Varied—in a way. But the undercurrent was usually the same, the atmosphere in which I lived.”
“Yet you talk to me of the benefits of change. You don’t need to. If you’d lived your life in the Cringan household you’d know that—that any change held out hope . . . too much hope. I’m hoping now. Daddy’s hoping. Mumsie’s hoping—and praying. . . . It’s only daddy that counts. He hasn’t had a chance, he says; bad environment, and all that. . . . Perhaps he’s right. He looks for heaven from this trip, a heaven happier than you and I can imagine.”
She peered at him with tilted head, waiting for him to speak. But he remained silent.
“And,” she went on, “you think I’m not angel enough to fit into that heaven; I’m certain to disrupt it.”
“Why should I think that?”
“If for no other reason, for talking like this to—to a stranger.”
“I’m sorry,” he said.
“Sorry you think so?” she demanded fiercely.
“Sorry I’m a stranger—after two years.”
The fact was that for one of the few times in his life Roland Lyster was upset, unsure of himself, unsure even of what he was saying. Shirley Cringan’s confidences were too rare, her moods too uncertain, to give an unprepared young man a chance.
The girl let it pass. “If this is daddy’s chance, mother and I are happy, whatever the cost.”
"You’ll find living on the continent cheaper,” he said inanely.
"So soothing,” she scoffed. “Indeed, almost hypnotic.” She glanced at him sideways, half amused, half irritated at his obtuseness. “You know, of course, that not the stock market but Uncle Nathan is the fairy godmother.”
The bluntness of it, its hurt concealed beneath a conversational tone, startled Lyster. Though his employer had told him nothing, he had suspected it from the first.
“You’re the only child Mr. Hornbaker knows, Miss Cringan,” he said. “Nothing delights him more than—”
She tapped her foot impatiently. “You’re so—so damned proper!” she blazed. “Did you ever say the wrong thing?”
“Apparently. . . . And when I’m silent I’m wrong.”
She threw him a frowning glance, then laughed. “Well, there’s the story of the Cringan adventure, its origin and its hopes. I’ve wanted so long to unburden myself. Thanks for letting me. . . . I don’t believe we’ll keep going long enough to circle the globe. Daddy will tire of it—and the very thought of returning here would kill every ambition he ever had, at least until he’s made his name. What I’m afraid of is that we’ll land at one of those horrible art colonies where they stroke one another’s back and scoff through their rags and their vices at the outside world. Can Shirley Cringan stand against it? What’s to become of her?”
Lyster said: “I’ve no fear for you, Miss Cringan.”
“Of course not. Fear wouldn’t be the word—because it’s not a matter of personal concern to you. You’ve set me down in your mind as a scatter-witted, feather-brained kid who’ll fit herself into any nasty life there is, so long as it’s exciting. . . . and the way I’m talking I don’t blame you.”
“At least,” he commented, “it’s one time you don’t blame me. But you go out of your way to impress on me what you think of me.”
“What I think of you! What does that matter? You’re what you are—and it’s as difficult to be deceived in you as it is to change you. You talk of fear. What right have you to fear for me—or not to fear?” She was working herself into a fine fury.
“I gathered that you thought I’d be interested or you wouldn’t have told me so much,” he said helplessly. “This stranger that I am—well, I justify my concern for the Cringans by my association with your uncle. You can’t bully me out of that,” he ended doggedly.
“Did anyone ever bully you into or out of anything?”
“They’ve been known to try. Let’s see, I think we did all we set out to do—the tickets, the stickers, the route maps, the itinerary, the berths, the phrase books, the—”
Shirley put her hands to her ears. “You sound like a voters’ list, or a dictionary. You’re the perfect valet. No wonder you’re content with your job.”
“Content as far as things go, I said,” he corrected.
“And they’ve gone as far as they’ll ever go. What do you expect? That Uncle Nathan will fold up his arms and hand over to you?” She went on in a breathless voice before he had a chance to speak: “That’s crude, isn’t it? And Shirley Cringan, for the first time in her life, apologizes. But you do nag one to extravagances.”
“I’m sorry,” he said, but not at all humbly.
Shirley laughed. But as suddenly she sobered. "Taking advantage of your expression of concern for the Cringans, may one ask if you have no higher ambition than to end your days as Uncle Nathan’s valet?”
It was Lyster’s turn to smile. “You’ve heard that stock unanswerable: Have you stopped beating your wife?”
Someone rapped on a window, and Shirley looked up and waved to her mother, but made no other move.
“Mr. Lyster, you can be as—as discourteous as I am, but in an oily way I never attained.”
“I’m at your mercy,” he said shortly.
Shirley sighed. “The truly English retort. Oh, well, the Cringans will be footloose day after to-morrow, so why waste the remaining hours in wrangling?"
Neither spoke for some time.
“So I’m to take it that you’re settled, Mr. Lyster —Uncle Nathan’s social secretary, tutor, reference library, consultant, shield, or what have you if you dislike to be called a valet.”
“If I were all that it would be a life’s work to be proud of,” he replied. “There’s only one Nathan Hornbaker. Am I wrong?”
“Emphatically so!” she stormed. Her tone was like the crack of a whip. “Have you no higher ambition than that? Have you never thought of a bigger job, a real man’s job? Will you slink in the shadow of his skirts all your life? You must have saved enough to take a chance.”
She glared at him, awaiting a reply.
“Go on,” he urged.
“Or do you expect your friends to hunt a job for you, a real job, one of the many big jobs that are looking for big men?”
“Have I asked assistance?”
"If you had there’d be some hope for you,” she retorted crisply. “Why don’t you break away and look for them? Get out and search—travel—run them down. Have you less ambition than daddy? You're young and—” She hesitated.
"Timid," he suggested, smiling. “Are you suggesting that I throw up this job and—try a trip around he world—perhaps to settle down in some colony of lofty noses and low morals? I might even act as courier to the Cringans.”
"You might do worse," she snapped. “ But don’t be silly."
“How can I help it—being what I am?” He faced her squarely at last. “Miss Cringan, I’ve a big job on hand right now. It’s none the less big because it concerns the Cringans. And I don’t have to be traitor to your uncle to carry it through. I’m out to run down the robbers who killed Hutton, who made your finger bleed, who left us all to smother in that vault. That’s my job. Does it look worth while?”
A wave of red had leaped to her face as he talked, but at the end her eyes flashed angrily.
"Uncle Nathan has no right to ask it of you. It’s dangerous. Those men won’t be taken alive. There are professionals trained for such work, men whose life-calling it is. They take the risk for pay.” The red of her cheeks deepened as he continued to stare at her, and she turned her face away. “Oh, well, if you prefer being a bloodhound.”
She leaped lightly out. As she ran up the steps he called after her:
“So long as I’ve ceased to be a hero.”
But she had the last word:
“Good-bye—and don’t forget to keep your powder dry—and put on your flannels next month.”

Chapter VIII Recognition

The Platonia, a cabin-class steamship, cast its last hawser and slipped into the bay, to the noisy chugging of a pair of powerful tugboats. In the gloom of midnight the skyline of New Yorkwas little more than specks of light that might have been stars. The decks were almost empty, for most of the passengers had come on board earlier and gone to bed, and the later arrivals had been driven indoors by a chill wind blowing through the Narrows.
On the highest covered deck, his hands clutching the railing, Roland Lyster stood looking forward into the night. Now and then he glanced casually about the deck, but he remained where he was until the open sea was reached. Then, alone at last, he walked slowly to the nearest doorway and vanished.
Dropping down a flight of stairs, he reached his cabin and entered. For several minutes he sat on the edge of the berth in the dark, then, rising, he switched on a light and stood before the little mirror over the basin. As he looked he smiled lugubriously.
“Another week, Roland, my lad, and you’ll look respectable enough to pass the police.” He rubbed a fortnight’s beard. “And think of the razor-blades you save—with such a fine place to get rid of them. By the time you reach Southamptonyou may even get over laughing at yourself. Roland Lyster with a vandyke. Ye gods! If some frank young thing like Shirley Cringan could only see me now! . . . I’ll hike back a monocle with me, too . . . if ever I go back.” He went and leaned his elbows in a porthole. "At any rate, there’s sure to be slashes of colour in my life before it’s over.”
He remained for several minutes staring into the night. Now and then a flash of white swept within his view and swift drops of water slashed against the glass. He turned and approached the door, standing there for a time, his ear to the crack.
No sound but the thudding of the engines reached him, and presently he switched off the light and opened the door an inch or two to peer along the narrow passage. Seizing a dressing-gown, he strolled out and made for the nearest washroom. As he turned to the door, he could see both ways along the passage. It was empty. Darting into a narrow branching passage, he opened a door at the end without knocking and entered.
The room was in darkness, but as the door closed a switch clicked and a man, fully dressed, put his finger to his lips and nodded toward the partition behind the berths.
Ten minutes later Lyster reappeared in the passage. Once more he made for the washroom, and this time he entered. A man in trousers and shirt was wiping his hands beside one of the basins. Lyster, paying no attention, went on. But as he passed a single spark of light on the man’s finger caught his attention. A moment later the man was gone.
For a long time Lyster stood leaning against the wall, his eyes dancing, breathing as if he had been running. Then, passing through the opposite door, he rounded the bow and reached his own room.
In the morning he was up early and rang for his breakfast.
“When does the barber’s shop open?” he asked of the steward.
“Nine-thirty, sir.”
“Get me the first chair promptly on time. If I can be served sooner all the better.”
“Yes, sir.”
To the minute he found his way to the barber’s shop, meeting only two women and a strange man on the way.
“I want a haircut,” he said. “I want it cut so I can part it in the centre. And this beard—trim it so it won’t look too juvenile.”
The barber stood away and looked him over.
“You’re going to have trouble, sir. That hair’s been parted where it is now most of your life, I guess. A bottle of brilliantine, now—”
"All right—anything to make it stay parted as I wish it. I’m tired of this way.”
Half an hour later he emerged, his beard trimmed, his hair parted in the centre and glued down to a black sheen. “Makes a big difference,” the barber had confided as he removed the apron.
Lyster went on deck. Several men were grouped about the deck-steward. As Lyster passed one of the men reached out and caught his sleeve.
“Want to get in on this?” he asked. “It’s the day’s pool.”
“How much?”
The man rolled a big cigar between his lips and scowled. “You that kind of a sport?”
"It’s always been ’arf a quid,” explained the steward, “but this gentleman ’e wants it a quid—a pound, I mean.”
“Hell!” scoffed the “gentleman,” jerking the cigar over the railing, “who wants to foozle with pennies? Make it five dollars, I say. Call it a pound if you like, it’s all the same to me. There’s mine.” He drew a roll from his pocket and, tearing a bill from it, shoved it into the steward’s reluctant hand. “What say, mates?” glaring around on the group.
No one dared to be a piker, and the amount was fixed. The one who had stopped Lyster looked him over.
“You act like a sport. I’ll go you one better: Here’s ten to bet the figure’s under five, leaving out the nothing. Are you on?”
Lyster laughed and laid a ten dollar bill beside the one jabbed at the steward.
“Say, you’re a guy after my own heart.” The man grasped Lyster’s hand. “My name’s Sydney. What’s yours?”
“Halton—Merrill Halton,” Lyster said.
Sydney guffawed. “Sounds like a damned movie star! Mine’s plain George. Anyways, you got guts.”
Lyster broke away after a time and mingled with the promenading crowd. As he went along he examined the names on the deck-chairs. Stopping before one, he waited for the deck-steward to pass.
“I want a chair,” he said. “That one suits me.”
The steward lifted a label attached to the chair.
Sorry, sir, but it’s taken. Lady ast for it last night—just there.”
Lyster slid a bill into his hand. “I want that one.”
“Yes, sir. I think I can manage it. Your name? Oh yes, you said ’Alton, didn’t you? I’d suggest sir, you sit there right away, so the lady will see you when she comes on deck. She ain’t come out yet.”
Lyster seated himself and closed his eyes. After a time a thud in the chair on his left told him that someone of weight and self-indulgence had landed there. A heavy hand clutched his wrist.
"Say’ is what I call luck. A dame on one side’s enough for me, and I guess I’d pick you for the other I can get all the dames I want when I want ’em ”
Lyster opened his eyes with an affected start. "Oh, Mr. Sydney! That’s—”
Aw, cut the mister. How about a cigar? I’ve three pet vices—cigars, gambling, and—well, the other isn't women.” He chuckled.
Through half-closed eyes Lyster was taking him in. "One of mine is cigarettes,” he said, taking out his case.
"I wouldn’t size you up that way,” said Sydney, biting off the end of a cigar and spitting it noisily over his feet.
They talked as they smoked, in the intermittent way of men with much in common, congenial friends amidst a city of strangers.
Next day Lyster did not appear on deck until noon, having avoided his new friend most of the previous day. The same group of men was gathered about the deck-steward. Sydney bellowed a welcome and waved a handful of bills.
"Say, I knew what I was doing when I made it a fiver. Two hundred bucks! It almost pays for there and back. You’ve ponied up fifteen of it, by God! Now I’ll take you on for a game of shuffleboard for a fiver. Are you on?”
Lyster agreed, and Sydneycaught him by the arm and dragged him away, leaving a score of disapproving and disappointed eyes staring after him. The way to the bar was in the other direction.
Sydney winked at his companion. “I know what they’re thinking, but me, I’m not having any. I won that bet straight. Why should I put ’em up for a bunch of soaks and sponges? Nothing coming to them. If they win to-morrow I’ll buy my own drinks, like I always do. You, now, you’re different. I don’t mind buying you a drop, even at the swindle prices they soak us on this tub. How about getting up a four? I don’t want to eat for an hour.”
They found another pair willing to play, and the game ran the usual uncertain course until one of the strangers, named Redfern, on the last end made a remarkable shot and cleaned off a big score that looked certain for Sydney and Lyster. Sydney, soured by the defeat, paid the bet they had made and dragged Lyster away without another word to their opponents.
Lyster suggested eating. “I’m hungry. This is the shortest way down.” He led to a companion-way in the bow and started down the steep steps. Sydney was next, and behind him their late opponents.
Lyster had descended four steps when, at a shout from above, he turned, clutching the iron rail with all his strength. He was just in time to brace himself against the heavy body of his partner. Above them Redfern stared down on them with wide, frightened eyes.
“I’m—so—sorry!” he stammered.
With an oath Sydney regained his feet on the companion-way and started furiously back. But Lyster took hold of him.
“It was an accident,” he said.
Redfern had retreated a step. “I’m so sorry,” he repeated. "I stumbled.” One finger scratched in an embarrassed way at the corner of his mouth.
"I should say you did,” Sydneysnarled. “You damned near broke my neck! If Halton hadn’t been there I’d—"
“I tripped over the ledge,” the agitated man explained. “I almost fell myself.” Redfern was a broad-shouldered man, with a square jaw and bushy brows, and his agitation was almost ludicrous in a man of his size.
"I don't care what you almost did.” Sydney replied brutally.
"I can’t do more than apologize, gentlemen,” Redfern said more coldly.
Sydney mumbled something uncivil and turned away. At the bottom of the companion-way his hands were shaking.
"Too damned near a thing to be comfortable!” he growled to Lyster. “I don’t like that Redfern.”
Lyster admitted that it was clumsy. “But on shipboard one can’t get away from people one doesn’t like."
"Looks like a racketeer to me,” Sydneymurmured glowering after the retreating Redfern. “I know the breed, I do.”
“I wouldn’t be surprised,” Lyster agreed slyly, and smiled up at his new friend. “I happen to know a bit about them myself.”
Sydney was surprised, then he winked. “Not the way I do, I bet. You’re a different sort—though I knew a guy once—headed a gang of the slickest conmen in America, smoothest guy you ever saw. Your sort, educated and all that. Looked like you a bit, too, but no whiskers.”
“Education has many uses,” Lyster said, and returned the wink.
Sydney started to say something, but they reached the dining-saloon, and there they parted.
Day by day their intimacy increased. Now and then they came in contact with Redfern, who seemed to be one of those over-friendly men who make bores of themselves on shipboard. Distress at his clumsiness, too, drove him to frequent apologies and an irritatingly humble manner with Sydney. The latter frankly dismissed the man, but nothing could hold him off. It was only when Lyster explained Redfern’s ways that Sydney came to endure him.
Twenty times a day Sydney had something fresh to bet on. Betting was a passion with him, and he won more than he lost. He suggested a club that he christened “The Racketeers,” a club that seemed to have no object but to bet, and he managed to attract half a dozen of his fellow-passengers to it. But the name did not hold after Lyster proposed calling it “The Sabbatarians.” The name, when Sydney understood it, caught his fancy. Redfern was bluntly excluded.
There came a day, a week out from New York, when the intimacy of the two friends ripened to confidences. They were seated in their deck-chairs, smoking, Sydneyin a jovial mood over a bet he had just won. Lyster was thoughtful, and Sydney teased about it.
At last Lyster rolled his head where he could see his friend. "As a man of experience, Sydney, where would you advise a friend to go to get out of the way for a time?”
Sydney’s eyes swivelled in a wide circle, but he did not move his head. “Girl trouble?” he asked.
"Not likely. . . . More serious than that. Suppose the police were after you. I’m just asking.” Sydneydrew three long breaths and expelled the smoke noisily. “Depends. . . . Depends on many things. If you’ve the jack, you’ve got the world before you. Some countries won’t give a guy up. Extraditions, they call it. But you’ll know about that. Look at Insull. . . . Depends, too, if you want to enjoy life while you’re doggo.”
“Naturally I do.”
An explosive chuckle broke from Sydney’s lips. "Say, buddy, you and me’s in the same boat, looks like. I’m not travelling for my health, you bet your life. Me, I’m looking for peace—for a while—and a bit of fun thrown in. I can afford it. When I’ve scouted about a bit, looking the scenery over back home, I’m making for Monte Carlo. Oodles of sport there, a man s chance to do some betting. If you’ve got the jack they don’t ask no questions there. When I’ve broke the bank I’ll shoot back to God’s country I guess.”
Lyster jerked a hand toward a diamond ring on Sydney’s little finger. It had been cut on the inside to enlarge it.
“Yours is girl trouble,” he said.
“Oh, that! ” Sydney lifted his hand.
Lyster lazily reached toward it. “Looks like a sparkler.”
“Sure it’s a sparkler.” Sydneytook it off and passed it over.
“Want to sell it? I’ve a girl back home could wear it.”
“What d’yuh reckon it’s worth?”
Lyster examined it closely, his head bent to hide his eyes. “To you, do you mean?”
“Oh, I’ll be on the level with a friend.”
“Give you a couple of hundred for it.”
Sydney shook his head. “I could hawk it for that. It’s worth half a grand if it’s worth a cent.”
“Maybe. But it’s not worth that to either of us. It’s hard to sell a stone like that. Too easily kept track of. And to me it’s only worth giving away. A bit shallow, too, isn’t it? There are certain proportions that have to be followed in a good stone.” He held it close to his eyes. “What’s this on the band—rust? I thought it was platinum.”
Sydney jerked the stone away. “Sure it’s platinum. What d’yuh think a stone like that ’ud be mounted in, anyways?”
Lyster nodded affably. “That’s right. . . . I might make it two-fifty.”
“I ain’t giving it away, not to nobody.” Sydneythrust the ring in his pocket, and Lyster knew he had lost his chance. “I don’t need the dough now. I’ll keep it till I do. It’s brought me luck.”
“When you think of selling,” Lyster said idly, “give me first chance.”
The tone belied his feelings, for he had seen the ring on Sydney’s finger in the wash-room that first night, and inside he had read: “ Shirley, from Uncle.” And the stain was Shirley Cringan’s blood. On the side of George Sydney’s chin, too, was a mole he had fixed in his mind that memorable night, and the man’s ears were hairy.

Chapter IX The Missing Ring

As the journey drew to an end Redfern’s attentions increased, and gradually Sydney melted to his advances.
The two, with Lyster a moderate partner, spent much of the time drinking in the smoking-room, Sydney’s dislike of Redfern vanishing before the latter’s willingness to foot the bills. Redfern’s apologetic approach, one finger modestly scratching his cheek, became a familiar introduction to a night’s carousal.
It was the night before they were due to reach Southampton. The Cornish coast lay on their left, a broken line of cliff and upland, with scattered white homes and unobtrusive lighthouses. Friends of the voyage were vowing everlasting memory in last-minute intimacies, and even persistent strangers smiled on one another.
Lyster, Sydney and Redfern met in the smoking-room. For an hour they drowned old antagonisms and pledged eternal friendship in succeeding glasses. Sydney and Redfern showed unmistakable signs of over-indulgence, but Lyster had quietly kept his head clear by confining himself to a single drink. But he had smoked a lot, and his eyes appeared heavy with sleep. The other two almost ignored him. He yawned flagrantly.
“If you don’t mind,” he murmured sleepily, “I’ll turn in. See you in the morning, Sydney, and don’t forget lunch at the Strand Corner House day after to-morrow, if we get separated at the wharf. I’ll be taking a later train to London. A friend I want to see in Southampton.”
Sydney waved to him. “Aw, come on, Halton. Don’ break up th’appy gath’rin’ till th’ birds begin to sing." He sang a tuneless bar or two himself. “Re’fern ’n me’s jus’ begun to get 'quainted. He’s a good scout—great guy. You great guy, too. Three great guys. Le’s liquor up.”
But Lyster, with a wave of his hand, withdrew. Redfern called for another bottle. Sydney tried half-heartedly to interpose. It was his turn. But Redfern would not consider it. “Make it two Scotches instead, buddy,” he ordered of the bar-tender. “And have one yourself.” He flung a ten-shilling note toward the counter.
As Sydney reached for his glass Redfern thrust his hand back.
“One minute, ol’ friend, one minute. This one’s a toast." He nestled the two glasses in the crook of one arm and laid his other hand over them. “Whadyu say? Le’s have one, a big one. Here ’tis: ‘To future meetings, over here and back home.’ You’ll be back in God’s country soon, eh?”
“You bet yer life—some time.”
“Well, there 'tis: ‘Future meetings, and may we know each other better.' Drink, you sponge!”
With a maudlin chuckle he shoved one of the glasses across the table. Sydney swallowed his in two gulps, and at the end licked his lips with a slight frown.
“Damn poor stuff they serve here!” he grumbled.
Redfern wiped his forehead. “Hot in here, ain’t it, buddy?”
Sydney sighed. “Hot’s hell!” he agreed, drawing his hand across his forehead.
“How about some air ? Do us both good. Then a night-cap and we’ll call it a day.”
They linked arms and staggered to the open deck, while the bar-tender winked after them.
“The worst of this job,” he grumbled, “is I lose my best customers every nine days.”
Through the porthole Lyster watched the sun rise. Land lay on either side as they slid slowly along. The Englandhe had left in something of a panic three years ago lay before him, but he was not thinking of it. He wondered what lay ahead, what adventures, but principally what success. With some trepidation he realized how little he had to ensure success, though he had left New York with less prospect than now.
Someone knocked on the cabin door, and he called: "Come in.” He did not turn, thinking it was the steward.
He heard the door open and close, and he turned to see Sydneystanding against it, his face red with anger. Lyster’s heart missed a beat.
“All ready to land?” he asked.
Sydney, unkempt and wild-eyed, came forward, his lips parted in a snarl. “I’ve been plucked!” he grated. “And it’s that crook Redfern.”
Lyster’s eyes widened with surprise. “Plucked? You mean you’ve been robbed?”
“That ring’s gone.”
“You mean—the ring you showed me the other day?”
Sydney swore viciously. “Sure I do. He got it off me—got me wall-eyed last night and—”
“Wait a minute. You don’t mean you think Redfern stole that ring?”
“That’s what. He got me spifled—drugged me or something. I think I can drink anyone under the table. But I just remember getting out on deck, feeling like the devil—and this morning I wake up on my bunk with my clothes all on, and the ring’s gone. Three hundred bucks gone. That’s what you offered, wasn’t it?”
Lyster did not correct him. “What are you going to do about it?”
“I’m looking for him, damn his hide! I’ll make him come across, or I’ll hand him to the police—if I don’t cut his blasted liver out!” His eyes were suddenly bloodshot with the intensity of his fury. “The damned, dirty thief! That’s what he’s been working me for all the time. He wanted that ring.”
“But how did he know—Oh, I see. He’d seen it on your finger. But you haven’t worn it for days.”
Sydney dropped back into a chair and sank his chin in his hand. “He knew I had it, blast him!”
“Did he clean you out—your money, I mean?”
“No.” Sydney shook his head. “That’s the funny part of it. He just took the ring.”
“But a thief would take your money first. Are you sure you haven’t mislaid it?”
Sydney surged furiously to his feet. “It’s gone, I tell you. I had it in this pocket, and it’s empty now. By God, he don’t get away with that! I’ll twist his neck! You watch me.”
He stormed from the cabin. Lyster followed. As if the scene was prepared, they came face to face with Redfern in the passage. Sydneyclutched him by the shoulder and dragged him back into Lyster’s cabin and slammed the door.
He thrust his red face into Redfern’s. “Now, you dirty thief, come across with that ring!”
With no apparent effort Redforn threw his hand off. “Just what are you talking about?” he demanded. He turned to glower at Lyster. “Say, what is this, anyway? Better spill it, and make it short. The boat lands in a few minutes. I’m waiting.” He folded his arms, and as he stood he towered two inches above his accuser.
But the latter was too furious to notice what little chance he would have in a clash. He strode up to Redfern and shook his fist in his face.
“You know what I mean. If you don’t hand over that ring, Redfern, I’ll get the police on you the minute we land.”
“What ring?” Redfern remained calm.
It only added to Sydney’s anger. “The ring you stole last night, you damned thief, after you doped my whisky! You got me drunk and cleaned me out.”
“I did, did I?” Redfern remained undisturbed. “Well, it’s funny I spent so much money on you if I doped you. One drink would have been enough for that. You speak of a ring. Is that the girl’s ring you were wearing? I haven’t seen it on you lately. I thought maybe you’d found a skirt on the boat who liked it.”
“It was stolen off me last night, I tell you,” Sydneyraved, “and you did it. If you don’t pony up you’ll be in the hoosegow the minute we land.”
Redfern thrust his face forward, and his eyes flashed.
"I will, will I? You’d get me into a row, would you, whether I stole your ring or not? You’d accuse me of theft, and I’d have to wriggle out of it by myself. Well, Sydney, I haven’t time for that. I haven’t time to bother with you. Go ahead and hand me over to the police. Then come along and explain where you got that girl’s ring. It might even be that the ring would turn up, and the police would ask questions about it. That ring didn’t belong to you. All one needed to know that is your ugly mug and the kind of ring it was. And the English police are a nosy lot. All right, go ahead. I’m easily found.”
He wheeled and stalked from the cabin, slamming the door behind him.
For a moment or two Sydneyglared at the closed door, and the colour left his face. Lifting his fists, he hissed:
“If I ever lay eyes on Redfern again I’ll drill a hole in him!”

Chapter X On The Trail

LYSTER saw no more of Sydney. Avoiding him while passing the Customs, he left the wharf as quickly as he could and seated himself in the lounge of an hotel. There he waited, his eye on the door. An hour later Redfern entered. He looked about, saw Lyster, and made straight for him.
“Well,” he said, with a shrug, “so far so good.” He drew the diamond ring from his pocket and dropped it in Lyster’s hand. “This may look all right to you. It doesn’t to me. Getting the ring doesn’t bother me. It’s the man I’m after. What’s the big idea, anyway?” He sank morosely into a chair. “We start out to get The Skunk, run into a bit of wonderful luck, and you refuse to make the most of it. My job is to get these men, and it doesn’t matter a damn the order in which I get them! That’s what I’m paid for—”
“You’re paid, Redfern,” Lyster replied, “to get the gang that killed poor Hutton, but you’re also paid to do what I say.”
Redfern bounced forward. “I do what you say so long as it doesn’t interfere with my duty. Mr. Hornbaker gave me a job. If any scheme of yours threatens to block that, I’d rather throw the whole thing up than lend myself to it.”
Lyster leaned back in the chair and tipped his fingers together.
“Don’t imagine I’m going to interfere with our final success. I’m more concerned with that than you. If I happen to have a different idea of the way to carry it through, I have to be convinced I’m wrong. We’re after The Skunk, of course. But we’re as near him now as ever, and will be next week, if we follow my plan. The Skunk can wait. He won’t if we proceed too precipitately. This stroke of luck means more than you imagine, Redfern, and we must look at all the possible contingencies. I don’t propose to lose sight of Sydney—”
“You’d have no further worry about him, and we could have gone straight on for The Skunk, if you’d let me hand him over to the police right here. But you let him get away, and—who knows?”
Lyster spoke in a lower tone, for there were several seated in the lounge.
“Listen, Redfern, and try to look ahead. We’re after the whole gang, not just one here and there. Mr. Hornbaker will not be satisfied if a single one escapes—as dissatisfied as if the whole lot evade the punishment they deserve. We haven’t let Sydneyescape. He’ll meet me to-morrow at the Corner House in London.”
“You’ve a vast and surprising credulity,” Redfern scoffed, “if you think so. He’s half warned now, and he’s wholly frightened. He’ll beat it out of the country straight off. I know these chaps.”
“Did he take the Londontrain?” Lyster asked, feeling less confident.
He did, Redfern admitted. “I trailed him from the moment we landed. And Sydney is always on the look-out for that. He’s no fool, and no novice. I’m convinced we’ll never have such a chance at him again.”
Lyster shook his head. “I’ve several reasons for letting him go now. We can’t afford to be held up in Londonat this time, perhaps for months, fooling about with extradition, partly because we haven’t the time, more because the publicity of it would warn the others. If they know we’re on their trail, to the extent of following them abroad, our chances for taking them are slim. They’d avoid the only spots we know to search for them. That girl gave us the only clues we have to go by, and if we came out into the papers now they’d know what’s in for them.”
"But we have to start with one some time,” Redfern grumbled, more than half convinced.
“I’m hoping,” Lyster said, “that their association in America will bring them together over there, and that we’ll be on hand at the meeting. Remember that Sydney has no cause, that he knows of, to be frightened of me. That’s what I count on.”
“Then you and I must separate again.”
“Certainly. Until we’re through with Sydney.”
“My inclination is to make a job as cheap as possible for my employer, and this means uncertainty and loss of valuable time.”
“My one consideration,” Lyster said, “is final success.”
They sat in silence for a time, Redfern’s disquiet displayed by his habit of scratching his cheek.
“We got to keep this in mind,” Lyster went on. "We’re going to find ourselves in countries none too kindly disposed toward the United States. There isn’t one of them but would be able to do what Greece did with Insull and refuse to hand our men over. Besides, we have to confess that we show too little enthusiasm and success in convicting and punishing our own criminals to expect other countries to do our work for us.”
Redfern smiled. “You speak as an American.”
“I’m doing an American job—for an American employer.”
“All right. I’m content to let it run for a time to see how your plan works, but I’m afraid you’re dreaming.”
“If I am I hope I find it out soon enough to alter my plan. If I knew you were with me to the end I’d feel safer.”
Redfern grasped his hand without a word.
“I’ll put up at the RegentPalacein London,” Lyster said. “There are several entrances, to different streets. You’ll stop at another hotel, but you can get to me without being seen. Call me up and I’ll give you my room number.”
Redfern, experienced detective that he was, knew his man. Sydney failed to keep the appointment at the Corner House. Lyster, disturbed and not a little chagrined by this further evidence of his associate’s superior wisdom, was for the moment inclined to alter his plans immediately. But Redfern did not rub it in, and Lyster, encouraged thereby, recovered some of his confidence.
“We’ll find him.”
In their long talks Sydney had mentioned a little Soho restaurant where he hoped to get some of his favourite Italian dishes. His mouth watered for his beloved ravioli. Lyster recalled the name of the restaurant, and for dinner next day visited it in the hope that his quarry might not have been in too great a hurry to gratify his craving.
He found it a small place, with only half a dozen tables and two waiters. But the meal was excellent, and Lyster lingered over it, betraying his satisfaction so frankly that waiter and proprietor beamed on him.
He hoped that Sydney might appear. Balked of that, he engaged the waiter in conversation.
“Your ravioli is all it was described,” he declared.
“The gentleman has heard of us?” the waiter asked, delighted.
“Indeed I have. A friend of mine, coming over on the boat, spoke of you in glowing terms.”
“We have a reputation, sir,” the waiter glowed. "We use the real Italian recipes. You notice the menu? Perhaps you missed the number of Italian cities mentioned. Every city at home has its own special dish named after it. But it’s our ravioli that brings us our patrons mostly.” He chuckled. “We had a man yesterday—no, day before yesterday—he ordered four dishes of it and cleaned them all up. Said he was making up for years of American food. I hope you’re not American, sir?” apologetically.
Lyster’s ears pricked up. “I’ve lived there, but I’m English born. . . . This man—he was here day before yesterday, you say. I wonder—but it couldn’t be. I was wondering—but it's absurd—if he’s the man who recommended you to me. We crossed together—just reached Englandday before yesterday. What did he look like?”
The waiter considered. “He was a biggish chap, sort of rough-looking. I don’t mean he wasn’t well dressed, but he looked as if he’d led a hard life.”
“Did you notice his ears?”
“His ears?” The waiter was puzzled.
“Were they hairy?”
“Come to think of it, I believe they were.”
“And did he have a mole on his chin?”
The waiter beamed. “That’s right. He did. I remember now.”
“That’s Sydney,” Lyster exclaimed
Sydney? But this man was certainly an Italian. He talked of Italy all the time. He was born there—lived there until ten years ago, then he went to America. He was born not far from my own native village. Chiavari, it was, a town on the coast between Genoa and Pisa. I was born at Zoagli, the old home of velvet. They don’t do much there now—not in velvet, I mean; the factories have cut out the house-looms.” He chattered on, for the restaurant had emptied.
Lyster listened, asked questions, and left a-tingle, after leaving a handsome tip.

Chiavari blazed in the sun as Roland Lyster dropped from the train, and with the assistance of a phrase-book found his way to an hotel. Fluent at French, he had little knowledge of Italian, though he could gather its meaning in type.
He chose the best hotel, situated on the main street, a half mile of over-hanging buildings designed to protect the sidewalks from the summer sun. Great stone columns between walk and roadway supported the projections, so that the shops were dark, and pedestrians almost invisible from the passing traffic. Though it was late December, the day was hot, the shade of the covered street not unwelcome.
The desk-clerk saw the phrase-book and grinned. “Gosh, it’s good to see someone from dear ole Lunnun.” Lyster did not smile. Even three years in America had failed to reconcile him to such a wide familiarity. But he took the extended hand. He wondered, too, that he retained so plainly the marks of his origin.
When the clerk learned that his guest had lived in America he became more friendly.
“Lived there twelve years myself,” he confided. “Worked in a restaurant on State Street in old Chi. Came over during the war, and now I can’t get back. The town is full of fellows in the same fix. Most of us got crocked up fighting for Americaand her allies, but because we were away more than a year they wouldn’t let us back. That’s gratitude for you. But we’re getting reconciled to it after fifteen years. You won’t need a phrase-book in Chiavari. In any crowd there’ll be someone who speaks English. How'd you come to strike this place?”
Lyster had but one thought in mind—to find Sydney, and with difficulty he restrained himself from starting in immediately to ask questions. But “Sydney,” he knew, was only a boat-name, and Toni had known him only as Dago George. Besides, Chiavari was too small to hope to conceal his curiosity. It was small enough, he concluded, to find Sydney, if he was there, by merely keeping his eye on the main street.
All that day and the next he wandered about, window-shopping, visiting the churches, but missing nothing about him. He drank chianti before outdoor cafés, and always dined in public where he could watch the street. He was the curious tourist.
On the third day he was strolling in the shade of the overhanging buildings, a little discouraged, undecided what to do should he fail to locate his man. A window of antiques attracted his attention, and he paused before it. A man passed behind him, and he caught the reflection in the glass. In a moment, without so much as looking around, he turned away and crossed the street to the other pavement. Seating himself before a café, he called for café latta.
Through the thick stone pillars he saw Sydneyenter a shop at the corner. A waiter filled a glass at his hand half with coffee, half with milk, and Lyster raised it automatically to his lips. At that moment Sydneyemerged, and Lyster, setting down the glass, dropped a two-lire piece on the table and departed.
The end of his quest had come so unexpectedly that he was unprepared for it. All he could think of was that he must not lose sight of his man, now that he had found him again. As he crossed the street he was held up for several seconds by a team of slow-moving oxen, and he grated his teeth. To run ahead would attract attention, and all he could do was wait.
At that moment a motor horn blared furious warning, and he looked around to see a large open car, with a “G.B.” above the licence plate, bearing down on him. He stepped back, and as it passed he leaped to the running-board. The driver, a young man, hatless and fair-haired, turned to stare at him. Beyond him a pretty girl looked surprised but not protestant.
“What the devil!”
Lyster opened the rear door. “As a fellow- countryman,” he pleaded hurriedly, “give me a lift for a moment. I’ll explain.”
The excitement of his manner, his obvious seriousness, had its immediate effect.
“Help yourself,” said the girl. “This is my car, Jack, you know,” as her companion seemed about to protest. “Now what’s your special trouble? Mussolini?”
“There’s a man gone up the street there,” Lyster explained, “and I want him badly.”
“Want me to run him down—in a strange land?” the young man laughed. “Who’d he murder?”
“He was with a gang that did commit murder,” Lyster told him. “And he locked half a dozen of us in a vault to smother to death.”
“Good Lord! All right, if the curb’s not too high I can manufacture an accident. Where is he?” He pressed the accelerator.
But the answer was not forthcoming. Sydneyhad vanished. They could see along both sides of the street now, and Sydney was not in sight.
“He’s gone again,” Lyster murmured miserably.
“Well, you can’t lose him in a village this size. I’ll run up and down the street for a month if you say so. We’re sure to catch him at a crossing some time. You stick to us. Marjorie and I were on the way to Florenceby way of Pisa, but what’s a leaning tower to the nice fresh corpse of a murderer?”
Lyster laughed. It was his first real laugh since leaving New York, and he felt better for it.
“No,” he said, “this is too serious to bring strangers into it. But you don’t know how it bucks me up to know we Britishers can yet stick together.” He opened the door. “Trot along to your leaning tower. You’ll probably be dizzy—and disappointed. An oddity in a cornfield—and the dullest of towns. Thanks awfully, old chap. And,” with a laugh, “I haven’t permitted myself to say that for three years.”
The car pulled to a stop, and Lyster, with a deep bow to Marjorie, dropped to the roadway. He felt brighter, more confident, brisker. He returned straightway to the shop he had seen Sydneyenter, but when he found himself inside he felt helpless. He fumbled for his phrase-book, but a phrase-book is noted for the number of things it contains that no one wishes to say, and the number it lacks that one cannot get along without.
A man came forward and with a laugh pointed to the little book. “Say it in English,” he advised in perfect English. “I’m one of the thousands of unfortunates stranded in Italy because we fought on the same side as America.”
Lyster felt like throwing his arms about the man’s neck.
“I was passing in a car a few minutes ago,” he said, a little breathlessly, “and I saw a man leaving your store that I used to know. He looked like a man I met on board ship a week or so ago. I’d have got out, but I was with friends who were in a hurry.”
“That would be Giuseppi—Giuseppi Anselmi. He’s just back from America on a visit.”
“Is he staying here—in the town?”
“He lives here. At least, his mother does. Giuseppi was born here. He wasn’t in the war; he was lucky—too young.”
“Where does his mother live?"
The man told him. Lyster thanked him and went. He decided that he could not draw back now—no half-way measures. To act with boldness was best and safest. He made straight for Giuseppi Anselmi's mother’s home.
A block behind him a man in a soft hat pulled well down over his eyes kept pace with him.

Chapter XI Flight

As Roland Lyster followed the directions he had received he began to realize the task he had set himself. He needed none of Hornbaker’s inflexible determination to hold him to his task, but these operations in foreign lands offered special perils, not so much to himself as to his purpose. He was not up on international law, and he knew how consuls the world over dislike the diplomatic complications that arise from their nationals making themselves conspicuous by infringing the local laws, even innocently. And consuls the world over look on their jobs as well-salaried sinecures not to be agitated by incidents that alone justify their position. Besides, the impossibility of providing in advance for the difficulties that were bound to crop up in the chase made of every incident an emergency for Lyster.
He began to wonder if he was not taking too much on himself and leaving too little to Redfern, the professional.
It was not that he anticipated any immediate embarrassment in meeting Sydneyagain, but he had no way of foreseeing what Sydney would do to block or assist him in the end. The Italian would not suspect him, in spite of the unpleasant incident that had marked their last meeting on the boat, but Lyster was not so certain that he could satisfy his quarry concerning a visit to such an unfrequented town as Chiavari.
There was no alternative, however, to renewing their acquaintance in order to maintain contact.
The Anselmi home was a typical Italian house of the lower middle class. A high stone wall extended across its front, with a heavy iron gate that opened on a flagstone walk. Through the gate he could see an orchard of orange trees, and grape vines were trained over a trellis. The wall was overgrown with heliotrope, a curtain of colour that rose as well over one side of a summer-house perched on the wall beside the gate and reached by a flight of wooden steps.
So peaceful it looked, so calmly isolated, that Lyster felt his heart sicken for his task. The house was well cared for, a bower of green, with spots of yellow oranges gleaming through the leaves. On the covered platform over the gate were two cane chairs, and before the door was another pair. Potted plants lined the steps to the summer-house. Two lizards chased themselves over the rough wall in the sun. A cat lay basking on a window-sill.
Lyster tore himself away. He could envision the mother, gentle, kindly, friendly Northern Italian, so different from the Sicilians and Neapolitans that made up the Italians America knew, the foundation for so much misunderstanding of the Latin nation. Yet there were exceptions, Giuseppi for one.
Lyster turned and walked back to the gate. And as he walked he saw Hutton’s crumpled body and the blood on Shirley Cringan’s hand—the stain on the ring he carried at that moment in his pocket.
Those high stone walls, too, and those iron gates, locked, of course—in them was a story of a life that differed from his conception of the Northern Italian. Lawlessness there, too.
He found the gate locked, as he expected. The bell-wire hung down the side of the wall, and when he pulled it a small black-and-white terrier dashed from the house with a shrill outcry that made further summons redundant. It slithered to a stop just through the iron bars and continued to bark.
A chair scraped beyond the open door, and a small, old woman appeared, wiping her hands on her apron. Old as she was, she carried herself erect, with the poise of the woman who has borne her burdens on her head, the carriage of the queen among peasants.
Buon’ giorno,” she murmured, in a soft voice.
Lyster mustered a stumbling reply, and her face wrinkled understandingly.
“You no spik Italiano,” she said. “I spik Eengleesh. She took a huge iron key from the door-jamb and trotted down the flagged walk, the sunlight flickering dizzily on her through the leaves as she came.
"I'm glad of that," Lyster said. "We can get along better in English. I was wanting to see your son,” he said, as she hesitated inside the gate, with the key in the lock. “I happened to see him on the street to-day, I think. I met him on the boat coming across.”
The old woman unlocked the gate, smiling and excited. “Giuseppi?” she asked, and her tone trembled with affection. “My Giuseppi come home few days. I learn Eengleesh when Giuseppi over there, so maybe I go some day. I call him. He sleeps! Come een, per piacere—plees.”
The terrier smelled doubtfully at Lyster’s leg, but decided it was none of his business and trotted back to lie in the sun. The woman directed the visitor to one of the wicker chairs before the door and went inside.
Lyster sat where she had left him, strangely upset, uncertain of himself, the peaceful scene tugged at his heart, the mother’s crying affection. The terrier lay watching him, this stranger from a foreign land, distrustful, unfriendly, but remote. The cat, irresponsible, rose from the sill, stretched itself, and, leaping to the flags, came to rub itself against Lyster’s ankles. Lyster stooped to fondle it.
A window opened softly over his head, and Lyster, looking up, caught a glimpse of Sydney’s retiring face.
“Hello, Syd—Anselmi! What luck! I happened to see you in town—”
“Hello, Halton!” Sydney’s head reappeared, none too welcoming. “I’ll come down.” The window dropped.
In a few minutes Sydneyappeared in the doorway, a chill, speculative, somewhat suspicious look in his eye.
“How the devil did you run across me here?”
Lyster told the story he had prepared. “This is a small world, isn’t it, Sydney? It’s funny how—”
“Better call me by my right name around here,” Sydneywarned.
"Sure. You didn’t keep our lunch engagement at the Corner House. I was disappointed.”
“No.” Sydney took a long time lighting a cigar; he did not offer Lyster one. “When I found myself so near home I couldn’t wait: I just cut for Chiavari. Where are you going?”
“Nowhere in particular.” Lyster shrugged. “So long as I can keep out of the way of certain people, I’m enjoying myself—comparatively. This place is out of the tourist track. That suits me—for a while.” “But how did you come to stop off here?” Sydney was not satisfied.
“I heard something about it in Genoa. I’ve a girl with expensive tastes. One of them is lace and linens. You’ve got them here better than anywhere else in Europe, I’m told. I missed out on that diamond. By the way, did you ever find it?”
“Not a chance. That thief Redfern got his hands on it for good. I only hope I meet up with him soon.”
“He looked like a nasty man to cross,” Lyster warned. “There isn’t much he wouldn’t do to get a fellow into trouble, I’d say.”
“If I run across him he won’t have a chance to get anyone into trouble again.”
The old mother appeared in the doorway, smiling blandly on them. She addressed her son in Italian, and Sydneyhesitated.
“She wants you to stay to supper,” he told Lyster. “You won’t get what you’re used to—”
“Thank you and her, no. I’m paying for my meals at the hotel, whether I eat them or not. But I’d like you to come down and dine with me to-night.” For a moment he fought with himself. “If your mother would come, too, I’d be delighted.” It burst from him, in spite of a crowding terror that the invitation would be accepted, for he had an old-fashioned respect for the claims of one who had broken bread as his guest.
But Sydney’s reply was prompt enough. “No, she wouldn’t like it.” He said something laughingly to his mother in Italian, and the old woman smiled at Lyster and returned to the house after a friendly "riverderci! You come again."
“The old woman wouldn’t like it if I ate out, Sydneysaid. “I’ll just hang around here as long as I’m in Chiavari.”
“Are you thinking of leaving soon?” Lyster asked, relieved by the man’s refusal, but disturbed by the prospect of further wandering that could only complicate his plan.
Sydney clambered to his feet with a burst of impatience. “Let’s walk,” he growled. Out on the sunny street they trudged along for a time in silence. Sydney glowered at the pavement as they went. “My God, Halton,” he burst out, “I can’t stand this place! I thought it would be a rest, that it would be kind of nice to get back to the old home, the old friends; but I find it’s no home to me now, and the friends are so—so slow. There’s nothing to do, no one to talk to—I mean, about things that matter. I never thought the old place was so dull. God, Halton, it s deadly! . . . I’ve got enough, too, to settle down here for the rest of my life. But I’d go mad.”
They had reached the main street and turned into the shade of the projecting buildings. The traffic of the roadway, from ox-carts to the grandest automobiles, most of the latter containing tourists passing through from Genoatoward the Riviera, was oddly excluded by the intermittent pillars supporting the projecting structures overhead. Lyster began to realize that he had reached an impasse. If Sydney left Chiavari how could he hope to keep in touch with him without exciting suspicion? And if he remained he had a shrewd suspicion that Mussolini would be hard to convince that he should give Sydneyup.
To gain time to think, Lyster drew up before a window in which an elaborate lace bed-spread was on display, and Sydneystood waiting, slightly amused.
“Betcha a fiver your girl wouldn’t know the difference between Chiavari lace and—”
Lyster turned at the sudden silence, to see Sydneycreeping along the wall. He stared, and as Sydney started swiftly away he followed, completely puzzled. Around the first corner they went, Sydney still several paces ahead.
Sydney! Sydney! What’s the hurry? I thought we were—”
Sydney wheeled. His face was a mixture of fury and alarm, which he tried unsuccessfully to conceal.
“Oh, I’m that way,” he laughed. “You were more interested in a bit of lace. I was tired waiting. But it’s later than I thought. Mother’ll be waiting supper for me. Good-bye.” He walked abruptly away.
“Don’t forget to-morrow,” Lyster called. “I must taste some of the real native wine. You promised.”
Sydney waved back without altering his pace and disappeared around the first corner. Lyster, worried, and not knowing what course to follow, watched his back disappear. Sydney, he saw, was almost running at the last. With shaking head he started back. At the corner he came face to face with an altered Redfern.
Lyster sighed. “That did it. He saw you.”
“It’s too big a job for any man to keep out of sight in this town of a fellow like Sydney, who’s always looking for trouble. It’s so dark under these buildings—and I didn’t see you’d stopped until I was almost on you.” He drew up to examine himself in a store window. “I thought this make-up might pass. I see I must be more careful. I’ll clear out now. I'll make for Rapallo—the Savoia Hotel. You’ll have to keep him in sight yourself until this scare wears off."
But Sydney was already out of sight. Next day he did not keep their appointment, and Lyster, calling at his home, was told that he had gone away.
“Just a little visit to Florence,” his mother said. “He won’t be long.” And from its wording Lyster knew it was a message passed on from her son.
A wire to Redfern brought him back and they set out for Florence; there was nowhere else to go. But two weeks of persistent search failed to find the man they sought.
The pair put their heads together, but they could think of nothing except that Sydney, frankly suspicious and frightened of Redfern, and now eluding Lyster as well, introduced a new and complicated problem.
It was then that Lyster thought of Monte Carlo.

Chapter XII At Monte Carlo

BRUCE REDFERN’S experience in the criminal world was wide and his reputation excellent, but in the pursuit of the gang that had brought on itself the vendetta of Nathan Hornbaker he had often thus far found himself at a loss. He was to find himself in greater and more threatening dilemmas before the chase was finished.
Accustomed to planning his own campaigns, he found it difficult to mould his ideas to Lyster’s. The result was an unwonted succession of emergencies for which he was not prepared. It did not do him justice, and he worried under it.
Lyster’s plan was not his from the first, and the very fact that it fitted in neither to his conception of success nor of economy irritated him, and at times made him difficult to work with. To see known criminals going their way when they might have been arrested with more assurance of success, as he thought, and great saving of expense decreased at times his own effectiveness.
Sydney’s escape was an indication of what they might expect all along the line. These men had funds to continue their flight indefinitely—certainly longer than Lyster and Redfern could hope to keep up with them one by one. And in Sydney’s case he felt himself powerless because it had to be left to Lyster to keep in touch with their man.
Lyster’s suggestion of Monte Carlo, therefore, he seized with the eagerness of one who had no clues of his own. Sydney’s gambling proclivities, added to his enthusiastic approval of the resort to Lyster, inclined him to think the suggestion worth more than some others of his companion’s.
“But,” he warned, “we’re up against a new condition with Sydney. I must not only keep under cover, but he suspects me now of disguise and of pursuing him . . . and I don’t see how you’re going to make contact without establishing a suspicion that must already be in his mind. Don’t forget, too, that the man’s desperate.”
That, indeed, worried him not a little—that the dangerous work must, in this case, be taken from his shoulders and placed on another’s.
But Roland Lyster was not without a plan, and without consulting Redfern he set about putting it into operation.
It was one of the French Riviera’s few winter rainy days when he and Redfern alighted at Mentone. In separate taxis, a couple of hours apart, they motored to Monte Carlo, putting up at different hotels. Lyster chose the Hôtel de Paris, sending Redfern to another close by. Sydneywas not likely to appear in either, and they were close enough to keep in touch and get together at a moment’s notice.
Sydney, they decided, if he were in Monte Carlo, would choose some inconspicuous and inexpensive hotel—perhaps in Beausoleil. The identity of the hotel was immaterial; there was one place Sydneywould spend his days—the Casino.
Securing a room overlooking the entrance to the Casino, Lyster set himself to watch the stream of gamblers entering and leaving. For an afternoon and a morning Sydney did not appear, or if he did he was submerged in the crowds. At lunch, served in his room, Lyster discussed it with Redfern.
It was then that the experience and patience of the trained detective came to the fore. He was not depressed. Standing at the window, he watched the milling crowd dropping down the Casino steps and hurrying to lunch, some stopping at the café. It required no experience to pick out the habitues. The open space before the Café de Paris was black with diners.
“There are five hundred in sight all the time at these hours,” he encouraged. “It’s humanly impossible to be certain of noticing them all. Are there not, too, other entrances?” He paced the length of the room and back. “I hate to advise it, but the only thing I see is for you to visit the gambling-rooms. You must take the chance. Monte Carlo is on the usual route of the wanderer, as you’re supposed to be; so that even if he sees you it may be all right. I’m out of the question. I’m sorry, but—”
“Why sorry?” Lyster asked.
“Because there’s danger in it. I mean physical danger. No, not right there in the Casino, but Sydney's the sort of man that if he is convinced you’re trailing him will do something desperate. And I don’t think you’re competent to anticipate his deviltries. He’d get you out somewhere and kill you—just like that.” He snapped his fingers.
Lyster smiled. “Are you jealous? Do you think I came on this chase without some sense of the character of these men? Your turn will come, Redfern Sydney happens, by force of circumstances, to be my meat."
He sat for some time thinking. He was not satisfied. He was not sure that his plan might not be advanced by Redfern exposing himself.
“Suppose he sees me?” he said.
“That’s a risk we must take. You'll have to act according to the emergency that arises. I’m reluctant to throw this on you, Lyster, but I see no other way. If you wish, it’s always easy to escape in that crowd. The rooms will be packed. My own impression, from what I know of Sydney, is that he’ll be too deeply absorbed in the tables to notice anyone.
Lyster waited for the busiest hour, about half-past three, before purchasing his entrance ticket. "The kitchen,” the first and cheaper gambling section, was so crowded that he felt his heart sink. He could scarcely advance between the tables, and among those hundreds Sydneymight well escape him. A cruise-boat had arrived, and the half thousand passengers had flocked to the tables. All about him he heard the familiar American voice, made more audible by the excitement and the strangeness of the scene.
Slowly he made his way among the tables, eyeing their groups in detail, striving to conceal his interest. His beard had grown by this time to a neatly-trimmed wedge, so that he had no fear of being recognized by anyone but Sydney.
At a table in the south room, called into use only for the afternoon crowds, he found the man he sought.
Sydney was seated with his back to the door, so that Lyster had rounded the end of the table before he saw him. As quickly as he dare he retired to the crowd backing Sydney’s chair, though by the look on the latter’s face he knew that only an accident would expose him. Sydney’s fevered eyes were on the wheel, while his hands fumbled restlessly over the pile of coloured discs before him.
Lyster had been twice to Monte Carlobefore, taken there during the Christmas holidays by his pleasure-loving mother, so that the scene was not new to him. He recognized immediately that Sydney was working a “system.” He saw, too, that the odds of his system, playing transversal simple, were too small to mean anything but that the man’s funds were low. Sydney was a plunger. His bloodshot eyes and nervous mien verified the suspicion.
For a few turns of the wheel Lyster watched, then, having learned what he came for, he retired. Redfern immediately took up the trail, this time carefully disguised. So that when Sydneyleft the Casino at six o’clock an awkward-looking, absent-minded professor was not far behind him. Mingling with the emerging crowd, Sydney passed around to the terrace and dropped down the long flight of stairs toward the station, from there climbing to a small hotel in Beausoleil.
Redfern returned to the Hôtel de Paris. “And now what?” He was impatient, throwing the responsibility on Lyster’s shoulders.
Lyster had little to say. In his own mind he had to confess that their repeated good fortune gave no promise of final success. Sydneycould go about his business in Monte Carlo in the open and snap his fingers in their faces.
“We must keep in touch with him,” he replied lamely. “Something is bound to turn up.”
“There was a character in Dickens like that,” Redfern retorted in some disgust. “Don’t you think you’d better come clean about this wonderful plan of yours? If I’m to help, it looks nothing but reasonable that I should know my part.”
Lyster explained. His idea was, he said, to keep in contact with their quarry until he returned to America. That he was bound to do sooner or later. Nothing in Europe would satisfy him after a lifetime in the United States.
“And so we’re to make a life job of it? Not I.”
“Then we must do something to hasten their return.”
“How? The plan is admirable—if it works. What can I do?”
Lyster squirmed. “I’m working on that. Give me a day or two. Between us we can surely think of some way.”
Next afternoon Lyster again visited the Casino. The crowd was not so great, for the cruise-boat was gone to the next hectic shore amusement, but there were gamblers and spectators enough to make him feel safe.
He found Sydney in the same chair at the same table. The crowd at his back was so thick that it was several minutes before Lyster could get more than a glimpse of his rounded shoulders and one hairy ear. For a better view he worked around the end of the table. One of the players seated beside the croupier at that end rose in disgust, cleaned out, and pushed through the crowd, leaving a temporary view of Sydney’s side of the table.
Lyster took one look and dropped abruptly away and fled.
Redfern was not in his room where he had left him, but the telephone brought him from his hotel on the run. Lyster met him at the door and clutched his arm. His face was flushed with excitement.
“God, Redfern! What luck! Frenchy is there with him! They’re playing together, Sydney and he!”
“Did you see Frenchy? How would you recognize him?”
Lyster smiled. “I couldn’t mistake those ears—protruding, with wide lobes. A mask never covers the ears. It was the ears of the gang I fixed in my mind that night. Besides, I recognize his manner of holding himself, and a habit he has of jerking his head.”
Redfern leaped to action. “Cut across there again and keep them in sight till I join you. I’ll be there in fifteen minutes.”
Lyster hurried back to the Casino. The pair were still at the table, Sydney red-eyed and intent, Frenchy fidgety and bad-tempered. Sydney, it was plain, was gambling with Frenchy’s money, too—and losing. Lyster kept them in sight. In half an hour an elderly man, with bent shoulders and eye-glasses, strolled into the room and looked contemptuously about. As he passed Lyster he pinched his arm.
Lyster left the Casino. The elderly man remained.

Chapter XIII An Unexpected Meeting

“THERE’S something in the air, Lyster, and when a pair like that get their heads together it’s a dirty sign. They have long confabs in Sydney’s room, but I can hear only a word now and then. I’m afraid the clerk suspects I had a reason for insisting on the next room.
Redfern and Lyster were talking it over in the latter’s quarters. He had changed his room to a corner one, where he could see the door of the Casino, the Café de Paris, the Mediterranean, and a bit of the terrace that, in the morning, was always thronged Redfern was in his old-man disguise, which he kept in Lyster’s room to avoid unpleasant inquiries in his own hotel.
The detective lolled in one of the easy-chairs, eyeing Lyster with some impatience. The latter had taken his stand before the window over the water, a view of which he never tired. The sea glistened in the sun, shafts of shifting light against a background of brilliant blue. The Côte d’Azur. A yacht race was in progress, the line of white-winged butterflies leaning before the wind.
“We don’t need to worry,” Lyster said, "as long as they’re content to stay in Monte Carlo."
“But what good does that do us?"
“Something will turn up—we’ll find a way out. Time plays into our hands more than into theirs. In a few days they’ll be penniless.”
“Then what?”
“They’ll make for the one country where they know how to make easy money.”
“And how will they get there—without money?” No answer forthcoming, he continued. “No, I’ll tell you what will happen: we’ll never have a chance to lay hands on them.”
“Why not?”
“Lawlessness gets short shift in Monte Carlo. The Casino can stand anything but that.”
Lyster asked nervously: “What do you mean?”
“That Sydney and Frenchy will try other means of making money—and that will end our game. There’s too much money about this place for them to go straight for long, even if they don’t lose at the tables. But every franc that comes to Monte Carlo belongs to the Casino—or they think it does. The first move these crooks make to clean someone out they’ll find themselves in jail for life, or thereabouts. . . . If they had their choice I’m sure they’d prefer American justice to the Casino’s.”
“Do you think we might—” Lyster saw the twinkle in the detective’s eyes. “All right, then we must keep them out of a Monacoprison.”
Redfern scoffed. “Can a leopard change his spots?”
Lyster was back at the window again, his eyes unfocused, thinking hard. “Couldn’t we frighten them away—somehow?”
“Of course. I might introduce myself. They’d be sure to skip out—and leave us cold. But sooner or later these scamps are bound to get up against the law and when they do we might as well bid them good-bye. I’m afraid the United States and its law enforcement has roused an unfortunate appetite in them. There are so many ways to make a living out there—most of them shady.”
Lyster couldn’t face it. “There’s another tourist boat dropping anchor off the harbour, he said inanely. “It’s the picture I like best to look at in all Monte Carlo. There must be another in, too; I heard a strange whistle early this morning. The crowds, too, prove it.”
Redfern had seen it. “It’s hidden from here by the Casino—a big white boat. Well, I must get on my job again. I’m getting a permanent quaver in my voice with this disguise. But I warn you, Lyster, Sydneyand Frenchy have something on their mind; they’re up to some deviltry. Between their losses at roulette and this plot they’re discussing they have some hot words. I only hope it doesn’t break into too hot a flame before we’re through with them. Anyone can see they hate the sight of each other, but a common past, criminal association, binds them together. I'm off. And you’d better get some exercise. I’ll have you sick on my hands if you sit all day at these windows. Try a climb to La Turbie. It might clear your head."
Lyster ignored the hint in the detective’s final words. He did not climb to La Turbie. Instead, something drew him to the terrace, where the usual mid-forenoon crowd was airing itself and its foibles—actresses and their outlandish pets, old men and women with cats and dogs on leash, a woman in white with a parakeet on her shoulder, badly-dressed English women, garrulous Americans settling the woes of the world for the public to hear, demure French damsels with an eye to the easy mark, dusky Italians; officers of two nations, the French heavily gilded, the Italian with high grey caps and natty caped uniforms; Algerian rug-peddlars, bulgy-necked Germans.
Roland Lyster was not interested. He leaned on the stone railing and looked out over the most beautiful waterscape in the world. The yacht race was over, but the yachts lay at anchor like butterflies on a bank of flowers. Two great steamships were anchored off-shore. Against the towering white side of the larger hugged a little steam tender, and Lyster could see the passengers crowding into her for a day ashore. The other tourist boat, rebelling against the exorbitant fees asked by the tender—owned by the Casino, as is everything else in Monaco operated at a profit—was sending its passengers ashore in its own boats.
As the tender started toward the harbour Lyster detached himself from the railing and set out more or less aimlessly for the wharf. Taking his stand on a landing of the winding stair that dropped from the upper road to the wharf, he watched the passengers come ashore. Americans, of course. He recognized them by their eager manner, their unrestrained greetings and banter, their contagious acceptance of Monte Carlo as a creation for their special amusement.
Suddenly he started, almost losing his balance. Then, three steps at a time, he plunged downward, almost upsetting two men he passed on the way and bringing on his unobservant head the maledictions of an old woman who aimed a blow at him with her umbrella. A long line of taxis was drawn up on the wharf, and a group of three was climbing into one when Lyster rushed up to them.
“Well!” he exclaimed, choking for words, extending his hand to a lovely young girl who, turning her head ever so little, eyed him coldly.
“I think,” she said, “you’ve made a mistake,” and lifted her foot to the running-board.
The man of the party, already seated in the taxi, thrust his head out. “What do you want?"
Lyster’s face paled. Bewildered, he stepped back, his hand still extended. “ I—beg—your pardon, ’ he murmured.
The lips of the girl parted, and her eyes widened.
“Why—mumsie—if it isn’t Mr. Lyster!”
Only then did Lyster remember his disguising beard. “Another moment and I’d have doubted it myself, Miss Cringan,” he laughed. “How are you, Mrs. Cringan—and Mr. Cringan? I’d forgotten my adornment. Please tell me what you think of it."
“Mr. Lyster,” Shirley replied solemnly, “you’re a changed man.”
“Which, you’ll agree, is all to the good,” he returned. “But what are you doing here?”
Shirley waved a despairing hand. “Don’t ask that or there’ll be another change of itinerary. You remember the one we laid out? Well, it's been so useful to daddy—to tell him where he didn’t wish to go. The Cringans are like that—strong, independent, born of the soil, and all that. And now that we’ve told you everything, everything, give us a chance. What are youdoing here? Have you taken that last desperate step we discussed, and broken away from uncle’s apron-strings? Have you a system to break the bank of Monte Carlo? Have your ambitions climbed to that lofty pinnacle?”
“Perhaps,” her mother broke in, “Mr. Lyster doesn’t wish to tell all he knows in one breath.”
“He’s been two years telling it to Uncle Nathan, and at the last reports he was still going strong. Such a widely-informed young man!”
Lyster ached to hit back, but for the life of him he couldn’t think of anything that fitted the case. He was always thus with Shirley.
“You’ll be at the Casino later, Mrs. Cringan,” he said, ignoring her daughter. “I’ll see you then. You’re driving along the Grande Corniche, of course. All tourists do.”
He was moving away when Shirley stopped him. “Perhaps you were going to invite us to dine at the Café de Paris,” she suggested dryly. “Don’t let us interfere with your plans.”
“I had thought of the Hôtel de Paris,” he said. Shirley frowned. “Beggars can’t be choosers, of course, but I’ve dreamed of the open before the café. Shall we say the café, then?”
“I’m afraid not. I’ve engaged a table at the hotel.” Lyster had no thought of exposing himself to discovery by Sydneyby eating in the open anywhere. “I would strongly recommend the hotel.”
“And I would strongly recommend the café, and since we originated the invitation—even at your expense—But, I see: your system at the tables doesn’t permit entertaining friends, even old friends. The alternative is that you be our guest.”
Lyster looked straight into her eyes. “There are some things you have yet to learn, Miss Cringan—such simple things as the relative cost of dining at the café and at the hotel. But I see the line is waiting to start. Ask for me at the hotel, please, when you return.” He lifted his hat and started away. “By the way” he turned back to call it at them—“ask for Mr. Simpson, Mr. Jasper Simpson.”
He had reached the foot of the steps when his arm was caught from behind, and he looked around into Shirley’s flushed cheeks.
“Plainly you need a chaperon, Mr. Lyster. ‘Jasper Simpson,’ forsooth! No, don’t worry about me. Mumsie and daddy were quite content to go without me. I’ve been a bore, I guess and you see the reputation you have for stodgy trustworthiness. It isn’t many men they’d entrust me to—being what I am. I can only gather they were gay young sparks themselves in their youth. Those whiskers just breathe stability and sobriety and stodginess.”
Lyster looked her over in some alarm. For the life of him he had no idea what to do with her.
“Monte Carlo is no place for a real lady alone,” she said demurely, linking her arm in his. “I feel like a plucked pigeon in all this gilded vice.”
“I notice how the Americans take to it,” he said. She retorted: “What do you know about the Americans? You’ve been there only three years. We talk about the great American melting-pot for Poles and Italians and Hungarians and other outlandish people. I suppose it’s because we know a melting-pot isn’t hot enough to melt the English.”
“We encountered the flux of that melting-pot on a certain night a few weeks ago at your uncle’s.” She winced elaborately. “Either you’ve developed an art since we last met, or I’ve become more intelligent and notice it. Or perhaps it's just plain stupidity—I’ve lost the knack of dodging. By the way, we’re leaving the boat here.”
“Then the trip around the world is off?”
“Definitely. It was never really on. I warned you. Daddy, you may have observed, is a genius. Temperament, you know, temperament. He still thinks, more than ever I may say, that he sees his Great Chance. . . . So we’re going to settle down at Collioure.”
“Where’s Collioure?”
She shrugged her pretty shoulders. “Does it matter? Your guess is as good as mine. We heard about it on the boat. It’s somewhere in France—not far, I heard someone say vaguely, from the Spanish border. What an inspiration to Art—the influence of two nations steeped in Art—even if it’s bull-fighting in one and the making of wine—and money—in the other. I warned you it would happen. In Collioure, it seems, Art flourishes like a bad weed—no fertilizing, no cultivation, no watering. It’s the soil—or the air. That and a lot of back-scratching from kindred spirits. Oh, well, let’s forget it. Whence the ‘Simpson’?”
“I told you what I was going to do, Miss Cringan. I’m doing it.”
She stopped on the stairs above him and looked down on him. “The bloodhound?”
“You might call it that.”
She climbed on. “And,” she murmured over her shoulder, “the fact that you’re still the Roland Lyster of vague dreams and dreamy ambitions proves that the job is—just another job. You’ve been— let’s see—two months and a half on it. May I ask what you’ve accomplished—besides winning for yourself a pleasant, luxurious holiday at uncle’s expense?”
They had reached the sloping road that rounded toward the Casino. He drew up beside her, and without a word dropped into her hand the diamond ring Toni Pensa had torn from her finger.
“Oh!” she murmured, and was silent.



Chapter XIV At The Casino

THE afternoon “séance” at the Casino had not yet begun. Out in the main room of “the kitchen” three roulette tables played sleepily. At Number 2, “the suicides’ table,” four chairs were empty. In the side-rooms the extra tables were being prepared for the afternoon crowd.
A young lady entered and conferred for a few moments in imperfect French with an attendant, and a fifty-franc note exchanged hands. A few moments later a small white square lay on the table before a certain chair. Before the two to the right lay other white squares. The young lady wandered about the outer room.
In twenty minutes every chair in the larger room was occupied, and the side-rooms had begun to fill. Sydneyand Frenchy hurried in, picked up two of the white squares, and sat down. Most of the other chairs filled almost immediately, and a small crowd gathered in the rear. At the first call of “faites vos jeux, messieurs” the young lady worked her way through the crowd and dropped into the empty chair with the remaining white square before it. She did not glance at her neighbours.
She commenced to play, hesitatingly, fussily, mussily. Placing a mise on a number, she removed it in a panic as the croupier called “rien ne va plus,” and sat ogling the jumping marble.
Losses raked in and winnings thrown across the table, the game proceeded. “Faites vos jeux, messieurs.” The girl placed a white disc, and as the croupier called to stop the play she grabbed a red disc from the table and sat back.
“Here, here, miss!” Frenchy, her neighbour on the right, protested. “That’s mine! You’ve got my chip. Say, mister,” to the chef, “she’s taken my chip.”
The chef looked coldly from one to the other. The young woman stiffened indignantly. “Excuse me,” she said, and stilled Frenchy’s protest with a look.
But he continued to grumble, and Sydney, on his right, threw the girl a murderous glare. The game proceeded. The young woman played a few more turns and withdrew. She had lost every time.
Next morning Sydney and Frenchy secured their usual places with the opening of the door, but in the main room, since the side-rooms were open only in the afternoon. Across the table the same girl faced them, fumbling her chips as usual, placing several and withdrawing them. A pile of Sydney’s won, but the girl gathered in the winnings so quickly that she had them in her hand before the two men could intercept her.
This time they made a determined howl. Frenchy stormed to his feet, his face red with rage. “She’s a thief!” he shouted. “That’s the second time she’s done it. She goes around stealin’ chips. Why don’t you stop it?”
But his very noise defeated his purpose. A corps of attendants swarmed about him from nowhere and he found himself hustled away. Sydney followed. They met in the lobby.
“The damned thief!” Sydneysnarled. “But what’s the use? They’ll play up to a skirt every time, these crooked croupiers. We got to keep away from her. But when I get the chance—” He ground his teeth.
The girl passed, making for the front door. Sydneyedged up beside her.
“You'll play that game once too often, miss,” he threatened.
The girl looked through him without a word and continued her way. Frenchy scowled after her.
“What the hell’s it mean? Looks to me’s if she’s playin’ us for suckers.”
They had taken their stand near one of the marble pillars. Both were in a vile temper.
“I’m clearin’ out,” Frenchy said. “You hand over my split, Dago George, and I’ll pull out for Banyuls. I’m scared of things—I’m scared of everything. We ain’t got out of that Hornbaker job yet, not by a damn sight! I’m safe in Banyuls—among friends, too. Nobody’d think of lookin’ for me in my old home town. If you guys had split fair what Toni and The Skunk got from that vault I’d be sittin’ pretty for the rest of my life. Oh, you didn’t fool me—”
Sydney stopped him with a snort of anger. “I’ve told you a thousand times we did split fair. You got as much as I did.”
“Oh, yeah? Don’t try to pull my leg. You frisked Toni clean, too, you and The Skunk. I seen it—but I didn’t get a damn cent of that!” He glared at Sydney, who made a futile gesture with his hands and moved toward the cloak-counter.
They handed over their checks. An attendant disappeared and in a moment returned with their hats. In the band of Sydney’s was thrust an envelope. Sydneyjerked it out.
“What’s this?”
“It was left for you,” said the attendant in English.
Sydney tore the envelope open, and as he read his face paled a little. Grabbing his hat, he dragged his companion toward the door.
“What d’you think of this?” he snarled, handing the note to Frenchy.
The latter read and, lifting his head, cast a frightened glance about the lobby.
“Me,” he said in a loud whisper, “I’m pullin’ out. But you got to come across with a couple of grand or there’ll be trouble. It’s not half what’s comin’ to me, neither; but I’ll call it square.”
“I tell you I didn’t get more’n my share,” Sydneygrowled. “Besides, I’ve lost it all in this damned place! You’ve got plenty.”
“You double-crossed me, you did,” Frenchy insisted. “Yer a damned liar!”
Sydney made a threatening movement with his fist, but restrained himself in time.
Frenchy sneered. “Sure. Doin’ a stretch in Monte Carlo don’t look none too good, does it?”
“You ask Toni or The Skunk if we weren’t on the level,” Sydneysaid, choking back his anger.
“Yeah, and Toni dead, and The Skunk vamoosed. Youcan skip all over the country and burn the jack, you can. I can’t afford it.”
“You can if you’ve got the guts,” Sydneydeclared. He seized the other’s arm. “You come in on that little job to-night, then we can clear out.”
They disappeared through the main door. From behind a pillar a man who looked like an absent- minded professor stepped out. He went straight to the Hôtel de Paris.
In the lounge a young woman sat nursing a swinging foot. The professor approached and bowed.
“If you’ll come up with me to Mr. Lyster’s room, Miss Cringan,” he said in a low voice, “you won’t have to wait. Oh, I forgot to introduce myself. I’m Professor Mitchell, alias Redfern. My name-in-character will get me upstairs without delay.”
In Lyster’s room Shirley opened her purse. “Here’s seventy francs that isn’t mine. But if you had your deserts you’d be arrested for receiving stolen goods. I’m not sure if it’s Dago George’s or Frenchy’s. I could make an easy living at the roulette tables, but I’m through. I couldn’t work it again, because they’d never play at a table with me. Besides, it’s accomplished all it can hope for.”
“Do you think they didn’t recognize you?” Lyster asked.
“I’m sure they didn’t. I was in evening dress that night at Uncle Nathan’s.”
Redfern listened with a bewilderment that changed to indignation.
“I seem to be a gooseberry in this little game," he said with some bitterness. “Hadn't you better let me in somewhere, Lyster? I saw Miss Cringan’s little play at the table yesterday and this morning. I was on my way to get the low-down on it. Whatever the game is, it seems a desperate idea to use Miss Cringan for such a dangerous purpose.”
Lyster shook his head apologetically. “I know I should have told you before, but I knew you’d object. Your methods are different from mine, Redfern—the difference between the professional and the amateur, I suppose. Miss Cringan and I agreed that there might be something in this. We hope to worry these men back to the United States, to hound them out of Europe.”
“I’m still of the opinion,” Redfern objected, “that all you’ll accomplish is to hound them out of our sight. My idea is to keep track of them, not to risk losing them in this big continent.”
“I’ve too much confidence in Bruce Redfern to believe they can give us the slip.”
Redfern was unmoved. “How do you think I got my reputation? Certainly not by permitting amateurs to lay my course. . . . It just happens that this twist won’t probably go wrong. I know where Frenchy will make for. By sheer luck I heard much of their discussion in the Casino lobby. Frenchy will make for some place called Banyuls, wherever it is. He called it his home town, yet it can’t be French with that final ‘s’ pronounced. And there’s something more you can explain: Sydney received a letter with his hat at the cloak-counter. Yours, of course. It upset them badly.”
“That’s good.” Lyster smiled happily. “I haven’t much faith in Casino servants, but that one got a cool hundred from me. You must see, Redfern, that as long as these fellows are in Monte Carlowe can do nothing.”
“Perhaps you’ll tell me what the letter contained.”
“A gentle reminder of the robbery we’re working on. I don’t want them to feel they’ve thrown off pursuit. Now they’ll leave Monte Carlo. You’ll see. We’ll follow—wherever they go. And they’ll leave that place, too, and keep on moving, until the bloodhounds get their nerve. There’ll be but one haven left—the United States. It’s a risk, but we have to take a risk whatever we do. I’d like to convince you I’m right, Redfern. Miss Cringan agrees with me.”
Redfern shrugged. “Then what does it matter what I think?”


Chapter XV A Meeting of Rogues

SHIRLEY returned to the Hôtel des Anglais, where the Cringans were staying before going to Collioure. Redfern, the professor, departed to make contact once more with his men. Lyster, fuming at his enforced seclusion, decided to risk another airing, and, as usual, he sought the terrace.
The morning promenaders were more numerous than ever, but Lyster, looking out over the lower drive, was unconscious of it. The yacht race was in progress again, the tiny white triangles dotting the brilliantly-coloured sea. A steamship lay at anchor, but the one that had brought the Cringans had departed long ago for Naples. The crunch of feet at his back, the chatter of voices in a dozen tongues, the rumble of trains, the screech of trams rounding the climb from the Condamine, was drowsy symphony to his dreams.
Roland Lyster was thinking, not of the task that had brought him to Monte Carlo, but of the girl who laid so unexpectedly been injected once more into his life in that absorbing city. Save that her restless gaiety was heightened, flavoured, indeed, by a recklessness that sometimes shocked him, she had not changed in the ten weeks since he saw her last. She was still the alluring creature of startling moods and wild enthusiasms, so inexplicable that he sometimes trembled before them—though he took care that she should not suspect—so unreasonable that often he longed to spank her.
The worrying of the robbers at the gaming tables, while an offshoot of his own plan, originated with Shirley, and she had undertaken it with her usual ardour. Indeed, he had found it difficult to restrain her to the point where its object would not be too apparent. But even as she worked with him, supported him against the more practical Redfern, added touches of ingenuity beyond his imagination, he was not blind to the fact that she still was the annoying young woman who took pleasure in tantalizing him.
On the bench nearest to where he stood looking out over the sea sat a party of Americans. He recognized them by their accent and by their frank enjoyment of the coloured scene. Without interest, at intervals he heard them discussing their trip, criticizing the boat and its passengers, and comparing experiences at the roulette tables.
A patter of broken English interrupted:
“Pairfoom, madam. You buy pairfoom? Good pairfoom—jasmine, chypre, lilac, hyacinthe. Pairfoom de Grasse. Cheep pairfoom. I sell cheep.”
Lyster recognized the studied ingenuousness that so often caught the credulous tourist. Vaguely he wondered if the Americans would fall for it. But they were not interested.
“Run along,” a man’s voice said. “Nothing doing. We got enough junk now to sink the ship.”
Lyster turned indifferently. What he saw was the usual dark-skinned “Algerian,” in big, baggy, brightly-coloured trousers and sloppy tunic. To-morrow, failing sales for his perfume, he would probably be offering the gaudy Oriental rugs—made in Paris or Belgium—with the same ingenuous-sounding English but a different wording. Lyster strolled away and climbed the steps beside the Casino. There he stopped, leaning on the stone railing above the terrace.
The perfume-seller hopefully plied his trade, though he seemed to be meeting with little success. Bench after bench heard his practised jargon without interest.
Lyster watched incuriously. The man was not a good salesman; he lacked the persistence of his fellows. At the end of the terrace he turned back.
At that moment a man in the moving crowd about him shifted his direction and pulled up beside Lyster. It was Redfern, still the professor. Neither spoke, but Lyster read that the detective was more than ordinarily interested in the crowd below.
The perfume-seller, discouraged at last, had closed his little valise and taken the one vacant bench immediately below where Lyster and Redfern stood leaning over the railing. A moment later Lyster, looking around, missed the detective. His eyes fell once more on the perfume-seller—and suddenly his bands gripped so tightly over the railing that the knuckles stood out white.
Someone touched him on the shoulder, and he whirled about. Redfern was beckoning him back.
“So you recognize him now?”
“I don’t see how I failed to so long,” Lyster whispered back. “I’d know those small ears anywhere, with that bull neck and square jaw—and the way he moves, like a panther. The Skunk!”
Redfern’s lips twisted to a smile. He turned away, making a slight gesture for Lyster to follow. They talked only as gaps in the crowd permitted.
“Would you have missed him if I hadn’t wakened you?”
“Perhaps. It keyed me up a little.”
“And he’s still selling perfume, the one job within the law that he knows! I ran across him once on another case back home. We’re in luck—such luck that I can’t imagine it will last.”
They moved about the upper terrace, Lyster two paces behind. Now and then Redfern made his way back to the railing and looked over.
In an uncrowded spot he paused to light a cigarette. “I’m wondering if it is luck,” he murmured, shaking his head. “I’m afraid we’ve such a big mouthful we’ll choke ourselves. I can’t understand what The Skunk is doing here. . . . At the best it means a big task for us, because there are three of them now to keep track of . . . I’ve a feeling there’s something serious in the air, perhaps tragedy—and that means disaster to us. The Skunk has bigger things in mind than the sale of perfume. He wasn’t anxious about sales, anyway.”
“What do you suspect?” Lyster inquired.
“He’s looking for someone. I’m here to see who it is—and for what.”
The railing was crowded enough now to risk a franker inspection of their man.
The Skunk was still there, now plainly impatient and angry, and not a little disturbed. His satchel of perfume lay on the ground beside him, and his eyes were fixed on the steps at the west end of the terrace.
Lyster was excited, though, as usual, he did not show it. His reputation for self-possession was based hugely on his unemotional expression that so often failed to record the tumult within. He considered Redfern’s inquietude. Were they, indeed, involved now in a task too big for them? Were they by The Skunk’s unexpected appearance on the scene pitched headlong into an entanglement with which they were, only by numbers, unable to cope? How could a pair of them keep in touch with three, especially as Lyster, at least, must remain unseen by one of them, and Redfern was forced to trust to a disguise.
A tingle ran through his veins. Here in Monte Carlowere three of the four men they sought! He straightened his shoulders.
That the three knew of one another’s presence there could be no doubt. The Monte Carlo meeting was not accidental. But what did their meeting imply? What did it portend? That, Lyster knew, was as great a puzzle to Redfern. How could they hope to uncover the answer, when mere exposure meant that the three would scatter and elude them? That more drastic means might be taken by such men to escape pursuit did not occur to him.
It did not surprise him, therefore, when Frenchy’s jerking head and stooped shoulders appeared at the lop of the steps at the end of the terrace, and after a quick glance about, made straight for The Skunk. Lyster drew back. He noticed, too, that Redfern was taking no chances.
When they dared to look again Frenchy was seated beside The Skunk rolling a cigarette. They might have been any two casuals of the throng, for they seemed to pay no attention to each other for a long time. Then a close observer—like the two over their heads—would have noticed that, though the pair never looked at each other, their lips moved. Presently they forgot their caution. They seemed to be quarrelling, though they continued to keep their voices low. After a time Frenchy threw a furious look at his companion, plunged to his feet and stalked away.
The Skunk glowered after him, then, jerking his satchel to his shoulder, he moved off in the other direction, prattling his wares.

Chapter XVI Number Two

REDFERN wandered about “the kitchen” of the Casino. He had taken more pains than usual with his disguise, for he felt less confident of passing the inquiring eyes of The Skunk, though that cunning rogue had seen him only once, a year before. The Skunk’s presence had impelled him to urge once more that official action should be taken without loss of time, but Lyster remained firm, and Shirley Cringan, who never failed to impress on her companions that she knew her Uncle Nathan better than either, supported him.
“If extradition failed,” she warned, “Uncle Nathan would never rest. He’d be sure to take desperate means to get hold of them. And you,” flashing a look at Lyster, “would be foolish enough to do what he asked. No one knows better than you, Mr. Redfern, how small a chance a foreigner has in these courts, and we’ve only the word of a dead man to back up a demand for extradition. Yes, I know you’d identify him, Mr. Lyster, but what weight would that carry when it was pointed out that they were all masked? At the best the affair would drag on and on, to the profit of no one but the French. The contents of American pockets are heaven-sent manna to the French.”
Lyster argued that with the funds of at least two of the three members of the gang getting low, they would be forced to return to America before long. To that extent the Casino was playing their game. In the end Redfern gave grudging consent to delay action.
And so in “the kitchen” he searched for his men. He had been on their track since noon, had followed them to and fro from the Casino, and now they were back at the tables, having returned before the evening rush in order to get seats.
He found them without trouble. They were seated side by side, Sydney with a pile of discs before him, while Frenchy kept clumsy record in a dirty note-book. The brightness of their eyes, their twitchings and eagerness, proved that they were having a run of luck.
But success went to Sydney’s head, and after a time he abandoned the system as too slow and began to play all around the number seventeen. On the very next turn the ball settled in fourteen, and Sydney, with a grin, perspiring profusely, gathered in his winnings. He repeated the play and lost. But the next fling of the ball brought a killing, seventeen itself. The two men breathed audibly, while the crowd smiled approvingly.
Frenchy, more phlegmatic than his companion, less the confirmed gambler, had time to note that across the table an elderly man was experiencing a run of luck equal to their own and much more consistent. And he used hundred franc discs, unobtrusively raking in his winnings and surreptitiously dropping them in his pocket, so that the pile before him was no record of his good fortune. The very time Sydney scored so heavily the old man had a single piece en plein on seventeen, but it won him more than Sydney’s cluster of red discs.
Frenchy’s eyes glistened, and he let the lids droop over them. He whispered to his companion, but Sydney, drowned in his own play, shook him off. Luck was turning. Time after time the lucky number hugged the ends of the table, and the pair saw their pile diminish, until only half a dozen discs remained.
With a whispered word Frenchy left the table and was swallowed in the crowd.
Redfern kept him in sight, puzzled and disturbed. That the fellow had something in mind was evident, and anything in that man’s mind boded ill for someone. The detective watched him for a time, then hurried from the Casino. Lyster was not in his room, nor was he to be found by paging. Redfern had never been more excited. He wanted Lyster badly, for there was work for both of them. Those two or three minutes of keeping Frenchy in sight had warned him.
He hastened back to the Casino.
But Sydney and his companion had disappeared. A glance at the other side of the table brought a familiar tingle to the detective’s veins, and again he raced for the hotel to see if Lyster had yet returned. Not finding him he began to be alarmed. Where could he be at such an hour? It was almost midnight, and Lyster had been so careful to remain indoors except for necessary exercise and air. Redfern wandered out and watched the thinning crowd leaving the Casino.
The streets grew quieter, more deserted. Redfern set out for the slope leading down to the Condamine. Lyster did much of his walking there, crowding his limited exercise into climbing the hill where he was not likely to meet Dago George. In the Hôtel de Paris many a window was still lighted, but the cliff below the hotel, along the roadway, lay in black shadow. On the other side of the roadway was a precipitous drop to the harbour.
Redfern had the street to himself, save for three figures moving down the slope before him. He stepped into the landing at the head of a flight of stairs dropping to the wharf and leaned over the railing. He felt unaccountably uneasy. Something was happening, or about to happen—he had learned to trust that throbbing in his veins—and he had no idea what it was, or how to go about finding out. Had it anything to do with Lyster’s inexplicable absence from the hotel at such an hour? Should he—
He was brought sharply upright by a cry—a cry choked off half-way. As he stood trying to locate it he plainly heard the scuffle of feet, and he dashed into the roadway and looked down the hill.
A confused group was in sight, and he knew they must be the three he had seen ahead of him a few seconds before. Almost at the same instant a man moved out from the shadow of the cliff into the roadway. After a few steps he pulled up, then, crouched a little, he crept nearer and nearer the group on the pavement.
Suddenly one of them turned, uttered a smothered curse, and the hand that flew out in the dim light was readily intelligible to the detective. At the end of that hand, he knew, was a gun. It covered the men in the roadway, who stopped but did not retreat.
The retirement forced on him sometimes irritated Lyster beyond endurance. At such times the one relief was to get out and walk. But he could never get enough of it, and the care with which he must choose his streets and the continued vigilance wore on him. It made his temper short, his patience thin. The Cringans were remaining in town a couple of days more, but he had only once or twice seen Shirley without the unromantic presence of the detective.
On this night he watched the movement about the Casino, the lights, the intermittent stream of customers at the café, until he could stand it no longer. He called up Shirley Cringan at her hotel and proposed a stroll, but she was tied by a game of double dummy with her father, a plan of her mother’s to keep him from the gaming tables. Accordingly Lyster set out alone.
It was a balmy night, and the wind came softly over the sea. With the settled instinct of concealment he started down the slope to the Condamine, and presently found himself on the wharf. The stillness of the night, the lights of the rock of Monaco, the flashing passage of a train, the twinkling portholes of a yacht anchored in the harbour, and the broad planks of the wharf all to himself—he lost track of time.
A gust of wind that almost dislodged his hat brought him to himself. Looking at his watch as he came to the street end of the wharf, he saw that it was almost midnight. Accordingly he turned back and started to climb the stairs to the street, avoiding the long slope. As he reached a landing near the top a man passed down the slope. Instinctively Lyster stopped. A moment later two men moved along in the same direction. Lyster had reached a point where he could just see above the upper landing, and something in their manner made him look more closely.
It was Sydney and Frenchy!
Making no sound, Lyster climbed to the street. He crossed it and disappeared in the shadows under the cliff. He saw the three men now plainly, one twenty paces ahead and alone. The broken group went on. Lyster kept pace with them under the cliff, his heart beating fast.
He had begun to wonder if his nerves were not getting the better of him, when the pair in the rear quickened their pace. They neared the lone man ahead. Lyster grasped his stick by the end. He carried no gun, partly because he had never carried one, partly because he had no wish to become involved with inquisitive officials. The three across the street were almost merged into a mass when Sydney leaped.
Their victim’s outcry was cut off, choked by a violent hand. The next instant he lay on the walk, and while Frenchy held him powerless Sydney went through his pockets.
Lyster started to the rescue.
But half-way across the street it flashed on him what his interference would mean. Momentarily he drew up. Though it did not appear that the two ruffians were unduly maltreating their victim, he could not remain a mere observer. He might have cried out, but the instinct of secrecy was too strong, the desire to do something more effective too urgent.
Neither Sydney nor Frenchy heard him until he was only a few steps away. Then it was Sydney who whirled on him, at the same time drawing a gun.
Lyster was too near to leave doubt as to his identity, and Sydney, after a gasp of surprise, uttered a foul oath.
“Aha! So it’s you, is it? I begin to see daylight. So you’ve been trailing me all the time. That’s why we meet so often.”
He had transferred a great roll of notes to his left hand, while his right held the gun steadily pointing. Lyster saw that Frenchy had made a complete job of binding their victim, only muffled cries coming through the gag. At Lyster’s appearance Frenchy had leaped away on the run, but with Sydney so plainly in control of the situation he stopped and slowly returned, hugging the wall that cut off the pavement from the drop to the harbour.
Sydney’s teeth were bared. “I know what you are now. You’re one of Hornbaker’s dicks. It was you sent that letter to me at the Casino.” He stepped toward Lyster, his face working furiously, chin thrust forward. “ By God, you won’t have a chance to get anyone! You’re—”
He never completed the sentence. There was a quick movement at his back, a flash, and a stunning report whanged into the cliff. And as Sydney, his lips parted in surprise, toppled forward, Frenchy leaped on him, wrenched from his hand the roll of French notes, and ran.
“That for you!” he hissed. “I get my share at last.”
Lyster started after him, but a grip of steel closed on his wrist.
“Stay where you are,” Redfern whispered. “There’s a policeman coming. That shot would be heard a mile.” He edged to the wall and, drawing a gun from his pocket, dropped it over. “Now help me untie this old man. Remember, we just happened to be out for a walk. We know nothing—nothing—nobody. And if you’ve a gun, for God’s sake get rid of it right away. I hope this old chap doesn’t understand English. Is Sydney done for? It looks like it.”
An under-sized policeman in a comic-opera uniform came running down the street, gun in hand. Redfern called to him in English to hurry, and pointed to Frenchy, far down the street and making fast time.
“He shot this man,” Lyster explained in French, pointing to Sydney’s twisted body. “They were robbing this other man, and then one shot the other and got away with the money. We were too late to stop it.” He told their story, and the old man, who understood no English, confirmed it. The policeman officiously searched them for weapons nevertheless, and only then, when pursuit was obviously hopeless, set out after Frenchy.
Lyster knelt beside the dead man and struck a match. Several notes lay scattered about, and these their owner pounced on and started to leave the scene. But Redfern intercepted him.
“Tell him he’ll have to stay till the policeman returns,” he told Lyster. “My French isn’t quite up to it. There’ll be a volume of questions to answer, damn it!”
The policeman puffed up the slope, empty-handed, pompously earnest in pursuing the least dangerous course. For almost an hour three or four officials pestered them with questions before they were permitted to go.
When they were alone Lyster took Redfern’s arm. He sighed.
“Toni Boitani gone. Now Sydney—number two. And Mr. Hornbaker won’t be satisfied with the way they went.”

Chapter XVII Warning

LYSTER himself was disappointed. He knew Nathan Hornbaker was more anxious to see the gang punished for what it had done to him and his than for even more brutal crimes. He concerned himself only with a single crime. The one relieving feature of Sydney’s death was that it simplified the pursuit of his companions. Instead of three, they now had but two to deal with, and two who introduced no such complication as Lyster’s previous acquaintance with the murdered man. That Frenchy would not recognize him again he felt assured; until he grabbed the notes from Sydney’s hand he was too distant to see features in detail, and at that moment his one thought was to escape with his booty.
Next day the Cringans left for Collioure, their stay cut short by a warning from Redfern.
“Might as well clear out,” he said, “before the police learn that you’re friends of ours. Goodness knows what a siege of questioning we have before us.”
The publicity of it appealed to Clifford at first, but when Redfern grew solemn about its dangers, and feigned fear even for himself, there was no question of further delay.
An hour before the train was due to leave Shirley and Lyster met on the terrace.
“You’re in on all the fun,” she complained. “ I can see myself settling down in an isolated village, with nothing to do but watch the family budget and daddy’s moods. I must keep mumsie from extravagance and daddy from despair. That’s a job in itself without—without having to amuse myself amidst the erotic excesses of every art colony I ever heard of . . . I wish I was a man.”
“There’d be disadvantages,” Lyster replied, tongue-tied as usual before her, and hating himself for it.
“That opens an endless discussion—and we’ve only an hour.”
His heart leaped, but he knew Shirley meant less than he wished to take from it. “Yes,” he agreed, “it’s far too short.”
A train rumbled beneath them, and they waited for it to pass.
“Too short for what?” she asked, not looking at him.
“For—for anything—anything important, I mean.”
“Is there anything important to be said?”
His lips parted in a gush of words: “Many things. Important to me, at any rate. You think certain things of me. Please don’t interrupt. I know you think them; you make no effort to conceal it.”
“Oh,” she cut in, tapping the stone railing with her finger-tips, “does it matter what I think?”
“It does. It would matter to any man.”
“Oh—to any man?” Her tone was frigid now. “An academic discussion, a beautifully impersonal conversation to fill our last hour.”
“Academic, if you like, but vital . . . and not impersonal.” He was finding his tongue. “You’ve sneered at me persistently. Once, at a trying moment, you called me a hero.”
She clacked her tongue impatiently. “Can you never forget that?”
“Would you expect me to? Would you wish me to?”
“To me it seems the least important subject we could discuss, Mr. Lyster. You’re concerned only with your reputation—”
“With you,” he broke in.
She ignored it. “Concerned with your reputation—at last. How encouraging! I imagined you had such a big job on your hands that my words and thoughts would be immaterial.”
“They’re never immaterial. I couldn’t have a job big enough for that.”
Shirley shifted her head away, to look over the rock of Monaco. “And to think we never found time to visit the oceanographic museum! But then, that too is unimportant. . . . What do you plan to do now?”
“Redfern and I must remain for certain tiresome official formalities in connection with Sydney’s murder, then we start for Banyuls.”
“You think Frenchy will stick to that plan?”
“He can’t have reason for changing it. He doesn’t know Redfern heard him mention the place that day in the Casino lobby—and with Sydneydead it looks like a safer hiding-place than ever. At any rate, it’s the one place to look for him.”
“What about The Skunk?”
Lyster thought for a moment. “Of course, we won’t let him escape us. He’s our first care, the one we want most. I’m not likely to forget the part he played.”
She asked where Banyuls was.
“I haven’t any idea yet. We’ve had no time to go into that. When you’re gone we’ll—”
“I’m sorry to have been such a nuisance,” she laughed. “I hope you’ll keep us informed at Collioure how things are going.”
“But you haven’t been a nuisance,” he protested. “Not here,” he added thoughtlessly. “Redfern and I owe you something—though Redfern still doesn’t quite fall in with our plan. . . . He has a talking point now, because he contends we might have had Sydney back alive in the United Statesif we’d done as he wished.”
“And have missed Frenchy and The Skunk.”
“I’ll remind him of that.”
“So that,” with a fling of her head, as she turned to move away, “our hour has not been wasted. You have an argument for your friend. So glad we met, so important that we should have met. Now the taxi will be waiting at the hotel, and mumsie will be fuming. So kind of you to give us this time, when you might have been searching the map for Banyuls—and Collioure. I suppose you never once thought of Collioure.”
“I—I—” he stammered.
“Let’s drop the subject,” she laughed, and hurried on.

Roland Lyster was not disturbed about The Skunk; he felt certain of the Syrian’s destination. A native of North Africa, though born of Syrian parents, he was certain to return there at the end of the winter Rivieraseason, if only to renew his supplies of perfume. But Lyster had no intention of letting him out of his sight if he could help it.
An intensive search of three days, however, failed to locate his man, and he was almost on the point of handing everything over to Redfern to decide, when The Skunk wandered once more into the picture. He was in the park before the Casino, following his occupation of desultory perfume vending. The slack way in which he went about his only apparent method of making a living in itself aroused suspicion, and Lyster followed him toward the terrace with heightened curiosity.
No one so much as glanced at his wares, or paused to listen to his patter. But it did not seem to depress or discourage him. Again and again he walked the length of the terrace, holding up long tubes of colour, leering and jabbering. At length, after a careful look about, he found an empty bench and sat down, placing his satchel beside him and spreading himself to discourage company.
Lyster passed on—returned—seemed only then to notice the almost empty bench, and seated himself at the other end, the satchel between them. For a time he did not so much as look at his companion, but as he shifted his knees his eye fell on the satchel that lay open beside him, a wooden rack inside filled with bottles and vials.
He nodded toward it. “Grasseperfume, I suppose?”
The Skunk started. “Yaiz—Grasse—mooch. Some from Tunis.”
Tunis, eh? That’s interesting. I thought it all came from Grasse. Let’s see, where is Tunis? In Africa somewhere, isn’t it? I didn’t know niggers made perfume.”
The Skunk straightened. “Me, I come from Tunis. Only some niggers there—like everywhere. The souks—none there—just servants. The Souk El Attarine—all big pairfoom men there.” He was having trouble with his dialect, and he knew it.
“Souk El Attarine, eh? Sounds foreign and interesting. Anything to see there—worth going for?”
“Mooch—everything.” The Skunk spread his hands in some excitement. “Grandest souks in the world in Tunis, the biggest perfume street in the world.” He realized that he had forgotten his role and added in the customary jargon, “goot pairfoom.”
“I thought Grasse made most of the perfume of the world. So they grow the flowers and all that in Tunis?”
“No, no. No grow flowers—no make—but best pairfoom there. Most sell in all the world maybe. Sell and sell and sell. Attar of roses too!” He rolled his eyes.
Lyster laughed indulgently. “Come, come, now, one can’t buy attar of roses like that. It takes a ton of roses, I’m told, to make two ounces of attar—worth a king’s ransom. I’ve been to Grasse, you know.”
“Aw, Grasse!” The Skunk spat contemptuously. “Roumania—that’s where they grow the real flowers, make the real perfume. Grasse—bah!” He returned nervously to the jargon. “Grassecheep. Some pretty goot, most cheep.” He dived a big hand into the satchel and produced a yellow vial, tilting it from side to side. The yellow contents did not flow. “Pairfoom, that. No make like it in Grasse. Sell in Tunis. See.” He wrapped his long fingers about the vial for a few moments, and when he released it again the fluid flowed sluggishly. “One drop—that’s enough for a week.”
“You speak good English,” Lyster applauded.
The Skunk shook his head. “No, no. No goot Eengleesh. I spik a leetle—to sell pairfoom."
Lyster nodded. Suddenly he faced the man. "As long as you understand it,” he said pointedly.
The Skunk did not move, his hand half-way into the satchel, but a vein in his neck swelled and beat visibly. “What do you mean?”
“The other day you were sitting on that bench with a man the police want.”
Still The Skunk did not move. “You mak beeg meestake.” He picked up the satchel. “No friends, me, in Monte Carlo. I sit—anywhere. Sell pairfoom, that’s all.”
Lyster ignored it. “The police, I said, are looking for your friend. He killed a man the night of the day you were talking to him, and he got something like fifty thousand francs off his victim.”
The Skunk stared at him. “You mak beeg meestake,” he repeated vaguely, “beeg meestake.”
“All right, I’m warning you, that’s all. The police will be interested in the friend of a murderer. I wouldn’t like to see you jugged for nothing—in this place. They’re apt to forget a prisoner, I’m told.”
“You mak meestake,” The Skunk kept repeating, starting away.
“But the police never admit they do,” Lyster called after him.
He watched the baggy blue trousers disappear at the end of the terrace. The crowd had thinned, for it was lunch-time. Not once had The Skunk stopped to display his wares.
“I think,” Lyster mused, “there’ll be one fewer pairfoom-seller in Monte Carlo to-morrow.”

Chapter XVIII In A FishingVillage

IN a groove of the eastern Pyrenees, down which rushes a seasonal mountain torrent that disappears in summer-time, lies the quaint all-year fishing village and summer bathing resort of Banyuls-sur-Mer. Hugging tightly the roundest little harbour in the world, with mountains piled about its other three sides, and the Spanish border only six miles away, it is known elsewhere only for its medicinal wine.
With its dozen small fishing-boats drawn up on the wide shingly beach after a night’s catch of the most outlandishly coloured fish, with the “Dutch” auction in progress to the tune of the local dialect, with perhaps a game of bowls blocking the main street that curves about the beach, it is like no other village in the world.
That is before the rush of bathers in July.
After that for two months the village is a welter of skimpily-clad children, of almost as skimpily-clad adults who, attracted by the sea breeze and the shallow water, crowd the place out of all semblance to its real self, packing the scores of apartments beyond comfort and good sanitation; noisy, not over-clean, living on snatched meals, sleeping almost in layers, but completely and drowsily happy. Spainflocks across the border to join its French neighbour where children can wander safely so far into the sea that they tire before passing beyond their depth.
And then the hamlet settles back to ten months of its own peculiar life. Rugged fishermen, of generations of fishermen, dump their cargoes of blue and scarlet and green and purple fish on the beach, each kind carefully stored in its respective box; and beside them are boxes of hideous octopi and their kind that figure so frequently as entries on the menus of cheaper hotels. Fish-merchants from Perpignan are there to buy as the price rattled off by the auctioneer descends to their estimate of value, while the main street is cluttered with shouting men rolling metal-studded wooden bowls for dix sous a count, with the spectators often joining in the betting.
Often during those ten months a wind howls down the mountain gorges, bending the trees and raising a thick cloud of dust, always a chill wind that makes the snowless winter bleak and trying.
Roland Lyster dropped from the train before the small station on the hill above the village and stared about him. From where he stood he could see no more than half a dozen buildings, decrepit and for the most part deserted, and out beyond, far below, the blue Mediterranean. But as he moved along the platform the roofs of other houses under the slope came into view. A chill wind blew down from the mountains on his back, and the two fellow-passengers who had alighted with him hurried away.
He felt more foreign than ever before in his life. The station appeared empty, the part of the village within sight untenanted, and the cold glimpse of house-tops unwelcoming. But as he stood wondering what to do the stationmaster appeared and glanced inquiringly at him.
“Will you please tell me if there is a good hotel here?” Lyster inquired in French.
“Oui, oui, oui, monsieur.” The stationmaster hurried toward him. “A very, very good hotel indeed. Voilà!”
He pointed to a large building perched on a knob beyond the village. It had evidently once been a residence.
"It is not cheap, monsieur, but perhaps you won’t think so. You're American—no, English.”
Lyster was accustomed to the change of mind. His American clothes failed to conceal his English origin from more than a casual glance.
“Yes, I’m English. Thank you.”
The stationmaster put his fingers to his lips and whistled, as a bus, previously hidden by the building started away. The rattly old car pulled up.
"You'd better take the bus,” he advised. “ It's quite a walk, and the streets are none too clean.”
“Thank you, but I prefer to walk—if the bus will carry my bags.”
The stationmaster himself lifted the two suitcases to the bus and gave directions, and the car moved off, its two visitors now frankly curious.
“Do you intend to stay long, monsieur? We don’t have many visitors at this time of the year. But in the summer!” He lifted eyes and hands dramatically. “They say,” he grinned, “the summer bathers in Banyuls raise the tide across the sea at Algiers.”
Lyster duly laughed, though he had heard the same charge brought against at least two other bathing resorts.
“Did you say you were staying?” the man repeated, not to be put off.
“I don’t know—I don’t think so. I’m just wandering about.” They had moved out to the verge of the slope and stood now looking down on the village. “A pretty place,” Lyster approved, “and such a quaint harbour. But why should it be favoured in the summer? People winter all along this coast.”
For answer the stationmaster lifted his hand and looked toward the mountains. “That wind. It’s bad in winter, and very cold. . . . One or two of the apartments are let through the winter. A Canadian has one—a painter he is. Two Englishmen, too, come off and on, without regard to season. You may not like it—at first. But to-morrow it will be fine. And when it’s fine!” He held up both hands, as if blessing the place.
“I see you like it,” Lyster said.
“We Banyulites think there’s nothing like it on earth. Some go—many return. Something about it—Only a few days ago one who was born here returned from America. He’s been away twelve years, too—but he had to come back. He’s here to stay now, he says. . . . He can afford it—he made a fortune over there, of course.” He sighed.
Lyster was more than interested. “I’ve lived in America myself for several years. It’s a great country, but few make a fortune in twelve years. Your friend must be clever.”
“Marius Rivaud never had much of a reputation for cleverness when he was here,” the stationmaster declared. “Just an ordinary boy, a bit wild and all that, but over there they all have a chance, I’m told. He must have changed his name in America; they say he left another name at the post office.”
He looked Lyster over again. “I’m afraid you may have some difficulty understanding the people at first. They talk a mixture of French and Spanish, but they can speak French, of course, and they’ll understand you. You speak the language well. I hope you like the hotel, sir.”
With a low bow, shivering a little in the wind, he trotted back to the shelter of the station.
Lyster could scarcely believe his good fortune. Though Toni's girl had been able to give them no more of Frenchy’s real name than Marius, even without that Lyster knew now that the man he sought was in Banyuls. Luck was with him once more.
He dropped down a winding flight of stone steps from the edge of the road and followed a tangle of dirty streets, without sidewalks, open gutters of running waste water on either side, to the beach. Odour and filth all about, but a naive frankness about it that robbed it of some of its repulsiveness. The sharp slope of the streets deprived it of some of its unsanitariness.
He was immensely interested in all he saw. Bake-shops and stables, metal-workers and flowering gardens, butcher-shops and wine-shops, open kitchens and yards piled with every manner of junk—they were jumbled together in a hopelessly unpromising mess, but, strangely enough, Lyster was not shocked. “À louer” signs stared at him from scores of windows; the whole village seemed to be made up of apartments to let. He could well credit the stationmaster’s dramatic gesture.
The main street he found by simply continuing downward. It skirted the beach, the other side lined irregularly with stores, several of them cafés and drinking-places. The “à louer” signs stretched to the horizon. Far at the end a sturdy stone breakwater was visible, at its inner end an imposing stone building that seemed out of place in such an unimposing hamlet. A circle of cement in the heart of the main square puzzled him. Its use he was to discover later, for it was to play a part in the coming adventure.
He attracted no attention whatever, so far as he could see, though he was not sure that it was more than politeness; and presently he reached the foot of the hill on which perched the hotel he sought. He climbed the steep road and entered a long winding walk between green shrubs that formed an almost solid hedge on either side.
The hotel, he found, was promising enough, but almost deserted. Indeed, but for three boarders who seemed to have settled there, none of them speaking English, he was alone. One other hotel he had seen at a distance, at the end of the road near the breakwater.
Established in a tower room, he set out to explain his presence. He had, he told the proprietor, heard of Banyuls from a friend, an archaeological student. (From the train he had seen the old Moorish towers on the mountain tops, and lines of ancient roads leading to them.) The proprietor was satisfied. Fortunately, too, Lyster knew something of Banyuls wine from a conversation with a passenger on the way from Perpignan. The proprietor launched into eulogies of the wine, though Lyster discovered later that the product of the adjacent mountain slopes was merely doctored with herbs to give it individuality, a clever trick of the natives, because they could not hope otherwise to compete with the prolific vineyards of other parts of France.
Lyster need not have worried explaining; his presence was accepted as routine.
That he would have no trouble locating Frenchy was certain. The village was small and tight, and most of the business was done within the space of two hundred yards on the main street and on one immediately behind. And since Frenchy would not know him, he could search for him openly.
That evening he contented himself with a stroll to the upper end of the village along the breakwater. The huge stone building, he learned, was an aquarium, a research department in connection with a distant university.
Next morning he rose late, the lazy tourist, and, breakfasting at his leisure, strolled down to the harbour and turned toward the shops. It was after ten, and in the distance the fishing-boats were making for the harbour with their morning catch. A small crowd was gathering on the beach, and a few business cars from other towns were lined up awaiting the auction that would start immediately on the arrival of the fish. He walked out on the shingle with the crowd.
One by one the boats were beached, the crowd tugging at the ropes. The fish were unloaded and the auction began.
A voice at his elbow sent the blood pounding to his temples.
“You’ve been a long time, Mr. Lyster. Don’t look at me. We’d better not be seen talking together.”
It was Shirley Cringan!
For several seconds Lyster could not speak. Then: “I’m going up there among the hills. I’ll wait for you beyond the village.” He indicated with a nod of his head the road to the west.
Shirley pursed her lips. “Aha! A clandestine tryst! How you’ve altered! I see you didn’t escape the contaminating influence of Monte Carlo. Well, after a couple of weeks of Collioure I’m reckless. I’ll be there.”
He turned and sauntered back to the street and followed it to the west, past the aquarium, up the winding hill beyond, and at the crest turned into an almost invisible path through the vineyards.
As he walked he thought of the girl who had once more appeared so unexpectedly. He did not wonder how she came to be there. He knew. He remembered the eagerness with which she joined their plans at Monte Carlo, the sparkle in her eyes when something was given her to do, the gravity with which she discussed the next step.
Shirley Cringan was determined to be in at the death! He closed his teeth against it, for she could not realize the peril they faced with such a ruthless rogue as Frenchy.
Seating himself on a rock where he could watch the road, he waited for her.
He saw her climbing the dusty road with her muscular stride, looking about for him, and he rose and made a signal for her to follow him higher on the slope. They found a spot among the low, prickly scrub that covered the mountain-side and sat down.
“You’re mad, Miss Cringan!” he burst out. “I shouldn’t have told you of Banyuls.”
She regarded his anxious face for a moment with laughing eyes. “So you think I followed you here, that I deserted my fond and protecting parents for the unknown perils of a young man with a desperate purpose in mind? Or is it a quasi-elopement, with me the Amazon?”
He flushed. “I wish you’d be serious,” he chided.
“You knew we were coming to Banyuls—”
“Where’s your detective friend?” she broke in.
“Redfern will be here to-day.”
“Indeed! And so tardy of both of you. . . . I’ve been here every day for a week—every day since I discovered where Banyuls is. I was so hungry to see you again,” she teased, “you and Mr. Redfern. But let’s be serious: I’m quite as anxious as you to run down Hutton’s murderers. Uncle Nathan will never smile till we do.”
“We?” he protested. “You have nothing to do with it. It’s no job for you. Besides—”
She interrupted again, this time more impatiently.
“We won’t argue that now. I suppose you didn’t take the trouble to find out where Collioure is. I see you didn’t. Thanks for your interest in the Cringans. Well, it’s only a few miles away, toward Perpignan. You must have come through it; but apparently you weren’t interested.”
“I was—thinking only of Banyuls,” he stammered, overwhelmed with the old tongue-tied helplessness she could so easily impose on him.
“Of course. But why delay the chase?”
Lyster told of the curiosity and persistence of the Monte Carlopolice, and of his search for The Skunk. It had, indeed, looked as if he, “one of those rich Americans,” would have to bribe someone to get away at all. Because what are Americans for in Europe but to share their wealth with the French and the Swiss? There with her alone on the silent mountain-side, with a world of furze about them and the colourful sea stretched below them, he knew how lame it sounded. He knew, too, that Shirley had seldom been out of his mind since he saw her last.
“I’ve been running about,” she said, taking pity on him, “seeing the country. It explains my daily absences from home. . . . If I’d been picking a spot for a visit it would have been Banyuls-sur-Mer, though Collioure is pretty enough. . . . I’ve seen Frenchy.”
He frowned. “But that’s dangerous, foolishly rash. He might—”
“Sh-sh!” She held up a silencing hand. “Don’t tempt me too far. I’m just dying for excitement. Of course, he’d know me if he saw me. . . . It struck me we might turn that to account. I decided to do nothing until I talked with you.” She caught her knees in her clasped hands and stared out to sea. “I like your ways much better than Mr. Redfern’s.”
“And my way,” he told her firmly, “is for you to stay out of this. It’s a man’s job. These fellows are desperate; they’ll stop at nothing. Marius is a brute.”
The gravity and unwonted determination in his tone impressed her. Suddenly she burst out:
“I can’t just hang around Collioure, Mr. Lyster, I can’t. You don’t know. I see what it’s coming to . . . and it isn’t good for any of us. But mumsie and daddy must decide for themselves. With me it’s different. I must go my own way—and what way that is depends . . . a little . . . on you. I’ve thought and thought, but there’s no thinking in Collioure, just dawdling and dreaming and painting vivid word-pictures of the future that never comes. Would you like me to settle down to that?”
“What have I to do with it, Miss Cringan?”
She shook herself irritably. “It’s not as personal as that. I was counting on your interest in Uncle Nathan’s relatives. To that extent it’s personal. You can help—if you will.”
“I’m waiting to hear how,” he said, his heart beating fast.
“Let me help you,” she cried. “Daddy and mumsie don’t need me. I’m rather in the way, a cold blanket on their enthusiasms. I need what only you can give me—occupation, something to fill my time, to keep my mind from dry-rot. I helped a little in Monte Carlo, you said. Frenchy is here in Banyuls. I’ve been thinking of that. Listen, and don’t say a word till I’m through.”

Shirley Cringan found her way to the railway station by following a path along the mountain-side; she did not touch the village. Lyster returned to his hotel by the road.

Chapter XIX Desperate

NEXT day Lyster came face to face with Frenchy and passed the test of recognition with satisfying success.
Frenchy was standing on the sidewalk, watching the game of primitive bowls indulged in by rural Europe. In this case the “green” was the uneven main street, the bowls of wood thickly studded with nails. What little traffic there was had to turn out on the beach to pass. It was a noisy game, clamorous of disappointment or elation, spectators equally vocal with the players. Pieces of copper passed from hand to hand.
Frenchy was betting boisterously, rattling a pocketful of coins. He had tried for days to find takers in notes, then in bronze, smiling superiorly at the pettiness of the stakes. Driven finally to copper, he wagered with abandon. He became as much part of the game as the bowlers themselves.
Roland Lyster worked his way to his side. Frenchy had become in these few days a local institution. A millionaire, of course, one who had seen the great world; he was even called on to settle disputes, which he did impartially and often to his own loss. Frenchy was having the time of his life.
Lyster placed a bet with him, lost, and retired.
At the same hour of the following afternoon the game was on again, and Frenchy was there to rattle his coins and to bask in the reverence of his less fortunate fellow-townspeople. Lyster, too, was on hand, but he contented himself with watching the game from the table of a nearby café. As he sipped his citronade Shirley Cringan came down the street and stopped to watch the game. Lyster saw her cleverly working her way nearer Frenchy, who was betting largely and recklessly.
As the latter lifted a coin and asked for takers Shirley opened her purse and extracted a two-franc piece. She held it before Frenchy’s face. The latter turned to her, started visibly, and a black frown spread over his face. The hand that held the coin slowly dropped.
The crowd watched without understanding. Frenchy recovered himself. He fixed his eyes on the two-franc piece.
"Madame is a born gambler,” he said in French with a leer.
Shirley shook her head. “I don’t speak French, but I'm willing to bet either way—and any amount.” She drew from her purse a roll of notes.
The crowd whispered audibly that here was another American millionaire. Frenchy hesitated, but among his townspeople he could not pretend that he did not understand English.
"I don’t bet with women,” he said contemptuously in English. "This is just for fun.” He edged away from her.
Shirley did not insist. Instead she pocketed the coin and, smiling significantly at the faces about her, turned to watch the game. Frenchy, lingering only a moment or two on the outskirts of the crowd, strolled away and started up the steep, rocky slope at the end of the street. Lyster addressed a fellow- patron at an adjoining table:
“He speaks English,” he said in French. “Is his home here?”
“Yes, monsieur, but he has lived in America. Marius Rivaud has come back with his pockets lined with gold. They say he could buy out the town. He was born in that house up there—you see it, monsieur?—it has a small balcony before it there where the washing hangs. Oh, yes," with a sigh, “Marius has done well for himself. But everyone does in America.”
Lyster paid his bill and left. Shirley wandered into a side-street, but he did not follow. He looked about for Redfern, who should have arrived a couple of hours before, but the crowd had almost disappeared for the night meal before the detective came through an archway that led to a back street and turned along the harbour-front. Lyster started after him, keeping his distance. But on the breakwater at the end of the harbour they were able to exchange a few words.
Frenchy was not a spectator of the game on the next afternoon. It was a disagreeable day, with a bitter wind roaring down the mountain valleys, bending the trees and driving the café patrons indoors. Lyster was alarmed. Had their plan failed? Had Frenchy taken fright and fled? That he had recognized Shirley as the girl who stole the discs at the Casino could not be doubted, but that in itself should not alarm him; there was no reason why he should connect the girl with Sydney’s murder.
At last, driven by the uncertainty, Lyster climbed the rocky street to the house that had been pointed out, and was relieved to behold Frenchy on the balcony staring down the street toward the village. Lyster walked on.
That night he and Redfern met after dark on the breakwater.
“I don’t like it,” the detective grumbled. “It isn’t that I stand out against your plan, but it’s too dangerous to let Miss Cringan in on it.”
“For Heaven’s sake don’t tell her that, or we couldn’t keep her out. At any rate, the whole thing depends on her at this point. Frenchy has no immediate intention of leaving town, so we can go on as we are.”
On the fifth day something happened that made him less confident. Indeed, it threatened to upset everything and certainly crowded the issue.
The Skunk appeared in Banyuls!
Lyster’s luck was with him again, for he saw him in time to avoid him. But it alarmed him more than a little that while the Syrian remained in Banyuls everything must be left to Redfern and Shirley.
After dark he and the detective met again. Redfern, too, had seen The Skunk and had not yet decided what to do about it. He had managed to keep him in sight and had seen the pair meet. That it was unexpected and unwelcome on Frenchy’s part was evident. Already upset by Shirley’s appearance on the scene, he greeted his old friend with frank suspicion and dislike. But The Skunk had passed it off, acting the jovial friend. It had not gone down well, and the two had gone off together in no mutual friendliness. The big Syrian’s hand dropped once on Frenchy’s shoulder, only to be shaken off angrily.
“I’d rather,” Redfern declared gloomily, “that for the time being they were friends. It begins to look as if we’ll have to split our forces. I’m not prepared to lose sight of The Skunk again. He seems in no hurry to get to this Tunis of yours. We must keep in mind that he’s the one we want most—”
“And the easiest to trace,” Lyster interjected.
“But also the cleverest. And once he finds we’re on his trail he’ll throw us off more easily than Frenchy could. No, I’ll keep in touch with him. You must look after Frenchy. And I want to impress on you that you’re in more danger than I will be. Frenchy will murder in a panic, recklessly. The Skunk will at least use cunning about it.”
“I can see our plan,” Lyster declared, “ already beginning to work on Frenchy. He s uneasy. Miss Cringan has—”
“You propose to keep on using her?”
Lyster shrugged. “I’ve no choice in the matter. . . . So long as The Skunk is here we’ll at least be within reach of each other, you and I.”
The following day Lyster spent prowling about the village, as inconspicuous as possible. For the most part he kept to the wide beach, where he could see all that went on along the street without himself attracting attention. There were always strollers on the shingle.
Thus, as darkness fell, he saw the two men meet at a table before a café, and he took his stand in the shadows and watched.
They were evidently on no better terms than the day before. Frenchy was sullen, The Skunk the annoyingly boisterous friend. Frenchy was suspicious and took no pains to conceal it. He knew the ways of The Skunk. They conversed intermittently, and when at last they parted, the Syrian paying the bill, Frenchy set off alone at a rapid pace. Lyster followed.
He overtook him shortly before the main road branched to the left up the slope, with Frenchy’s street continuing steeply straight ahead. It was the time of the after-glow, with the western sky reflected blindingly in the white walls at the foot of the hill.
“I think,” Lyster said, dropping in at Frenchy’s side, “I think I saw you not long ago in Monte Carlo.”
Frenchy whirled, his hand sliding to a pocket. “Who the devil—!” he began in English, the language Lyster had used. Then his manner changed. “You’re makin’ a mistake. Never was in Monte Carloin my life.”
“Oh, yeah?” Lyster laughed lazily. “I don’t make mistakes like that. But you needn’t get starchy. I’m not going to give you away. I saw you in the Casino several times. You were with a man who was murdered later on the road down to the Condamine.” Lyster stepped aside to let two men pass.
“If I’d cared to,” he went on, rejoining Frenchy, “I could have told that to the police. I might even have told them who murdered that man—though they don't need much telling. You see, someone saw the murdered man and his murderer holding up an old man who had made a killing at the tables. The French police are clever.”
Frenchy glared at him. “I don’t know what you’re talkin about,” he snarled. “You’re all wet.”
“All right,” indifferently, “but listen. It makes an interesting story, at any rate. The French police happen to know that the two friends I speak of conversed in English, and they ve traced the record of the murdered man. . . . I think you see the point.”
For several moments Frenchy was silent, then he laughed nastily. “Do I look woolly? Wot’s yer game?”
“Oh, nothing—if you prefer to take it that way. What do you think would be my game? If I wished, I could hand you over any time. But don’t be alarmed. I know what it is to be dodging the police . . .I thought I could escape them over home by skipping out.” He managed a bitter laugh. “I’d hate a lot worse to have the French police on my heels. If that happened to me I’d make for the good old United States, where a fellow has a chance—with a bit of money, and old pals to help, and smart lawyers to get him off if he’s caught. Here? Say, once they know you’ve lived in Americathey’ll milk you dry—and give you a long stretch besides.”
“Nobody can prove nothin’ on me. I ain’t got nothin’ to hide, anyway.”
“Is that so?” Lyster caught his arm in a confidential way. “All right,” as Frenchy wrenched himself free, “have it your own way. But, say, what about that girl that’s trailing you?”
Frenchy pulled up sharply. “You mean that—Wot girl?” he growled suspiciously.
“The one that tried to bet with you day before yesterday.”
“Wot about her? ” Frenchy was listening soberly now.
“Know anything about her? Ever see her before?”
“Yer damn right I did! She stole my chips—Say,” he demanded, “you tryin’ to put one over?”
“I wouldn’t be so foolish. I don’t need to. And what about that big guy I saw you with just now, drinking at the café?”
“Well, wot about him? I just ran across him—had a drink.”
“Perhaps. But did he just run across you? I’ve a great memory for faces. He was selling perfume on the terrace in Monte Carlo a couple of weeks ago. You happened to be there at the same time. You just ran across him there too, I suppose. You see how much I know—or a little of it. But don’t worry about me; it’s the French police you should worry about.”
Frenchy’s hand crept toward his pocket. “Say, what are you—a dick?”
Lyster only laughed. “You think that because I try to warn you. Sounds foolish, doesn’t it? Perhaps you didn’t know the French police are offering twenty-five thousand francs for the murderer of Dago George.”
“You mean—twenty-five thousand—for me?”
“I wonder how well your friend back there knows it. There isn’t an easier way to make a thousand dollars, is there?”
Frenchy lost control of himself. “By God, the guy that tries that is in for a bellyful!” He drew an automatic; Lyster saw the light flash from the barrel. “I thought The Skunk had something up his sleeve, damn him! All right,” throwing his shoulders back, “I’ll give him a chance to hang himself. I can tell things on him. Sure I knew him—and I never liked him. He’s always on the look for an easy mark. I thought I knew what he was after, but maybe you’re right." He shoved the gun into his pocket, and without another word plunged up the rocky slope toward his home.
Lyster made no attempt to follow.
The next day was Saturday, and Lyster kept under cover, leaving Redfern to the double task of keeping an eye on the pair. Would his warning, he wondered, accomplish his purpose? Thinking it over, he convinced himself that Frenchy had no intention of fleeing immediately. Treachery, to men like Frenchy, was the one unforgivable crime, to be punished at any cost and, since The Skunk had no immediate thought of handing him over to the police, Frenchy would remain to exact vengeance. He would know, too, that he would never be safe as long as The Skunk was alive.
That thought, relieving as it was in one respect, introduced a new fear: vengeance would mean death to one or the other of the pair. Lyster had no wish to let another of the gang escape in that way.
With darkness he set out for a walk. The sound of music from the main street turned his feet toward the heart of the village. There the purpose of the circular cement floor in the little square was explained. It was a dancing platform. A dance was in progress now. Lights were set up about the circle, and a not unmusical orchestra was seated just outside. The entire village seemed to have turned out, either to watch or to dance. A rope held by temporary posts encircled the platform, and benches were set about inside.
Lyster was not surprised to see Frenchy the centre of a throng of young people as each dance ended. His swarthy face was wreathed in smiles as he turned from one admiring girl to another, but underneath Lyster read a certain amount of restraint, of guardedness. Now and then a searching glance went over the crowd.
His manner puzzled Lyster a little. There was bravado in it, the expression, Lyster decided, of his purpose of punishing The Skunk. But there was something more—an eagerness, a more sustained inspection of the faces beyond the ropes than seemed to be called for in a search for the conspicuous person of his burly comrade. Lyster retired to the shadows.
Returning after a few minutes, he missed the Frenchman. Then he saw him standing among the ticket-sellers. He saw him look up and make a sudden move out into the throng, and Lyster, looking ahead, saw with a start of alarm Shirley Cringan.
The girl moved forward, and with a teasing smile stopped before the man Lyster had warned against her. Frenchy’s face was dark as a thunder-cloud. But Shirley smiled up at him, and for a moment they conversed, the crowd closing about them. Then, to Lyster’s stunning amazement, she took the man’s arm and they turned back to the dancing floor.
But Frenchy had other plans. As they neared the entrance through the ropes his arm closed more tightly over Shirley’s hand, and he led away through the crowd to the open street. A quick look of alarm showed for a moment in Shirley’s face, and her glance ranged swiftly about, as if for help. Then she was her smiling self once more.
Lyster acted quickly. They had taken no more than a dozen steps beyond the edge of the crowd when he stood before them.
“Excuse me, monsieur,” he said in rapid French. “May I have a word with you?”
Shirley, hanging slightly back, flashed him a look of gratitude. Frenchy scowled, but a tinge of fear and embarrassment held him silent. The silence became embarrassing.
“Can’t you see,” he growled, "I'm busy?" He started to draw Shirley away.
“But it’s most important, monsieur."
“Don’t let me interfere,” Shirley broke in, speaking in English of course. “Does he want to speak to you?"
Frenchy looked down on her, his lip curling. "So you dounderstand French, after all."
The girl reddened, and the light was not too dim to see it. “It’s plain enough he wants something that doesn’t concern me.”
“If you please, miss,” Lyster said in English, looking at her for the first time. “Just for a few minutes.” He glanced about; he had no wish, at that moment particularly, to be seen by The Skunk.
Shirley released her hand from Frenchy’s arm, and Lyster, as if it were settled, stepped into her place. Laying his hand on the arm Shirley had dropped, he directed their way to a side-street that led along the deep, empty course of the river.
“Surely,” he chided, in a low voice, “you aren't fool enough to take up with that girl again!”
“Wot’s the matter with her—if I can stand her?" Frenchy demanded belligerently.
“I warned you.”
“You didn’t. Go on, spill it.”
“She’s trailing you.”
Frenchy jeered. “You said so. But it ain't no news to me. I can add two and two. If you hadn’t butted in she’d be on the spot damn soon! I don’t see why she’d be after me, but I ain’t takin’ no chances, I ain’t.”
“The French police,” Lyster warned, “have cunning ways. That girl can talk French as well as you or I. Why does she let on she doesn’t? She’d like to pass as an ordinary American tourist. Well, I ask you, do American women run about this way alone?”
“You mean she’s a French dick?”
“You can add two and two. Do it now. Wasn’t she in Monte Carlo? You know as well as I that the police never lose sight of what goes on in the Casino. Dick or not, that twenty-five thousand francs is too good to miss. But if you’re going to give her a chance to get it—or that big guy I saw you with—well, I might as well get it myself.”
They had left the main street and the crowd and lights far behind, and had come through the houses to a lonely path that skirted the edge of the river-bed. Fifteen feet and more below them lay the dry, stony course, edged by thick retaining walls of stone. Scarcely a light was visible, but the night was bright.
As he snapped out the final words Lyster lunged forward and threw his arms about Frenchy’s shoulders. With a snarling curse the man wrenched himself free, tossing Lyster toward the wall. On the instant his gun was out, and as Lyster tumbled over the wall he fired.
Frenchy crept to the wall and looked over. Far below on the stony bed Lyster’s crumpled body lay in plain sight. Frenchy took aim. At that moment, close beside him, a woman screamed. And Frenchy straightened and ran.
Lyster was on his feet with a bound.
“Shirley! Shirley!”
But she did not hear. She was running along the path to find the steps that, here and there, led to the river-bed for the use of wash-women. Recklessly she tumbled down the first flight she reached.
When she saw Lyster hurrying toward her she pulled up and laughed, a laugh that puzzled Lyster.
“Working a little game of your own, Mr. Lyster?" she said indignantly.
“I’m sorry if I frightened you, Miss Cringan.
“Well,” she said, “it’s out of the routine to see a friend, in’ this skeery light, shot at and fall over a fifteen-foot wall.”
“I’m sorry,” he repeated, “but I couldn t let him get away with you alone. I had no idea you’d follow us. Yes, it was a game of my own—to fit a pressing emergency. If he’d got you out here—well!
“You think I’d have got into trouble."
“You seem to delight in trouble. It was no part of our plan for you to be in Banyuls to-night. I had to do something.”
"You did,” she said dryly, “a whole succession of things. Are you hurt?”
Lyster felt his shoulder. “I had no idea it was such a long fall—or so hard at the bottom. I had to let myself go a bit recklessly; I saw him reach for his gun. It seemed a grand chance to give him the scare of his life. I think I succeeded—or we did, between us. Frenchy is sure to clear out now. And, by the way, there’s a train at eleven o’clock for Collioure. You re taking it. No use to argue—you’re going. The station is in that direction. Keep going. I’ll be within call.
“Why, Mr. Lyster,” she mocked, “you're getting positively garrulous.”

Chapter XX  An Ally

IN the meantime Redfern had not lost sight of The Skunk. The latter witnessed from a safe distance all that happened, but, fortunately, the meeting with Lyster was too distant to recognize faces. Nevertheless, he followed the pair as they set out along the street beside the river.
Redfern was in a quandary. Not a twist of the scene was intelligible to him—Shirley’s laughing meeting with Frenchy, their departure together. The injection of Lyster was not so puzzling, but when the two set out along the darker side-street, the detective was annoyed by evidence of a plan that had not been divulged to him. He was fair enough, however, to suspect that much of it was unpremeditated, the result of an emergency.
When The Skunk started after them Redfern felt better. At least he would be near for anything that might happen. Second thoughts, however, warned him that the whole affair might be a plot of the two rogues.
So intent was he on The Skunk and his own reflections that he did not see Shirley, after walking a few yards along the main street, turn and follow them all.
Redfern knew the street they were in. A quarter of a mile it advanced between houses, then petered out into a mere path that hugged the chasm of the river. It was no place for Lyster, unarmed and reckless, and inexperienced of such men as these. The detective felt that something drastic must be done about it.
The Skunk, creeping along the darker side of the street, did not neglect his back, and Redfern, at a moment when his quarry glanced behind him, darted across in plain view. It was enough. The Syrian skipped around the first corner, and by the time Redfern reached it he was only a shadow far up the street and on the run.
Redfern too ran, but he made no effort to cut down the distance between them. Satisfied at last that The Skunk was out of the picture for the night, he hastened back to take up the trail of the other two.
He heard the shot far ahead of him, heard Shirley scream, but by the time he reached the spot Lyster and Shirley had vanished. Assured that at least neither had been killed, he continued along the path until he overtook them.
From a distance he and Lyster watched Shirley board the night train for Collioure.
Early next morning Roland Lyster was at the station, more solemn than ever, impatiently awaiting the first train east. Alighting half an hour later at Collioure, he started down the hill to the village. Midway he met Shirley Cringan. She greeted him in great surprise.
"Mr. Lyster! Which of us is Mohammed, which the mountain? I was coming to you.” She saw him frown at her flippancy and she sobered. “What has happened?”
“I want to talk to you and your mother, Miss Cringan.”
Her laugh tinkled above the drone of a car climbing the hill, and she tilted her head teasingly at him. “This is so sudden, Mister Lyster. But mumsie’s the one to see, all right.”
“I wish you’d be serious,” he chided, feeling his cheeks flush.
“Well, you might tell me first what all the news is. It must somehow concern me.”
“It would only be waste of time—and words. Your mother and you and I will talk about it together.”
She feigned a deep solemnity and they descended the hill side by side in complete silence. Only once, without a word, she swept out her arm toward the sparkling blue sea beyond the village. Little wavelets rippled the surface, and a flight of water-birds swept in a flowing sheet across the horizon. The village was fresh and clean, striking contrast to its neighbour Banyuls.
At the door of the house Shirley stopped.
“You still insist on surprising me?”
“Surprising you?” he repeated, puzzled.
“Springing it on me before mumsie—whatever it is.”
Queenie Cringan appeared at the door before Lyster could reply.
“Why, Mr. Lyster—Shirley!” She placed her hands on her hips. “It isn’t possible we’re going to be favoured with our daughter’s society to-day! Soon we’ll have to be introduced to her.”
Shirley swept past her, head up.
“Mr. Lyster is so mysterious this morning, mumsie."
"He’s got something to say, and it isn’t fit to be said before an innocent girl without her mother around. All right,” tossing her hat on a couch, “fire away. Mumsie’ll censor it.”
“Mrs. Cringan,” Lyster began, “I want you to keep your daughter away from Banyuls."
Shirley’s lips parted in surprise, then her face flushed angrily.
“Wouldn’t it be well, especially for Uncle Nathan's valet, to let the Cringans decide that for themselves?" she asked coldly. “They can attend to their own business”.
Lyster bowed. “That’s precisely what I ask. This affair is Redfern’s and mine alone.”
“And my uncle’s—and therefore mine, if I wish it."
“Tut, tut!” Queenie held up her hands to silence them. “Mr. Lyster, I quite agree with you. But,” pathetically, “if you knew the number of things I know I should do but can’t!” But it was not Queenie Cringan’s habit to grieve. “At least I can give you some advice—from long experience: don’t ever marry and raise a family.” She threw a hand out helplessly toward Shirley.
“You flatter Mr. Lyster, mumsie," Shirley said scornfully. “Besides, you waste words. Mr. Lyster is far too comfortable tied to Uncle Nathan's apron-strings to assume any such responsibilities. Don’t you see the purpose of this visit, mumsie? It’s all a nice extravagant holiday for him, and anything that threatens to shorten it arouses his indignation, of course.”
“Do you call the affair of last night an ingredient of a nice holiday, Miss Cringan?” Lyster demanded.
She waved a finger at him. “You know you never had a more thrilling time in your life.”
Queenie Cringan looked from one to the other with questioning eyes. “What happened last night, may I ask? All I know is that Shirley came home at an indecent hour—as usual.”
“A real movie stunt, mumsie—without cameras. Perhaps I do Mr. Lyster injustice, after all, in accusing him of lack of ambition.”
Lyster ignored it. “May I ask what you have to do with shortening my ‘holiday,’ as you call it, whether you keep out of the affair or not?”
“You don’t wish new ideas. You don’t wish the help I can give. Anything that would shorten the chase, simplify it—”
“Simplify? Mrs. Cringan, if you and your daughter only knew how her interference threatens to complicate things!”
“I helped you at Monte Carlo,” Shirley flamed. “You said I did. And I’ve done a certain amount at Banyuls. You even approved of my plans.”
Lyster forbore reminding her that the plans were largely his. “We used you because you insisted.”
“I still insist. Why is it so different now? That little affair last night—”
“Pardon me, it’s very different now. Half a dozen hours ago there were two of us to protect you. Now I’m alone.”
“Alone?”
“Exactly. Frenchy has skipped out and Redfern is after him.”
Queenie demanded the story of the night before, and Shirley, making light of it, told her. “I played a lone part, mumsie, perfectly. I was the one female character in the caste, and I did what was expected of me—I screamed at the right place.”
“And there are a hundred places where a scream may spoil everything,” Lyster objected. “Last night it happened to fit in.”
“I may fit in again, don’t you think?”
Lyster shook his head stubbornly. “I must be free for my work.” The significance of it came home to him when he saw Shirley laughing.
“Don’t worry about me,” she said. “I’ll stay under the bright lights hereafter. Mumsie, I put it to you: here’s Mr. Lyster, Uncle Nathan’s agent, left alone on a big task he cannot hope to carry through alone. He knows why he can’t, so take my word for it. Now see: when he fails, when he hasn’t the luck of last night, there won’t be anyone to take care of the corpse. Uncle would be awfully put out.”
Queenie Cringan shook her head hopelessly. “You don’t seem to know Shirley, Mr. Lyster. You’d have had some chance of attaining your end if you hadn't talked about the danger of it. I’ve given my daughter everything she desired, that I could afford. I've never been able to give her excitement mixed with danger. You have. And what lies ahead looks even to me to be packed with it. If you’d only seen me alone first I’d have shown you how to go about it. You didn’t.” She sighed and flung out her hands. “Well, there it is. I’ve troubles of my own.”
“Indeed you have, mumsie.” Shirley took her mother by the shoulder and ushered her to the door. “Daddy will want your advice on that ultramarine blue, and for goodness’ sake steer him off violet.”
Queenie went with a helpless laugh.
“At any rate,” Shirley said, as she closed the door and took a chair in a business-like way, “we’ve got what we set out to do; we’ve frightened Frenchy into flight. And, having set out to do it, you must have been prepared for it—or you should have been. Whence the surprise—the new move? After what I’ve seen the last couple of nights in Banyuls—”
“Were you there any night but last night?” Lyster demanded.
“I was there when you and Frenchy had your little talk, after he’d split a bottle with The Skunk. Anyone could see then that Banyuls had ceased to be the haven Frenchy anticipated. . . . And now where will he make for?”
"We must—I must leave that to Redfern.”
A slight smile crossed Shirley’s lips at the plural pronoun, but she dropped her eyes demurely to the tip of one shoe. “So it means that you’re left all alone to trail The Skunk?”
“What else was there to do?”
“And The Skunk is the most dangerous of the lot.”
“That’s why you must stay out of it, Miss Cringan.”
“So you said. As I see it, it’s another reason why I must offer my services. No, listen.” She was serious enough now. “You’re taking up alone the trail of a devil, a clever one, a man who knows you and who, with his suspicious nature, will suspect you if he sees you again. Don’t forget that last night his suspicions were aroused; and if he recognized you with Frenchy—”
“I don’t think he could have—there was no one near enough. Redfern, too, is certain of it.”
“Then why did he follow?”
Lyster had no convincing answer to that.
“Even if he didn’t recognize you, the warning you gave him in Monte Carlo will make him doubt you. Don’t you see how that will handicap you? The Skunk will either move on—and if he does he’ll vanish—or he’ll get rid of you by more violent means. That’s where I fit in. You can’t go on alone. Besides, how can we keep track of you, if you have to keep track of The Skunk alone? See what almost happened last night. Suppose you took sick. Suppose you needed help in an emergency—even the little I can give.”
Her face was pale with the earnestness of her plea, and Lyster, who had never seen her like that before, listened without grasping much of what she said. He came to himself, to see her eyeing him inquiringly.
“The more you enlarge on its dangers, Miss Cringan, the more determined you make me to keep you out of it. One thing, it makes the job worth while, an ambition even you might not condemn. But what a fine ambition it would be to let you share the danger!"
“Let me decide about that. Now, Mr. Lyster, I’m not dropping out. Do I continue with your consent or without it? Do we work together and accomplish something, or are we against each other—with me probably gumming the works?”
He saw she was immovable. Her jaw was set, and she sprang to her feet and went to the window to stare out to sea, one foot tapping the carpet. Lyster too rose and paced about the room. He felt so helpless, so limp in this unexpected emergency. Shirley whirled about.
“Why do you worry? You know Uncle Nathan wants nothing so badly as to get those men. . . . Unless it’s you back safe and sound. He can’t get along without you now.” She came and stood with her hands resting on his arm. “Take me along, please. I promise to obey orders, to take no unreasonable chances. Any order I disobey,” she corrected, “will be for good and sudden reason.
“Mr. Lyster, I can’t stay here, I just can’t. And you know I shouldn’t. It’s no place for a girl. Collioure has had its effect already—you think so yourself or you wouldn’t be so—so nasty. I’m too young, yes, and too pretty, to live through it without disaster. Or I’m too weak-minded to resist it, if you like. They think they want to paint. They don’t. It’s a club of cynics, of misanthropes, of mis-everything but themselves and their petty accomplishments.”
She stormed to the door and threw it open. “Mumsie! Oh, mumsie!” Her clear young voice echoed through the house.
Queenie Cringan hurried in, and Shirley, feet braced, stood before her.
“Mumsie, lift the lid a little—for once. Tell him the truth. Tell him something of the true Collioure—what it looks like to you, what it is sure to do to the morons who live here. Let loose, just this time.”
“Why—why—” Queenie stared at them, her face working pitifully.
Shirley caught her arm and shook her. “Go on. Out with it—for my sake. This is your chance to save me. Would you have chosen this place, or any ‘art’ colony in the world, to bring your daughter up in?”
A quick look of pain crossed her mother’s face, and her eyes were wet. Then slowly: “It may be—good—for your father, dearie. He’s doing so well—we hope.”
Shirley touched the quivering lips to silence. “That’s enough. I’m sorry, mumsie, but it had to be done.” Gently she showed her mother out.
“Well?” she asked, crossing the room to stand before Lyster. Her own eyes were wet.
He made no reply.
“You make things so—so damned hard for a girl!” she complained. “You’re so hard to move.”
“I used to think I was,” he murmured.

Chapter XXI  An Escape

SHIRLEY CRINGAN took up her abode in the hotel at the end of the breakwater in Banyuls. It was off by itself, at the west end of the village, and offered seclusion and a chance to meet Lyster unobserved. Her presence was readily explained by the box of paints and folding stool she carried everywhere. Artists, especially English artists, are a passing part of the local life of every quaint spot in Europe, and Collioure was wont to spray them over the district.
At that Shirley Cringan was no mean artist. She had taken lessons from her father, so that she had no fear of being detected in merely playing a role.
The scene she chose to paint was the west end of the harbour, with its vari-coloured cliff rising steeply behind the aquarium, and a jumble of brown rocks visible through the spray that dashed over the far side of the breakwater. She opened her chair, therefore, and set up her easel on the beach before the main street, where she was in a position to see everyone that passed and all that happened.
A visit to the little wine-shop beneath Frenchy’s home assured Lyster that the man was gone. Gone on business, they told him, big business, of course, since he was almost an American. It left Lyster free to concentrate on The Skunk. The Syrian, he was convinced, would not linger in Banyuls without his old companion in crime.
That was where Shirley was to justify herself.
For a day nothing was seen of The Skunk, and Lyster began to tremble for the success of his quest. He could not imagine anyone hiding for a whole day in such a small village as Banyuls except deliberately, and if The Skunk was sufficiently alarmed for that he would leave without delay.
It was Shirley saw him first. Her wandering eye picked him out as he climbed the hill toward Frenchy’s old home, and she gathered up her equipment and walked back to the hotel. Lyster, watching from the breakwater, saw the arranged signal and was relieved. That night they met.
Next day she seated herself on the beach nearer the street and set to work with her paints, and as the fishing-boats came in a crowd collected about her. She feigned not to notice it, but not a face escaped her.
At last The Skunk strolled down on the shingle.
She saw that he watched her with more than casual interest, yet she could not be sure that he recognized her as the girl Frenchy had been with for a few minutes on the night of the dance.
Running her eye impersonally over the crowd, she asked in stumbling French: “Does anyone speak English?”
For a few moments no one replied. The French, unlike the Italians, are more intent on a foreigner’s mistakes in the language than on his meaning. The question was repeated in another form, almost equally imperfect, and a woman pointed to The Skunk.
Il parle Anglais,” she said.
The Skunk tried to shrink out of sight, but the crowd separated, leaving a clear lane between him and Shirley.
“You speak English?” she asked, with a friendly smile.
“I spik—” he began in his practised jargon.
But when the crowd, recognizing the dialect, laughed, he said: “Yes, I understand it,” and frowned.
“I scarcely know a word of French,” Shirley said, ignoring the change of tone. “I want to ask them if some morning one of the fishing-boats would be good enough to draw up just there, between me and the cliff over there. I’d like to work it into the picture—to give it life. You see what I mean?”
Sullenly The Skunk translated, and two grizzled sailors pushed forward with offers.
“He says he’ll do it to-morrow,” The Skunk interpreted, pointing to the older man, and immediately pushed away through the crowd. After a smiling “merci” Shirley went on with her painting.
In the afternoon she met The Skunk face to face on the street.
“It was so good of you to help me out this morning,” she said. “You didn’t give me a chance to thank you. You’ve lived in America, I see.”
“Not long,” he growled, and would have passed on had she not stood directly before him and continued to speak.
“It’s so pleasant to be able to talk to someone at last. I’m having a terrible time making myself understood, and I simply can’t make out what they say to me. Is it French? I’m muscle-bound making gestures. I’m American—lived out in Los Angeles. Do you know it?”
The Skunk did not. He would not have known any place Shirley mentioned. Then he was gone.
Next day Shirley was in her place once more, except that she was nearer the street. The boat was drawn up where she had indicated. The Skunk did not make an appearance. But in the afternoon he passed, and Shirley, gathering up her paints and stool, ran after him.
“I just can’t let you pass,” she laughed, “without the one chance I have to speak my own language again. I’ll forget it if you don’t help me out. It’s desperately lonesome, too.”
“Then why did you come?”
“Because—because it’s such a romantic spot.”
He made a grimace. “There was an Englishman—or an American—back there in an hotel a few days ago. You should talk to him.” He pointed through an archway to the street on which Redfern's hotel was located. “They say there’s another at the big hotel on the hill. I haven’t seen him. You needn’t forget your English.”
“Will you come and have a cup of coffee with me?” she pleaded.
“Coffee!” he snorted. “My dear girl, you won’t like the coffee you get here, not after America."
“Then tea—how about tea?”
The Skunk laughed. “They’ll serve it in a glass—if they know what you mean. If you want anything to drink that isn’t wine, ask for citronadeor limonade. And you needn’t be afraid to drink alone." Without so much as a bow he left her.
Shirley looked after him. “Such a slap!” she said to herself. “To be turned down—and by him! Between The Skunk and Roland Lyster I’m on a fair way to humility.”
“The perfume-seller,” she opined to Lyster that night, when they met on the breakwater, “is getting touchy about me.”
“For Heaven’s sake don’t overdo it,” Lyster pleaded miserably.
“How can I?”
“You can make him suspect that you wish him to suspect you.”
She threw up her head. “I lack your fine Italian hand, is that it?” Then she remembered her promise. “All right, what do you wish me to do?”
He didn’t quite know—except the one thing she refused—and he stumbled as he talked, realizing suddenly how dependent he had grown on her, how little he would be able to accomplish without her or Redfern. She heard him through soberly.
Next day they thought they understood why The Skunk lingered after Frenchy was gone. Shirley saw him enter the little wine-shop beneath Frenchy’s old home. The latter had gone without informing his old friend, and The Skunk was trying to trace him.
Their suspicions were confirmed two days later when, The Skunk not having been seen in the meantime, Shirley boldly went to his stopping-place and asked for him. Yes, monsieur had gone, the old woman did not know where, but he had left at half-past seven in the morning, so that he must have taken the train west.
Shirley, without concealment now, made for Lyster’s hotel. And later in the morning Lyster himself made inquiries, first of the old woman where The Skunk had had a room, then of the stationmaster. The old woman elaborated proudly on having made monsieur pay a week in advance before he left, but it took a deal of time and patience to elicit the information that the man they sought had spoken once of Barcelona and Palma. The stationmaster confirmed the western destination.
A skirmish with maps located Palma. A line of boats ran from Barcelona to the Balearic Islands, landing at Palma, on the island of Majorca.
That night they set out, Lyster torn between his anxiety about The Skunk and his helplessness to restrain Shirley from what, he felt, was to her only another exciting escapade. Shirley was disarmingly demure—and that did not add to Lyster’s peace of mind. At Barcelonathey parted company. Shirley took the night boat for Palma.

Chapter XXII  A Stern Chase

IT was not quite as simple as that. After much uneasy protesting and criticizing on Lyster’s part, it was agreed that it would not be wise to travel to Palma together. And Shirley earned her point that she had better go first, partly because “Barcelona is no city for a young girl alone,” partly because as yet she played the major part in their scheme, and it was unnecessary as part of that scheme to conceal herself as it was for Lyster.
Too late Lyster discovered that the next boat did not leave for two days, a period of fretting and selfcensure, while he wandered up and down the Rambla, wondering why he had been so easy.
Why should Shirley have preceded him? How could he have forgotten that for two days she would face the dangers of the chase alone, the very dangers that had made him so insistent that she should leave everything to him and Redfern? She had succeeded in making him see things through her eyes, had, indeed, from the first, taken charge of the whole affair.
Two days of inactivity, when he could hear nothing from her, could not be near if she should need him! And she would be alone on a foreign island, without a word of Spanish at her command! To Lyster it was two days of self-humiliation, of agony.
Though the boat did not leave till nine at night, he was aboard by half-past six, having snatched a night meal that left no memory. As the little ship struck the open beyond the breakwater he was glad of the strong wind that blew and the rough sea that dashed over the bow. He did not undress.
In the early morning light the boat slipped into Palmaharbour and drew up against a wharf lined with hotel runners and carrajue drivers. The great cathedral lay like a giant beetle close to the shore, and the mountains backing the town were white.
A strange and absorbing scene, but Lyster saw none of it. He was searching the faces along the wharf for one that had not been out of his mind for two days—and much longer. And the face was not The Skunk’s.
Shirley was not there.
They had, from a Cook’s list, selected the Grand Hotel for Shirley, while Lyster would put up at the Alhambra. The two hotels were, they were told, in the city and close together, not out at El Terreno, where the tourists congregated. The Skunk, they decided, would avoid the tourist hotels.
Having dropped his suit-cases at the Alhambra, Lyster hurried to the Grand. Discretion, secrecy be damned! A cloud seemed to have settled over the city, a sultry stillness, so that he breathed fast and perspired.
The clerk at the Grand spoke halting English. Yes, there had been an American girl there, but only for a day—no, two days; she had left that very morning. He did not know where she had gone, perhaps back to Barcelona—or to Iviza. The latter suggestion was made with some confidence, as if a girl like Shirley Cringan was bound to choose some outlandish place like Iviza, the third island of the group.
“But surely she said where she was going!”
“Not to me. I was not on duty when she went.” The clerk dropped his face over a newspaper, as if nothing more was to be had from him. Lyster was not going to register, that was plain.
After several misunderstandings, some coldness, a certain amount of irritation, and a stagger at Spanish that failed, Lyster elicited the information that the clerk who was on duty when Shirley departed, and who might know something, had gone to Pollensa for a couple of days. Anyway, what was all the fuss about? A guest had come and gone. She had paid her bill. What more? If there was any trouble about it for the young man, well, there was always mañana to go more fully into the affair.
Lyster prowled about the city. He visited the Ingles Hotel, the Mediterranee and the Victoria at El Terreno, but Shirley Cringan was unknown to them. In a fever he began to make inquiries about the long trip across the island to Pollensa, where the clerk who might know was visiting, but no one could tell him where to find exactly the man he sought.
Accordingly he was forced to wait, all the time wandering about, making inquiries, fussing, working himself into a panic. Reason warned him at last that he was making himself a nuisance.
Everything was explained with the return of the absent hotel clerk—except the casual carelessness of his substitute. Shirley had left a letter for Lyster, and the clerk had thrust it into the “H” box, curiously enough where a “Halton” letter should be put, and Lyster had not had imagination enough to ask for it.
The letter contained only a score of words, scrawled almost illegibly:
“Flying to Algiers on a moment’s notice. Pick me up there. At least they’ll speak French.—S.”
Lyster was out of the door before he had finished reading. He knew of the air mail line between Marseilles and Algiers, stopping at Palmafor passengers and mail. Ignoring his suit-cases at the Alhambra, he rushed to the harbour. The plane he had seen alight on the water not two hours ago.
He was in time to see it taxi across the bay and rise in a graceful curve toward Algiers!
For the first time in his life Roland Lyster exhausted a vocabulary of oaths unconsciously acquired in four or five countries. The blast ceased abruptly, and fear crowded out his anger and disappointment. Algiersnow! Shirley had come alone to Palma—and gone on alone to North Africa!
All day he fretted. His mind dwelt on the implications of that short note. The Skunk, too, had gone to Algiers, and since Shirley would not dare to take the same plane, he must have gone two days earlier. Shirley would be searching Algiersfor him—alone.
There was no Cook’s office in Palma, but another tourist office where they spoke French and a little English informed him of the times of boats and planes. The next plane did not leave for Algiers for three days!
He could return to Barcelona, take train to Marseilles, and cross from there by boat, but that would gain him nothing. There was, of course, the chance that he might be able to charter a plane at Barcelona, but that was too uncertain, and its arrival in Algiers would create a stir.
It meant that Shirley would be on her own for ten days, with a murderous gangster to contact!
Not knowing where he went, he found himself entering the Alhambra Hotel. The clerk beckoned to him.
“A cable for you, Mr. Halton.”
Lyster seized it. It was from Shirley.
“Gone on to Tunis,” it said.
And he might have caught that plane whose roar was scarcely out of hearing, and have reached Algiers to find it empty!
“When did this arrive?” he inquired.
“Last night. The other clerk forgot to mention it.”
Lyster ground his teeth, and after a furious look rushed back to the tourist agency. As he climbed the slope a plane soared over his head, swooping toward the bay.
“Where does that plane go?” he demanded of the clerk.
“It’s the return plane from Algiers, starting in an hour for Marseilles.”
In a flash Lyster had boats and trains and planes fixed in his mind and was running for his hotel. He would fly to Marseilles and catch a boat straight to Tunis, saving two days over plane to Algiers and train to Tunis.
The pilot of the plane had information for him too. The Skunk had gone to Algierswith him, and in their talk had spoken of going on to Tunis. It was from him, the pilot, that Shirley had extracted the same information.
“Those American girls!” the pilot sighed. “They don’t let a man throw them down, do they? And, by God, she was too pretty for him! Turned me down cold too, she did.” He braced his shoulders proudly.
“I’d smack you one on the jaw,” Lyster fumed to himself, “if I didn’t need you so badly.”

Chapter XXIII  Tunis

TUNIS, white and oriental, was to Lyster only another city, but a city where Shirley followed alone a dangerous criminal in a strange land. Standing on the deck as the boat steamed up the long canal from La Goulette, he shuddered at the picture that crowded his mind, the possibilities of the chase she had carried on alone for more than a week.
For the thousandth time he upbraided himself for the spineless part he had played. For that, too, he would have to answer to Nathan Hornbaker.
Camels—veiled women—red-fezzed Arabs—turbaned Bedouins—busy Israelites—silent Italians—negroes of a dozen tints—French police—outlandish soldiers dirt and noise—shouting taxi-drivers—a beautifully-treed boulevard sweeping past—the walls of a city enclosed in a city. It all flickered before his eyes with only one significance: where in all this was Shirley?
He had chosen an hotel at random from the driver’s patter, and his first concern—with his suit-cases thumped against his legs to remind him that he had not paid his fare—was to examine the register.
Shirley's name was not there; there was no American girl at the hotel. She would have no reason for an alias, since the robbers, now that Toni was dead, would never connect the Cringans with the Hornbakers!
Without pausing even to look at his room, Lyster sent his bags up and started out to find her.
It was not difficult. At the second hotel he visited there on the register was her easy scroll.
The Majestic was a large, showy hostelry that enabled tourists to send imposing picture postcards back home, its clientele the sort who record their progress by such a display. But, having found where she was staying, Lyster dared not make too many inquiries. He was told by the head porter, a large man in a long frock-coat loaded with gold braid, that Miss Cringan had gone out early, as she always did. And his extended hand more than hinted for the pourboire befitting such an hotel. Lyster, aware that the man might prove useful, paid and took a seat in the lobby.
It was one o’clock before Shirley, weary and spiritless, appeared. She carried her sketching kit and dropped it in the first empty chair with a sigh that tore at Lyster’s heart. He hurried to her.
She exhibited no surprise, but her body visibly relaxed, and her head sank restfully against the back of the chair.
“Well,” she said, with a thin smile, “you look a bit haggard yourself, Mr. Lyster. Have you missed your breakfast?”
He dropped beside her and peered into her face. “I’m—just—sorry.”
“Why should you be? The Skunk and I are much too fast for a stern chase. Incidentally he was too fast for me. I’ve lost him. But,” bracing against her fatigue, “he’s somewhere in Tunis. And now, if you please, a bit to eat, and then sleep—sleep.” She roused herself and tipped the sketching kit to the floor. “I’ve got neuritis, too, lugging that damned thing around. You can carry on now. I’m for the downy—till to-morrow.”
They lunched together at the hotel. Lyster, as usual, was tongue-tied before her, stricken by her exhaustion, the heavy eyes and limp lips, shamed by the ignominious part she had forced on him. She saw it in his eyes.
“Don’t look like that!” she pleaded. “You’ve nothing to blame yourself for. Can’t you see I’m trouble enough to myself without having to worry about you?”
“I’m so sorry,” was all he could say.
“Yes,” she agreed, “I am a bit weary. How far have I wandered?” She stifled a yawn. “How long have I slept? I don’t know. Oh, well, I’m young. And,” more brightly, “this isn’t a joy-ride, is it? . . . But I hope you’ve enjoyed your travels.” She did not look at him; her eyes were on a dish of creamed spinach.
“It’s been agony,” he cried, “every moment of it . . . except when I received the note you left at the Grand Hotel in Palma.”
“Such a snippy note, too. Did they tell you I was so rushed I hadn't time to pack? I left everything but what I could throw in a bag. Even then I had to bribe a boatman to take me out to the aeroplane after it had started to taxi, and I just managed to make it. We had a rocky passage, too. I was disgustingly sick. It wasn’t a good start.”
“But how did you keep in touch with The Skunk?”
She told her story. She had wasted no time in Palma. From an Englishman who ran a sort of general agency for everything she got a list of the native hotels. There were not many, and she had little difficulty in running down the man she was after.
But The Skunk had checked out. Two days had already passed. On the way back to the hotel she saw the little tender landing a passenger from the plane, and she hurried down and talked—in French—to the boatman. It was a lucky interview, for she learned that a passenger who could not be mistaken had taken the previous plane for Algiers. Thereupon she had rushed back to the hotel to leave a note for Lyster and grab a bag, and had almost missed the plane.
At Algiers she had less trouble. Tracing the aeroplane by which The Skunk had crossed the Mediterranean, she learned that the Syrian had talked of going straight to Tunis.
“That was all I needed,” she said between yawns. “We were expecting him to make for Tunis, so I jumped on the next train and followed. And now,” her eyes half closed, “if you’ll hand across about five thousand francs I’ll buy myself a toothbrush and a fresh pair of stockings and make myself look respectable. The Grand Hotel at Palma owes me quite a bit for what I left. There are a couple of fair stores here, though I expect to spend more in the souks. You must see the souks!
“That’s the whole story. The rest is just one long sleep—and thank God someone turned up. Settle the bill, will you? I’ve been neglecting to pay, since I had only two hundred francs in my pocket when I arrived. And,” as she rose from the table, “would you be good enough to look me up here to-night when I’ve slept myself back to something resembling sanity? Have I been talking wildly? I’m too tired to know what I’m saying. It’s been so thrilling meeting you again, Mr. Lyster.”
And Roland Lyster, watching her sway from the dining-room, realized that, as usual, she had taken charge. What a dub he was with her—yes, and about her! While he had been worrying himself sick about her, she had been—just tired.
He paid the bill, made a note of the number of Shirley's room, and went out into the sunlit streets, to be struck to a staggering surprise that Tunis was what it was, “le blanc burnous du Prophète.” Until an hour ago it had been only another city to search.
Roaming along the Avenue Jules Ferry, with its beautiful boulevard of trees, to the Avenue de France, he came at last to the Port de France, the ancient gateway to the walled city, and for a long time he stood in its shadow watching the teeming life that washed past him.
Vivid, alien, ceaseless; black and white and brown; Arab and Bedouin, Israelite and Turk, East Indian and negro, with here and there a Frenchman or a tourist; money-changers, guides, powerful porters with their incredible burdens slung in ropes over their backs; sly women in haiks, with seductively manipulated veils; dusky giants in burnous or gandourah; a beautiful, silver-trimmed Arab charger; a funeral cortège, and a wedding party in carriages.
For an hour, his mind relieved of its more pressing anxiety, he lost himself in the kaleidoscope scene. Strolling through into the Bourse, he found himself in the old slave-market, with an hotel straight before him, the British Consulate on his right, and a line of shops along the left side. And on either side of the hotel a narrow, mysterious, dark little street diving away with its hordes into more mysterious depths.
Struck by a sudden idea, he rushed back to his hotel, paid the bill, and in half an hour was settled in the hotel within the walled city. Only then, seated before the projecting window, looking straight down into the Port de France, the one entrance on that side to the walled city, did he realize how wisely he had chosen. All the life of Tunisused that gate. And it was the living part of the city alone that had brought him there.
More mature consideration weakened his assurance. Would he recognize The Skunk amid that never-ending procession? Here were thousands who in stature resembled the Syrian, and if the latter chose to assume the slightest disguise only close contact would pierce it. Another worry: with such an absorbing scene before him, would he be able to concentrate on his task?
He went out to the French city, found a café, drank a glass of café au lait, and set out for the narrow streets that led to the souks. In a few minutes he was completely lost, but, refusing to ask directions and defying the advances of innumerable bazaar merchants seated in their narrow stalls, he rambled about. Only as darkness fell did he find his way back by following the crowd.
Shirley was at dinner when he arrived. He had not eaten since noon, but he felt no hunger as he sat in the lobby where he could see her at her meal. She saw him almost as soon as he entered, but she merely nodded and continued through the courses, taking her time, not even looking at him again. At the end she lit a cigarette and sat back. She was dressed in a new old gold evening dress, and even in an hotel that went extravagantly to dress she shone.
Lyster noticed that, though she lit the cigarette, after the first two or three puffs she let it go out.
It was almost an hour after his entrance before she came to him, still carrying the dead cigarette. With a lazy smile—she was still tired—she waved him back to his seat and dropped on the couch beside him. Neither spoke. The cigarette rolled over and over in her fingers as she fixed her eyes on a floor-lamp and appeared not to notice their silence. Lyster eyed her furtively.
“Well,” she said at last, facing him, “do you like it?”
“An exquisite shade,” he murmured.
“That’s nice. I found it in a duck of a place on the Avenue. But, you know, it’s something more than a shade; it’s a dress. Never mind. I know its faults, but if you’d been travelling and living for a week in one outfit, right through to the skin, you’d kid yourself into thinking that anything new is entrancing. I did. You’ve confirmed the subsequent disillusion. Oh, well, I’ve a thousand or two left for another—and now you for a bank. Got a fresh cigarette?”
He drew out an enamelled case and held a match for her. His fingers trembled.
“You’re not quite yourself, are you?” she asked, looking away. “We’re both off colour—till we get settled and rested . . . I suppose you’ve been doing the sights—while I slept.”
“It’s a very interesting old city,” he said.
“I thought—I feared—it might be. But, you know, there’s more in this than Tunis, and you and I running about together in a shocking way. Have you seen enough of le blanc burnous to get to work?”
“I’m not likely to forget that,” he told her stiffly. “I’ve one reminder—my responsibility for you.”
She waved an indifferent hand. “Don’t let that worry you. You’re responsible for nothing. I forced my way in. In your stubborn, unimaginative way, your English way, you did your darnedest to keep me out. . . . There are several things you have yet to learn about me.”
“As you’re talking, yes! ” he retorted shortly.
“Oh, that!” She waved her cigarette airily. It had gone out again. “That was just introductory. I was merely anticipating your own conscience. Some of these days you’re going to have an awful time with it. You’ve that kind of a conscience.”
“Why should it trouble me?”
“Well, it may be the custom in your country for young couples to trot away for a holiday together—week-ends, and all that—but surely you know the United States well enough by this time to be aware that it just isn’t done—except in Hollywood—and Reno. Yes, I know all you’ll say: we make a fetish of respectability—in theoretical ethics; and then we go on to break every law of decency with the eagerness of a child playing truant. But it’s there—the ostentation of decency, I mean. I suppose,” with a sigh, “you’ve been just long enough in Americato get confused about morals. But in about a day and a half I expect you to break out as a male Mrs. Grundy. I’m just hastening the attack, so we can get it over and be free to concentrate on our work.”
"I'm afraid,” was all he said, “you’ve slept too long this afternoon, Miss Cringan. You’re too farsighted for me.”
“Have it your own way, Mr. Lyster. But there’s one place I draw the line: you must put up at some other hotel.”
He studied her, uncertain whether she was teasing or not.
"That’s a point I’ve done some anticipating about. I’m staying almost a mile away.”
“So proper. I knew you’d think of it.”
“But I didn’t. I—”
"Of course, we might call it expediency rather than inherent virtue, if you will. We mustn’t forget The Skunk is presumably the purpose of our wanderings. But I see how all this shocks you. Well,” briskly, “how did you spend your afternoon?”
“I wish you’d be serious,” he protested.
"I've heard that so often. And I wish you’d be less serious.” She straightened and frowned at him. "But that would be too much to expect. Some day I'm going to shock you terribly; I could almost die happy then.”
"Your wants are so few—and so easily satisfied.”
“You conceal it admirably, Mr. Lyster. By the way, I suppose you cabled Cook’s, at Monte Carlo, to see what has happened to Mr. Redfern?”
“I—I quite forgot.”
“Yet you expect me to sit and take orders, nothing more! Don't you think it might be well, just for its news-value, to know something about our detective friend’s movements?”
"I'll do it right away,” he promised, realizing once more that beneath her banter lay a steadfastness of purpose and a depth of discernment that often made him feel shallow.
He rose, his eyes on the head porter, but she caught his sleeve.
“I don’t wish you to do anything rash,” she said. “Do I need to remind you that any money that gets into the hands of hotel porters the world over sticks there? We want that cablegram to reach its destination. Now, I suppose, the decks are cleared for our real task. I take it you lost no time this afternoon—while I slept.”
“No—no. But I found a room that may be useful.” He told her proudly of his location just within the Port de France, and was surprised when she shook her head sadly.
“Then I suppose I must move,” she said.
“But I don’t see—”
“I took a room in the same hotel the first day I came. I never slept there, of course. Pleasant, sort of exciting location, isn’t it? You’ll enjoy it. Very—exotic. I won’t need to keep my room now. It’ll be more proper and less expensive. Fortunately, I got away from Collioure in time.”
“It might have been better if you’d stayed,” he growled. “I don’t know what has come over you since you left America.”
“It’s the ocean voyage,” she laughed. “Salt water is bad for us. That’s why the very nicest Americans are disliked when they get to Europe.”

Chapter XXIV  Another Meeting

THERE followed a week of more or less undirected wandering, during which Lyster convinced himself he had no excuse to visit Shirley Cringan again.
The cable had brought a reply from Redfern, forwarded from Cook’s: “En route New York from Barcelonawith friend. Cheerio.”
Lyster dropped the cable in an envelope and mailed it to Shirley at the Majestic Hotel. There was no reply.
Day after day he wandered about, disturbed that his mind, too, wandered at times. The Skunk, he was convinced, would take refuge in the native city, but there was an outer native quarter as well as the walled city, and it meant miles and miles of streets and hundreds of groups varying in size, as well as crowded thoroughfares to inspect.
The souks he found of never-failing interest, and most of the time he spent there. Twice he saw Shirley. Once he hurried after her, but lost her in the crowd, and was glad of it.
Then he found the Souk El Attarine, and with it The Skunk. Rather, The Skunk found him.
Lyster was strolling through the tangle of narrow streets within the walled city, jostled by the crowd, making way for the porters, marvelling vaguely at the wealth of these narrow bazaars, when he came out on a wider, more formal covered street, one of the souks arched over with a roof from the sun, and holed here and there to admit the light.
Of tourists in Tunis there were few, for the city is off the beaten track, and selfish monopoly of the wharves keeps out the tourist boats; and the street was wide and dusky, so that the crowd was less noticeable. He had been over it often enough before, but had paid no attention to it.
Ahead of him a group of tourists moved slowly from bazaar to bazaar, the guide pausing before those from which he, like all his kind, received a commission on purchases. Lyster watched with a superior smile, near enough to observe the clever indifference of the guide and the guilelessness of his party.
Someone touched him on the shoulder, and he turned—to see The Skunk leaning over the railing of a bazaar and beckoning to him. Restraining his surprise, he entered.
“You’re American, aren’t you?” The Skunk inquired.
Evidently he did not recognize Lyster; but the latter took no chances. He peered into The Skunk’s face, and a frown of struggling memory gathered on his forehead.
“Say, haven’t we met before? I seem to have seen you—but not exactly under these conditions.” He scratched his chin thoughtfully. “I know—it was at Monte Carlo!”
The Skunk started back.
“You no see me,” he contradicted, in broken English. “You been here long time mebbe.” Plainly he was trying to place Lyster and, in the interval, taking no chances himself.
Lyster paid no attention. He grinned and held out his hand. “It was you all right.” Why, of course; this was the souk of the perfume-sellers—and he had not thought to give it special attention! “Don’t you remember? I wouldn’t be here if it hadn’t been for you. You were selling perfume on the Casino terrace, and you told me of Tunis. You got me interested. Say, did you get away without the police bothering you? About that murder, you know.”
The Skunk, seeing that denial was useless, only winked.
“That’s fine. You were wise to clear out, as I advised. Those French police! And now I want to see some of that fine perfume you boasted about—some of your very best.”
Instantly The Skunk was all business. With a flourish he swept his hand along a shelf laden with bottles and vials. “Damn it! ” he said fervently,“if it isn’t good to talk to someone from God’s country. I haven't had a chance to talk real American in weeks. But,” looking Lyster over more closely, “you don’t look like the real goods.”
“I was born in England,” Lyster told him. “But America’s the country for me. There’s a real he-man land! This is all right for a while, but it doesn’t last long. I don’t see how you can settle down here. You, too, have lived in America.”
The Skunk sighed. “I wish to God I was back there now!”
“Me, too. How are things going?”
"Just so-so. There ain’t many tourists this winter, and the season’s about over. This was my old stand years ago, and it might be worse. I’ve rented it for a while—something to keep me busy. But in a couple of weeks or so it’s going to be damned hot, and I guess I’ve got out of the way of it.” He caught hold of the baggy trousers he wore. “These, too—they ain’t so easy to wear as they were once, but they’re cooler. You’ll smother in those if you stay much longer."
“But you want perfume, and I’m telling the world you’ve come to the right spot. These other crooks, they’d pull their own mother’s teeth for the gold in them. Perfume—bah! All they got’s a drop of extract in a pint of alcohol and stuff. Th’ain’t one tourist in a million knows the difference between extract and essence. And that gummy stuff they fool the tourist with! Nothing but gelatine and wax!”
He snapped his fingers loudly, and a negro appeared through a curtain in the darkness at the rear of the bazaar. The Skunk jerked an order in Arabic, and the negro, bowing deeply, retired on silent feet.
“You’ll have a cup of coffee? Sure you will! Turkish coffee. You mightn’t like it at first, but you’ll get to look for it, and it’s part of the game we play in the souks.”
He grinned, his big mouth widening in an oddly straight line. Lyster could not keep his eyes from the absurdly small ears of the man.
“Now, me, I don’t need to fool the tourists—and I wouldn’t try to fool a fellow-countryman like you. I sell the real stuff; I sell it all over the world. Here’s a bottle would earn a kiss from any dame.”
He selected from an upper shelf an eight-ounce bottle containing some liquid of sparkling amber hue and held it tenderly between finger and thumb, so that the light played on it.
“One hundred francs a quarter-ounce. But it’ll last till—well, till you want another girl’s kiss. I know: I’ve tried it! ” He winked clumsily with both eyes.
Lyster pursed his lips. “Four dollars for a girl’s kiss? And you couldn’t get away with one ounce, either. Kisses come high in your world.”
“It doesn’t cost me a hundred francs, of course. And you can have an ounce for—oh, say two hundred francs, and that’s giving it away and throwing in the bottle. Eh, what say? By the way, what’s your name?”
“Call me Jones,” Lyster answered, with a meaning wink. “I’m forgetting my right name for a while. It mightn’t be healthy. All right, I’ll take an ounce. And put it in a ten-dollar box. And do it up strong. I’ll keep it till it’s safe to get back to America.”
“Expect to make it soon?” The Skunk asked enviously.
“The minute things blow over. You don’t think I’d stay away a second longer?”
“No . . . no.” The Skunk’s eyes were dreamy as he dropped the little bottle in a gaudy paste-board box and wrapped it in blue paper.
He turned to take a great brass tray from the negro. On the tray was a brass coffee-pot and two tiny handle-less cups of native pottery in brass holders. He placed the tray thoughtfully on an inlaid folding coffee-stand the negro opened.
“No . . . no,” he repeated. “God, I wish I could get back with you!”
“Why can’t you?”
The Syrian shook his head and poured a thick brown liquid from the pot into one of the cups. Lyster waited until the two cups were filled, then, picking up his own, slopped some of the steaming fluid over the edge from which he was to drink. The Skunk saw it and smiled.
“You’re right—and you’re sure American. But you needn’t be scared here. I’ve taught the nig. to wash things properly. All you got to be scared of in Tunis is the water and the flies; and the water’s all right if you draw it yourself in things you’ve washed yourself. The flies ain’t so bad yet, and they’ve cleaned out most of the sore-eyed beggars. But you should oughta see the south, down in the desert!”
“Been down there recently?” Lyster asked, sipping the coffee tentatively.
“Just got back two days ago. Couldn’t stick it. . . . And even here I’m so homesick I could cry. I’d give half an arm to be hearing the newsies again, and doging cars, and meeting the boys for a game. You’re right—a guy with any guts can’t stay away long.”
He sipped thoughtfully and smacked his lips.
“Can a guy get away by himself anywhere else in the world?” he continued. “I don’t think so. And you’ll find it out, Jones. I’m beginning to think a fellow’s safer back there than anywhere.”
Lyster said nothing, but he managed to look sad. The Syrian braced himself, and took a paper from his pocket.
“This is what I stopped you for.” He spread the paper on a corner of the coffee-stand. “I got this to-day from the American consul; it says I have to fill it out if I’m keeping my American nationality, my citizenship. God, how they keep track of a guy!”
Lyster scanned the paper. “I guess that’s so. This is the way they keep track of their nationals. I’ve just taken out first papers. But how did the consul know you were here?”
“That’s what’s bothering me.”
“He must have seen the papers you signed to rent this place. Yes, that’s it.”
The Skunk looked happier. “Let’s see, what name did I sign? Oh, yes, it’s there on the paper. Have I got to answer all them questions?”
“If you wish to get back some time.”
The Syrian stumbled to his feet. “You bet I want to get back; I got to get back. I can’t live here the rest of my days—not now, not after America. And I can’t make half a living.”
Lyster read over the questions. “These shouldn’t be hard to answer—”
A chatter of voices at the door sent the Syrian hastening forward, to greet the party of tourists returning. The guide was enthusiastically pointing out the perfumes.
"If the ladies and gentlemen will come into my humble place." The Skunk bowed and backed away. He snapped his fingers, and the negro appeared.
Lyster went, pinching the Syrian in a friendly way as he passed.

Chapter XXV  A Disappearance

DAY after day Lyster returned for an hour’s chat with The Skunk, adding to his welcome by purchases of the perfumes their owner recommended. He even exuded an odour of jasmine himself.
The Syrian had not yet filled in the document that worried him.
“I’ve had a few names in my time,” he explained, “and I ain’t sure what one I used in my naturalization papers. I haven’t them here.”
Lyster soothed him by assuring him that the consul would never check up, even if he could.
“Then they want to know if I’m married, and the woman’s name, and where she is, and all that. Lots of things I don’t want to tell.”
“Then tell the truth when you wish to, and fill the rest in anyhow. It’ll just be filed and forgotten.”
The Skunk considered. “I’ve been married—two or three times—and I don’t know which one’s legal. Besides, I don’t remember their names before I married them, and I ain’t seen any of them in three years. Maybe,” more hopefully, “I won’t need to sign if I go back soon enough.”
A week later Lyster sat in the little bazaar, wiping his face.
“Phew, this is getting hot! I’m not going to be able to stick it much longer. What do you say to getting out? There can’t be much more business for you till next season.”
The Skunk shook his head. “I can’t go back yet— if that’s what you mean. And business ain’t too bad. Those Arab women, they use a lot of perfume. They have to to keep their men. I guess some of them tickle his nose when they haven’t much for his eyes. You put four women with one man, like they all have here when they can afford it, and there’s competition for you. It pays me. Oh, these women! They’re the same all over the world.”
Lyster was seated on a camp-stool, his back against one side of the bazaar, where he could see far down the souk.
“I guess you’re right, Fazal.” It was the one name The Skunk had given him. “Arab or English or American, they put it on for the men, eh? . . . There’s that girl again down there.” He pointed to Shirley, seated on a folding-chair a hundred yards away, a canvas set up before her on a light easel. “Painting, eh? Must be English. I’ve seen her there every morning for a week.”
The Skunk leaned carefully out. He frowned. “I’ve seen her, too, damn her!”
Lyster regarded him inquiringly, and The Skunk scowled. “Say, you stay here for a few minutes, will you? I’m going to have a look-see. And, by God, I believe I’m right!”
He strolled out, walked in the opposite direction to Shirley, and disappeared at the first corner. Five or six minutes passed, then, close behind the girl, Lyster saw him. Slowly he crept nearer, Shirley unconscious of his presence. Lyster held himself ready.
But he was not called on to act, for presently The Skunk turned and left. He reached the bazaar by the same route he had used to approach Shirley from behind. His face was black as a thundercloud.
Lyster inquired what was up.
For answer The Skunk shook his fist in the direction of the girl. “It’s her, damn her eyes, the very same girl!”
“What girl do you mean?”
“She’s following me. I saw her in Monte Carlo, and then—another place. She tagged after me. And now she’s here.”
“So she’s one of the girls who won’t let you forget her?” Lyster teased.
“That skirt? I never snuggled up to her, not me. She’s a dick, that’s what she is.”
“A—dick!” Lyster slunk to the darker end of the bazaar. The Skunk sneered.
“It ain’t you she’s after. You needn’t worry! She’s a dick them smart French police got on my tracks.”
Lyster’s eyes widened understanding. “The Monte Carlo murder, eh? Well, I warned you.”
The Skunk’s heavy hand clamped on his shoulder. “Say, buddy, what d’you know of the French police?”
“Several useful things, Fazal. I’m using that information myself—and the main part of it is not to let them get their hands on me. I have influence—and friends—everywhere. That’s what I depend on. I left Americafor good reason, but my friends don’t forget me—anywhere in the world.”
The Syrian eyed him with growing respect. “One of them international fellows, eh?”
“I’ve worked in many countries—if that’s what you mean. . . . And I’ve use for men like you.”
"And maybe,” The Skunk returned, all his native suspicion coming to the surface, “maybe I’ll have use for you.”
Next day Lyster reached the bazaar late. He was surprised and not a little disturbed at the perfume-seller's utter composure. The Skunk lolled back in the entrance, smiling now and then, smoking a long hookah—and Lyster had never seen him smoking the native pipe before.
“I thought you might have cleared out,” Lyster said, with a laugh.
The Skunk drew a long puff and emitted it slowly through his nostrils.
“Why should I?”
"I thought that girl had you all worked up.”
“What girl?”
"The painter one—the one you took a good look at yesterday.”
“Oh.” airily, “I made a mistake.”
For a reason he did not then understand, Lyster’s heart seemed to drop to his boots. “How—how did you find that out?”
The Skunk waved the tube of the pipe toward the spot where Shirley had been seated for a week.
“You can see for yourself she ain’t there to-day And such a nice day, too.”
Lyster had seen, long before he reached the bazaar.
“Hasn’t she shown up at all?”
"Not that I've seen.” The Skunk’s eyes were half closed; he continued to smoke. Lyster could scarcely restrain himself from leaping on him and choking an explanation from him.
“I guess you’re right,” he said. “If she was after you she’d be there. I’m sure she didn’t see you yesterday taking a peep at her. These perambulating painters cover a lot of ground. I’m told they never finish their work, and when they do it goes to the attic. Even if you’d seen her before, it mightn’t mean anything.”
He was impelled by a sudden desire to allay The Skunk’s suspicions about Shirley.
His stay was short that morning, and when he left he made straight for the Majestic Hotel.
Shirley had not slept at the hotel the night before! Nor had anyone seen her since!

Chapter XXVI  Search

“YOU’RE looking tough, Jones,” The Skunk said sympathetically, as Lyster walked into his bazaar and dropped into his usual chair. “You need something stronger than coffee—and perfume ain’t it!”
He snapped his fingers, and the negro appeared soundlessly and salaamed. The Skunk jabbered something, and the servant disappeared.
Lyster ran his hand over his forehead. “I guess it’s the heat. I’m not sleeping, and I ate something at the Chianti last night that didn’t agree with me.”
“Take my advice,” The Skunk warned, “and steer clear this hot weather of grub you ain’t used to. No cous-cous, or anything like that. You got to live with that to stand it—and then it’s best to close your eyes. America has spoiled me for the old life, too. But, say, if it’s too hot for you, why don’t you clear out? You don’t seem so eager lately.”
Lyster was not too miserable to be aware of something unusual in The Skunk’s tone.
“I’m going to skip,” he said. “But I thought I’d be able to stay till it’s safe to get back to America. Tunis has sort of got hold of me. They say it does.”
“It hasn’t got me.”
“But you’ve had it—you’ve lived here and it’s nothing new to you. Anyway, I’ve got to get back some time soon to make some more money. I don't know how to make a living anywhere else—and it’s so easy there and—and exciting.”
“You done pretty well over there?” The Skunk asked.
“Getting my hooks on a grand now and then got me along nicely, thank you. Over here there’s no one to fleece.”
The Syrian winked. “A con. man, eh? Well, it’s a good enough game, but me—”
A veiled woman appeared at the entrance, and The Skunk rose to attend to her. In a moment or two he was back.
“Me, I never went in for the con. stuff myself,” he said. But Lyster’s silence induced no further confession.
“Of course,” Lyster said presently, “there was kidnapping, too, and blackmail. There’s a lot of money in that. And hold-ups. . . . That's why I’m travelling.”
But The Skunk was not to be drawn. The negro entered with two very small glasses containing a reddy-brown liquid. The Skunk passed the tray to Lyster, who helped himself, as if absent-mindedly, to the glass farthest from him. The Skunk accepted the other without hesitation and sipped it. Lyster did the same with his glass, and a warm glow shot through him.
“Mighty fast stuff,” he declared, holding the glass to the light.
“Comes from Algiers,” his host explained. “You can’t buy it. I happen to know the man who makes it for his own use—or I know his daughter." He winked. “But you were talking of hold-ups. Ever strike it rich that way?”
Lyster smiled, as if he, too, could hold his tongue. "I know some that did,” he said. “There was one a few months ago I’d like to have been in on—a man named—I forget—some funny name—Horn-something. A big broker, I think he was. They say the gang got away with fifty thousand from a vault in the house.”
"Hmm! I seem to remember something about that,” said The Skunk innocently. “Know the guys in that?”
Lyster shook his head. “They bumped off the butler or someone. One of them got drilled himself, and the police nabbed him and he squealed. The gang made their getaway to Europe, they think. Anyway, they have the dicks working all over Europe, an army of them, they say.”
The Skunk said nothing, but he had placed his glass back on the tray, half full. Lyster continued:
"They say the gang got quarrelling among themselves; that's how one got shot. It seems they didn't split fairly. One of them is said to have got away with a jewel worth a fortune. They weren’t any of my friends. The one that got the jewel was called Baldy, I think. I’ve heard of him before. Then there was twenty grand or so in a box on a mantel in the house somewhere, and they say Baldy got that too, and kept it.”
The Skunk’s eyes blazed. “The dirty dog did that—Baldy did that?”
“So they say. I just picked it up before I had to get out in a hurry.” Lyster’s eyes were fixed on the glass he held.
“I’d hate to work with a gang like that,” The Skunk said venomously. “One squeals, and another double-crosses his mates. I hope, by God, they get him! They will if they’ve the guts of a kitten.”
“Sure. I don’t see how they’d let him get away with it.”
“They won’t,” The Skunk promised him.
“But if they’re scared away to Europe—and they think Baldy stayed in America?”
“They’ll go back,” The Skunk assured him, and the set of his big jaw gave point to the threat.
They talked for a while, both deliberately concealing personal experiences, both scouting about crimes in which they might well have participated. At last Lyster rose to leave.
“I guess I’ll have to get away from this heat pretty soon,” he said, wiping his face. “If I stay much longer I’ll be conspicuous. I’ve no hankering to draw the attention of the police. . . . Funny about that girl,” he mused, “the painter one. Her picture wasn’t nearly finished when I saw it yesterday.”
“Maybe she won’t finish it.” The Skunk drained his glass.
“And we took her for a dick!” Lyster laughed. “But it sure did look queer, if you saw her in all those places. But then, you and I got together twice, didn’t we? Everyone goes to Monte Carlo, as a matter of course. Then if they come here—well, there you are.”
“But they don’t turn up, too, at a little village like Banyuls,” The Skunk burst out. “But then,” hastily, “it doesn’t matter now.”
Lyster heard that “now” and the sigh of relief that went with it.
In the week Shirley had been missing Roland Lyster had lost weight. Sleepless nights, days of persistent but clueless search, snatched meals, walking—walking—walking, had taken their toll. And April was blazing hot, though, in a way, he was growing acclimatized.
On the discovery that Shirley had not returned to the hotel, his first impulse was to rush to the police. He had even stopped before one of the small but efficient French police on the Avenue de France before his alarm became more reasonable. What, he asked himself, could he hope to gain by enlisting the services of the regular police? Shirley was being held somewhere by force, and in that warren of a city within the walls not all the police in the world could hope to find her. Mystery was too deep there, and the anxiety of official France not to rouse public resentment too great, to promise success. The Arab home, because of its harem and the privacy of its women, was inviolate, and the French authorities went to almost any length to preserve the illusion that the Tunisians were a free people. Lyster had been long enough in Tunisto note the subterranean rumble of the Nationalist cause, ready to break into open revolt at some such provocation.
And the very search might well be Shirley Cringan’s greatest danger, since, warned by it, her captors might find it necessary to get rid of her in the one way that would seal her lips.
There was, too, an unwillingness to bring under the official eye the pursuit on which he was engaged; it would block all his plans and force him into the open.
Shirley, he felt certain on reflection, was in little physical danger unless she confessed her identity and her purpose; and that they would never drag from her.
That The Skunk was at the bottom of it Lyster did not doubt, and at first he took courage from the hope of trailing him to Shirley’s prison, but a week’s fruitless effort convinced him that The Skunk was taking no chances. Directly from his bazaar the man, when business was over, took his daily walk, ending at the bazaar where he slept. To persist in following him threatened exposure.
Never for a moment did Lyster doubt that Shirley was still alive. At times The Skunk was flagrantly composed, at other times nervous. He would not have been so uneasy had the girl been put out of the way, the simplicity of disposing of a body in that great city, or away toward the desert, providing against any chance of discovery. Shirley might be in danger, but as yet no harm had come to her.
So Lyster had continued his daily visits to the bazaar; and he prided himself that, considering the strain, he carried a difficult situation off rather well. But that, too, told on his physique, a change not to be hidden from the perfume-seller.
Afternoons and evenings were spent in a ceaseless search, most of it within the walled city, but extending at times to the Arab city to the west. It was then he realized more than ever the maze of blind and twisting streets, narrow and dark at night, that wound in every direction, crowded by enormous houses with great iron-studded gates.
By day these gates were for the most part open, and Lyster would dive through them into beautiful, palm-lined courts, where he would stand for minutes listening with bated breath to the low voices of women behind closed doors. It was the one sound that soothed his fever and sustained his hope. It kept him braced against his fears. Persistently he told himself that thus—or somehow—he would find Shirley, that he would feel if she were near, that the complement of their natures, the harmony of their aims, would touch a responsive chord in him. And any disaster to her would strike him to instant understanding.
One afternoon he spent in the Arab city outside the walls. Here the houses were newer and smaller, the secretiveness and mystery less oppressive. With almost no downstairs windows, the upper windows were covered with bulging iron grilles, through which veiled women laughed down on him, drawing their veils seductively aside in the security of their isolation. Lyster eyed them all, often urged almost beyond control to ask questions. Two or three fondouks swarming with lazing Arabs he passed by as of no interest, and a band of Arab musicians he heard with meagre attention.
He realized suddenly that the afternoon was passing that the swift night of the desert would catch him far from home. Emerging on the street skirting the walled city, one of the four entrance gates stood before him. If he cut through he would reach his hotel more quickly and escape the dusty road around the wall. Besides, he was in a hurry to make further inquiries at Shirley’s hotel. He had explained her absence as a sudden desire to visit the desert, and he did not know when she would be back. Her room he paid for each week, so that the manager did not concern himself.
With the thought that once he reached the souks he would know his way, he left the main street beyond the wall and struck off in what he thought was the direction of the Port de France.
How different the light was in there, amid those towering buildings that almost touched his shoulders as he walked! How bewildering the twists and turns! What a host of blind streets that sent him hurrying back to find an outlet! How deserted the whole dark, mysterious city at that hour! . . . How rash for a foreigner to risk himself in that silent, uncharted maze!
A street opened in the direction he thought he should take, and he hurried into it. At that moment he became aware of footsteps behind him, and he remembered that at intervals he had heard the same footsteps before. A shiver ran over him and he increased his pace.
The street swung round a corner and ended suddenly in a great, metal-studded door. Lyster turned, feeling like a trapped animal. As he rounded the corner a large figure leaped on him from the darkness and gripped his arms to his side. Another clapped a hand over his mouth, while a third looped a rope about him with one dexterous toss. That they were in Arab attire Lyster felt as he struggled.

Chapter XXVII  Prisoner

HE did not resist blindly. He realized what was happening and that he had always feared it. He knew how useless it would be to cry out, even had they permitted it. Never once had he seen a French policeman within the walled city, another police fiction that the conqueror was not oppressive. What happened in those dark streets and closed houses was the private business of Tunisians. No foreigner would be involved for no foreigner would risk the quarter by night.
And here he, an Anglo-American, had with open eyes run his head into a noose, he who had special reason for caution!
As the ropes tightened on arms and legs he ceased to struggle. A bandage was drawn over his eyes and he was picked up in powerful arms and borne away.
This was no common street robbery. They could have cleaned him out in a few seconds and escaped in the darkness. Nor was it an outburst of Arab fury at the intrusion of the hated foreigner. They handled him with no unnecessary roughness.
No, they were taking him captive. Why? They had done the same to Shirley. The association of thoughts sent a tingle through him. In all that great city they two knew only one man with a shadow of motive—The Skunk!
Blindfolded and gagged, wrists and ankles bound, he was carried for what seemed fifteen minutes or more, the footsteps of his captors echoing against tight walls along empty streets. No one spoke, no one so much as coughed. Only the breathing of the one who carried him, and their steady, hurried steps, were audible. It was uncanny.
Lyster tried to fix the route in his mind, but in a minute or two he gave it up as useless. Presently, by the sound, he knew they had entered a courtyard. A heavy gate clanged behind them. He could hear the soft rustle of palms, the soothing drip of water.
He knew these retired courts. He had stepped into a hundred of them in his search for Shirley Cringan—great palaces built about open squares, with palm trees growing around the walls, and a fountain in the centre. By day open to the passer-by, by night closed off by great studded gates, like the doors of a fort; a stone stairway often led up at one side to the upper rooms.
He was in such a court now, for his legs were released and he was led up a flight of stone steps, along a gallery, and through a doorway into a hall. Then through another door, all the time blindfolded. The door closed, gag and blindfold were removed, and Lyster found himself in a long, narrow room with a huge negro eunuch.
The room was softly lighted by an electric bulb in a heavy brass Turkish lamp suspended from the ceiling. It was an exquisite room, the walls smothered in expensive rugs, the ceiling vague through a fine vari-coloured net. The corners were squared off with arches, the ends of which were supported by coloured Moorish pillars, high up in one wall were three small grilled windows, while along two walls pillow-piled divans extended. At each end was a Turkish table bearing a hookah. The floor was deep with rugs.
Lyster looked about for the door, but saw none. It was, of course, concealed by the hanging rugs.
More curious than alarmed, he turned to the eunuch.
“A bit rough as an introduction to all this luxury,” he said, “What’s the answer?”
The negro eunuch paid no attention.
"What’s the rent?” Lyster persisted. “It beats the hotel into a cocked hat!”
The eunuch continued in silence to gather up the ropes with which Lyster had been bound.
"Don't be so talkative,” Lyster chided, this time in French. He tapped the negro on the chest. “Don’t you understand?”
The negro opened his mouth and pointed, and Lyster shuddered. A vast, black opening filled with gleaming teeth—but no tongue!
“Anyway, you can hear,” Lyster said. “I want to talk to your master. Send him here!”
But the eunuch only shook his head with a troubled frown and walking to the wall at the end opposite the windows, drew back a rug and disappeared behind it. Lyster heard a click, then the soft closing of a door.
He made a more detailed survey of his prison then, but he found nothing new. As he roamed about he shuddered. The room breathed of sensuality, of debasing voluptuousness, so that for a moment he was conscious of a terrifying limpness and langour. It was not hardship he would have to fight, but luxury.
He thought of Shirley and shuddered again.
Bracing himself against the atmosphere of the place, he began to search for something he might use as a weapon. But there was not a movable object except the hookahs, the two tables, and the rugs and cushions.
Behind the curtain where the eunuch had disappeared was no trace of the door, and, for the time being, he spent no time trying to probe its secret. His first care was to work out some sort of answer to the queries flooding his mind, then to decide his course.
Why was he there? What did they plan to do with him? Was Shirley, too, there? Who was responsible for it all?
Only one question brought an answer. Of course, The Skunk was behind everything. Though he could not be certain, he felt satisfied that The Skunk was personally present at his capture. Beyond that, all he knew was that his own captivity and Shirley’s disappearance were connected. But how had The Skunk succeeded in associating them, since he, Lyster, had seen Shirley only four times since his arrival?
Of one thing he was certain, and it encouraged him to hope: no immediate physical injury was planned; their treatment of him thus far proved that.
But he upbraided himself now for not having gone to the police. As things stood there was not in all Tunisa single person to worry about them, even to ask questions. Their possessions at the hotels would be confiscated to pay their bills, but hotels accepted that as part of the business.
After an hour’s cogitation he set himself to find the door. The wall was of heavy woodwork, and here and there slight chinks were visible, but nothing resembling the outline of a doorway, and the whole wall sounded solid. Neither did he find anything suggesting a hidden spring or mechanism.
Fearing that ears might be listening outside, he spent little time on the search, but he made the round of the four walls, pulling back the rugs as he went, the investigation was fruitless.
He looked at his watch. It was almost nine o’clock.
The night wore on. He dared not sleep. Someone was sure to come to him, he reasoned. There could be no sense in leaving him there without a word all night. But no one came, and daylight showed through the three little windows before his eyes closed.
He wakened to the daylight streaming through the windows, and as he lay trying to recall what had happened, the distant, ringing call of a muezzin brought him quickly to his feet. He recognized that voice—he knew the minaret. It was in the western part of the walled city. But he could not be sure how distant it was or in what direction.
As the first sound from the outer world, it comforted him. His watch told him that he had slept well into the forenoon. Physically and mentally he must have been more weary than he realized. And now he was hungry.
His captors had provided for that. On the end of a divan, near the end of the room, rested a brass tray and on it was set out a heavy breakfast. Years in Americahad modified his English appetite for the morning meal, but this ample breakfast he consumed to the last crumb. It consisted of an American breakfast food with goat’s milk and sugar, a baked apple, three slices of bacon, and toast that, while made from coarse bread and now almost cold, was agreeable enough. Its American trend once more brought The Skunk into the picture.
But one thing made him uneasy—they could enter the room and leave without awakening him.
He had just finished when a sound behind the rug made him lift his head hopefully. But it was only the negro. The big fellow grinned as his eye lit on the empty tray, and he beckoned to Lyster to follow.
The latter, as he went through the secret door, now wide open, took careful note of its exact location. On the other side as well, in the hall he entered, the door was hidden by rugs. Since the door was left open after them Lyster saw that he was not to learn on his return how it was opened. The eunuch led along the hall and out on the gallery surrounding the court; and Lyster, seeing the closed gates, knew they were to go no farther.
This, then, was to be his outing, a provision that prophesied extended captivity; and, since he had seen no one but the mute eunuch, who seemed to understand neither English nor French, Lyster saw before him a stretch of inexplicable imprisonment.
The eunuch descended to the floor of the court and seated himself indifferently on the wall about the fountain, leaving Lyster to wander where he pleased. The court was the most luxurious and refreshing he had ever seen. The palms were large and green, the fountain elaborate, and a crescent flower-bed at one end was bright with flowers. Over the gallery a roof extended, shading it from the sun on three sides at any hour of the day. Nothing else was visible but a square of sky. Lyster made sure of this by circling the gallery to see if he could catch sight of a recognizable tower or minaret. From the roof of his hotel he had often looked out over the city, and his endless walks had made him familiar with every landmark and much of the skyline.
His guard remained beside the fountain, dabbling his big hands in the water, paying no attention to his prisoner. And Lyster, taking advantage of it, examined the walls about him. They were like prison walls. The one door was that by which he had emerged, but high over his head were a number of small windows resembling those in his own room.
On an impulse he cleared his throat loudly. The eunuch looked up and frowned, and Lyster, leaning over the railing, called in an unnecessarily loud voice:
“May I have a drink of water? I’m thirsty.” He spoke in English.
The eunuch rose and ran up the stairs, his heavy face clouded. Roughly he caught Lyster by the shoulder and thrust him back into the hall and closed the door. A thrilling deduction: someone was in a position to hear him out there, someone the eunuch did not wish to hear!
In the afternoon he was permitted another quarter of an hour of exercise in the court, but the eunuch’s grim demand for silence by placing his fingers tightly over Lyster's lips as they came into the open warned him not to do anything to deprive himself of the one time of comparative freedom. He must not arouse the suspicion of his guard.
His meals were brought at regular hours, and after a few days a sort of communication was carried on by signs, the big eunuch’s face lighting with pleasure when he understood. But there were to be no favours: the eunuch was a faithful servant.
Only once more did Lyster brave his guard’s displeasure during the time of his outing. He was wont to walk about the gallery while the eunuch sat beside the fountain, and one morning he broke into a low whistle. It was a song popular in America; he had often heard Shirley humming it. For some time the eunuch appeared not to notice, but presently he looked up and made a peremptory sign for silence. Lyster stopped immediately.
Next morning he awaited his regular outing with an impatience inexplicable even to himself. It was a beautiful, bright day, the late morning sun slanting sharply down to draw a clean-cut line along the floor of the Western gallery. The shadowed half against the wall was the darker by contrast. It was breathlessly hot, and the eunuch hurried down to dabble his hands in the cooling water, leaving Lyster to roam about the gallery.
Lyster was thinking. Why did he feel so excited, so hopeful, this morning? The heat was beginning to tell on him. Worn down, even when he was taken prisoner, by anxiety and broken sleep and meals, he wondered how long he could stand the African heat.
Suddenly, from a window above the gallery across the court, came the sound of women laughing. The eunuch heard and raised his head, but he did nothing. Lyster had heard every note—and Shirley’s voice was not there. But then she would not laugh at such a time. Giving no sign of having heard, he strolled on.
As he entered the side of the gallery, half of which lay in shade, he leaned for a few minutes against the wall. He had no idea why until he noticed a tiny piece of leather tight against the wall, the lower layer of the heel of a woman’s shoe. His heart beat wildly. He walked past it. But on the next round he managed to pick it up without breaking his steady pace. Down below the eunuch watched the gold-fish in the water. Lyster felt suddenly limp.
For the bit of fawn-coloured leather in his pocket, he knew, came from Shirley Cringan’s shoe!
Out of sight of the eunuch he drew from his pocket his note-book and tore from it a tiny piece of paper. On the next round he dropped it in the spot where he had found the piece of leather. He dared not risk so much as a mark on it.
Shirley knew he was there! She had heard his cough, his call to the eunuch, his whistle! She was somewhere behind those walls!

Chapter XXVIII The Secret Door

SHIRLEY’S reply was another piece of paper left in the same spot, a flimsy dot of white that would escape the notice of anyone but Lyster. Besides, the promenaders would avoid the sunny side of the gallery.
That was in the morning. In the afternoon nothing happened. Their post-office was, in the afternoon, the shaded side and would be used by the women on their way to the fountain and the lower shade. Next morning, too, brought at first no further sign of Shirley’s presence, and Lyster’s heart sank. His anxiety was not deep enough to make him reckless, and, as he strolled about, he noticed that the eunuch was watching him.
The quarter of an hour ended. The eunuch was mounting the stairs to return him to his prison, when Lyster’s eye caught a streak of white in a crack in the stone wall close beside him. He managed to stoop and pull the paper from its hiding-place.
In his room he opened it. It bore only the initials “S.C.”
He realized then how uncertain he had been, after all, that Shirley was really under the same roof. This final proof sent him pacing feverishly about the room, grinding his teeth at his helplessness. The evidence that Shirley was at least well calmed him somewhat in time.
But what could he do? How could he help her? How get to her? It was even certain that further communication was dangerous, if not impossible. That the eunuch’s suspicions were growing was plain enough, for the fellow was more sullen, less friendly and indifferent. A single slip on his or Shirley’s part might deprive one or both of those few minutes in the court.
Depression even deeper than his early elation settled over him, so that he slept not at all that night. Sitting with his head in his hands, or roving restlessly about, perspiring and weak, gasping with the heat of the night, he fretted himself almost to illness. Shirley would expect him to do something. She made no allowances, asked and gave no quarter.
Next morning he managed to slip a paper bearing his own initials in the crack. In the afternoon it was still there. But the following morning it was gone. He slept most of the afternoon, except for the fifteen minutes in the court.
He had not neglected the door. Each time the eunuch entered or left, Lyster arranged to be lounging on the divan where he could best see. But his curiosity netted him nothing. The rug hid everything. Lyster fretted, called himself names, worried about Shirley and his failure to reach her. There were times when he restrained himself with difficulty from throwing himself on the eunuch and staking everything on such a one-sided struggle. But reason prevailed. The eunuch was enough for two ordinary men.
The days grew warmer, the nights smothering, though the thick walls of the room protected him from extremes. But how was Shirley standing it? Had she the comfort of the presence of the other women he had heard laughing, or was she kept by herself? Laughter proved, at least, that gladness was not unknown within those sombre walls.
It was the day after Shirley’s initialled slip of paper was left for him that Lyster set himself more seriously to solve the mystery of the hidden door. He began to study the movements of the eunuch as revealed by the concealing rug.
Sometimes the big negro came and went with heavy trays that required both hands, yet the door was opened without difficulty.
Choosing a late hour at night, Lyster pulled the rug back as far as it would go and, dropping to his knees, examined the floor. It seemed solid as elsewhere. The narrow baseboard, too, showed only the thinnest crack where he now knew the door to be. What else was there to do? He sat back on his heels and pondered. As he moved to rise, feeling more helpless and stupid than ever, a flash of reflected light from a bit of bright metal attracted his attention and he bent nearer. A narrow strip of moulding edged the baseboard, and the head of one of the nails affixing it glistened like silver.
Why?
There was only one answer. That nail was rubbed to brightness by repeated rubbing or pressure! The other nails were covered with varnish and almost invisible. The nail that interested him projected slightly.
Lyster staggered to his feet, his heart pounding. Dare he risk all just now when he was feeling so limp? He gripped his fists, reached out his foot, and pressed.
There was a familiar rasping sound, and the edge of the door moved outward.
With a gasp Lyster drew it shut. He could not go on then. His knees shook, and a cold sweat had broken out all over him until he thought he was going to faint.
He threw himself on the divan and slept as he had not slept since his imprisonment.
Next day the quarter hour of exercise was a time of abject dread. The eunuch watched his every move and finally beckoned him down to the court. Lyster was almost too weak to cover his dread. Had anyone heard him open that door? Shirley, too, had left no sign. Was she, too, under suspicion? Had they managed things so clumsily that contact was to be denied them hereafter by solitary confinement for Shirley? Had something even more tragic happened to her?
Once more in his room, he listened at the wall for the passing of the women of the harem to their outing in the court. He had long since learned their hour of coming and going. He had heard, too, that following their return they were not locked in the harem but were permitted the run of the hall for a time.
Lyster heard them return. By pressing his ear against the wall he was aware of their voices in the hall. Waiting for several minutes, his heart in his throat, he pressed the nail.

Chapter XXIX  The Harem

As the door opened, a sudden hush fell over the chatter of women's voices. As yet Lyster could see nothing, for the rug and the door hid his view, but that abrupt, tense silence almost unnerved him. He pushed aside the rug and stepped out.
Instantly there was a scurry of feet, and from the far end of the hall five veil-less women, clustered together, peered at him. There was no window in the hall, and the outer door was closed, but two hanging lamps cast sufficient light to show Lyster that the women were not so much alarmed as curious and excited. He saw enough for that, but little more. These were Arab women.
One of them, the eldest, came forward.
“Who are you?” she demanded in French.
Lyster scarcely heard, for at that moment one of the women at her back moved quickly. It was Shirley—Shirley dressed in Arab garb like her companions. Something about it made Lyster faint with dread. Something, too, gave him the idea that Shirley was warning him not to recognize her.
“Who are you?” the woman demanded again, standing directly before him now. “How did you get here? You’re English!”
“Yes,” Lyster replied. “I’m English—a stranger.” He was confused by the thought that, with all his plans and hopes, he had not prepared himself for this, though he knew the women were there.
The woman looked fearfully toward a door that led from the side of the hall. “Go quickly! You’re in danger, terrible danger! They mustn’t see you here! It's death—death!”
“It’s death to remain where they keep me. I’m a prisoner, and I don’t know why.”
A slight noise from beyond the door brought a look of terror to the woman’s faded face.
“Go—go! To-morrow!” she whispered. “I’ll knock three times on the wall when it’s safe.”
She hastened to her companions, chattering loudly. Lyster stepped back through the door and closed it behind him.
That night was most uncomfortable of all. Though he had seen Shirley and knew her to be well, his mind refused to function. Shirley was there, one of the harem, and, though he might see her, what could he hope to do to free her? Sleeping—dreaming disturbed dreams—walking about—sleeping again, he tossed and fretted. His dreams were of Shirley in an Arab harem! Finally he forced himself to remain awake, unable to face the nightmare of it.
Next day the eunuch did an unaccustomed thing—he remained in the room while Lyster ate. And the latter, with no appetite, steeled himself to clean the tray. When they went out in the court for the morning exercise, Lyster was marched straight down to the fountain and kept there.
The perspiring captive wiped his wet forehead and nodded toward the sky. It was the heat, he wished to say. But no longer was there sympathy in the eunuch’s face. The time in the court, too, was cut short, but that Lyster did not mind; he boiled and fretted for the signal that was to tell him the way was clear to see Shirley again.
He heard the women pass through the hall to the court. He heard them return. A terrifying thought came to him: could he trust them? Were they not likely to betray him to their master, rather than help him? His body was wet with perspiration, his nerves were on edge.
A slight knock, twice repeated, revived the struggle of hope and fear, but he pressed the nail and the door opened.
The five women were there, but this time scattered over the hall. One, seated near the only other inner door, was, Lyster decided, a look-out. His hopes rose. From the five Shirley’s face stood out with a beauty so startling that he could not keep his eyes from her.
The oldest woman addressed him:
“Don’t be afraid. We’re all on guard. Why do they keep you in there?”
“I don’t know. I was walking along the street when some men jumped on me. They brought me here.”
“When was that?”
Lyster tried to remember. “It seems like months. It must be less than two weeks ago.”
The women jabbered together in a low tone.
“Do you know where you are?”
“No. All I know is it’s near a minaret, but I can’t tell how far or even in what direction it is. It’s in the walled city, of course. Please tell me where I am!”
The woman dropped her eyes and seemed to debate with herself. "No it would do no good to tell you. If you escape all will be well. If—" she shrugged. "Do you know who lives here—our master?"
"If I did I might have some idea why I was brought here. I'm just a tourist. I like Tunis, and I stayed after most of the tourists had gone. I don't think I can stand the heat much longer. I'm not used to it."
The woman spoke in Arabic to her companions, and they regarded him with pity in their eyes.
"If you're English," the woman said, "you can speak to this woman here." She beckoned to Shirley, who came toward her. "She's American."
Lyster restrained himself. Something in the woman's manner, in the keen glance she gave him, warned him that he had a part to play. He looked from face to face. They were very ugly—and Shirley was so beautiful.
"I know her." he said "That's why they captured me, I suppose. I was to marry her. Perhaps—they wanted to make sure of stopping that. Perhaps your master wants her for himself."
He knew the Mohammedian law of four wives. It would mean that one of these women must be divorced to make room for the new wife. Though Shirley's eyes flashed for a moment, so that he found she might ruin everything, she managed to control herself.
"Yes," the woman said "there are already four of us." She might have read his thoughts. Her face was black with anger.
"I understand." Lyster shook his head sadly. "And your master may divorce any of you with a word—"
"It would be me," the woman said bitterly. "I was the first. The oldest goes first—and I've borne him children, four of them."
"Who is your master?"
The woman shook her head. "He's a kaid—down in the desert."
"Then he isn't a perfume-seller?"
"Indeed, no." The woman stiffened. "A perfume-seller, indeed!"
The women chattered in great excitement for a time.
"Who is the perfume-seller you speak of?" the woman asked, eyeing him suspiciously.
Lyster saw his mistake. "Oh, I've talked to one of them in the Souk El Attarine. I never liked him."
"And you are not married yet to this girl?"
"No, not yet."
"Yet you travel together! I don't understand the English."
"You'd better let it go at that," Shirley said in English, "or blame it on the Americans. You're getting out of your depth. Funny, when you come to think of it—one of a quartette of wives reminding us of propriety."
The woman asked what Shirley said.
"She says," Lyster lied, "that you don't understand. We aren't travelling together; we just happened to meet in Tunis."
"And you're to be married so quickly—after just meeting?"
"Better call off the wedding," Shirley laughed. "It doesn't seem to satisfy any of us. Isn't there something we can do—beside romance? I'm rather anxious to get away."
“I’m thinking,” he replied helplessly. “I’ll find a way.”
“I've been thinking for several weeks,” she said.
"I hope your thoughts are more productive. But whatever happens now we must take no further risks out in the court. It was clever of you to arouse their jealousy of me—even with the explanation you made. It wasn’t hard, for I’ve worked on that theme myself from the first. I’ve developed into a regular Hollywood vamp. And their master isn’t such a gargoyle, either. Much more of this and I don’t know what might happen. It’s an enervating life.”
“Have you seen The Skunk?”
“Not once. I’ve no proof that he’s concerned. Have you seen him?”
Lyster told her he had not, and was more troubled than ever. "Do you live with these women?”
“Only for this hour. The rest of the time I’m locked in a room away through that door. That’s another hall. My door is the third on the left.”
The look-out hissed a warning and waved frantically.
"I'll keep on thinking,” Shirley whispered as the women ran to the end of the hall, and Lyster stepped back into his own room.

Chapter XXX  A Momentous Visit

ROLAND LYSTER dropped back on a divan. He was wet with perspiration and oddly limp. He wondered if the heat and the excitement had affected his heart. The hand he held before him trembled, and he could not control it. The air in the narrow room was stifling. The persistent call of the muezzin, drifting through the open window, depressed him. It was fatalism made audible, driving his sense of helplessness so deep that sometimes he cursed himself, and his lips were cracked and bleeding where he bit them.
He had built so much on uncovering the mystery of the door through which the eunuch came and went. Yet, now that he could open it at will, what good did it do? Even with the sympathy of the women of the harem, their unconcealed desire to get rid of a rival, there were other doors between him and liberty, doors he saw no way of opening. All he had been able to do was to widen the walls of his own prison; nothing whatever had been accomplished for Shirley.
Without doubt the women of the harem were permitted a certain liberty abroad, but always under guard. Such a big man as their master would see to that. Shirley had never been allowed outside the building, of course, all these weeks, her one taste of outside air being the restricted range of the court, with its big locked gates, the keys of which always hung from the eunuch’s belt. The palace in which they were held was a veritable prison, the home of a grandee, built to protect its privacy and his possessions.
After a tearing spam of impatience his nerves calmed a little. The door opened and the eunuch entered with his supper.
That something upset the big fellow Lyster read immediately. His ugly black face was twisted to a furious scowl, not so much in anger as in excitement. He dropped the tray on the divan so that the coffee slopped over, and a dish of candied dates slid to the cushions. For several moments he stood before Lyster, staring down on him, his lips working with the effort to convey something of importance to the prisoner.
With a gesture of helpless impatience he stalked to the end of the room, his great fists clenching and unclenching. As he reached Lyster once more he pointed to the door and shook his head. Lyster's heart sank. Did he know? Was he warning him not to attempt it again? But a moment later he gathered, by the movement of the eunuch's hand, that the big fellow was trying to warn him against someone who would presently visit him. Both hands lifted in a peculiarly expressive gesture of angry importance.
Lyster wondered. There were only two visitors who could be interested in him, The Skunk and the owner of the palace, and how the latter was concerned, other than as The Skunk's friend, he could not understand. Since his talk with the woman of the harem, the position of The Skunk was a greater mystery than ever, for he had accepted it from the first that the Syrian was the master of the place.
If only the eunuch could speak! If only he understood any language in which Lyster could make inquiries! That the big fellow bore him no ill will, indeed, was rather friendly to him, was certain, but they had no method of communication apart from gestures, and they were so inadequate.
At any rate, the promised visit would furnish an explanation. Most important of all, it would enable him to estimate the danger to Shirley Cringan.
The eunuch continued to gesticulate. He went to the rug concealing the entrance and, wheeling about, returned to Lyster, with a glowering look on his fat face. That, Lyster gathered, was someone entering in an angry or dangerous mood. Then the eunuch patted Lyster on the shoulder and, extending his hands palm downwards, moved them slowly about. Lyster, it said, must be calm about it. With a circle of his arms, his eyes fixed on the windows, he made it plain that the sun must sink once more before the threatened visit.
Lyster nodded understandingly, and the eunuch's face cleared. But as he picked up the tray and started for the door he shook his head and sighed.
Strangely enough, that night Lyster slept soundly. Strange—until he reasoned that for the first time, the mystery promised to be cleared within a few hours. Then he wondered if it was merely the kindness of Provenance preparing him for the worst.
He wakened with new life flowing through him. Through the high windows in his room he saw that the sky was overcast. The day would be less oppressive at least. He forgot the eunuch's warning and looked forward to the coming encounter with a lift to his shoulders and a brighter face than he had had for days.
Breakfast arrived, so exactly an American meal that Lyster might have been back at Nathan Hornbaker’s, but for the hovering eunuch and the rug-lined room. In the breakfast he read the menu of one who had lived in America—The Skunk, of course.
Once more he tried to wring something intelligible from the eunuch, but the negro was a different man this morning. He only stared and shook his head. Lyster was not deceived. The man was frightened—he had been given orders he dared not disobey. And, above all, the eunuch would be faithful.
So that breakfast was not a success. The bacon and coffee cooled, and the toast went tough. At last Lyster with a despairing gesture, invited the eunuch to finish what he had left.
As some sort of reward the eunuch looked back pityingly as he left the room.
The moment his guard was gone Lyster hurried to the door and pressed his ear against it. He had a feeling that he would that morning miss his usual exercise, and he was right. The hour came and went and presently he heard the passing of the women to the court.
He stood still behind the curtain when a slight sound in the outer hall sent him tumbling back to the divan. A moment later the rug turned back and The Skunk entered.
Lyster feigned to be too surprised to speak, then, as The Skunk grinned a little shamefacedly he leaped indignantly to his feet.
"What does this mean?” he demanded.
The Skunk waved him back and seated himself on the opposite divan. To hide his embarrassment he proceeded clumsily to light a cigar, now and then glancing nervously at Lyster.
Lyster adopted a new line of attack. "How did you find me?” He whispered it, glancing toward the door. “How did you find I was here? What is it all about, anyway?”
“Say,” snarled The Skunk, “I wanta know who the devil you are!”
Lyster sat open-mouthed. “Who—I am? What does it matter? I’ve told you all you need to know.”
The Skunk bounded up and stood over him. “Are you a dick—I wanta know that?”
“A—dick! Good Lord!” Lyster threw back his head and laughed.
“All right, but you don’t fool me. I’ve cut my eye teeth! You and that girl are in cahoots. She was staying at the ‘Majestic,’ and you used to go to see her there. Never mind how I know. You don’t think you could get away with that in this burg and hide it, surely? We’ve got eyes in every hotel and restaurant and fondouk and boarding-house in the country. Every foreigner that lands here is spotted and trailed."
“I should think you’re right.” Lyster threw himself back on the divan and locked his hands behind his head. He smiled sarcastically. “I ought to know. It was how you got me here. But the rest—all this bunk you’re rambling about! ” He shrugged his shoulders.
“I’m not asking,” The Skunk scowled, “I’m telling. Now I want to know who you are, and why you’re in Tunis.”
“Such a small thing, too, between friends,” Lyster scoffed. “You grab me on the street and lug me here, just to ask a simple question like that—after you've kept me a prisoner for a couple of weeks. Well you can go on asking. And you can go to Hell! You have eyes everywhere—you know everything. All right, answer your own questions!" he turned his face away.
The Skunk scowled and fumed; plainly he was not sure of himself. "I wish to God I knew the answers," he exclaimed angrily. "You ain't any French dick. That girl—she may be. Anyways, she was on my trail. And that means you must have been doing the same. And," with a nasty leer, "see the mess you got yourself into."
Lyster waved an indifferent hand. "You've got it all settled, so what's the use of me saying anything? But you've something else on your mind. Sort of frightened, aren't you? Well . . . I'm not."
"Yeah, but you don't need to be frightened at the same thing as me."
"Think not? . . . Did it ever strike you that the girl may have been trailing me, not you? I saw her at the Majestic, yes but—sometimes—I play a desperate game."
"I suppose that's why you hunted in the city for her when she-disappeared."
"Why do you think I did that?"
The Skunk shook his fist in Lyster's calm face. "You ain't fooling me, young man. Now—I want-to know—who you are!"
"And I want to know what the stock market will do next June. Go on-ask and ask and ask. If I'm what you think I am I wouldn't tell you. I wouldn't admit it. If I'm not I don't care a cuss what you think. I suppose you think it silly of me to be suspicious of you. I was in Monte Carlo before you were. Then I came to Tunis, and you turn up here after—"
"I was here before you were."
"So you say. And you were down in the desert. All I know is you talked to a man in Monte Carlo whom the police want . . . So did I."
"You mean you talked to Frenchy?"
"That's what I said. We knew each other in America." Lyster was so impressed with the new slant he was giving his story that he failed to notice the thin ice ahead. "I'll tell you something more: I followed him to Banyuls . . . I saw you there."
The Syrian stared. Lyster continued: "I followed him—trailed him, if you like. Frenchy, you see, tried to double cross me. He didn't divvy fairly on a job we worked together in America. . . and I don't let anyone get away with that."
"Anything Frenchy got was more than his share," The Skunk said scornfully. "He never was any good, and he was always yellow."
"Ah! So he did it to you too? Our mutual friend seems to be a bit of a snake."
"He's worse!" The Skunk exploded. "Say, we were in a job together too, Frenchy and me, and I did all the planning and dirty work. All Frenchy did was to tag along." His face took on a look of new interest. "Say, don't mean to say you bumped him off in Banyuls? I couldn't find him—"
"I hadn't the chance—but he nearly got me instead."
"Then where did he go?"
"Back to the United States. He knows it's the safest place in the world to hide."
The Skunk stood thinking.
“Then what about the girl?” he demanded, "You called on her at her hotel. And you want me to believe she was trailing you. Well, tell it to your grandmother!”
He stamped to the door. As he drew back the rug he turned.
“I know damn well you won’t peep. But maybe the girl will—maybe there’s a way of making her. Rot here and think over that!”
He disappeared.
Lyster hurried to the wall and pressed his ear against it. After a time he heard the women enter the hall from the court. Taking a long breath, he pressed the spring.
To his surprise the hall was empty, and the change in the routine alarmed him. The Skunk’s threat to force Shirley’s lips terrified him. Whatever happened, he must somehow get to her, for The Skunk would stop at nothing.
There was but the one inner door from this hall and it, Shirley had told him, admitted to another hall on which her room opened. He looked about for a weapon of some kind, but there were only four chairs at the far end of the hall. Making his way softly along, he picked up the nearest, thrilling to a new vigour in his veins His muscles felt keen and strong. With set face he approached the door to the other hall.
His hand was on the copper knob when it was opened abruptly from the other side and the eunuch faced him.
At the same moment a woman screamed somewhere, it was Shirley Cringan’s voice.

Chapter XXI  The Fight

LYSTER leaped back, whirling the chair aloft. The eunuch, equally surprised, his mouth wide open and his eyes goggling incredulously, himself retreated a step or two. It was the one moment of the gory fight that followed when Lyster had the advantage. Had he attacked instantly the result might have been different.
It was the eunuch who recovered first. A look of animal fury swept over his heavy face, and his fingers curled like claws. With it was a tinge of fear, but not of the man before him.
“Get back!” Lyster held the chair ready to strike. “Get back, or I’ll brain you! Show me where The Skunk is, and get out of my way!”
In his excitement and blind recklessness, tingling with inhuman strength and determination, he spoke in English. The chair felt light as a feather, so light that he feared for its effectiveness as he waved it about his head.
The eunuch, with a snarl, came on, crouched like a tiger, his great curving fingers before him. Lyster steadily retreated. That swollen face of rage thrust forward, those terrible eyes, that bent body balanced on muscular toes, beat through his grimness, so that he could almost feel the black fingers at his throat. Besides, he had no wish to stage a fight before that open door.
Watching every move, he stepped back and back. He had a momentary thought of retreating to his own room, the door of which he had left ajar, but once in there the eunuch would have him at his mercy; the door would be locked against him, and never again would he have a chance like this.
The eunuch paused, then, with the leap of a cat, was over Lyster. The latter brought the chair crashing on his opponent's arm, where it shattered, but the heavy seat swept over the guard and caught the negro on the cheek-bone. A gush of blood flowed down the black face and the eunuch staggered. Lyster leaped to the attack. He had dropped the chair. His fingers reached for the eunuch's throat. Perhaps he could get a hold on that ebony pillar before its owner recovered sufficiently to defend himself.
His fingers reached their goal and closed. The neck that had been wet with perspiration was wetter now. Blood dripped over his wrists as he clung. It splattered into his face as his thumbs pressed hard against the Adam's apple, and he closed his eyes.
For a moment the eunuch seemed about to fall, but with a chocking bellow his great muscles surged and his hands closed over his attacker's wrists.
Lyster closed his teeth. If he could hold on—hold on—hold on! Nothing else mattered, blows or kicks or bellows. The grip on his wrists was like twin iron hands. He felt his fingers swell with the pressure, the flow of blood seemed to hesitate throughout his body. But he hung on, murmuring fantastic prayers. The smell of blood almost made him sick, the warm drip of it, the sliminess.
He was vaguely conscious of the presence of the others in the hall and opened his eyes.
In the doorway four startled faces peered at him, the women of the harem. But what he noticed more particularly, and his heart sank, was that Shirley was not with them. The mouths of three of the women opened as if about to scream, but the oldest held up a silencing hand and jerked a short command.
Lyster called to them in French. He felt his strength going. His hands felt as if they would burst, and his temples pounded so that he could scarcely hear the sound of his own voice. The women made no move. Lyster closed his eyes again; he could hold out no longer.
At that moment, above the hubbub of the fight, there came a pounding on the outer door leading to the court. Lyster heard it, and renewed strength flowed through him. The negro, too was feeling the strain, for he staggered. The pair stumbled toward where the women stood, their faces ghastly with terror.
Suddenly the oldest of them darted forward. From the eunuch's belt she snatched the bunch of keys and ran toward the outer door.
Lyster's burst of strength was short-lived. His fingers were numb, his knees buckled under him, and he was flung against the wall. As he fell the door of the court was flung open and a man stood framed against the light. It was Frenchy!
At that moment the woman snapped off the hall lights.
For a moment no one moved. Lyster lay limply against the wall, staring at the new-comer. The woman who had opened the door crowded into a corner, terrified at the part she had played. Frenchy remained where he was, his forehead wrinkled with the effort to see within the darker hall.
The eunuch hesitated, startled and confused, then, crouching again, his throat gurgling with animal snarls, he started forward. Lyster struggled to his knees, but he could do nothing more. What was there to do? Frenchy was no more likely to help than was The Skunk, and much less likely than the eunuch. He knelt, waiting for things to happen.
The eunuch moved slowly forward on muscles of steel. Whatever Frenchy was to Lyster, he was no more welcome to the negro.
Suddenly the man in the doorway whipped out an automatic. The eunuch did not even hesitate; he was no longer human. Frenchy held his ground, but his glance moved for a moment to Lyster, as if with appeal.
The eunuch crept on. The gun pointed, and a shot crashed through the hall. The eunuch crept on. A second shot. Still the eunuch advanced. Lyster marvelled.
"If you must!” Frenchy breathed, and fired again.
And as the big black body of the negro slumped sideways to the floor, in the midst of a leap, Lyster knew that the first two shots had not been aimed to kill.
No one moved. Six pairs of eyes were fixed on the twitching body. Then a step sounded along the branching hall and through the grouped women The Skunk pushed his way. The light from the open door fell full on him. Frenchy stiffened, and with a quick breath rushed forward, gun levelled.
“Aha!” he grated in English. “At last I’ve got you! You thought you’d get away with it. You thought you’d get more’n your share, and mine too. I fooled you. Now, you’ll split—or I’ll drill you, like I did this nigger of yours! You got the diamond necklace from Toni—”
Instinctively The Skunk’s hands had gone up before the gun. He seemed numbed with surprise.
“Frenchy, Frenchy,” he cried, “you got it all wrong! I didn’t get the diamonds. I don’t know where they are. I split fair, I tell you! I ain’t—”
“You lie! You and Toni, you got a lot out of that vault you never shared. I’m here to get it. And damn quick about it!”
“But, Frenchy—”
But Frenchy was not listening.
“All right.” The Skunk beckoned and stepped back toward the door. “I’ll give you something, anyway. I’m always ready to help a buddy.”
He had reached the door. A swift step and the women were between him and the gun. Then, with a thrust of his big arm, he sent them staggering into the outer hall and slammed the door behind him.
But Lyster was prepared; he had looked for some trick. With a lucky toss he managed to get the leg of the broken chair into the opening in time to block the door.
Forgetting Frenchy then, he rushed after The Skunk, but the Frenchman was too quick for him. A shot went clanging into the dark passage, but a door far away banged and all was silence. Lyster hesitated to advance in the darkness, where he would be outlined against the lighter hall at his back. He saw Frenchy herding the women through a door on the left, and he watched, puzzled. For some reason he had no fear now of the man, but he had picked up the chair leg, determined to fight it out if he must to get to Shirley Cringan.
Frenchy closed the door behind the women and turned—smiled—removed hat and wig.
“Redfern!”
The detective wiped his face with a handkerchief and shuddered. “I didn’t like it, Lyster, but I had to do it. If it had been The Skunk I wouldn’t have batted an eye—except that Mr. Hornbaker wants him back alive. But,” catching Lyster’s arm, “we must hurry. Do you know where Miss Cringan is? We must get away before the police arrive; they’d upset everything.”
Lyster pointed along the hall. “She was in the third room on the left. But she may not be there now. The Skunk was going to her.”
They started on, to the light of a flashlight Redfern carried. A door behind them opened, and Redfern whirled about. But it was only the woman who spoke French. In her hand she held the bunch of keys taken from the eunuch’s belt. Holding one out, she pointed to the third door. Redfern took the key.
Shirley stood at the far side of the room, pressed tight against the wall. Her head was tilted, her eyes flashed, and her little mouth was set in a thin, hard line. Her haik had been torn from her and lay trampled on the floor, and her hair tumbled about her eyes. At sight of them a slight tremor passed through her. Then she laughed, a pitiful, half-hysterical laugh, and from behind her she drew her hand and lifted it before them. From it dangled the diamond necklace.

Chapter XXXII  Number Three

“ALLAH is good!” Shirley sighed. “I could almost be a Mohammedan, just to utter that with fervour—if I hadn’t seen so much of their seamy side. The fifth in a Mohammedan harem has no bed of roses.”
They were seated in Shirley’s room at the Majestic. Lyster had paid the delayed bill with the money orders he carried. They had not been taken from him, probably because they were non-negotiable by a stranger. Redfern was silent. The crumpled body of the eunuch was before his eyes, and a gnawing fury that The Skunk had escaped.
“What did The Skunk do?” Lyster asked. “He left me to go to you. I was trying to get to you when the negro caught me.”
“The Skunk?” Shirley tossed the diamond necklace in the air and caught it. “Oh, he just gave me this. Conscience, I suppose. . . . Well, no, not quite that. We must do The Skunk credit. He seemed anxious to find out who you and I are. Offered me this necklace as a bribe. Thought I was an ordinary, mercenary detective, I gather. When I grabbed it, he was quite indignant. In fact, we had something of a tussle for it. And my fighting weight is only about one hundred and twenty-four.
“We were at it, hammer and tongs, when we heard the first shot. He tried to get away to see what was happening, but I managed to hold him. I never was so anxious to keep a man. I never had a man so anxious to get away from me. He seemed quite annoyed with me. He even scratched!” She exhibited a red mark on her right wrist. “Oh, well, it’s been a wonderful experience. But it’s more comfortable here.”
She waved toward a pair of fans, one at either end of the room, their hum making the hot air more somnolent. Summer curtains were down over the windows.
“I suppose we must be about the last tourists left in Tunis,” she said. “ I wouldn’t choose it myself for comfort at this time of the year. And when it comes to being closed in a harem, the fifth—”
“There is no fifth,” Lyster broke in.
“That’s what saved me. The old woman knew it. She knew she’d be kicked out if I stayed. It accounts for her willingness to help us out. They’re a faithful lot, those women. I rather worked on the idea. I had no idea what a vamp I could be. Their lord and master came to see me twice. Not such a bad old fellow, either—with the proper wife.” She leaned forward to examine herself in the mirror. “You saw what Collioure was doing to me, Mr. Lyster. Well, this climate is worse, a hundred times worse!” An involuntary shiver exposed the effort to laugh it all away. “That’s all I have to tell. What about you, Mr. Redfern? How did you happen to be on hand to rob Mr. Lyster of some of the glory?”
Redfern’s story was simple enough. He had had no difficulty in keeping Frenchy in sight in Barcelona, and he had taken passage to New York on the boat on which his quarry was returning steerage. During the voyage he had managed to pick up an acquaintance with the man he trailed, and had thus enabled himself to adopt the disguise that deceived even Lyster. Handing over his man to the police at New York, he had returned immediately to Naples and taken the first boat to Tunis.
“Lyster’s cables had told me enough to put me on your trail. I found where you were stopping, Miss Cringan, or had been. Lyster, of course, was easy to trace. When I found you both missing I was at a loss for a time. The Skunk’s perfume booth was not hard to find, and thereafter I scarcely lost sight of him.”
“But how did you do it?” Lyster puzzled. “In that warren of streets—”
“I had the advantage of you in that he did not know me. It wasn’t easy, but I managed to keep it up. When the trail led nowhere for three days, I began to despair. I was certain he was not seeing either of you, and I could not imagine he would not visit you if he knew where you were—was concerned, I mean, with your capture . . . unless he had done away with both of you.”
“Neither of us saw him until to-day,” Lyster said.
“Luckily I was on his heels to-day. When he set out into a new part of the walled city I began to hope. That he was going somewhere was plain from the way he strode along, also that he felt none too comfortable about it. He almost got away from me, but I was lucky. I lost sight of him round a corner, and when I reached it he had disappeared, but I heard his footsteps inside a court, ascending a flight of stone steps. By that time I knew the sound of his feet.”
“What time was that?” Lyster asked.
"It must have been before nine. I had picked him up at his bazaar. If I hadn’t been about earlier than usual this morning I’d have missed him. After prowling uneasily about his place for an hour or so he closed the front and departed. That in itself was significant, for he had always been on duty before.
“By the way he climbed those steps I deduced that he was not going to leave in a hurry, so I rushed back to the hotel and made myself up to resemble Frenchy. I’ve had it in mind ever since the trip to New York. We’re about the same build and the same shape of face. I got back only in time to hear the row you were having with the negro. You know the rest. Thank God it turned out as it did! You’re both well out of it. Another five minutes—”
“But,” Shirley interjected, “we’re not out of it yet! We have still The Skunk to get. And then there’s Baldy.”
You’re out of it, Miss Cringan! ” Lyster declared.
“That’s for me to say. . . . And I’ve said. For detectives it strikes me the pair of you are—well, a little careless. Without doubt The Skunk knows we’re here right here in this room—talking things over. He has eyes and ears all over the city.”
Redfern shook his head. “All The Skunk is thinking of right now is saving his hide. It was too narrow a squeak to take further chances. He knows what the French authorities would do if they knew what happened. There’s a boat leaving for Palermo and Naplesthis evening. I figured at first he would make for the desert, but he’s been too long in Americato stand the heat—or the isolation. The train to Algiers is too exposed. But his first thought will be to get out of French jurisdiction. That means the Italian boat. I’ll watch that boat—not as Frenchy, of course, but as myself. I left my bag at a small restaurant near the wharf, so I can pick it up at a moment’s notice. Now I’ll be moving.”
“But what are we to do?” Shirley inquired. “Mr. Lyster and I can’t just joy-ride about the world together. You didn’t happen to bring a chaperon with you, Mr. Redfern?”
“Stay here,” Redfern said, “till you hear from me. If I don’t turn up I’ll cable.”
“I hoped The Skunk would lead us eventually to Baldy,” Lyster sighed.
“Are you forgetting that Toni said Baldy often spoke of Palermo? If The Skunk takes the Italian boat, the first stop is Palermo; and who knows? Fortunately Toni had Baldy’s real name—he thought of it before the end—so it shouldn’t be hard to run him down if he’s there.”
He got to his feet, squared his shoulders, stood for a moment in the breeze of the fan, and with a bow left the room.
“He might be going to lunch! ” Shirley said. “Help yourself to the cigarettes.”
But Lyster was already up and making for the door. “Thanks, no.”
Shirley’s eyes crinkled. “By the way, are you going?”
“Yes—yes.”
“Shall I call for help—or a chaperon? Are you afraid of the fifth woman in a Mohammedan harem?”
“I’m not fool enough,” Lyster said stiffly, “to think you’d consider it worth while to vamp me, Miss Cringan.” He dropped his hat and sat down. “I thought it might be—better—”
She tossed him a cigarette. “Put that between your lips. It might make you more reckless. Now, what shall we talk about?”
“It was you who had something to say, I thought.”
“So I have. I’ve got so much to say to anyone who can speak English that I’m going to lose my reputation for silence. Don’t forget I’ve been three weeks and more among foreigners—or alone. By the way, you haven’t told me your own experiences. You never do—till it’s dragged from you.”
“Mine are so uninteresting compared with yours.” He told what had happened in the days of his captivity, but he saw that she was not interested.
“It looks,” she mused, “as if our little thrill is over. With Mr. Redfern to do the trailing there’s not much left for us. . . . And I enjoyed it. I don’t mind admitting that working with you is much more exciting than with Mr. Redfern. He’s too—too official, too humdrum and cut-and-dried in his methods. Two and two always make four with him, and the cure for toothache is to yank it. You’d try a counter-irritant: it’s so much more uncertain and exciting. That’s why I like it.”
“You like it because it’s more dangerous!” he blurted out. “I don’t know the game well enough to be reasonable and safe about it. See the mess we got into—and Redfern had to come along to save us.”
“But he did save us. That’s what I think would always happen—like what happens to the English— you muddle along . . . to success. Now, what I’d like better than anything is to strike out on a plan of our own to find Baldy. Leave The Skunk to Mr. Redfern. He seems fairly efficient, in his way, on a straight case of sleuthing. But when it comes to a really heady plan that avoids the beaten track we make modern improvements. There’s still a man we want somewhere. My idea is that Redfern would have done better to have let Frenchy lead us to him. These men are bitter enemies now, for each suspects the others. Baldy is probably in America, too—and he got the biggest reward of all, the canary diamond. The others will think so now, with their own money gone.”
“But where does all this lead?” Lyster asked.
Shirley stretched her arms over her head. “Only to the fact that you’re my dinner-guest to-night. Come on! I’m hungry.”
“No—I—will—not!” Lyster stood up. “You’re coming with me to the ‘Japon.’ They've the best vol au vent you ever tasted.”
She pursed her lips at him. “Oho! The caveman! What a lot you learned in that Arab prison! That must have been some fight you had with the negro. I hope the ‘Japon’ is respectable!”

Chapter XXXIII  Siena

THE peculiar, misty brilliance of the Chianti country; the May sun softly shining over the distant Apennines. Siena, city of lurid history, of ancient and modern Pallio, of one-time feudal lords and faithful vassals, city that shook defiant fist in the lordly face of Rome at its greatest. Country of hill villages that were once nations in themselves, of wine and sunshine, of famous cathedrals, of priceless art, of execrable train-service.
Siena lay on its hill-top, bursting its ancient walls, its narrow streets cluttered with cars and ox-wagons and pedestrians. Only its great square before the famous City Hall was sleepily empty.
Shirley Cringan leaned from the window of her baronial room and sighed. Beyond a flowering garden was the city wall, to the left rose a quaint church-tower that was part of the wall itself, and away through the haze the mountains. It was too beautiful to do anything but sit and look—and look again.
But there was work to do. Sighing again, she rose. The sound of a footstep on the brick terrace below turned her back to the window. She leaned out, took a hasty glance, and retreated. But she must have changed her mind, for she reseated herself on the sill.
“Oh, Mr. Halton!”
Lyster looked up and reddened. He had been pacing one end of the garden for some time, seeing nothing of its beauty.
Shirley swept her arm across the horizon. “Don't you see? Don’t you see? Isn’t it too lovely? If you can’t see over the wall down there, come up here. Or, no, of course not. The idea! But perhaps the gentleman in the next room will let you look from his window.”
“I wasn’t thinking of the view,” Lyster replied shortly, and resumed his pacing.
“Evidently not. Will my lord’s sense of propriety permit me to suggest that I come down there, then?”
“If I were your lord—” he began, with a frown.
She shook a reproving finger at him. “No, no. Lords didn’t do that! You’d have to be my daddy—or my schoolmaster.” She disappeared.
He was seated on a stone bench, relic of ancient times, when she emerged through the large glass doors. His chin was in his hand, and he stared at the coloured tiling at his feet, so that he did not see her until she stood beside him. He rose hastily and waved her to another bench, but she seated herself on the end of the one he had vacated. He did not sit down.
“All right,” she said, “if you talk better standing. You haven’t been wandering about all day without something on your mind. Give it air!”
He paced the tiling before her, his hands clasped at his back. A heavy stone railing cut them off from the garden six feet below. The flower-beds and the paths were dotted with stone figures, and along the city-wall grew fruit vines, now in full leaf.
“I’ve been wondering,” he began, “wondering when the chase will end.”
“Are you so tired of your companion?” she asked toying with the handle of the crocheted bag she carried.
“I’m tired of—of playing the bloodhound. You called it that once.”
“You never forget the nasty things I say, do you, Mr.—Halton?”
“You give me no chance—there are so many. . . . And when you don’t say them you act them.” He seemed surprised at his own temerity, for he stopped and glanced at her in some alarm. “But it isn’t that, it isn’t that—not only that. I’m fed up. I want to get back to work.”
Shirley ran a finger along the rounded edge of the stone. “Most people would call this work—rather hard work.”
“Thank you. It’s your first admission that it isn't just a holiday jaunt.”
“I’ve been through some of it since myself,” she said. “But may I ask what is the added attraction back home? I didn’t know you had friends—like that.”
He shook his head irritably. “I want to get back, that’s all.”
“To the valeting?”
“If you wish to call it that. . . . When we get The Skunk I’m through. Someone else can take up Baldy’s trail.”
“You’d go back on Uncle Nathan—break your promise to finish the work?”
“I didn’t expect it to run on like this,” he retorted uneasily.
“You mean you didn’t expect to be bullied into working with me. I see.”
He strode to the end of the terrace and back before answering.
“You’ve added an unforeseen complication.”
“I thought I’d helped a little,” she murmured.
He saw her eyes suddenly grow wet with tears, but he turned stubbornly away. “You have helped, but I’d rather go on another year without you than—than risk you in it again. The danger is as great as ever—and the men we’re after are more desperate.”
He could not see her eyes now, for she was looking at the finger rubbing along the edge of the seat.
“If I enjoy it,” she said, “why should you care?”
“I do care. I care so much—” He stopped and turned away.
“I’m the modern girl,” she said, ignoring the pause. “The only life for me is the one with thrills. Mad, yes, perhaps, but so very conventional to-day. I want thrills—thrills!” She lifted both arms.
Lyster planted himself before her and glared into her eyes. “Yes, and by God some day you’ll get them—and you’ll wonder why you thought this thrilling!” He strode away from her, his hands working at his back.
“Meaning?”
“Nothing you’d understand, Miss Cringan. . . . Only some day a man is going to take hold of you—mercilessly—and spank you. . . . And you’ll like it. Thrills? You don’t know what a thrill is, you cold-blooded, calculating—” He broke off. “Pardon me. My nerves are on edge.”
She sat with tilted head, examining him through half-closed eyes.
“Odd, isn’t it? . . . You talk so feelingly of thrills. Did you ever feel one yourself, I wonder? I can’t imagine anything in your life that wouldn’t be routine—to you. You don’t know how to drag the best from life. You’re fossilized, frozen. You talk of some new kind of thrill. But what do you know of it yourself? . . . I could imagine you sitting down on a free night and coming deliberately to the conclusion that it would be better to—to take a wife—or to know a girl better. And, once decided, you’d set about it like—like a robot. You laid your course in Americalike a Finance Minister budgeting the year’s expenses, and you followed that course as if it were walled in. . . . Even the raid—the robbery. You passed through it as coolly as if you’d planned it yourself. And when Uncle Nathan asked you to take up the trail, you merely substituted it for your other duties for the time being.
“You’ll never have time for anything but ritual, ceremonial, duty. Life, work, yes, and even love—they’ll be cold-blooded, yes, and calculated—you provided the adjectives yourself—calculated duties. You’ll ration your kisses, you’ll probably write out your proposal, with every comma in place. As a husband you’ll be a piece of household furniture—or your wife will be; as a father an institution. And your wife will either leave you the first week or keep you as she’d keep a family heirloom. Why, you couldn’t—”
His eyes had come nearer hers, glaring furiously, and his fists were clenched at his sides.
“And as a lover?” he demanded fiercely.
She rose with an indolent movement and strolled toward the door.
“I can’t imagine it,” she drawled. “Too fantastic, much too fantastic. Thrills? Leave me to my little ones. And the little one just now is finding that elusive villain, The Skunk. Ah, here’s our confederate.”
Redfern had hurried into the garden. He caught Shirley by the arm and drew her toward Lyster.
“I’ve found where he lives,” he whispered, wiping his forehead with the edge of one finger. “Now we must lose no time.”
They put their heads together.

In the early afternoon The Skunk wandered into the streets of Siena, his big figure conspicuous in the crowd. The way cleared before him as he went, and he smiled proudly.
He had led his pursuers a long and arduous chase since leaving Tunis. So fast had he travelled, so well had he covered his trail, that he had days before dismissed any idea of being followed. But Redfern had picked up the scattered clues, patient and untiring.
Shirley Cringan and Lyster had awaited in Tunisthe cable Redfern promised. The heat had become almost unbearable, and they were in constant dread that the dead eunuch might be traced to them. Redfern they had not seen again, so that it seemed certain he had taken passage on the Italian boat.
The cable, from Palermo, merely asked them to follow, and to inquire at the American Express Office there. At Palermo Lyster was handed a short note. The Skunk had gone on to Rome by train. At Rome the American Express had another note for them that sent them forward to Siena.
There Shirley had made inquiries for Redfern, Lyster remaining under cover. The detective reported dismally that the trail seemed to have broken off; he could learn nothing of The Skunk. When Shirley told the plan she and Lyster had formed he shook his head. He had fallen in with their idea of dogging the heels of the robbers until they landed in America, as he felt certain they would sooner or later, but his two companions had grown impatient.
The Skunk strolled along the street and came at last before an outdoor café largely frequented by visitors. He paused for a moment to run his eye over the crowd seated in the shade of the over-hanging upper story, an instinct of his kind. Satisfied, he picked his way through the tables to an empty one in the darkest corner. His order was for the same as his nearest neighbour, a black fluid he did not recognize.
The glass had just been placed before him when Shirley Cringan sauntered through between the tables, looking for an empty chair. She spied what she wanted at The Skunk’s table and made for it. The Syrian was unaware of her until she was only two steps away. When he saw her he started to his feet, his face white and his eyes wide with surprise and alarm.
Shirley’s eyebrows lifted.
“Ah, my Tunis friend!” She seated herself across the table. “How interesting! We can talk of old times, can’t we? I’ve wanted so much to see you since that little affair. . . . Did you know the police, too, were anxious about you? I believe there’s even a reward. It would be easy money—Why, what’s the hurry? The police of Italy and France, of anywhere in Europe, will have your description by this time, so I wouldn’t do anything conspicuous if I were you.”
The Skunk, with a heavy scowl, more of fear than of anger, stumbled away and disappeared. Redfern detached himself from a doorway across the street and followed. A few moments later Lyster occupied the seat The Skunk had vacated.
“He’s on the hoof again,” Shirley said, with a laugh. “Itchy feet. Poor Skunk! Yes,” to the waiter, “I’ll take the same, and make it two.”
They met that night at Shirley’s hotel.
“He bought a ticket for Genoa,” Redfern reported. “That means America. A boat leaves in three days for New York. I can take the next train and pick him up. Wait here till you get definite word from me. If he takes that boat, you can take the next one.”
“But what about Baldy?” Shirley asked. “ ‘We— want—Baldy!’ as the collegians chant.”
Redfern considered. “I’m convinced that the only way to pick up Baldy’s trail is from America. I’ve about come to the conclusion that your way is the best—to leave these men free to lead us to the others. We take a long chance with a clever rogue like The Skunk, but it seems the only way. I never thought I’d weary so quickly of travel. But I'm a married man; it doesn’t seem right to jaunt about the world’s resorts without wife and family.”
Shirley lifted her eyes to the ceiling. “Please don’t get personal!” she said.

Chapter XXXIV The Canary Diamond

THREE weeks later they landed in New York. To Lyster the voyage was a nightmare, not because the boat was not all that could be desired or that the sea was uneasy. But a coolness had sprung up between him and Shirley Cringan, and the girl seemed not to wish to have him around. His misery was none the less acute when he saw her dancing every night with gay companions whom she did not introduce to him. He had arranged their deck-chairs together, but Shirley seldom occupied hers, so that he was left to fret alone.
They were seated together on the last day of the voyage. Shirley was unusually gay.
“You’re glad it’s over!” Lyster grumbled.
“I’m glad for your sake, at any rate,” she returned. “You’ve wished it ever since Banyuls. Besides, you were fed up—you wanted to get back to work. That’s why I can’t fathom this moroseness. Perhaps,” leaning toward him anxiously, “you need yeast—or is it aspirin? Perhaps you don’t use the proper toothpaste twice a day and see your dentist twice a year. There are so many possible reforms in your case.”
“Rattle on,” he scowled. “Get it off your chest! You’ve been bubbling with drivel like that since we left Genoa.”
She held up her hands in dismay. “And you came from Oxford! My, oh my! I must tell Uncle Nathan!”
“To hell with Uncle Nathan!” he exploded, and stamped away.
She overtook him at the turn of the deck. “Why,” she whispered, “you’re getting almost human! At any rate, you and I have seen something of the world together.”
He turned to her a face red with anger. “Stop it! For God’s sake stop it!”
“Dear me!” She fell into step beside him. “It sort of puts me in my place, doesn’t it? Yes, I know, and no one better, the unladylike part I’ve played from the beginning. But,” slyly, “it’s been part of the fun . . . I’ve even enjoyed browbeating you.”
Suddenly she clutched his arm and drew him to a stop. He saw her eyes blazing. “Do you know,” she hissed, “sometimes I could—I could bite you! But I know I’d get hydrophobia.” Her face crinkled. “My best chance would be when you’re spanking me. Well, good bye. Daddy and mumsie will be there to meet me, I suppose. You’ll be too busy to look after me.”
Clifford and Queenie Cringan had returned from Collioure two weeks before and had remained in New York. Lyster had only a few minutes with them: he was in a hurry to get home, as he explained—while Shirley stood silently by, a slight smile twisting her lips. Word was received that Redfern and The Skunk had arrived, and the detective had kept on the trail.
Next day Hornbaker and his wife welcomed Lyster. The former stared, then laughed explosively.
“Great Scott, Lyster, it’s quite distinguished. With a beard like that I can’t hope to hold you to your old job.”
“I was thinking of that myself,” Lyster said, his lips in a hard line.
Husband and wife regarded him inquiringly.
“A disguise, I suppose,” Julia said. “But now that you’re back you can dispose of it. The police will attend to everything now.”
“The job is not yet complete, Mrs. Hornbaker.”
“You’ve had a stirring time, at any rate,” Hornbaker said. “And I’m willing to bet that niece of mine provided some of the excitement.”
“She was a real assistance at times, invaluable indeed. I don’t know that might have happened without her.”
“Humph! I’ve heard from Redfern some of the things that happened with her. . . . And did you ever stop to consider what might have happened to her, young man?”
Lyster lifted helpless hands. “My thinking of it did no good. Miss Cringan took the bit in her teeth and ran away with us. She merely informed us now and then what she planned to do. Any danger there was presented itself to her only as another incentive to get into the thick of it. I’m sorry we haven’t the whole affair cleaned up.”
“We’ll get Baldy yet,” Hornbaker declared confidently. “Redfern tells me The Skunk seems to have given up the perfume business over here. It looks as if he had something more serious in mind. Which means that he’s up to some devilment.”
“If you’ll permit, sir, I’ll stick to the job till we get Baldy. I’d like to be in at the death. But I’d like more help. I want to get this business out of the way.”
Hornbaker frowned. “Out of the way? What’s crowding you, Lyster?”
“I was hoping to get free—right away.”
“A holiday? Well, you deserve it. Take a month—two, if you like—”
“I was going to quit, sir. I want to resign.”
Nathan and Julia stared at him as if they could not believe their ears.
“Resign? You mean—leave me? Julia, Julia, did you ever hear the like?”
Julia nodded: she was the calmest of the three.
“I’m not surprised.”
A look passed between husband and wife. Hornbaker chuckled.
“All right. But you’re still my man till we run Baldy down. There’s time then to discuss the future.”
The next two weeks was a time of inactivity, during which Lyster fretted and fumed. Three detectives were working on The Skunk in relays, and they never lost track of him. For a few days the Syrian was plainly uneasy, keeping himself to unfrequented places and appearing little abroad. Events at Tunisand Siena had undermined his confidence. But a week of apparent freedom in the United Statesrevived his courage, and he began to move about without selfconsciousness.
It made the work of the detectives simpler. Redfern had settled down grimly to the chase, with the patience of his kind. Frenchy was still in jail, unable to provide bail, his case postponed from week to week at Hornbaker’s assurance that evidence was being collected.
At the end of the fortnight Redfern walked into Lyster’s office and announced without excitement that Baldy was found.
“You’ve arrested him?”
“No.” The detective stormed to the window and back, now really excited. “No, we haven’t arrested him, because The Skunk has eluded us. Damn it, this thing promises to run on to eternity! We let one go to lead us to another, and then we lose the first. My plan was the best from the first, I see that now.”
Lyster was appalled. The announcement of Baldy’s discovery had raised a hope in his mind, not unmixed with misgiving, for to break with his employer was, as he thought of it, no pleasant prospect. And now it looked as if the whole chase must be resumed, for The Skunk must have suspected, and they could not hope to have such good fortune again in finding him.
Redfern saw his disappointment. “We’ve done the best we could. We’ve pretty nearly eaten and slept with him, yet I don’t think he was aware of it. What it looks like to me is that he had some big job on hand and is in hiding till he’s ready to act. It’s the way of criminals. His money must be running out, and that means another job. Until it’s pulled off he can’t lead us to Europeagain, and he’ll find it difficult now to leave the country, even if he wished. Whatever happens he must look on America as the safest place to hide.”
Lyster asked what was to be done with Baldy.
“That’s up to Mr. Hornbaker.”
“But we can’t sit still!” Lyster protested, rising and plunging about the room. “We must do something about Baldy, even if, for the time being, we have lost The Skunk.”
“Perhaps you have another plan?” Redfern asked dryly.
Lyster faced him. “You know where Baldy is! Can you take me to him?”
“Certainly. But what for? What good would it do? Are you thinking you can coax him to tell where The Skunk is—even if he knew? They haven’t met once since The Skunk returned. I imagine he’s the last one Baldy would wish to meet.”
“But you’re keeping him under surveillance?”
“Of course. I have a room across a back-yard from Baldy’s, and one of us is always there, while another keeps watch on the street. The two of us on duty can signal to each other through a lane running back from the street beside the house where Baldy has his room. It’s in Peter Street.”
“I must go to that room,” Lyster said.
That evening three men sat in a small, dirty, unfurnished room overlooking a littered back-yard between two dingy buildings facing on parallel streets. The room was in darkness. Across in the other building several rooms were lighted, but the eyes of the three were fixed on a solitary window. One of the three held in his hand a small flashlight with which he twice sent a signal down a lane across the back-yard.
In the room they watched a man came into view. He was pale and thin, his face haggard and lined. Seating himself at a table, he commenced to eat from a loaf of bread, wolfing it, varying the meal with huge bites from a piece of cheese.
“The man’s hungry, starving!” Hornbaker, one of the three, whispered.
Redfern said: “Baldy is worse than starving, he’s been ill.”
The man they watched thrust the remains of the bread and cheese to the back of the table, wiped the oilcloth with a towel, and going to a chipped enamel basin, poured water into it and carefully washed his hands.
“Humph! ” Lyster murmured. “That’s strange. Aftereating!”
They continued to watch as Baldy seated himself once more at the table and drew from his pocket a small package. At that point his hands moved forward out of sight of the watchers.
“What does it mean?” Hornbaker asked.
“He’s done that twenty times a day,” Redfern puzzled. “We can’t make it out. It’s about all he does do, besides nibble a light meal now and then. The fellow’s starving to death. He seldom goes out, and only to buy bread and cheese, and the pennies he counts laboriously again and again. He isn’t up to his old tricks for making a living, that’s sure.”
Lyster was curious. “If we could find a room farther along there we might see what it is.”
“That’s right.” Redfern was on his feet. “We chose this one because it gives a view of more of the room. I’ll see the janitor and get a key. Most of the rooms in this building are empty.”
He hurried away. Hornbaker sighed.
“These unimaginative detectives!”
Baldy remained where he was, his hands outstretched before him, still as a statue. Redfern returned with a key and called to them. They followed him along the dark hall. As they neared the next door someone hurried from it and made off in the darkness toward the stairs. Redfern looked after him.
“That’s funny. This room is supposed to be empty; at least, the janitor said so. Perhaps it isn’t the right room. We’ll know in a moment.”
He inserted the key to the light of the flashlight. But the door was not locked. Hornbaker and Lyster hurried in, leaving Redfern frowning toward the stairs.
“I don’t like it,” he growled as he joined the other two at the window. “Who could it be?—though I’ve no right to stop him and ask.”
But neither Hornbaker nor Lyster heard. They were staring at Baldy. The man’s hands were cupped before him, and a strange, fascinated, half-hypnotized look made his coarse face almost gentle. In his hands was a ball of cotton-wool, and as he moved them a flash of light like a physical prick shot across the ugly back-yards to the three men in the darkened room.
“The canary diamond!”
Lyster was on his feet instantly.
Suddenly they saw Baldy’s head jerk round toward the door of his room. Then, hastily folding the diamond in its wool, he wrapped about it several layers of tissue paper and thrust it in his pocket. His hands trembled. One wild look he threw about the room before creeping to the door, where he stood for a time listening. Slowly he turned the key.
The door flew open and The Skunk rushed in!

Chapter XXXV  Number Four

REDFERN and Lyster made for the hall. Hornbaker, less active, followed, but in the race to the street he was left behind. Picking up a policeman and the other detective, the two younger men climbed the stairs to Baldy’s room.
As they went they could hear loud, angry voices from above. The Skunk had slammed the door behind him so hard that it failed to catch, and it now stood open an inch, leaving a narrow crack of light to percolate into the outer hall. But the two men in the room were too excited, too concerned with their own affairs to notice; nor did they hear the soft approach of the four outside.
Redfern, first to reach the door, lifted his hand for silence.
In the centre of the room stood The Skunk, an automatic in his hand. Cowering against the wall, Baldy faced him; but there was defiance, too, in his eyes.
“You come across, you double-crosser!” The Skunk snarled. “Where’s that diamond?”
“What—diamond?” Baldy quavered.
“Don’t try that on me, damn you! I saw it in your hand not three minutes ago. I’m going to get my share, or I’ll drill you like the dog you are!”
“But—but you got your share,” Baldy protested, “more’n your share! You got the diamond necklace and—”
The Skunk’s teeth grated together. “I lost that—and nearly lost my head with it. I got to have money!”
“But you got money, you and Toni; you got all there was. And then when I shot Toni you and Dago George got his money too. I saw you take it off him. I never got a cent, and you know it.”
Hornbaker had come up, and Lyster moved to let him see.
“That ain’t my fault,” The Skunk jeered. “You took the diamond! It’s worth more than all the rest put together, that sparkler is. When you croaked Toni we should have shared everything—sold that sparkler and divvied. If you didn’t get your share it’s your own fault. But I guess you got it bumping Toni off. What the hell did you do that for, if you weren’t after your share?”
“You wouldn’t understand why,” Baldy sighed.
“Maybe. But I understand, and so do you, I’m getting in on that diamond! They’ve been hounding me all over Europe, the dicks have, and now I’ve thrown them off I got to lie low, and I can’t without the jack. Here,” as Baldy began to move along the wall, “ stand where you are or I won’t wait! I’ll plug you and take the whole damned thing! By God, that’s what I’ll do anyway!”
He took steady aim.
But Redfern was too quick for him. He fired through the crack of the door, and The Skunk’s gun clattered to the floor. With an oath he whirled about, reaching to a pocket with his left hand. They were on him then, and in a moment the handcuffs were on his wrists and the extra gun taken from his pocket.
The policeman approached Baldy in a business-like way. “Here, you, hold out your hands for the bracelets! This is going to make some fine reading for the papers to-morrow. The Hornbaker hold-up gang cleaned up! Well, it’s been a long chase, they tell me, but all’s well that ends well. Come along, you!”
But Nathan Hornbaker stepped between them and, reaching out, caught Baldy as he swayed. Gently he eased him to the bed.
“No, you aren’t arresting this man, officer. He was working for me—a decoy. It was the only way we could get The Skunk. And that isn’t the canary diamond, but only an imitation I had made for the purpose. I knew it would draw the gang. You’ve got the last of them there.” He pointed to The Skunk, who, foaming at the mouth, was led away by the triumphant policeman and the second detective. Only Redfern and Lyster remained.
Baldy, trembling weakly, dropped to the edge of the bed, his face working, staring incredulously up at Hornbaker. The latter laid a gentle hand on his shoulder.
“Never mind, Baldy! I had to lie to save you. You’re different from the others.” He held out his hand. “Sorry, but it’s mine, you know. There are so many things you need more badly than that diamond. The first is a good meal. Come out and eat it with me! You may have been a crook, but you were never a brute. I know why you shot Toni Boitani. You’re too decent at heart to hand over to the police. I’ll see you won’t need to fear them again.”
The lump in Baldy’s throat moved up and down. With shaking hand he drew the parcel from his pocket, opened it, looked with moist eyes for a long time at the diamond, and handed it over.
“I knew I’d never be able to keep it,” he whispered. “But don’t ever let me see it again. I think I’d commit any crime to get my hands on it again. . . . I’ve never been so happy—or so miserable.”
“You were never a brute, Baldy, but why did you let them leave us to die in the vault?”
For answer Baldy rolled up his sleeve and pointed to an ugly wound that was not yet quite healed.
“Toni got me there. I lost a lot of blood. I was in bed for a week, out of my head a little, I think.”
As they went down the stairs Hornbaker sighed. “The chapter ends. I said I’d get them and I did. . . . Rather, you did, Lyster. You’ll come back to the house to-night—and shave?”
But Lyster shook his head. “No, I’m not coming back! I must get out for myself. I can’t—”
His employer patted him on the shoulder. “All right, all right! But you’ll drop in at the office to-morrow, won’t you, and bid me good-bye?”

Chapter XXXVI  The Cave-Man

ROLAND LYSTER drove up to the door of the Cringan apartments and, leaping from the car, entered the lobby and pressed the button beneath the name “Clifford Cringan.” Shirley spoke through the tube.
“I’ve called for you,” Lyster announced.
“Oho! So your new job is with the police, is it, Mr. Lyster?”
“The police be darned! This is more peremptory.”
Silence for a moment. “Cave-man stuff, eh?"
“Whatever you prefer.”
“Well. . . . I think I’ll come down to see what you look like playing the part. I’ll take a chance.”
Lyster stood beside the car and watched her descend the steps. She came slowly, and her eyes were fixed on him inquiringly as she fumbled with her gloves. At the foot of the steps she stopped and lifted her hands in amazement.
“My, oh, my! You looked far more the cave-man when you had that swamp on your face and forgot to trim it. I recalled a scene in a Tunispalace—Why, you’re looking quite—civilized!”
He caught her arm and almost dragged her to the car. She bounced on the seat.
“And a nice new, expensive Studebaker! Has uncle gone in for a new stable of cars?”
“The car is mine. Now, draw in your skirt; I want to close this door.”
He walked around the car and climbed in. With a surge they shot forward. Shirley pursed her lips as she looked at the speedometer.
“Perhaps a new car is too much of a novelty for you to know that it shouldn’t go faster than thirty miles an hour for the first five hundred. Pardon me for reminding you, but budgets are the dickens in these days of depression—and you’ll wish to turn this car in next year. . . . I suppose it’s uncle’s reward for a good boy.”
He pressed the accelerator. “Another word from you, Shirley Cringan,” he warned, “and I’m apt to damn your uncle! And I don’t wish to. I—bought—this car—myself—with my own—money! I’ll buy you one, too, if you wish. I’m no longer your uncle’s valet!”
She rolled her eyes sideways toward him, and a troubled look wrinkled her face. Neither spoke for some time. The car gathered speed. Shirley sighed.
“I hoped you’d help me arrange that budget—Roland. A woman can’t do it all alone.”
His foot slipped from the accelerator so abruptly that Shirley was jerked forward. He caught her in his arms and held her.
“Because,” she murmured into his neck, “we’ve just got to be married. It wouldn’t be decent not to, you know, after travelling all over the world together! One might say we almost lived together in that palace. At least, that’s what my friends will say. And I haven’t even a husband to divorce. Besides,” easing away from him, “there’s probably a friend or two in those cars honking behind us to get out of their way. It almost sounds like a wedding send-off. So please be considerate to our new car, our reputations, and our budget."
Lyster snapped his fingers. “Bah for the budget! I could buy a car every month and have enough left for any budget. Bah for our friends! You see, I’m the Co.in the firm of Nathan Hornbaker and Co.”
Shirley gurgled. “I knew it was coming—but I had to be brutal to you to make you drive him to think of it. You see, I didn’t want to wait too long—my hero!


Indian Games and How to Play Them

$
0
0
Indian Games and How to Play Them
By El Comancho
Illustrations by H. T. Denison
From The American Boy magazine, October 1916. Digitized by Doug Frizzle, October 2014.



WHEN I was “growing up,” I lived west of the Missouri River. The country was very new then and white boys were few and far between, so most of my playmates were Indian boys. Many times I have entered into their sports and games and been one of them as nearly as it is possible for white to turn red.
These games were of two sorts, the outdoor, athletic game, which was mostly based on animals and their ways; and the indoor game, which usually was some guessing game based on combinations of numbers, something like dice throwing or dominoes.
The outdoor games were the favorites and by far the more popular and as these can be played by white boys as well. I will describe several of them, telling in detail how we played them.
The Deer and Wolves
“THE DEER AND WOLVES” was a great favorite and we played it always in the winter when there was snow on the ground. For the “deer” we picked the fastest runner we could get among all the boys and gave him an hour’s start ahead of the “wolves.”
The "deer” then left camp and went where he pleased, usually in a big circle at least a mile away from camp. He was to imitate the traveling habits of the deer, to do as nearly like a deer as he could if the deer were roaming about.
He would therefore go to the roughest bit of near-by country he could find and there wind about from one deer feeding ground to another, going through thickets, possibly crossing or following streams, passing over hills and valleys, and wandering about just as would a deer as nearly as he could.
Of course, wherever he went he left a trail in the snow and it was fair and part of the game for him to do anything to break or hide this trail that he could, for the “wolves” must follow the trail to catch him.
The “deer” could double back on his trail, jump down off of a bank to rocks or bare ground, wade in a stream or do any like thing to lose his trail and thus throw the “wolves” off the scent and escape. But he must not come nearer to camp than a mile away until he was seen by the “wolves” who trailed him.
The “wolves” left camp about an hour later than the “deer” and they had to follow the “deer trail” until they saw the “deer,” then they chased him into camp or caught him before he reached camp if they could. When the “wolves” sighted him, the “deer” would run for camp as hard as he could go, to keep away from them.
If, on the way to camp, the “deer” could get out of sight, say in timber or under a high bank, etc., then he could dodge and double about and thus escape any way he could by throwing the “wolves” off the trail again. The "wolves” could run “by sight” only when they could see the “deer” and at all other times they must follow the trail.
This gave a fine chance for a clever boy to double and dodge and to use woodcraft knowledge to so confuse his trail that the “wolf pack” could not find it and would have to give up beaten sometimes. If any of the “wolf pack” could touch the “deer” before he could reach camp, they thereby killed the “deer” and so won the game, and if the “deer” could get to camp ahead of the “wolves” after they caught sight of him a mile or more from camp, then the “deer” won. It was a good hunting game and was always played with lots of vim and excitement, for it very closely duplicated an actual deer hunt and every Indian boy is a keen hunter.
The Buffaloand Wolves
“THE BUFFALO AND WOLVES” game was another popular one that we played in camp and it called for about the same rough and tumble tactics that modern football does, only in a different way. This game was, like the other, based on animal habits. When wolves attack buffalo, the buffalo bunch thickly together, the calves and weaker animals being in the center of the herd, with the older, stronger buffalo forming a circle around them. The outer ring of buffalo all stand pressed back against the herd behind them, thus presenting a solid front of heads, horns and hoofs to the wolf pack and it is a wise wolf or a very strong or exceptionally quick one that can dodge through that circle and drag down a call' in the middle of the herd without being trampled or gored.
Our “Wolf and Buffalo” game enacted these animal habits in this way: All of the smaller boys who wanted to play were bunched together in the center to represent the calves, then the older, stronger ones who took the part of the buffalo formed a circle facing out around the smaller boys.
Those taking the part of wolves circled around outside the “herd,” trying to get a chance to break through and grab a "calf” and pull him outside the circle.
The players representing the circle of buffalo prevented this by “bunting” at the “wolves,” either with their heads or shoulders. They could not, under the rules of the game, use their hands to take hold of a “wolf” but must defend by “bunting” just as the real buffalo did. They could also trample the wolves, using their feet to block the rush of a "wolf” or to trip him and tumble him over, but handholds were barred for the “buffalo,” although a wolf could use his hands for any purpose a real wolf would use his teeth for.
Sometimes we had pretty exciting times at one of these games, especially when some good smart boy led the "wolf pack” and planned his attacks so that he used the weight of numbers to rush the “buffalo” on one side of the circle while a few of the “wolf band” slipped around on the other side and by quick work broke through the circle and got a “calf” before the “herd” could rally and prevent them.
The Wolves and Badger Game
IN “The Wolves and Badger” game, one boy took the part of the badger and all the rest were “wolves.” The “badger” would back into an angle of a steep bank along the river, or he would back down feet first into an old coyote hole until only his head and shoulders were outside. The idea was to imitate the real badger, which always backs into his hole until only his head is outside, and there he stays to fight it out with any intruder.
In our game the “badger” followed the same tactics by taking a position where no one could get behind him. It was then up to the “wolves” to “pull him out of his hole,” which was a big job if the “badger” was a quick, strong boy in such a position that he could brace his knees against something to hold himself from being pulled out.
I know one boy who managed to hold his position in an old coyote hole for over three hours while at least twenty of us worked as hard as we could to get him out.
In “The Wolves and Porcupine” game, one boy sits down, clasps his arms tightly about his knees, puts his head down and “doubles up in a knot” just as tight as he can to represent the disturbed porcupine. The “wolves” then roll him about and pull at his arms and legs in an effort to break his hold and so “straighten him out.” If you think it is an easy task to do this, just let some strong athletic boy play the porcupine and a dozen or so of the rest of you try to get him straightened out and then keep him that way, for the "porcupine” can break your hold and “double up” again if he gets the chance.
To win, the “wolves” must put the “porcupine” flat on his back, with legs and arms extended flat, then hold him there long enough to show that he is beaten. If the “porcupine” can twist loose and double up again before he is "flattened out.” the wolves have their work all to do over again! It is a rough and tumble kind of a game that teaches speed and exercises every muscle in every player.
The Wheel and Arrow Game
“THE WHEEL AND ARROW” game was played two ways, sometimes as a summer game, but oftener on hard snow for a winter game. If one or two persons play, it is a running game, and if “sides” play, it becomes a standing game. To play it, a hoop of wood is used. This hoop can be any size, though the smaller it is the more difficult the game. I have seen one of not more than six inches in diameter used; but a foot is about the usual measure.
The hoop is rolled along the ground and the player tries to throw an arrow (or small arrow-like stick) through the rolling-hoop without touching the hoop. If only one is playing, he must roll the hoop and then run up alongside and throw his arrow. If several players play at once, they form in two lines facing each other and about forty feet apart. The hoop is then rolled down between the lines, each player throwing his arrow as it passes him.
The arrows are thrown like a spear and a very quick player can throw as high as four arrows as the hoop passes him. If the arrow goes through clean, without touching, the player scores; if the arrow touches the hoop anywhere, the play counts a foul and takes off one from the player’s score. The score can be any number, though it is usually set at ten.
"The Snow-Snakes” game is a trial of strength and skill. It is played in the winter on smooth crusted snow, usually on a level place or on a very slight down grade. The “snow-snakes” are simply peeled willow or other straight growing shoots or saplings, bluntly pointed at the large end. They may be any size or length to suit the player and each player usually has a dozen of so of them.
The players stand in line and throw these sticks just as they would throw spears, except that the sticks should strike the snow as flat as it is possible to make them do so. They should never strike in such a manner as to bury the head or big end, because this stops them; or they may penetrate the snow, or slide along under it and become lost.
The whole idea of “The Snow-Snakes” game is to throw the stick so it will slide, heavy end first, along the top of the snow just as far as possible. The "snow-snake” that is the greatest distance from the throwing line when all players have thrown all their “snake” sticks is the winning throw.
Indoor Games
FOR indoor games we threw bone or beaver tooth dice and counted on the combinations of marks or spots that were upward, just as white people throw dice. We also played “The Sing-Gamble” game without the gambling that went with it when the grown-ups played it. This was a simple guessing game wherein the player held a short stick in each hand and changed them from hand to hand swiftly in time with a chant. One stick had all the bark peeled off and the other was peeled except for a thin ring of bark in the center.
The game was to guess where the ringed stick was, a correct guess winning for the guesser and an incorrect guess losing a point. This game was played either as a ten point or as a one hundred point game. Sometimes only two players played at it, sometimes “sides” were engaged and it became exciting.
Of course, we had numerous ball games of one kind or another, but none of them at all like baseball. Ball games were usually of the pitch and catch order or based on throwing distance.

I do not remember of ever having seen a “bat” used in connection with Indian ball play anywhere, in the sense of our baseball usage.

Railway Building in the Wilderness -Part 3

$
0
0
RailwayBuilding in the Wilderness -Part 3
By Lacey Amy
From The Wide World magazine, Vol. XL, November 1917. Digitized by Doug Frizzle, October 2014.

When men set out to drive a railway through virgin territory they find themselves confronted with all sorts of difficulties and dangers, and almost every mile of the steel pays a toll of human life. In these absorbing articles Mr. Amy describes the construction of the Grand Trunk Pacific, the second great transcontinental line to pierce the Canadian Rockies. The road had to be carried across practically unknown country, through hundreds of miles of mountains that had never been named, never even been seen save by a few daring explorers and Indian hunters. The Author gives us a vivid idea of the human side of this great achievement, and the countless perils that swelled the casualty lists before the work was finally accomplished.

FROM Fitzhugh we slowly and laboriously climbed the YellowheadPass along the MietteRiver. Ours was the first train of passenger cars to cross the summit of the Rockies on the new transcontinental railway, the Grand Trunk Pacific, then under construction. In front were three cars of “bohunks,” and at the rear three private cars, one belonging to the Government, one to the superintendent of the division, the third—an overlong affair for such an untried railway—contained a canoe, supplies for a month, and the fishing and hunting outfit of my own little party of three.
That night, after the engineers and officials had departed on the motor-boat down the Fraser to inspect an engineering difficulty that was the reason for their presence, I crept back two miles from the construction camp to the engineers' camp pitched close to the end-of-steel village for that section of line—Mile 51, as it was termed officially; Sand Creek, as it was called by the citizens and “bohunks.”
Soon after darkness fell, in company with an engineer, I clambered down the gravel bank to the village in search of new experiences. I was not disappointed!
The night life of the place was only just commencing. “Bohunks” were wandering in by scores from the end of the street nearest the construction camp, and the “merchants” were busy hanging out their lamps and extending the word of greeting that would entice their prey within. As we approached a brightly-lighted “restaurant,” a small crowd was leisurely gathering before the door. Just as we reached its edge two madly-fighting men came plunging and staggering out, biting, tearing, and kicking, in wilderness fighting the vanquished stands a good chance of never being able to fight again.
There was no interference from the crowd, and no undue excitement, although it was composed of the mates of one of the combatants, a “bohunk,” while the other—the owner of the restaurant—was one of the human vultures who preyed on them all. For a couple of minutes the pair struggled on the steps of the store, panting, cursing, trying by every means, fair and foul, to disable one another. Suddenly the restaurant proprietor heaved his opponent aside, reached swiftly inside the door, and drew out a piece of wood resembling a rough chair-leg. The “bohunk” saw his peril too late. With a crash that seemed to be the expression of every ounce of strength in the wielder’s arms, the heavy club descended on the “bohunk’s” head, and he sank to the ground without a murmur. The victor merely shook his disturbed clothing into place, and stepped calmly back into his store, while the unconscious “bohunk’s” friends carried him silently and dispassionately across the street to a foul-looking shack with a sign reading, “Free Bunk House.”
My engineer friend took me by the arm with a short, nervous laugh and led me away.
“You’ll have to get used to it,” he warned me, “if you’re going to make the acquaintance of the end-of-steel village. I’ve seen uglier things than that many a time. To interfere would be your death, and not a man of the crowd but would say it served you right.”
Next morning I wandered down into the village with my camera. Never was there a quieter, more respectable hamlet. Scarcely a sign of life showed in the streets, and most of the windows were covered with heavy cloths to exclude the light. Sand Creek, by day, was asleep—getting ready for the night’s operations. The “bohunks” were somewhere miles away, yawning over their picks and shovels, but looking forward to the coming night’s revelry.
A cowboy cantered up the almost trackless street—a strange sight in the mountains, hundreds of miles from the nearest ranch. He pulled up beside me, and I learned that he was one of the cattle contractor’s men, occupied with the care of a herd of five hundred cattle, which he and his mates had driven in over four hundred miles of prairie trail and mountain “tote road” to feed the railway workers.
That night I determined to obtain a closer acquaintance with the village life. At its farther end stood one of the usual restaurants, a mere blind for what went on inside. Mingling in the darkness with a group of “bohunks,” I entered a side door and found myself in a large room filled with men seated at card-tables. As inconspicuously as possible, I slid into a chair near the door and looked about me. For a minute I seemed to be unnoticed. There were a dozen tables in the room, and the air was already thick with smoke, the abrupt words of men who must play together though ignorant of one another’s language, harsh laughter, and the clinking of bottles. The tables were home-made, the cards inconceivably filthy, and before most of the men stood bottles or tin cups.
A silence had fallen on the table nearest me, but it was the entrance of the proprietor with a tray of bottles that seemed to direct general attention to me. I recalled immediately that whisky was forbidden in the Pass, and no one had yet given me a passport to the confidence of these men. Low murmurs began to cut off the loud talk and laughter, and, looking about as carelessly as I could, I noted that every eye was on me. The proprietor was standing with the loaded tray, staring at me malignantly. Abruptly he turned and passed back to the unseen regions whence he had come. Instantly voices were raised in a dozen languages. Not a man was playing. I began to feel the barometer falling ominously, and mentally calculated the distance to the door.
From a distant table a burly “bohunk” rose impetuously and ploughed angrily towards me, upsetting a couple of chairs on the way. Somehow, even in the menace of the moment, his movements seemed theatrical, exaggerated. Then I saw that he was a Pole whose wounded leg I had the day before bound up. With violent gesticulation and thunderous talk—not a word of which I understood, of course—he towered over me. The others in the room were adding to the hubbub. In the midst of it the Pole managed to mutter anxiously, “You go! you go!” Dropping his hand heavily on my shoulder, he pushed me with seeming roughness to the door, and a moment later I was out in the dark, only the lights farther up the street reminding me that I was in uncongenial surroundings.
The next day I discovered a different atmosphere greeting me throughout the village. Someone—I suspect the engineer, subtly assisted by the Pole—had spread the word that I was safe, and the first merchant I met revealed that my mission in the YellowheadPass was known and understood. After that I came and went almost as I wished, every door open to me, everyone eager to put himself out of the way to furnish me with information.
The end-of-steel village is, I suppose, known nowhere else in the world except America, and nowhere else in America except where a railway is cutting its way through untracked wilds. The real end-of-steel village in all its glory cropped up only along the grade of the Grand Trunk Pacific. Its predecessor, the Canadian Pacific Railway, was constructed at a different period in Canadian history, and in the time of the Canadian Northern, which closely followed the Grand Trunk Pacific, the law had had sufficient experience to cope with the evil.
As its name intimates, the end-of-steel village is built at, or near, the “end of steel,” the phase of railway construction where the rails end for the time being until the grade ahead is prepared for a further extension. The grade which precedes the laying of steel advances much more slowly, of course, than the rails themselves. A stretch of twenty to twenty-five miles of grade may occupy thousands of men six months—I refer to the work through the Rocky Mountains—while the steel, when the time comes, will overtake it by modern methods in a fortnight.
The rails are laid by a mechanical tracklayer known as the “pioneer.” This consists of a train that lays its own rails as is advances, sometimes at the rate of three miles a day.
The “pioneer” is a crude-looking but really wonderful mechanical invention. The car which does the major part of the work is at the front of a train on which is carried every piece of material necessary, from the sleepers to the “shims” that temporarily level the rails and the spikes that fasten them in place.
With a sufficient stretch of completed grade ahead of it to justify its operations, the “pioneer” takes up its work, and when it has overtaken the labouring gang ahead it lies up for five or six months until another stretch of grade calls it again into action. Where the “pioneer” rests there springs up the end-of-steel village.
Somewhere within a few miles is the construction camp that houses the thousands of “bohunks” working on the grade—the source of patronage for the village. Canadian law dictates that the head contractors shall have complete jurisdiction in wild lands over everything within a mile radius of their camps, and the end-of-steel village, therefore, establishes itself somewhere as close to the limits of that area as conditions of water and other surroundings permit.
Ostensibly made up of stores or legitimate amusements only, the sales of merchandise are trifling to the amount of money expended in the village. Three or four general stores may make a very good living from the sale of boots and clothing, cheap confectionery, and tobacco, always at extortionate prices; but the score of other places of business are almost always ‘‘restaurants.” I put the word in quotation marks because the sale of food is but an advertisement for the front eighth of the space within. Behind a rough, oil-clothed counter is a limited array of leathery pies and a few cups for recklessly brewed tea, but the real business is done farther back.
Sand Creek, for instance, boasted of three general stores, half-a-dozen announcing the sale of tobaccos, candies, and “soft” drinks, and twelve “restaurants.” There was also a bath house—“Larson’s Bath House, Price 50c.,” and later reduced to twenty-five—but bathing does not figure extensively in the life of the “bohunk,” and the bath house finally closed through lack of patronage. Larson must have been an optimist.
The small area of the shacks devoted to the restaurant business was always backed by a pool or card room, sometimes by both. In Sand Creek there were eight “pool halls,” the total number of tables in the village being something like forty. Six of the restaurants were merely entrances to pool halls, three to card rooms, the other three were careful to offer no opportunities for examination.
There was one common offering of every building in an end-of-steel village. Anyone known to the proprietor, or obviously a “bohunk,” could poison himself with the vilest alcoholic beverage human ingenuity ever concocted. It was prepared not so much for deception—the “bohunk” was too experienced to be deceived— but to provide in the least amount of liquid all the sensations of a glorious “spree.” After results were immaterial. The “bohunk ” entered the shop, threw down a handful of money on the counter, and proceeded to incapacitate himself and ruin his constitution. After a very few glasses, before the stock in hand was seriously depleted, he was beyond the worries of this life.
At this stage began the usefulness of the only other structures in the village—the “Free Bunk Houses." These were Samaritan efforts on the part of the contractors to sustain the “bohunk” for further work on the grade. There were two in Sand Creek—mere piles of logs roofed with earth, and fitted inside with straw-covered bunks. Into these, when the “bohunk" became incapable of imbibing or paying for more liquor, he was carried by his less helpless mates. Usually he was in condition to imitate a labourer in the morning, for his interior had been calloused by a life of such risks. The contractors acknowledged their inability to deal with the situation in any other way, and the “bohunk” saw no reason for a change. There was nothing else in all the wide world of his experience but to spend his money on that which gave him momentary sensations that seemed pleasant, and nobody was to blame if these sensations were certain to make a physical wreck of him in a few years.
The appearance of an end-of-steel village is illuminating as to its character. Simplicity is the keynote—simplicity meaning neglect of every convenience that it is possible to do without. Trees grew everywhere in the YellowheadPass, and the construction of a shack merely meant the felling of a few spruce trees and their preparation with an axe. When a village was abandoned the most important parts for the next village, the canvas roofs, were lifted off, rolled up, and carried to the new site. In the Rockiesthere were three end-of-steel villages of the lawless type—one at Mile 5, five miles beyond the summit, the next at Mile 29, and the one I knew in its prime, at Mile 51. Each deserted one stood as it was left, save for the canvas roofs.
Of course there were end-of-steel villages before the summit was reached, but the mounted police of the prairie provincessaw to it that the law was decently observed. At the summit, the boundary of British Columbia, the jurisdiction of the mounted police ended, and thereafter the end-of-steel village flourished and grew fat.
The one at Mile 29 is reputed to have been the worst of the lot. When I was in the Pass it was still operating, but the business had passed along to Sand Creek, and Mile 29 was dying a slow death. What reason there was for its continued existence was not apparent its only open trade was with a near-by engineers’ camp, and with the wandering “bohunk” on his way in or out. Its real trade was underground, and it died hard. I visited it first on a Sunday afternoon. A number of young fellows lounged before a store, and a few were tossing a baseball about the street. A quarter of a mile from its outskirts a lonely police hut edged the path, an indolent policeman yawning in the doorway as a memory of days when life was swifter and more exciting.
There was, however, another village that sprang from a combination of conditions. It was not, strictly speaking, an end-of-steel village, for it did not owe its origin to the “pioneer.” But it included every other characteristic to its worst form, and was sufficiently near to the main construction camp at Mile 53 to provide counter-attractions to Sand Creek. Indeed, on Saturday nights Sand Creek almost closed up to move over to Tête Jaune Cache to join in the fun.
Tête Jaune Cache—pronounced locally “T. John”—was an offspring of the old Indian village of that name which had been located in the TêteJauneValley, between the Rockies and the Selkirks, long before the coming of the white man. The collection of tepees invited the advances of the early white man looking for a location whence he could prey on the “bohunk," and there arose a new village bordering the Indian one. It was practically a one-night-a-week place. Its “mayoress”—self-appointed, of course—was a stalwart negress. The village was more than a mile from grade, but its location on the tote road brought it custom long before the steel arrived, and the promised coming of the next transcontinental, the Canadian Northern, close by its doors, gave it reason for continuing in active operation even when the best trade from the Grand Trunk Pacific had passed.
The weekly event that drew every “bohunk" almost every human being within ten miles who could secure the means of getting there—was the Saturday night dance. For this every conveyance in the camps was called into service, and those who could not ride started early on foot. The fare by wagon from Sand Creek, only two miles away, was two dollars, a sum willingly paid by many times the number who could be accommodated. The female portion of the gathering consisted of the dance-hall girls and the few other women of the surrounding camps and villages. There was no class distinction there; now and then even the engineers went. The affair lasted from eight at night until weariness came with daylight, something like six o’clock the next morning.
The mistress of ceremonies was the negress, and her income for the night must have run into hundreds of dollars from the dancing alone. In addition she ran an open bar and other things that give such a village its reputation. Usually she was capable of handling the uproar and riot without more than the consequences to be expected, but sometimes her art failed.
I heard from a variety of sources the story of a fight that must have been a record even in the YellowheadPass. One day I was attracted by a huge figure of a man swinging down the railway towards me, six feet four, square-shouldered and heavy-jawed, handsome and clear-eyed. He wore no coat, and his khaki trousers were thrust into high prospector’s boots. In every movement was tremendous strength and agility. We met on the bridge spanning the McLellanRiver, then under construction, and I learned to know much of him in the days that followed. This man, a bridge foreman, was the hero of the story.
One Saturday night he secured a seat in the Sand Creek rigs and joined the crowd at the Tête Jaune Cache dance. I suppose his handsome face and easy manner won him any partner he wished; at any rate, the “bohunks,” egged on by the negress, began to feel the pangs of jealousy. He was the man to revel in it, recklessly, laughingly, and revenge came swiftly. Someone sneaked up behind him and banged him over the head with a weapon too thick for his skull, and he went down unconscious. In that condition they kicked him out.
The following Saturday he was on hand again, this time with a powerful engineer friend as companion. The row commenced early. Then, back to back, the only two “white men” in the room faced the mob of murderous “bohunks.” Their salvation, counted on beforehand, was that the very density of the crowd prevented the use of guns, and they were prepared for anything else. One after another they laid out the attacking “bohunks” with their fists, both being experienced boxers and possessed of enough muscle and weight to make one blow sufficient for each opponent. Against the one or two knives that appeared they used their feet, but some sense of fair play held back weapons of that kind.
Seeing her business interfered with, the negress with a scream of rage hurled herself against the bridge foreman. It seemed that he was waiting for that. He caught her round the waist, threw his muscles into the heave, and slammed her up against the board partition at the side of the room. With a crash the whole wall fell, and in a minute the room was empty save for the two victors and the groaning negress. The two men trudged home satisfied. The “bohunk” requires his lesson periodically.
Spite of the hideous nature of the life they led, the citizens of the end-of-steel village retained for it a peculiar affection and loyalty, as well as a frank pride in the notoriety they assisted in winning for it. That it shifted its location every six months did not lessen the feeling. The proprietor of the largest store in Sand Creek grew sentimental when recalling past glories and the imminent completion of the railway. For two years he had been reaping the inordinate profits of his trade among the “bohunks,” and his little family had grown and increased since he had come up from a western American town. The big sign that fronted his store—painted away back in civilization for a store of more pretentious proportions—was a matter of personal pride to him. Neglecting no opportunity for augmenting his earnings, he had attached in conspicuous places about the doorway additional evidences of varied aptitude and offerings, the laborious products of his own uneducated hand: “Cider,” “Shooting Gallary,” “Resturant,” “Shoes Repared Here." With kindly pride he begged me to call upon him for anything I wanted. The limit of his fraternity came when his little boy brought to the engineers’ camp for me a specially baked blueberry pie, with the scrawled dedication,
“Four the nu man. John S—.” But these things happened in the light of day, when the end-of-steel village was just like any other hamlet of such modest pretensions.

There will never be another end-of-steel village in Canada worthy of the name. The smuggling of liquor is now more difficult in a country that has “gone dry” almost from coast to coast, and Governments have learned that something more than law enforcement by trust or proxy is necessary where thousands of the most undisciplined races of the world are shut off from the subduing influence of civilization and thrown on their own resources. And soon the most lurid chapters in Canadian development will be but a memory to those well-intentioned officials who were forced to accept conditions as they found them, as well as to those few of us from the “outside” who unofficially looked on in the feverish days that started and ended with one of the greatest works of railway construction in history.
Viewing all 267 articles
Browse latest View live